CHAPTER 11 PROBLEM 11.1 A snowboarder starts from rest at the top of a double black diamond hill. As he rides down the slope, GPS coordinates are used to determine his displacement as a function of time: x= 0.5t3 + t2 + 2t where x and t are expressed in ft and seconds, respectively. Determine the position, velocity, and acceleration of the boarder when t = 5 seconds. SOLUTION Position: Velocity: Acceleration: At t 5 s, x 0.5t 3 t 2 2t v dx 1.5t 2 2t 2 dt a dv 3t 2 dt x 0.5 5 52 2 5 x 97.5 ft v 1.5 5 2 5 2 v 49.5 ft/s 3 2 a 3 5 2 a 17 ft/s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.2 The motion of a particle is defined by the relation x 2t 3 9t 2 12t 10, where x and t are expressed in feet and seconds, respectively. Determine the time, the position, and the acceleration of the particle when v 0. SOLUTION x 2t 3 9t 2 12t 10 Differentiating, v dx 6t 2 18t 12 6(t 2 3t 2) dt 6(t 2)(t 1) a dv 12t 18 dt So v 0 at t 1 s and t 2 s. At t 1 s, x1 2 9 12 10 15 a1 12 18 6 t 1.000 s x1 15.00 ft a1 6.00 ft/s 2 At t 2 s, x2 2(2)3 9(2)2 12(2) 10 14 t 2.00 s x2 14.00 ft a2 (12)(2) 18 6 a2 6.00 ft/s 2 PROBLEM 11.3 The vertical motion of mass A is defined by the relation x 10 sin 2t 15cos 2t 100, where x and t are expressed in mm and seconds, respectively. Determine (a) the position, velocity and acceleration of A when t 1 s, (b) the maximum velocity and acceleration of A. SOLUTION x 10sin 2t 15cos 2t 100 v dx 20cos 2t 30sin 2t dt a dv 40sin 2t 60 cos 2t dt For trigonometric functions set calculator to radians: (a) At t 1 s. x1 10sin 2 15cos 2 100 102.9 v1 20cos 2 30sin 2 35.6 a1 40sin 2 60cos 2 11.40 x1 102.9 mm v1 35.6 mm/s a1 11.40 mm/s2 (b) Maximum velocity occurs when a 0. 40sin 2t 60 cos 2t 0 tan 2t 60 1.5 40 2t tan 1 (1.5) 0.9828 and 0.9828 Reject the negative value. 2t 2.1588 t 1.0794 s t 1.0794 s for vmax so vmax 20 cos(2.1588) 30sin(2.1588) 36.056 vmax 36.1 mm/s Note that we could have also used vmax 202 302 36.056 by combining the sine and cosine terms. For amax we can take the derivative and set equal to zero or just combine the sine and cosine terms. amax 402 602 72.1 mm/s2 amax 72.1 mm/s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.4 A loaded railroad car is rolling at a constant velocity when it couples with a spring and dashpot bumper system. After the coupling, the motion of the car is defined by the relation x 60e4.8t sin16t where x and t are expressed in mm and seconds, respectively. Determine the position, the velocity and the acceleration of the railroad car when (a) t 0, (b) t 0.3 s. SOLUTION x 60e4.8t sin16t dx 60( 4.8)e 4.8t sin16t 60(16)e 4.8t cos16t dt v 288e 4.8t sin16t 960e 4.8t cos16t v a dv 1382.4e4.8t sin16t 4608e4.8t cos16t dt 4608e4.8t cos16t 15360e4.8t sin16t a 13977.6e4.8t sin16t 9216e4.8 cos16t (a) At t 0, x0 0 v0 960 mm/s a0 9216 mm/s 2 (b) At t 0.3 s, x0 0 mm v0 960 mm/s a0 9220 mm/s2 e 4.8t e 1.44 0.23692 sin16t sin 4.8 0.99616 cos16t cos 4.8 0.08750 x0.3 (60)(0.23692)(0.99616) 14.16 x0.3 14.16 mm v0.3 87.9 mm/s v0.3 (288)(0.23692)(0.99616) (960)(0.23692)(0.08750) 87.9 a0.3 (13977.6)(0.23692)(0.99616) (9216)(0.23692)(0.08750) 3108 a0.3 3110 mm/s 2 or 3.11 m/s2 PROBLEM 11.5 The motion of a particle is defined by the relation x 6t 4 2t 3 12t 2 3t 3, where x and t are expressed in meters and seconds, respectively. Determine the time, the position, and the velocity when a 0. SOLUTION We have x 6t 4 2t 3 12t 2 3t 3 Then v dx 24t 3 6t 2 24t 3 dt and a dv 72t 2 12t 24 dt When a 0: 72t 2 12t 24 12(6t 2 t 2) 0 (3t 2)(2t 1) 0 or t or At t 2 s: 3 2 1 s and t s (Reject) 3 2 4 3 2 2 2 2 2 x2/3 6 2 12 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 v2/3 t 0.667 s 2 2 2 2 24 6 24 3 3 3 3 or x2/3 0.259 m or v2/3 8.56 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.6 The motion of a particle is defined by the relation x t 3 9t 2 24t 8, where x and t are expressed in inches and seconds, respectively. Determine (a) when the velocity is zero, (b) the position and the total distance traveled when the acceleration is zero. SOLUTION We have x t 3 9t 2 24t 8 Then v dx 3t 2 18t 24 dt and a dv 6 t 18 dt (a) When v 0: 3 t 2 18t 24 3(t 2 6t 8) 0 (t 2)(t 4) 0 t 2.00 s and t 4.00 s (b) When a 0: 6t 18 0 or t 3 s x3 (3)3 9(3)2 24(3) 8 At t 3 s: First observe that 0 t 2 s: v0 2 s t 3 s: v0 or x3 10.00 in. Now At t 0: x0 8 in. At t 2 s: x2 (2)3 9(2)2 24(2) 8 12 in. Then x2 x0 12 ( 8) 20 in. | x3 x2 | |10 12| 2 in. Total distance traveled (20 2) in. Total distance 22.0 in. PROBLEM 11.7 A girl operates a radio-controlled model car in a vacant parking lot. The girl’s position is at the origin of the xy coordinate axes, and the surface of the parking lot lies in the x-y plane. She drives the car in a straight line so that the x coordinate is defined by the relation x(t) = 0.5t3 - 3t2 + 3t + 2, where x and t are expressed in meters and seconds, respectively. Determine (a) when the velocity is zero, (b) the position and total distance travelled when the acceleration is zero. SOLUTION Position: x t 0.5t 3 3t 2 3t 2 Velocity: v t dx dt v t 1.5t 2 6t 3 (a) Time when v=0 0 1.5t 2 6t 3 t Acceleration: 6 62 4 1.5 3 a t t 0.586 s and t 3.414 s 2 1.5 dv dt a t 3t 6 Time when a=0 0 3t 6 t2s (b) Position at t=2 s x 2 0.5 2 3 2 3 2 2 3 2 x 2 0 m To find total distance note that car changes direction at t=0.586 s Position at t=0 s x 0 0.5 0 3 0 3 0 2 3 2 x 0 2 Position at t=0.586 s x 0.586 0.5 0.586 3 0.586 3 0.586 2 3 2 x 0.586 2.828 m Distances traveled: From t=0 to t=0.586 s: x 0.586 x 0 0.828 m From t=0.586 to t=2 s: x 2 x 0.586 2.828 m Total distance traveled 0.828 m 2.828 m Total distance 3.656 m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.8 The motion of a particle is defined by the relation x t t 2 , where x and t are expressed in feet and seconds, respectively. Determine (a) the two positions at which the velocity is zero, (b) the total distance traveled by the particle from t 0 to t 4 s.. 3 2 SOLUTION Position: x t t 2 t 2 Velocity: v t 3 dx dt v t 2t 3 t 2 2 v t 2t 3 t 2 4t 4 3t 2 14t 12 Time when v(t)=0 0 3t 2 14t 12 t 14 142 4 3 12 2 3 t 1.131 s and t 3.535 s (a) Position at t=1.131 s x 1.131 1.131 1.1.31 2 2 3 x 1.131 1.935 ft. Position at t=3.535 s x 3.535 3.535 3.535 2 2 3 x 3.531 8.879 ft. To find total distance traveled note that the particle changes direction at t=1.131 s and again at t=3.535 s. Position at t=0 s x 0 0 0 2 2 3 x 4 4 4 2 3 x 0 8 ft Position at t=4 s 2 x 4 8 ft (b) Distances traveled: From t=0 to t=1.131 s: x 1.131 x 0 6.065 ft. From t=1.131 to t=3.531 s: x 3.535 x 1.131 6.944 ft. From t=3.531 to t=4 s: x 4 x 3.535 0.879 ft. Total distance traveled 6.065 ft 6.944 ft 0.879 ft Total distance 13.888 ft. PROBLEM 11.9 The brakes of a car are applied, causing it to slow down at a rate of 10 ft/s2. Knowing that the car stops in 100 ft, determine (a) how fast the car was traveling immediately before the brakes were applied, (b) the time required for the car to stop. SOLUTION a 10 ft/s 2 (a) Velocity at x 0. v 0 v0 0 (b) dv a 10 dx vdv xf 0 (10)dx v02 10 x f (10)(300) 2 v02 6000 v0 77.5 ft/s2 Time to stop. dv a 10 dx 0 dv v0 tf 0 10dt 0 v0 10t f tf v0 77.5 10 10 t f 7.75 s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.10 The acceleration of a particle is defined by the relation a 3e 0.2t , where a and t are expressed in ft/s 2 and seconds, respectively. Knowing that x 0 and v 0 at t 0, determine the velocity and position of the particle when t 0.5 s. SOLUTION Acceleration: a 3e0.2t ft/s2 Given : v0 0 ft/s, x0 0 ft Velocity: a dv dv adt dt v t v0 0 dv adt t v vo 3e 0.2t 0 t dt v 0= 15 e0.2t 0 v 15 1 e0.2t ft/s Position: v dx dx vdt dt x t dx vdt 0 x0 t x xo 15 1 e 0.2t dt x 0=15 t 5 e 0.2t 0 t 0 x 15 t 5 e 0.2t 75 ft Velocity at t=0.5 s Position at t=0.5 s v 15 1 e0.20.5 ft/s v 0.5 1.427 ft/s x 15 0.5 5 e 0.20.5 75 ft x 0.5 0.363 ft. PROBLEM 11.11 The acceleration of a particle is directly proportional to the square of the time t. When t 0, the particle is at x 24 m. Knowing that at t 6 s, x 96 m and v 18 m/s, express x and v in terms of t. SOLUTION a kt 2 We have k constant dv a kt 2 dt Now v or 1 v 18 k (t 3 216) 3 18 dv t At t 6 s, v 18 m/s: 6 kt 2 dt 1 v 18 k (t 3 216)(m/s) 3 or dx 1 v 18 k (t 3 216) dt 3 Also x 1 18 k (t 3 216) dt 3 or 1 1 x 24 18t k t 4 216t 3 4 24 dx t At t 0, x 24 m: 0 Now At t 6 s, x 96 m: or Then or and or 1 1 96 24 18(6) k (6)4 216(6) 3 4 k 1 m/s 4 9 1 1 1 x 24 18t t 4 216t 3 9 4 x(t ) 1 4 t 10t 24 108 11 v 18 (t 3 216) 3 9 v(t ) 1 3 t 10 27 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.12 The acceleration of a particle is defined by the relation a kt 2 . (a) Knowing that v 8 m/s when t 0 and that v 8 m/s when t 2 s, determine the constant k. (b) Write the equations of motion, knowing also that x 0 when t 2 s. SOLUTION a kt 2 dv a kt 2 dt (1) t 0, v 8 m/s and t 2 s, v 8 ft/s (a) 8 8 dv 2 0 kt 2 dt 1 8 ( 8) k (2)3 3 (b) k 6.00 m/s 4 Substituting k 6 m/s4 into (1) dv a 6t 2 dt t 0, v 8 m/s: v 8 dv t 0 a 6t 2 6t 2 dt 1 v (8) 6(t )3 3 v 2t 3 8 dx v 2t 3 8 dt t 2 s, x 0: x 0 dx t 2 (2t 3 8) dt; x 1 4 t 8t 2 1 1 x t 4 8t (2)4 8(2) 2 2 1 x t 4 8t 8 16 2 t 2 x 1 4 t 8t 8 2 PROBLEM 11.13 A Scotch yoke is a mechanism that transforms the circular motion of a crank into the reciprocating motion of a shaft (or vice versa). It has been used in a number of different internal combustion engines and in control valves. In the Scotch yoke shown, the acceleration of Point A is defined by the relation a 1.8sin kt, where a and t are expressed in m/s2 and seconds, respectively, and k 3 rad/s. Knowing that x 0 and v 0.6 m/s when t 0, determine the velocity and position of Point A when t 0.5 s. SOLUTION Acceleration: a 1.8sin kt m/s2 Given : v0 0.6 m/s, x0 0, Velocity: dv a dv adt dt t k 3 rad/s v t v0 0 dv adt t v v0 0 a dt 1.8 0 sin kt dt v 0.6 1.8 cos kt k t 0 1.8 (cos kt 1) 0.6 cos kt 0.6 3 v 0.6cos kt m/s Position: v dx dx vdt dt x x0 x0 x t dx vdt x0 0 0.6 t t 0 v dt 0.6 0 cos kt dt k sin kt t 0 0.6 (sin kt 0) 0.2sin kt 3 x 0.2sin kt m When t =0.5 s, kt (3)(0.5) 1.5 rad v 0.6 cos1.5 0.0424 m/s v 42.4 mm/s x 0.2sin1.5 0.1995 m x 199.5 mm Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.14 For the scotch yoke mechanism shown, the acceleration of Point A is defined by the relation a 1.08sin kt 1.44cos kt , where a and t are expressed in m/s2 and seconds, respectively, and k = 3 rad/s. Knowing that x = 0.16 m and v = 0.36 m/s when t = 0, determine the velocity and position of Point A when t = 0.5 s. SOLUTION Acceleration: a 1.08sin kt 1.44cos kt m/s2 Given : v0 0.36 m/s, x0 0.16, Velocity: dv a dv adt dt Integrate: k 3 rad/s v t v0 0 dv adt t t v v0 1.08 0 sin kt dt 1.44 0 cos kt dt v 0.36 1.08 cos kt k t 0 1.44 sin kt k t 0 1.08 1.44 (cos 3t 1) (sin 3t 0) 3 3 0.36 cos 3t 0.36 0.48sin 3t v 0.36 cos 3t 0.48sin 3t m/s Evaluate at t 0.5 s 0.36 cos1.5 0.36 0.48sin1.5 Position: v dx dx vdt dt x t dx vdt 0 x0 t v 453 mm/s t t x x0 0 v dt 0.36 0 cos kt dt 0.48 0 sin kt dt x 0.16 0.36 sin kt k t 0 0.48 cos kt k t 0 0.36 0.48 (sin 3t 0) (cos 3t 1) 3 3 0.12sin 3t 0.16 cos 3t 0.16 x 0.12sin 3t 0.16 cos 3t m Evaluate at t 0.5 s x 0.12sin1.5 0.16 cos1.5 0.1310 m x 131.0 mm PROBLEM 11.15 A piece of electronic equipment that is surrounded by packing material is dropped so that it hits the ground with a speed of 4 m/s. After contact the equipment experiences an acceleration of a kx, where k is a constant and x is the compression of the packing material. If the packing material experiences a maximum compression of 20 mm, determine the maximum acceleration of the equipment. SOLUTION a vdv k x dx Separate and integrate. vf v0 vdv xf 0 k x dx 1 2 1 2 1 v f v0 kx 2 2 2 2 xf 0 1 k x 2f 2 Use v0 4 m/s, x f 0.02 m, and v f 0. Solve for k. 0 1 2 1 (4) k (0.02) 2 2 2 k 40, 000 s 2 Maximum acceleration. amax kxmax : (40,000)(0.02) 800 m/s2 a 800 m/s2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.16 A projectile enters a resisting medium at x 0 with an initial velocity v0 900 ft/s and travels 4 in. before coming to rest. Assuming that the velocity of the projectile is defined by the relation v v0 kx, where v is expressed in ft/s and x is in feet, determine (a) the initial acceleration of the projectile, (b) the time required for the projectile to penetrate 3.9 in. into the resisting medium. SOLUTION First note When x 4 0 (900 ft/s) k ft 12 4 ft, v 0: 12 k 2700 or (a) 1 s We have v v0 kx Then a or a k (v0 kx) At t 0: 1 a 2700 (900 ft/s 0) s dv d (v0 kx) kv dt dt a0 2.43 106 ft/s2 or (b) dx v v0 kx dt We have At t 0, x 0: or x 0 dx v0 kx t dt 0 1 [ln(v0 kx )]0x t k or t 1 v0 1 1 ln ln k v0 kx k 1 vk x 0 When x 3.9 in.: t 1 ln 1 2700 s 1 or 1 2700 1/s 900 ft/s 3.9 12 ft t 1.366 103 s PROBLEM 11.17 The acceleration of a particle is defined by the relation a k/x. It has been experimentally determined that v 15 ft/s when x 0.6 ft and that v 9 ft/s when x 1.2 ft. Determine (a) the velocity of the particle when x 1.5 ft, (b) the position of the particle at which its velocity is zero. SOLUTION a vdv k dx x Separate and integrate using x 0.6 ft, v 15 ft/s. v 15 vdv k x 0.6 v dx x 1 2 k ln x v 2 15 x 0.6 1 2 1 x v (15) 2 k ln 2 2 0.6 (1) When v 9 ft/s, x 1.2 ft 1 2 1 1.2 (9) (15)2 k ln 2 2 0.6 Solve for k. k 103.874 ft 2 /s 2 (a) Velocity when x 65 ft. Substitute k 103.874 ft 2 /s2 and x 1.5 ft into (1). 1 2 1 1.5 v (15)2 103.874 ln 2 2 0.6 v 5.89 ft/s (b) Position when for v 0, 1 x 0 (15)2 103.874 ln 2 0.6 x ln 1.083 0.6 x 1.772 ft Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.18 A brass (nonmagnetic) block A and a steel magnet B are in equilibrium in a brass tube under the magnetic repelling force of another steel magnet C located at a distance x 0.004 m from B. The force is inversely proportional to the square of the distance between B and C. If block A is suddenly removed, the acceleration of block B is a 9.81 k /x 2 , where a and x are expressed in m/s2 and m, respectively, and k 4 104 m3 /s2 . Determine the maximum velocity and acceleration of B. SOLUTION 0 9.81 The maximum velocity occurs when a 0. xm2 k 4 104 40.775 106 m 2 9.81 9.81 k xm2 xm 0.0063855 m The acceleration is given as a function of x. v dv k a 9.81 2 dx x Separate variables and integrate: vdv 9.81dx v 0 vdv 9.81 x x0 k dx x2 dx k x x0 dx x2 1 1 1 2 v 9.81( x x0 ) k 2 x x0 1 1 2 1 vm 9.81( xm x0 ) k 2 xm x0 1 1 9.81(0.0063855 0.004) (4 104 ) 0.0063855 0.004 0.023402 0.037358 0.013956 m 2 /s 2 Maximum velocity: vm 0.1671 m/s vm 167.1 mm/s The maximum acceleration occurs when x is smallest, that is, x 0.004 m. am 9.81 4 104 (0.004)2 am 15.19 m/s2 PROBLEM 11.19 Based on experimental observations, the acceleration of a particle is defined by the relation a (0.1 sin x/b), where a and x are expressed in m/s2 and meters, respectively. Knowing that b 0.8 m and that v 1 m/s when x 0, determine (a) the velocity of the particle when x 1 m, (b) the position where the velocity is maximum, (c) the maximum velocity. SOLUTION We have When x 0, v 1 m/s: v v 1 dv x a 0.1 sin dx 0.8 vdv x 0.1 sin dx 0 0.8 x x 1 2 x (v 1) 0.1x 0.8 cos 2 0.8 0 or 1 2 x v 0.1x 0.8 cos 0.3 2 0.8 or (a) When x 1 m: 1 2 1 0.3 v 0.1(1) 0.8 cos 2 0.8 v 0.323 m/s or (b) When v vmax, a 0: or (c) x 0.1 sin 0 0.8 x 0.080 134 m x 0.0801 m When x 0.080 134 m: 1 2 0.080 134 vmax 0.1(0.080 134) 0.8 cos 0.3 2 0.8 0.504 m 2 /s 2 or vmax 1.004 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.20 A spring AB is attached to a support at A and to a collar. The unstretched length of the spring is l. Knowing that the collar is released from rest at x x0 and has an acceleration defined by the relation a 100( x lx / l 2 x 2 ) , determine the velocity of the collar as it passes through Point C. SOLUTION av Since a is function of x, dv lx 100 x dx l 2 x2 Separate variables and integrate: vf v0 vdv 100 lx x 2 x0 l x2 0 x2 1 2 1 2 v f v0 100 l l 2 x2 2 2 2 dx 0 x0 x2 1 2 v f 0 100 0 l 2 l l 2 x02 2 2 1 2 100 2 (l x02 l 2 2l l 2 x02 ) vf 2 2 100 ( l 2 x02 l ) 2 2 v f 10( l 2 x02 l ) PROBLEM 11.21 The acceleration of a particle is defined by the relation a k 1 e x , where k is a constant. Knowing that the velocity of the particle is v 9 m/s when x 3 m and that the particle comes to rest at the origin, determine (a) the value of k, (b) the velocity of the particle when x 2 m. SOLUTION Acceleration: a k 1 e x Given : at x 3 m, v 9 m/s at x 0 m, v 0 m/s adx vdv k 1 e x dx vdv Integrate using x=-3 m and v=9 m/s as the lower limits of the integrals x v k 1 e x dx vdv 3 9 k x e x Velocity: x v 3 1 2 v 2 9 k x e x 3 e3 12 v 2 1 2 (9) 2 (1) (a) Now substitute v=0 m/s and x=0 m into (1) and solve for k k 0 e 0 3 e3 12 0 2 1 2 (9) 2 k 2.52 m2 /s 2 (b) Find velocity when x= -2 m using the equation (1) and the value of k 2.518 2 e 2 3 e3 12 v 2 1 (9) 2 2 v 4.70 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.22 2 Starting from x 0 with no initial velocity, a particle is given an acceleration a 0.1 v 16, where a 2 and v are expressed in ft/s and ft/s, respectively. Determine (a) the position of the particle when v 3ft/s, (b) the speed and acceleration of the particle when x 4 ft. SOLUTION a vdv 0.1(v 2 16)1/ 2 dx (1) Separate and integrate. v 0 vdv v 2 16 x 0 0.1 dx v (v 2 16)1/2 0.1 x 0 2 1/2 (v 16) (a) (b) 4 0.1 x x 10[(v2 16)1/2 4] (2) x 10[(32 16)1/2 4] x 10.00 ft v 3 ft/s. x 4 ft. From (2), (v 2 16)1/2 4 0.1x 4 (0.1)(4) 4.4 v 2 16 19.36 v 2 3.36ft 2 /s 2 From (1), a 0.1(1.8332 16)1/2 v 1.833 ft/s a 0.440 ft/s2 PROBLEM 11.23 A ball is dropped from a boat so that it strikes the surface of a lake with a speed of 16.5 ft/s. While in the water the ball experiences an acceleration of a 10 0.8v, where a and v are expressed in ft/s2 and ft/s, respectively. Knowing the ball takes 3 s to reach the bottom of the lake, determine (a) the depth of the lake, (b) the speed of the ball when it hits the bottom of the lake. SOLUTION a dv 10 0.8v dt Separate and integrate: dv v0 10 0.8v v t 0 dt v 1 ln(10 0.8v) t 0.8 v0 10 0.8v ln 10 0.8v0 0.8t 10 0.8v (10 0.8v0 )e0.8t 0.8v 10 (10 0.8v0 )e0.8t or v 12.5 (12.5 v0 )e0.8t v 12.5 4e0.8t With v0 16.5ft/s Integrate to determine x as a function of t. dx 12.5 4e0.8t v dt x 0 dx t 0 (12.5 4e 0.8t )dt Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.23 (Continued) t x 12.5t 5e0.8t 12.5t 5e0.8t 5 0 (a) At t 35 s, x 12.5(3) 5e2.4 5 42.046 ft (b) v 12.5 4e2.4 12.863 ft/s x 42.0 ft v 12.86 ft/s PROBLEM 11.24 The acceleration of a particle is defined by the relation a k v , where k is a constant. Knowing that x 0 and v 81 m/s at t 0 and that v 36 m/s when x 18 m, determine (a) the velocity of the particle when x 20 m, (b) the time required for the particle to come to rest. SOLUTION (a) We have dv a k v dx v v dv k dx so that v or 2 3/2 v [v ]81 kx 3 or 2 3/2 [v 729] kx 3 When x 18 m, v 36 m/s: v dv 81 x When x 0, v 81 m/s: 0 k dx 2 (363/2 729) k (18) 3 k 19 m/s 2 or Finally When x 20 m: 2 3/2 (v 729) 19(20) 3 v3/2 159 or (b) We have dv a 19 v dt At t 0, v 81 m/s: v dv 81 v t 0 19dt or v 2[ v ]81 19t or 2( v 9) 19t When v 0: or v 29.3 m/s 2(9) 19t t 0.947 s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.25 2.5 The acceleration of a particle is defined by the relation a kv , where k is a constant. The particle starts at x 0 with a velocity of 16 mm/s, and when x 6 mm the velocity is observed to be 4 mm/s. Determine (a) the velocity of the particle when x 5 mm, (b) the time at which the velocity of the particle is 9 mm/s. SOLUTION Acceleration: a kv 2.5 Given : at t=0, x 0 mm, v 16 mm/s at x 6 mm, v 4 mm/s adx vdv 2.5 kv dx vdv Separate variables kdx v 3 2 dv Integrate using x=-0 m and v=16 mm/s as the lower limits of the integrals x v -kdx v 3 2 dv 0 16 x 2v 1 2 kx 0 Velocity and position: kx 2v 1 2 v 16 1 2 (1) Now substitute v=4 mm/s and x=6 mm into (1) and solve for k 1 2 k 0.0833 mm 3 2 s1 2 k 6 41 2 (a) Find velocity when x= 5 mm using the equation (1) and the value of k k 5 2v 1 2 1 2 v 4.76 mm/s (b) Separate variables a dv or adt dv dt a dv or adt dv dt kdt v 2.5 dv PROBLEM 11.25 (Continued) Integrate using t=0 and v=16 mm/s as the lower limits of the integrals t v -kdt v 0 v kt 0 kt dv 16 t Velocity and time: 5 2 2 v 3 2 3 16 2 3 2 1 v 3 96 (2) Find time when v= 9 mm/s using the equation (2) and the value of k kt 2 3 2 1 9 3 96 t 0.171 s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. Problem 11.26 A human powered vehicle (HPV) team wants to model the acceleration during the 260 m sprint race (the first 60 m is called a flying start) using a = A – Cv2, where a is acceleration in m/s2 and v is the velocity in m/s. From wind tunnel testing, they found that C = 0.0012 m-1. Knowing that the cyclist is going 100 km/h at the 260 meter mark, what is the value of A? SOLUTION Acceleration: a A Cv2 m/s2 Given : C 0.0012 m1 , v f 100 km/hr when x f 260 m Note: 100 km/hr = 27.78 m/s adx vdv A Cv dx vdv 2 Separate variables dx vdv A Cv 2 Integrate starting from rest and traveling a distance xf with a final velocity vf. xf vf 0 0 vdv dx A Cv x x 0f 2 1 ln A Cv 2 2C 1 xf ln A v 2f 2C A 1 xf ln 2C A Cv 2f Next solve for A A Cv 2f e 1 e vf 0 21C ln A 2Cx f 2Cx f Now substitute values of C, xf and vf and solve for A A 1.995 m/s2 PROBLEM 11.27 Experimental data indicate that in a region downstream of a given louvered supply vent the velocity of the emitted air is defined by v 0.18v0 /x, where v and x are expressed in m/s and meters, respectively, and v0 is the initial discharge velocity of the air. For v0 3.6 m/s, determine (a) the acceleration of the air at x 2 m, (b) the time required for the air to flow from x 1 to x 3 m. SOLUTION (a) dv dx 0.18v0 d 0.18v0 x dx x av We have a When x 2 m: 0.0324v02 x3 0.0324(3.6)2 (2)3 a 0.0525 m/s2 or (b) 0.18v0 dx v dt x We have From x 1 m to x 3 m: 3 1 xdx t3 t1 0.18v0 dt 3 or 1 2 2 x 0.18v0 (t3 t1 ) 1 or (t3 t1 ) or 1 2 (9 1) 0.18(3.6) t3 t1 6.17 s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.28 Based on observations, the speed of a jogger can be approximated by the relation v 7.5(1 0.04 x)0.3 , where v and x are expressed in mi/h and miles, respectively. Knowing that x 0 at t 0, determine (a) the distance the jogger has run when t 1 h, (b) the jogger’s acceleration in ft/s2 at t 0, (c) the time required for the jogger to run 6 mi. SOLUTION (a) dx v 7.5(1 0.04 x )0.3 dt We have At t 0, x 0: or x 0 dx (1 0.04 x)0.3 t 7.5dt 0 1 1 [(1 0.04 x)0.7 ]0x 7.5t 0.7 0.04 1 (1 0.04 x)0.7 0.21t or or x 1 [1 (1 0.21t )1/0.7 ] 0.04 At t 1 h: x 1 {1 [1 0.21(1)]1/0.7 } 0.04 (1) x 7.15 mi or (b) We have av dv dx d [7.5(1 0.04 x)0.3 ] dx 7.52 (1 0.04 x)0.3 [(0.3)(0.04)(1 0.04 x)0.7 ] 7.5(1 0.04 x)0.3 0.675(1 0.04 x)0.4 At t 0, x 0: a0 0.675 mi/h 2 5280 ft 1 h 1 mi 3600 s a0 275 106 ft/s 2 or (c) From Eq. (1) t When x 6 mi: t or 2 1 [1 (1 0.04 x)0.7 ] 0.21 1 {1 [1 0.04(6)]0.7 } 0.21 0.83229 h t 49.9 min PROBLEM 11.29 The acceleration due to gravity at an altitude y above the surface of the earth can be expressed as 32.2 [1 ( y/20.9 106 )]2 a where a and y are expressed in ft/s2 and feet, respectively. Using this expression, compute the height reached by a projectile fired vertically upward from the surface of the earth if its initial velocity is (a) 1800 ft/s, (b) 3000 ft/s, (c) 36,700 ft/s. SOLUTION We have v dv a dy 1 32.2 y 20.9 106 When y 0, provided that v does reduce to zero, y ymax , v 0 Then 0 v0 v dv v v0 ymax 0 1 32.2 y 20.9 106 2 dy 1 1345.96 10 1 1 ymax 20.9 106 or v02 or ymax v0 1800 ft/s: ymax 6 v0 3000 ft/s: or y max 0 v02 64.4 v02 20.9 106 (1800) 2 64.4 (1800) 2 20.9 106 ymax 50.4 103 ft or (b) 2 1 1 v02 32.2 20.9 106 y 2 1 20.9 106 or (a) ymax (3000) 2 64.4 (3000)2 20.9 106 ymax 140.7 103 ft Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.29 (Continued) (c) v0 36,700 ft/s: ymax (36, 700)2 64.4 (36,700)2 20.9 106 3.03 1010 ft This solution is invalid since the velocity does not reduce to zero. The velocity 36,700 ft/s is above the escape velocity vR from the earth. For vR and above. ymax PROBLEM 11.30 The acceleration due to gravity of a particle falling toward the earth is a gR 2 /r 2, where r is the distance from the center of the earth to the particle, R is the radius of the earth, and g is the acceleration due to gravity at the surface of the earth. If R 3960 mi, calculate the escape velocity, that is, the minimum velocity with which a particle must be projected vertically upward from the surface of the earth if it is not to return to the earth. (Hint: v 0 for r .) SOLUTION We have v dv gR 2 a 2 dr r r R , v ve When r , v 0 then 0 ve vdv R gR 2 dr r2 or 1 1 ve2 gR 2 2 r R or ve 2 gR 1/ 2 5280 ft 2 32.2 ft/s 2 3960 mi 1 mi or ve 36.7 103 ft/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.31 The velocity of a particle is v v0 [1 sin ( t/T )]. Knowing that the particle starts from the origin with an initial velocity v0 , determine (a) its position and its acceleration at t 3T , (b) its average velocity during the interval t 0 to t T . SOLUTION (a) dx t v v0 1 sin dt T We have At t 0, x 0: x 0 dx t v0 1 sin dt 0 T t t T T t t T x v0 t cos v0 t cos T 0 T At t 3T : T 2T 3T T x3T v0 3T cos v0 3T T a At t 3T : (b) (1) x3T 2.36 v0T t dv d t v0 1 sin v0 cos dt dt T T T a3T v0 T cos 3T a3T T v0 T Using Eq. (1) At t 0: At t T : Now T T x0 v0 0 cos(0) 0 T T xT v0 T cos T vave 2T T v0 T xT x0 0.363v0T 0 t T 0 0.363v0T vave 0.363v0 Problem 11.32 An eccentric circular cam, which serves a similar function as the Scotch yoke mechanism in Problem 11.13, is used in conjunction with a flat face follower to control motion in pumps and in steam engine valves. Knowing that the eccentricity is denoted by e, the maximum range of the displacement of the follower is dmax, and the maximum velocity of the follower is vmax, determine the displacement, velocity, and acceleration of the follower. SOLUTION Constraint: y r e cos (1) Differentiate: y e sin (2) Differentiate again: y esin e2 cos (3) ymax occurs when cosθ =1 and ymin occurs when cosθ = -1 d max ymax ymin d max r e r e d max 2e e dmax 2 (4) yr Substitute (4) into (1) to get Position d max cos 2 Max Velocity occurs when sin 1 vmax e vmax e (5) y vmax sin Substitute (5) into (2) to get velocity and assume cw rotation. Substitute (4) and (5) into (3) y Acceleration: 4v 2 d max d sin max 2max 2 2 d max cos y d max 2v 2 sin max cos d max 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. Problem 11.33 An airplane begins its take-off run at A with zero velocity and a constant acceleration a. Knowing that it becomes airborne 30 s later at B and that the distance AB is 900 m, determine (a) the acceleration a, (b) the take-off velocity v B . SOLUTION Given : x A 0 , xB 900 m , v A 0 , t 30 s Uniform Acceleration: xB xA vAt 1 2 at 2 Substitute known values: 900 m 0 0 1 2 a 30 s 2 a 2.0 m/s 2 (a) Solve for acceleration Uniform Acceleration: vB vA at Substitute known values: vB 0 2 m/s 2 30 s (b) Velocity at takeoff (point B) vB 60.0 m/s PROBLEM 11.34 A motorist is traveling at 54 km/h when she observes that a traffic light 240 m ahead of her turns red. The traffic light is timed to stay red for 24 s. If the motorist wishes to pass the light without stopping just as it turns green again, determine (a) the required uniform deceleration of the car, (b) the speed of the car as it passes the light. SOLUTION Uniformly accelerated motion: x0 0 (a) x x0 v0 t v0 54 km/h 15 m/s 1 2 at 2 when t 24s, x 240 m: 240 m 0 (15 m/s)(24 s) 1 a (24 s) 2 2 a 0.4167 m/s 2 (b) a 0.417 m/s2 v v0 a t when t 24s: v (15 m/s) (0.4167 m/s)(24 s) v 5.00 m/s v 18.00 km/h v 18.00 km/h Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. Problem 11.35 Steep safety ramps are built beside mountain highways to enable vehicles with defective brakes to stop safely. A truck enters a 750-ft ramp at a high speed v0 and travels 540 ft in 6 s at constant deceleration before its speed is reduced to v0 / 2. Assuming the same constant deceleration, determine (a) the additional time required for the truck to stop, (b) the additional distance traveled by the truck. SOLUTION Given : xo 0 , x A 540 m , t A 6 s , vA Uniform Acceleration: v A vo at A Substitute known values: 1 vo vo a 6 2 a 1 vo , Lramp 750 ft 2 1 vo 12 1 2 at A 2 Uniform Acceleration: xA xo vot A Substitute known values: 540 0 vo 6 1 2 vo 6 24 vo 120 ft/s and a 10 ft/s 2 (a) vB vo at B Substitute known values: 0 120 10tB Solve for tB tB 12 s tB t A 6.0 s Additional time to stop 1 2 atB 2 (b) xB xo votB Substitute known values: 1 2 xB 0 120 12 10 12 2 Solve for xB xB 720 ft Additional time to stop xB x A 180.0 ft PROBLEM 11.36 A group of students launches a model rocket in the vertical direction. Based on tracking data, they determine that the altitude of the rocket was 89.6 ft at the end of the powered portion of the flight and that the rocket landed 16 s later. Knowing that the descent parachute failed to deploy so that the rocket fell freely to the ground after reaching its maximum altitude and assuming that g 32.2 ft/s 2 , determine (a) the speed v1 of the rocket at the end of powered flight, (b) the maximum altitude reached by the rocket. SOLUTION (a) 1 2 at 2 We have y y1 v1t At tland , y0 Then 0 89.6 ft v1 (16 s) 1 (32.2 ft/s 2 )(16 s) 2 2 v1 252 ft/s or (b) We have v 2 v12 2a( y y1 ) At y y max , Then 0 (252 ft/s)2 2(32.2 ft/s 2 )( ymax 89.6) ft or v0 y max 1076 ft Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.37 A small package is released from rest at A and moves along the skate wheel conveyor ABCD. The package has a uniform acceleration of 4.8 m/s 2 as it moves down sections AB and CD, and its velocity is constant between B and C. If the velocity of the package at D is 7.2 m/s, determine (a) the distance d between C and D, (b) the time required for the package to reach D. SOLUTION (a) For A B and C D we have v 2 v02 2a( x x0 ) 2 vBC 0 2(4.8 m/s2 )(3 0) m Then, at B 28.8 m2 /s 2 (vBC 5.3666 m/s) 2 vD2 vBC 2aCD ( xD xC ) and at D d x D xC (7.2 m/s) 2 (28.8 m 2 /s 2 ) 2(4.8 m/s 2 )d or d 2.40 m or (b) For A B and C D we have v v0 at Then A B 5.3666 m/s 0 (4.8 m/s2 )t AB t AB 1.118 04 s or and C 7.2 m/s 5.3666 m/s (4.8 m/s 2 )tCD D tCD 0.38196 s or Now, for B C, we have xC x B v BC t BC or 3 m (5.3666 m/s)t BC or t BC 0.55901 s Finally, or t D t AB t BC tCD (1.11804 0.55901 0.38196) s t D 2.06 s PROBLEM 11.38 A sprinter in a 100-m race accelerates uniformly for the first 35 m and then runs with constant velocity. If the sprinter’s time for the first 35 m is 5.4 s, determine (a) his acceleration, (b) his final velocity, (c) his time for the race. SOLUTION 0 x 35 m, a constant Given: 35 m x 100 m, v constant At t 0, v 0 when x 35 m, t 5.4 s Find: (a) a (b) v when x 100 m (c) t when x 100 m (a) We have At t 5.4 s: or x 0 0t 35 m 1 2 at 2 for 0 x 35 m 1 a (5.4 s) 2 2 a 2.4005 m/s 2 a 2.40 m/s 2 (b) First note that v vmax for 35 m x 100 m. Now (c) v 2 0 2a( x 0) for 0 x 35 m When x 35 m: 2 vmax 2(2.4005 m/s 2 )(35 m) or vmax 12.9628 m/s We have When x 100 m: or x x1 v0 (t t1 ) vmax 12.96 m/s for 35 m x 100 m 100 m 35 m (12.9628 m/s)(t 2 5.4) s t 2 10.41 s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.39 Automobile A starts from O and accelerates at the constant rate of 0.75 m/s2. A short time later it is passed by bus B which is traveling in the opposite direction at a constant speed of 6 m/s. Knowing that bus B passes point O 20 s after automobile A started from there, determine when and where the vehicles passed each other. SOLUTION Place origin at 0. Motion of auto. xA 0 0, vA 0 0, x A x A 0 v A 0 t aA 0.75 m/s2 1 1 a At 2 0 0 0.75 t 2 2 2 xA 0.375t 2 m Motion of bus. xB 0 ?, vB 0 6 m/s, aB 0 xB xB 0 vB 0 t xB 0 6t m At t 20 s , x B 0. 0 xB 0 6 20 Hence, xB 0 120 m x B 120 6 t When the vehicles pass each other, x B x A . 120 6t 0.375 t 2 0.375 t 2 6 t 120 0 t t 6 (6) 2 4 0.375 120 2 0.375 6 14.697 11.596 s 0.75 and 27.6 s t 11.60 s Reject the negative root. Corresponding values of xA and xB. xA 0.37511.596 50.4 m 2 xB 120 6 11.596 50.4 m x 50.4 m PROBLEM 11.40 In a boat race, boat A is leading boat B by 50 m and both boats are traveling at a constant speed of 180 km/h. At t 0, the boats accelerate at constant rates. Knowing that when B passes A, t 8 s and v A 225 km/h, determine (a) the acceleration of A, (b) the acceleration of B. SOLUTION (a) We have v A (v A ) 0 a At (v A ) 0 180 km/h 50 m/s At t 8 s: Then v A 225 km/h 62.5 m/s 62.5 m/s 50 m/s a A (8 s) a A 1.563 m/s2 or (b) We have 1 1 x A ( x A )0 (v A )0 t a At 2 50 m (50 m/s)(8 s) (1.5625 m/s 2 )(8 s)2 500 m 2 2 and 1 xB 0 (vB ) 0 t a B t 2 2 At t 8 s: x A xB ( v B ) 0 50 m/s 1 500 m (50 m/s)(8 s) aB (8 s)2 2 or aB 3.13 m/s2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.41 As relay runner A enters the 65-ft-long exchange zone with a speed of 30 ft/s, he begins to slow down. He hands the baton to runner B 2.5 s later as they leave the exchange zone with the same velocity. Determine (a) the uniform acceleration of each of the runners, (b) when runner B should begin to run. SOLUTION Let x 0 at the start of the exchange zone, and t 0 as runner A enters the exchange zone. Then, v A 0 Motion of runner A: v A v A 0 a At 30 ft/s. x A v A 0 t 1 a At 2 2 (a) Solving for aA , and noting that xA 65 ft when t 2.5 s aA 2 x A v A 0 t t 2 2 65 30 2.5 a A 3.20 ft/s2 2.52 vA f At t 2.5 s, 30 3.20 2.5 22.0 ft/s Motion of runner B: vB 0 0 and xB 0 at the starting time tB of runner B. vB2 vB 0 2aB xB 2 Then, Solving for aB , and noting that vB vA f 22.0 ft/s When xB 65 ft, aB vB 2 vB 02 2 xB 22.02 0 2 65 aB 3.723 ft/s2 v B v B 0 a B t t B a B t t B t tB vB aB (b) Solving for t B , and noting that vB 22.0 ft/s when t 2.5 s tB t vB 22.0 2.5 3.41 s aB 3.723 Runner B should begin 3.41 s before runner A reaches the exchange zone. PROBLEM 11.42 Automobiles A and B are traveling in adjacent highway lanes and at t 0 have the positions and speeds shown. Knowing that automobile A has a constant acceleration of 1.8 ft/s 2 and that B has a constant deceleration of 1.2 ft/s 2 , determine (a) when and where A will overtake B, (b) the speed of each automobile at that time. SOLUTION a A 1.8 ft/s 2 aB 1.2 ft/s 2 (v A )0 24 mi/h 35.2 ft/s A overtakes B (vB )0 36 mi/h 52.8 ft/s Motion of auto A: v A ( v A ) 0 a A t 35.2 1.8t x A ( x A ) 0 (v A ) 0 t (1) 1 1 a At 2 0 35.2t (1.8)t 2 2 2 (2) Motion of auto B: v B ( v B ) 0 a B t 52.8 1.2t xB ( xB ) 0 ( v B ) 0 t (a) (3) 1 1 aB t 2 75 52.8t (1.2)t 2 2 2 (4) A overtakes B at t t1 . xA xB : 35.2t 0.9t12 75 52.8t1 0.6t12 1.5t12 17.6t1 75 0 t1 3.22 s Eq. (2): and t1 15.0546 xA 35.2(15.05) 0.9(15.05)2 t1 15.05 s x A 734 ft Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.42 (Continued) (b) Velocities when t1 15.05 s Eq. (1): v A 35.2 1.8(15.05) v A 62.29 ft/s Eq. (3): v A 42.5 mi/h v B 23.7 mi/h v B 52.8 1.2(15.05) v B 34.74 ft/s PROBLEM 11.43 Two automobiles A and B are approaching each other in adjacent highway lanes. At t 0, A and B are 3200 ft apart, their speeds are v A 65 mi/h and v B 40 mi/h, and they are at Points P and Q, respectively. Knowing that A passes Point Q 40 s after B was there and that B passes Point P 42 s after A was there, determine (a) the uniform accelerations of A and B, (b) when the vehicles pass each other, (c) the speed of B at that time. SOLUTION (a) x A 0 (v A ) 0 t We have (x is positive 3200 m (95.333 m/s)(40 s) Also, xB 0 (vB )0 t 1 aB t 2 2 Then (95.333 ft/s)t AB (c) 1 aB (42 s) 2 2 aB 0.83447 ft/s 2 When the cars pass each other Solving aA 0.767 ft/s2 ( v B ) 0 40 mi/h 58.667 ft/s 3200 ft (58.667 ft/s)(42 s) or or 1 a A (40 s) 2 2 ; origin at Q.) At t 42 s: (b) (v A )0 65 mi/h 95.33 ft/s ; origin at P.) At t 40 s: (xB is positive 1 a At 2 2 aB 0.834 ft/s2 x A x B 3200 ft 1 1 2 2 (58.667 ft/s)t AB (0.83447 ft/s 2 )t AB 3200 ft ( 0.76667 ft/s)t AB 2 2 2 0.03390t AB 154t AB 3200 0 t 20.685 s and t 4563 s We have v B (v B ) 0 a B t At t t AB : vB 58.667 ft/s (0.83447 ft/s2 )(20.685 s) 75.927 ft/s t 0 t AB 20.7 s v B 51.8 mi/h Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.44 An elevator is moving upward at a constant speed of 4 m/s. A man standing 10 m above the top of the elevator throws a ball upward with a speed of 3 m/s. Determine (a) when the ball will hit the elevator, (b) where the ball will hit the elevator with respect to the location of the man. SOLUTION Place the origin of the position coordinate at the level of the standing man, the positive direction being up. The ball undergoes uniformly accelerated motion. y B ( y B ) 0 ( vB ) 0 t 1 2 gt 2 with ( yB )0 0, (vB )0 3 m/s, and g 9.81 m/s 2 . yB 3t 4.905t 2 The elevator undergoes uniform motion. y E ( y E )0 vE t with ( y E ) 0 10 m and v E 4 m/s. (a) Set y B y E Time of impact. 3t 4.905t 2 10 4t 4.905t 2 t 10 0 t 1.330 s t 1.3295 and 1.5334 (b) Location of impact. y B (3)(1.3295) (4.905)(1.3295) 2 4.68 m y E 10 (4)(1.3295) 4.68 m (checks) 4.68 m below the man PROBLEM 11.45 Two rockets are launched at a fireworks display. Rocket A is launched with an initial velocity v0 100 m/s and rocket B is launched t1 seconds later with the same initial velocity. The two rockets are timed to explode simultaneously at a height of 300 m as A is falling and B is rising. Assuming a constant acceleration g 9.81 m/s2 , determine (a) the time t1, (b) the velocity of B relative to A at the time of the explosion. SOLUTION Place origin at ground level. The motion of rockets A and B is Rocket A: v A ( v A ) 0 gt 100 9.81t y A ( y A ) 0 (v A ) 0 t Rocket B: (1) 1 2 gt 100t 4.905t 2 2 (2) v B ( v B ) 0 g (t t1 ) 100 9.81(t t1 ) (3) 1 g (t t1 ) 2 2 100(t t1 ) 4.905(t t1 ) 2 y B ( y B )0 (vB )0 (t t1 ) (4) Time of explosion of rockets A and B. y A y B 300 ft From (2), 300 100t 4.905t 2 4.905t 2 100t 300 0 t 16.732 s and 3.655 s From (4), 300 100(t t1 ) 4.905(t t12 ) t t1 16.732 s Since rocket A is falling, Since rocket B is rising, (a) Time t1: (b) Relative velocity at explosion. and 3.655 s t 16.732 s t t1 3.655 s t1 t (t t1 ) From (1), v A 100 (9.81)(16.732) 64.15 m/s From (3), v B 100 (9.81)(16.732 13.08) 64.15 m/s Relative velocity: vB/A vB v A t1 13.08 s vB/A 128.3 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.46 Car A is parked along the northbound lane of a highway, and car B is traveling in the southbound lane at a constant speed of 60 mi/h. At t 0, A starts and accelerates at a constant rate a A , while at t 5 s, B begins to slow down with a constant deceleration of magnitude a A /6. Knowing that when the cars pass each other x 294 ft and v A v B , determine (a) the acceleration a A , (b) when the vehicles pass each other, (c) the distance d between the vehicles at t 0. SOLUTION For t 0: v A 0 a At xA 0 0 1 a At 2 2 0 t 5 s: xB 0 (vB )0 t At t 5 s: x B (88 ft/s)(5 s) 440 ft For t 5 s: vB (vB )0 aB (t 5) 1 aB a A 6 xB ( xB ) S (vB )0 (t 5) 1 aB (t 5) 2 2 ( v B ) 0 60 mi/h 88 ft/s Assume t 5 s when the cars pass each other. At that time (t AB ), v A vB : a At AB (88 ft/s) x A 294 ft : 294 ft Then or a A 76 t AB 65 1 2 2 a At AB 1 2 a At AB 2 88 294 2 44t AB 343t AB 245 0 aA (t AB 5) 6 PROBLEM 11.46 (Continued) Solving (a) With t AB 5 s, t AB 0.795 s 294 ft and t AB 7.00 s 1 a A (7.00 s) 2 2 a A 12.00 ft/s2 or (b) t AB 7.00 s From above Note: An acceptable solution cannot be found if it is assumed that t AB 5 s. (c) We have d x ( xB )t AB 294 ft 440 ft (88 ft/s)(2.00 s) 1 1 12.00 ft/s 2 (2.00 s) 2 2 6 or d 906 ft Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.47 The elevator shown in the figure moves downward with a constant velocity of 4 m/s. Determine (a) the velocity of the cable C, (b) the velocity of the counterweight W, (c) the relative velocity of the cable C with respect to the elevator, (d ) the relative velocity of the counterweight W with respect to the elevator. SOLUTION Choose the positive direction downward. (a) Velocity of cable C. yC 2 y E constant vC 2 v E 0 v E 4 m/s But, or (b) vC 2 v E 8 m/s v C 8.00 m/s Velocity of counterweight W. yW y E constant vW v E 0 (c) vW v E 4 m/s vW 4.00 m/s Relative velocity of C with respect to E. vC/E vC vE (8 m/s) (4 m/s) 12 m/s vC/E 12.00 m/s (d ) Relative velocity of W with respect to E. vW /E vW vE (4 m/s) (4 m/s) 8 m/s vW /E 8.00 m/s PROBLEM 11.48 The elevator shown starts from rest and moves upward with a constant acceleration. If the counterweight W moves through 30 ft in 5 s, determine (a) the acceleration of the elevator and the cable C, (b) the velocity of the elevator after 5 s. SOLUTION We choose positive direction downward for motion of counterweight. yW At t 5 s, 1 aW t 2 2 yW 30 ft 30 ft 1 aW (5 s) 2 2 aW 2.4 ft/s2 (a) Accelerations of E and C. Since Thus: Also, Thus: (b) aW 2.4 ft/s 2 yW y E constant vW v E 0, and aW a E 0 aE aW (2.4 ft/s2 ), yC 2 y E constant, vC 2 v E 0, a E 2.40 ft/s2 and aC 2 a E 0 aC 2aE 2(2.4 ft/s2 ) 4.8 ft/s2 , aC 4.80 ft/s 2 Velocity of elevator after 5 s. vE (vE )0 aE t 0 (2.4 ft/s 2 )(5 s) 12 ft/s ( v E ) 5 12.00 ft/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. Problem 11.49 An athlete pulls handle A to the left with a constant velocity of 0.5 m/s. Determine (a) the velocity of the weight B, (b) the relative velocity of weight B with respect to the handle A. SOLUTION x A 4 y B constant From the diagram: (a) v A 4vB 0 Differentiate Sketch: (1) x A 0.5 m/s v B 0.125 m/s Solve (1) for vB vB 0.125 m/s (b) Finding the relative velocity: vB 0.125 m/s v A 0.5 m/s v B / A vB v A 0.125 0.5 m/s or v B / A 0.5 0.125 m/s v B / A 0.5154 m/s 14 Problem 11.50 An athlete pulls handle A to the left with a constant acceleration. Knowing that after the weight B has been lifted 4 in. its velocity is 2 ft/s, determine (a) the accelerations of handle A and weight B (b) the velocity and change in position of handle A after 0.5 sec. SOLUTION (a) From the diagram: Sketch: x A 3 y B constant v A 3v B 0 (1) a A 3a B 0 (2) Uniform Acceleration of weight B v B 2 v B o +2aB yB y B o 2 Substitute in known values 2 ft/s 2 =02 2aB 4 ft 0 12 aB 6 ft/s 2 Using (2) a A 3(6 ft/s 2 ) 0 aA 18 ft/s2 aB 6 ft/s2 (b) Uniform Acceleration of Handle A vA vA o aAt vA 0 18 ft/s 2 0.5 s v A 9 ft/s or Also 1 y A y A o v A o t a At 2 2 y A y A o 0 or 1 2 18 ft/s2 0.5 s 2 y A 2.25 ft Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.51 Slider block B moves to the right with a constant velocity of 300 mm/s. Determine (a) the velocity of slider block A, (b) the velocity of portion C of the cable, (c) the velocity of portion D of the cable, (d ) the relative velocity of portion C of the cable with respect to slider block A. SOLUTION x B ( x B x A ) 2 x A constant From the diagram Then 2 v B 3v A 0 (1) and 2 a B 3a A 0 (2) x D x A constant Also, we have vD v A 0 Then (a) Substituting into Eq. (1) 2(300 mm/s) 3v A 0 or (b) From the diagram Then Substituting From the diagram Then Substituting or v A 200 mm/s v C 600 mm/s v D 200 mm/s x B ( x B xC ) constant 2 v B vC 0 2(300 mm/s) vC 0 or (c) (3) ( xC x A ) ( x D x A ) constant vC 2 v A v D 0 600 mm/s 2(200 mm/s) v D 0 PROBLEM 11.51 (Continued) (d) We have vC/A vC v A 600 mm/s 200 mm/s or vC/A 400 mm/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.52 At the instant shown, slider block B is moving with a constant acceleration, and its speed is 150 mm/s. Knowing that after slider block A has moved 240 mm to the right its velocity is 60 mm/s, determine (a) the accelerations of A and B, (b) the acceleration of portion D of the cable, (c) the velocity and change in position of slider block B after 4 s. SOLUTION x B ( x B x A ) 2 x A constant From the diagram Then 2 v B 3v A 0 (1) and 2 a B 3a A 0 (2) (a) First observe that if block A moves to the right, v A and Eq. (1) v B . Then, using Eq. (1) at t 0 2(150 mm/s) 3( v A ) 0 0 (v A ) 0 100 mm/s or Also, Eq. (2) and a B constant a A constant vA2 (vA )02 2aA [ xA ( xA )0 ] Then When x A ( x A ) 0 240 mm: (60 mm/s)2 (100 mm/s)2 2a A (240 mm) or or aA 40 mm/s 2 3 a A 13.33 mm/s2 PROBLEM 11.52 (Continued) Then, substituting into Eq. (2) 40 2aB 3 mm/s2 0 3 aB 20 mm/s2 or (b) a B 20.0 mm/s2 From the diagram, x D x A constant vD v A 0 Then Substituting aD a A 0 40 mm/s2 0 aD 3 or (c) We have vB (vB )0 a B t At t 4 s: vB 150 mm/s (20.0 mm/s2 )(4 s) or Also At t 4 s: xB ( x B ) 0 ( v B ) 0 t v B 70.0 mm/s 1 aB t 2 2 xB ( xB )0 (150 mm/s)(4 s) or a D 13.33 mm/s2 1 (20.0 mm/s 2 )(4 s)2 2 x B ( x B ) 0 440 mm Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.53 A farmer wants to get his hay bales into the top loft of his barn by walking his horse forward with a constant velocity of 1 ft/s. Determine the velocity and acceleration of the hay bale when the horse is 10 ft away from the barn. SOLUTION From the diagram, we can write an expression for the total length of rope: L 20 yB xH2 (20)2 Differentiate dL 0 dt xH x H 0 y B Velocities vB y B and vH xH vB Differentiate again: x (20) 2 2 H aB aB or aB at xH 10 vB xH vH x (20) 2 2 H dvB dt xH vH xH2 (20) 2 vH2 xH2 (20) 2 xH vH xH2 (20) 2 xH a H xH2 (20) 2 aB xH vH ( 12 )(2 xH ) xH x x 2 H (20) 2 3/2 xH2 vH2 2 H (20) 2 3/2 10(1) 10 20 2 vB 0.447 ft/s 2 1 2 2 10 20 2 and 10 0 2 2 10 20 aB 0.0447 0 0.000894 10 1 3/ 2 102 202 2 2 aB 0.0358 ft/s 2 PROBLEM 11.54 The motor M reels in the cable at a constant rate of 100 mm/s. Determine (a) the velocity of load L, (b) the velocity of pulley B with respect to load L. SOLUTION Let xB and xL be the positions, respectively, of pulley B and load L measured downward from a fixed elevation above both. Let xM be the position of a point on the cable about to enter the reel driven by the motor. Then, considering the lengths of the two cables, xM 3xB constant vM 3vB 0 xL ( xL xB ) constant 2vL vB 0 vM 100 mm/s with vB vL vM 33.333 m/s 3 vB 16.667 mm/s 2 v L 16.67 mm/s (a) Velocity of load L. (b) Velocity of pulley B with respect to load L. vB/L vB vL 33.333 (16.667) 16.667 v B/L 16.67 mm/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.55 Collar A starts from rest at t = 0 and moves upward with a constant acceleration of 3.6 in./s2. Knowing that collar B moves downward with a constant velocity of 18 in./s, determine (a) the time at which the velocity of block C is zero, (b) the corresponding position of block C. SOLUTION Define positions as positive downward from a fixed level. Constraint of cable. yB y A yC y A 2 yC yB constant 3 yC y B 2 y A constant Differentiate 3vC v B 2v A 0 (1) Differentiate again 3aC a B 2 a A 0 (2) Motion of block C: vA 0 0, aA 3.6 in./s2, vB vB 0 18 in./s, aB 0 1 vB 2 v A 6 in./s 0 0 3 Using (1) vC 0 Using (2) aC Constant acceleration vC vC 0 aC t Constant acceleration xC xC 0 vC 0 t 1 1 aB 2a A 0 2 3.6 2.4 in./s2 3 3 (3) 6 1.2t 6t 0.6t 1 aC t 2 2 (4) 2 (a) Time at vC 0 : Using (3) 0 6 2.4t t 2.5 s (b) Corresponding position of block C: Using (4) 2 1 xC xC 0 6 2.5 2.4 2.5 2 xC xC 0 7.5 in. PROBLEM 11.56 Block A starts from rest at t 0 and moves downward with a constant acceleration of 6 in./s2. Knowing that block B moves up with a constant velocity of 3 in./s, determine (a) the time when the velocity of block C is zero, (b) the corresponding position of block C. SOLUTION The cable lengths are constant. L1 2 yC 2 yD constant L 2 y A yB ( yB yD ) constant Eliminate yD. L1 2 L 2 2 yC 2 yD 2 y A 2 yB 2( yB yD ) constant 2( yC y A 2 yB ) constant Differentiate to obtain relationships for velocities and accelerations, positive downward. vC v A 2 v B 0 (1) aC a A 2 a B 0 (2) Use units of inches and seconds. Motion of block A: v A a A t 6t y A Motion of block B: 1 1 a At 2 (6)t 2 3t 2 2 2 v B 3 in./s v B 3 in./s y B v B t 3t Motion of block C: From (1), vC v A 2vB 6t 2(3) 6 6t yC (a) Time when vC is zero. (b) Corresponding position. t 0 vC dt 6t 3t 2 6 6t 0 yC (6)(1) (3)(1)2 3 in. t 1.000 s yC 3.00 in. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.57 Block B starts from rest, block A moves with a constant acceleration, and slider block C moves to the right with a constant acceleration of 75 mm/s 2 . Knowing that at t 2 s the velocities of B and C are 480 mm/s downward and 280 mm/s to the right, respectively, determine (a) the accelerations of A and B, (b) the initial velocities of A and C, (c) the change in position of slider block C after 3 s. SOLUTION From the diagram 3 y A 4 y B xC constant Then 3v A 4 v B vC 0 (1) and 3 a A 4 a B aC 0 (2) ( v B ) 0, Given: a A constent (a C ) 75 mm/s 2 At t 2 s, v B 480 mm/s v C 280 mm/s (a) Eq. (2) and a A constant and aC constant a B constant vB 0 a B t Then At t 2 s: 480 mm/s a B (2 s) aB 240 mm/s 2 or a B 240 mm/s2 or a A 345 mm/s2 Substituting into Eq. (2) 3a A 4(240 mm/s 2 ) (75 mm/s 2 ) 0 a A 345 mm/s PROBLEM 11.57 (Continued) (b) vC ( vC ) 0 aC t We have At t 2 s: 280 mm/s (vC ) 0 (75 mm/s)(2 s) vC 130 mm/s or ( v C ) 0 130.0 mm/s Then, substituting into Eq. (1) at t 0 3( v A ) 0 4(0) (130 mm/s) 0 v A 43.3 mm/s (c) We have At t 3 s: xC ( xC )0 (vC )0 t or 1 aC t 2 2 xC ( xC )0 (130 mm/s)(3 s) 728 mm (v A ) 0 43.3 mm/s 1 (75 mm/s 2 )(3 s)2 2 or x C ( x C ) 0 728 mm Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.58 Block B moves downward with a constant velocity of 20 mm/s. At t 0, block A is moving upward with a constant acceleration, and its velocity is 30 mm/s. Knowing that at t 3 s slider block C has moved 57 mm to the right, determine (a) the velocity of slider block C at t 0, (b) the accelerations of A and C, (c) the change in position of block A after 5 s. SOLUTION From the diagram 3 y A 4 y B xC constant Then 3v A 4 v B vC 0 (1) and 3 a A 4 a B aC 0 (2) v B 20 mm/s ; Given: ( v A ) 0 30 mm/s (a) Substituting into Eq. (1) at t 0 3( 30 mm/s) 4(20 mm/s) ( vC ) 0 0 ( vC ) 0 10 mm/s (b) We have At t 3 s: ( v C ) 0 10.00 mm/s or xC ( xC )0 (vC )0 t 1 aC t 2 2 57 mm (10 mm/s)(3 s) 1 aC (3 s) 2 2 aC 6 mm/s 2 Now v B constant a B 0 or aC 6.00 mm/s 2 PROBLEM 11.58 (Continued) Then, substituting into Eq. (2) 3a A 4(0) (6 mm/s 2 ) 0 a A 2 mm/s2 (c) We have At t 5 s: y A ( y A ) 0 (v A ) 0 t or a A 2.00 mm/s2 1 a At 2 2 y A ( y A )0 (30 mm/s)(5 s) 1 (2 mm/s 2 )(5 s)2 2 175 mm or y A ( y A ) 0 175.0 mm Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.59 The system shown starts from rest, and each component moves with a constant acceleration. If the relative acceleration of block C with respect to collar B is 60 mm/s 2 upward and the relative acceleration of block D with respect to block A is 110 mm/s 2 downward, determine (a) the velocity of block C after 3 s, (b) the change in position of block D after 5 s. SOLUTION From the diagram 2 y A 2 y B yC constant Cable 1: Then 2v A 2v B vC 0 (1) and 2 a A 2 a B aC 0 (2) ( y D y A ) ( y D y B ) constant Cable 2: Then and (3) a A aB 2aD 0 (4) At t 0, v 0; all accelerations constant; aC/B 60 mm/s2 , aD /A 110 mm/s2 Given: (a) v A vB 2vD 0 We have aC /B aC a B 60 or a B aC 60 and a D /A a D a A 110 or a A a D 110 Substituting into Eqs. (2) and (4) Eq. (2): or Eq. (4): or 2( a D 110) 2( aC 60) aC 0 3aC 2 a D 100 (5) ( a D 110) ( aC 60) 2 a D 0 aC a D 50 (6) PROBLEM 11.59 (Continued) Solving Eqs. (5) and (6) for aC and a D aC 40 mm/s2 aD 10 mm/s2 Now vC 0 aC t At t 3 s: vC (40 mm/s 2 )(3 s) v C 120.0 mm/s or (b) We have At t 5 s: or yD ( yD )0 (0)t yD ( yD )0 1 aD t 2 2 1 ( 10 mm/s 2 )(5 s)2 2 y D ( y D ) 0 125.0 mm Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.60* The system shown starts from rest, and the length of the upper cord is adjusted so that A, B, and C are initially at the same level. Each component moves with a constant acceleration, and after 2 s the relative change in position of block C with respect to block A is 280 mm upward. Knowing that when the relative velocity of collar B with respect to block A is 80 mm/s downward, the displacements of A and B are 160 mm downward and 320 mm downward, respectively, determine (a) the accelerations of A and B if aB 10 mm/s2 , (b) the change in position of block D when the velocity of block C is 600 mm/s upward. SOLUTION From the diagram Cable 1: 2 y A 2 y B yC constant Then 2v A 2v B vC 0 (1) and 2 a A 2 a B aC 0 (2) Cable 2: ( y D y A ) ( y D y B ) constant Then v A vB 2vD 0 (3) and a A aB 2aD 0 (4) Given: At t0 v0 ( y A )0 ( yB )0 ( yC )0 All accelerations constant. At t 2 s yC /A 280 mm When v B /A 80 mm/s y A ( y A ) 0 160 mm y B ( y B ) 0 320 mm aB 10 mm/s2 PROBLEM 11.60* (Continued) (a) We have y A ( y A )0 (0)t 1 a At 2 2 and yC ( yC )0 (0)t 1 aC t 2 2 Then yC/A yC y A 1 (aC a A )t 2 2 At t 2 s, yC/A 280 mm: 280 mm or 1 (aC a A )(2 s)2 2 aC a A 140 (5) Substituting into Eq. (2) 2 a A 2 a B ( a A 140) 0 or 1 a A (140 2aB ) 3 Now vB 0 a B t (6) v A 0 a At v B/A v B v A ( a B a A )t Also When yB ( yB )0 (0)t v B /A 80 mm/s : 1 aB t 2 2 80 ( a B a A )t y A 160 mm : 160 1 a At 2 2 y B 320 mm : 320 1 aB t 2 2 (7) 1 (aB a A )t 2 2 Then 160 Using Eq. (7) 320 (80)t or t 4 s Then 160 1 a A (4)2 2 or a A 20.0 mm/s2 and 320 1 aB (4)2 2 or a B 40.0 mm/s2 Note that Eq. (6) is not used; thus, the problem is over-determined. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.60* (Continued) (b) Substituting into Eq. (5) aC 20 140 120 mm/s2 and into Eq. (4) (20 mm/s2 ) (40 mm/s2 ) 2aD 0 or aD 30 mm/s2 Now vC 0 aC t When vC 600 mm/s: or Also At t 5 s: or 600 mm/s (120 mm/s2 )t t 5s yD ( yD )0 (0)t yD ( yD )0 1 aD t 2 2 1 (30 mm/s 2 )(5 s)2 2 y D ( y D ) 0 375 mm PROBLEM 11.61 A particle moves in a straight line with a constant acceleration of 4 ft/s 2 for 6 s, zero acceleration for the next 4 s, and a constant acceleration of 4 ft/s 2 for the next 4 s. Knowing that the particle starts from the origin and that its velocity is 8 ft/s during the zero acceleration time interval, (a) construct the v t and x t curves for 0 t 14 s, (b) determine the position and the velocity of the particle and the total distance traveled when t 14 s. SOLUTION From the a t curve A1 24 ft/s, A2 16 ft/s (a) Construct the v t curve : v6 8 ft/s v0 v6 A1 8 24 16 ft/s v10 8 ft/s v14 v10 A2 8 16 8 ft/s From the v t curve A3 32 ft, A4 8 ft A5 32 ft, A6 8 ft , A7 8 ft (b) Construct the x t curve x0 0 x4 x0 A3 32 ft x6 x4 A4 24 ft x10 x6 A5 8 ft x12 x10 A6 16 ft x14 x12 A7 8 ft Total Distance Traveled 0 t 4 s, d1 32 0 32 ft 4 s t 12 s, d 2 16 32 48 ft 12 s t 14 s, d3 8 16 8 ft d 32 48 8 d 88 ft Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. Problem 11.62 A particle moves in a straight line with a constant acceleration of 4 ft/s 2 for 6 s, zero acceleration for the next 4 s, and a constant acceleration of 4 ft/s 2 for the next 4 s. Knowing that the particle starts from the origin with v0 16 ft/s, (a) construct the v t and x t curves for 0 t 14 s, (b) determine the amount of time during which the particle is further than 16 ft from the origin. SOLUTION From the a t curve A1 24 ft/s, A2 16 ft/s (b) Construct the v t curve : v0 16 ft/s v6 v0 A1 16 24 8 ft/s v10 v6 8 ft/s v14 v10 A2 8 16 8 ft/s From the v t curve A3 32 ft, A4 8 ft A5 32 ft, A6 8 ft , A7 8 ft Construct the x t curve x0 0 x4 x0 A3 32 ft x6 x4 A4 24 ft x10 x6 A5 8 ft x12 x10 A6 16 ft x14 x12 A7 8 ft (b) Time for x 16 ft. From the x t diagram, this is time interval t1 to t 2 . From 0 t 6 s, dx v 16 4t dt Integrating, using limits x 0 when t 0 and x 16 ft when t t1 x160 t 16t 2t 2 0 or 16 16t1 2t12 PROBLEM 11.62 (Continued) t12 8t1 8 0 or Using the quadratic formula: t1 8 82 4 18 2 1 4 2.828 1.172 s and 6.828 s The larger root is out of range, thus t1 1.172 s From 6 t 10, x 24 8 t 6 72 8t Setting x 16, 16 72 8t 2 Time Interval: t t2 t1 or t2 7 s t 5.83 s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.63 A particle moves in a straight line with the velocity shown in the figure. Knowing that x 540 m at t 0, (a) construct the at and xt curves for 0 t 50 s, and determine (b) the total distance traveled by the particle when t 50 s, (c) the two times at which x 0. SOLUTION (a) at slope of v t curve at time t From t 0 to t 10 s: v constant a 0 20 60 5 m/s 2 26 10 t 10 s to t 26 s: a t 26 s to t 41 s: v constant a 0 t 41 s to t 46 s: a t 46 s: 5 (20) 3 m/s 2 46 41 v constant a 0 x2 x1 (area under v t curve from t1 to t 2 ) At t 10 s: x10 540 10(60) 60 m Next, find time at which v 0. Using similar triangles tv 0 10 60 At t 22 s: t 26 s: t 41 s: t 46 s: t 50 s: 26 10 80 1 x22 60 (12)(60) 420 m 2 1 x26 420 (4)(20) 380 m 2 x41 380 15(20) 80 m 20 5 x46 80 5 17.5 m 2 x50 17.5 4(5) 2.5 m or tv 0 22 s PROBLEM 11.63 (Continued) (b) From t 0 to t 22 s: Distance traveled 420 (540) 960 m t 22 s to t 50 s: Distance traveled | 2.5 420| 422.5 m Total distance traveled (960 422.5) ft 1382.5 m Total distance traveled 1383 m (c) Using similar triangles Between 0 and 10 s: (t x 0 )1 0 10 540 600 (t x 0 )1 9.00 s Between 46 s and 50 s: (t x 0 ) 2 46 4 17.5 20 (t x 0 ) 2 49.5 s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.64 A particle moves in a straight line with the velocity shown in the figure. Knowing that x 540 m at t 0, (a) construct the a t and x t curves for 0 t 50 s, and determine (b) the maximum value of the position coordinate of the particle, (c) the values of t for which the particle is at x 100 m. SOLUTION (a) at slope of v t curve at time t From t 0 to t 10 s: v constant a 0 20 60 5 m/s 2 26 10 t 10 s to t 26 s: a t 26 s to t 41 s: v constant a 0 t 41 s to t 46 s: a t 46 s: 5 (20) 3 m/s 2 46 41 v constant a 0 x2 x1 (area under v t curve from t1 to t 2 ) At t 10 s: x10 540 10(60) 60 m Next, find time at which v 0. Using similar triangles tv 0 10 60 At t 22 s: t 26 s: t 41 s: t 46 s: t 50 s: 26 10 80 or 1 x22 60 (12)(60) 420 m 2 1 x26 420 (4)(20) 380 m 2 x41 380 15(20) 80 m 20 5 x46 80 5 17.5 m 2 x50 17.5 4(5) 2.5 m tv 0 22 s PROBLEM 11.64 (Continued) (b) Reading from the x t curve (c) Between 10 s and 22 s xmax 420 m 100 m 420 m (area under v t curve from t , to 22 s) m 1 100 420 (22 t1 )(v1 ) 2 (22 t1 )( v1 ) 640 Using similar triangles v1 60 22 t1 12 Then v1 5(22 t1 ) or (22 t1 )[5(22 t1 )] 640 t1 10.69 s and t1 33.3 s 10 s t1 22 s We have t1 10.69 s Between 26 s and 41 s: Using similar triangles 41 t2 15 20 300 t 2 40.0 s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. Problem 11.65 A particle moves in a straight line with the velocity shown in the figure. Knowing that x = – 48 ft at t = 0, draw the a–t and x–t curves for 0 < t < 40 s and determine (a) the maximum value of the position coordinate of the particle, (b) the values of t for which the particle is at a distance of 108 ft from the origin. SOLUTION The a t curve is the slope of the v t curve 0 t 10 s, a0 10 s < t 18 s, a 18 6 1.5 ft/s 2 18 10 18 s < t 30 s, a 18 18 3 ft/s 2 30 18 30 s < t 40 s a0 Points on the x–t curve may be calculated using areas of the v–t curve. A1 (10)(6) 60 ft A2 1 (6 18)(18 10) 96 ft 2 A3 1 (18)(24 18) 54 ft 2 A4 1 (18)(30 24) 54 ft 2 A5 ( 18)(40 30) 180 ft Value of x at specific times: x0 48 ft x10 x0 A1 12 ft x18 x10 A2 108 ft x24 x18 A3 162 ft x30 x24 A4 108 ft x40 x30 A5 72 ft PROBLEM 11.65 (Continued) (a) Maximum value of x occurs when: v 0, i.e. t 24 s. xmax 162 ft (b) Times when x 108 ft. From the x t curve t 18 s and t 30 s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.66 A parachutist is in free fall at a rate of 200 km/h when he opens his parachute at an altitude of 600 m. Following a rapid and constant deceleration, he then descends at a constant rate of 50 km/h from 586 m to 30 m, where he maneuvers the parachute into the wind to further slow his descent. Knowing that the parachutist lands with a negligible downward velocity, determine (a) the time required for the parachutist to land after opening his parachute, (b) the initial deceleration. SOLUTION Assume second deceleration is constant. Also, note that 200 km/h 55.555 m/s, 50 km/h 13.888 m/s PROBLEM 11.66 (Continued) (a) Now x area under v t curve for given time interval Then 55.555 13.888 (586 600) m t1 m/s 2 t1 0.4032 s (30 586) m t2 (13.888 m/s) t2 40.0346 s 1 (0 30) m (t3 )(13.888 m/s) 2 t3 4.3203 s t total (0.4032 40.0346 4.3203) s (b) We have ainitial t total 44.8 s vinitial t1 [13.888 (55.555)] m/s 0.4032 s 103.3 m/s 2 ainitial 103.3 m/s2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.67 A commuter train traveling at 40 mi/h is 3 mi from a station. The train then decelerates so that its speed is 20 mi/h when it is 0.5 mi from the station. Knowing that the train arrives at the station 7.5 min after beginning to decelerate and assuming constant decelerations, determine (a) the time required for the train to travel the first 2.5 mi, (b) the speed of the train as it arrives at the station, (c) the final constant deceleration of the train. SOLUTION Given: At t 0, v 40 mi/h, x 0; when x 2.5 mi, v 20 mi/h; at t 7.5 min, x 3 mi; constant decelerations. The v t curve is first drawn as shown. (a) A1 2.5 mi We have 1h 40 20 (t1 min) mi/h 2.5 mi 60 min 2 t1 5.00 min (b) A2 0.5 mi We have 20 v2 (7.5 5) min 2 1h mi/h 60 min 0.5 mi v2 4.00 mi/h (c) We have afinal a12 (4 20) mi/h 5280 ft 1 min 1h (7.5 5) min mi 60 s 3600 s afinal 0.1564 ft/s2 PROBLEM 11.68 A temperature sensor is attached to slider AB which moves back and forth through 60 in. The maximum velocities of the slider are 12 in./s to the right and 30 in./s to the left. When the slider is moving to the right, it accelerates and decelerates at a constant rate of 6 in./s2; when moving to the left, the slider accelerates and decelerates at a constant rate of 20 in./s2. Determine the time required for the slider to complete a full cycle, and construct the v – t and x t curves of its motion. SOLUTION The v t curve is first drawn as shown. Then ta vright aright 12 in./s 2s 6 in./s 2 vleft 30 in./s aleft 20 in./s 1.5 s td A1 60 in. Now [(t1 2) s](12 in./s) 60 in. or t1 7 s or A2 60 in. and or {[(t 2 7) 1.5] s}(30 in./s) 60 in. or t 2 10.5 s tcycle t2 Now tcycle 10.5 s We have xii xi (area under v t curve from ti to tii ) At t 2 s: t 5 s: 1 (2) (12) 12 in. 2 x5 12 (5 2)(12) x2 48 in. t 7 s: t 8.5 s: t 9 s: x7 60 in. 1 x8.5 60 (1.5)(30) 2 37.5 in. x9 37.5 (0.5)(30) 22.5 in. t 10.5 s: x10.5 0 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.69 In a water-tank test involving the launching of a small model boat, the model’s initial horizontal velocity is 6 m/s, and its horizontal acceleration varies linearly from 12 m/s 2 at t 0 to 2 m/s 2 at t t1 and then remains equal to 2 m/s 2 until t 1.4 s. Knowing that v 1.8 m/s when t t1 , determine (a) the value of t1 , (b) the velocity and the position of the model at t 1.4 s. SOLUTION Given: v0 6 m/s; for 0 t t1 , for t1 t 1.4 s a 2 m/s2 ; at t 0 a 12 m/s2 ; at t t1 a 2 m/s 2 , v 1.8 m/s 2 The at and vt curves are first drawn as shown. The time axis is not drawn to scale. (a) We have vt1 v0 A1 12 2 2 1.8 m/s 6 m/s (t1 s) m/s 2 t1 0.6 s (b) We have v1.4 vt1 A2 v1.4 1.8 m/s (1.4 0.6) s 2 m/s 2 v1.4 0.20 m/s Now x1.4 A3 A4 , where A3 is most easily determined using integration. Thus, for 0 t t1 : Now a 2 (12) 50 t 12 t 12 0.6 3 dv 50 a t 12 dt 3 PROBLEM 11.69 (Continued) At t 0, v 6 m/s: v 6 dv t 50 t 12 dt 0 3 v 6 or 25 2 t 12t 3 We have dx 25 v 6 12t t 2 dt 3 Then A3 xt1 0 dx 0.6 0 (6 12t 25 2 t )dt 3 0.6 25 6t 6t 2 t 3 2.04 m 9 0 Also Then or 1.8 0.2 A4 (1.4 0.6) 0.8 m 2 x1.4 (2.04 0.8) m x1.4 2.84 m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.70 The acceleration record shown was obtained for a small airplane traveling along a straight course. Knowing that x 0 and v 60 m/s when t 0, determine (a) the velocity and position of the plane at t 20 s, (b) its average velocity during the interval 6 s t 14 s. SOLUTION Geometry of “bell-shaped” portion of vt curve The parabolic spandrels marked by * are of equal area. Thus, total area of shaded portion of vt diagram is: = x = 6 m (a) When t 20 s: v20 60 m/s x20 (60 m/s) (20 s) (shaded area) 1200 m 6 m (b) From t 6 s to t 14 s: x20 1194 m t 8 s x (60 m/s)(14 s 6 s) (shaded area) (60 m/s)(8 s) 6 m 480 m 6 m 474 m vaverage x 474 m t 8s vaverage 59.25 m/s PROBLEM 11.71 In a 400-m race, runner A reaches her maximum velocity v A in 4 s with constant acceleration and maintains that velocity until she reaches the half-way point with a split time of 25 s. Runner B reaches her maximum velocity v B in 5 s with constant acceleration and maintains that velocity until she reaches the half-way point with a split time of 25.2 s. Both runners then run the second half of the race with the same constant deceleration of 0.1 m/s 2 . Determine (a) the race times for both runners, (b) the position of the winner relative to the loser when the winner reaches the finish line. SOLUTION Sketch v t curves for first 200 m. Runner A: t1 4 s, t 2 25 4 21 s A1 1 (4)(v A )max 2(v A )max 2 A2 21(v A ) max A1 A2 x 200 m 23(v A ) max 200 Runner B: or t1 5 s, A1 (v A ) max 8.6957 m/s t 2 25.2 5 20.2 s 1 (5)(vB ) max 2.5(vB )max 2 A2 20.2(v B ) max A1 A2 x 200 m 22.7(v B ) max 200 Sketch v t curve for second 200 m. A3 vmax t3 t3 Runner A: or (v B ) max 8.8106 m/s v | a |t3 0.1t3 1 vt3 200 2 or vmax (vmax )2 (4)(0.05)(200) (vmax ) A 8.6957, Reject the larger root. Then total time (2)(0.05) (t3 ) A 146.64 s 0.05t32 vmax t3 200 0 10 vmax (vmax )2 40 and 27.279 s t A 25 27.279 52.279 s t A 52.2 s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.71 (Continued) Runner B: (vmax ) B 8.8106, (t3 ) B 149.45 s Reject the larger root. Then total time and 26.765 s t B 25.2 26.765 51.965 s t B 52.0 s Velocity of A at t 51.965 s: v1 8.6957 (0.1)(51.965 25) 5.999 m/s Velocity of A at t 51.279 s: v2 8.6957 (0.1)(52.279 25) 5.968 m/s Over 51.965 s t 52.965 s, runner A covers a distance x x vave (t ) 1 (5.999 5.968)(52.279 51.965) 2 x 1.879 m PROBLEM 11.72 A car and a truck are both traveling at the constant speed of 35 mi/h; the car is 40 ft behind the truck. The driver of the car wants to pass the truck, i.e., he wishes to place his car at B, 40 ft in front of the truck, and then resume the speed of 35 mi/h. The maximum acceleration of the car is 5 ft/s 2 and the maximum deceleration obtained by applying the brakes is 20 ft/s 2 . What is the shortest time in which the driver of the car can complete the passing operation if he does not at any time exceed a speed of 50 mi/h? Draw the vt curve. SOLUTION Relative to truck, car must move a distance: Allowable increase in speed: x 16 40 50 40 146 ft vm 50 35 15 mi/h 22 ft/s Acceleration Phase: t1 22/5 4.4 s A1 1 (22)(4.4) 48.4 ft 2 Deceleration Phase: t3 22/20 1.1 s A3 1 (22)(1.1) 12.1 ft 2 But: x A1 A2 A3 : 146 ft 48.4 (22)t 2 12.1 t total t1 t 2 t3 4.4 s 3.89 s 1.1 s 9.39 s t 2 3.89 s t B 9.39 s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.73 Solve Problem 11.72, assuming that the driver of the car does not pay any attention to the speed limit while passing and concentrates on reaching position B and resuming a speed of 35 mi/h in the shortest possible time. What is the maximum speed reached? Draw the vt curve. PROBLEM 11.72 A car and a truck are both traveling at the constant speed of 35 mi/h; the car is 40 ft behind the truck. The driver of the car wants to pass the truck, i.e., he wishes to place his car at B, 40 ft in front of the truck, and then resume the speed of 35 mi/h. The maximum acceleration of the car is 5 ft/s 2 and the maximum deceleration obtained by applying the brakes is 20 ft/s 2 . What is the shortest time in which the driver of the car can complete the passing operation if he does not at any time exceed a speed of 50 mi/h? Draw the vt curve. SOLUTION Relative to truck, car must move a distance: x 16 40 50 40 146 ft vm 5t1 20t2 ; x A1 A2 : t2 146 ft 1 (vm )(t1 t2 ) 2 146 ft 1 1 (5t1 ) t1 t1 2 4 t12 46.72 1 t1 4 t1 6.835 s t2 1 t1 1.709 4 t total t1 t 2 6.835 1.709 t B 8.54 s vm 5t1 5(6.835) 34.18 ft/s 23.3 mi/h Speed vtotal 35 mi/h, vm 35 mi/h 23.3 mi/h vm 58.3 mi/h PROBLEM 11.74 Car A is traveling on a highway at a constant speed ( v A ) 0 60 mi/h, and is 380 ft from the entrance of an access ramp when car B enters the acceleration lane at that point at a speed ( v B ) 0 15 mi/h. Car B accelerates uniformly and enters the main traffic lane after traveling 200 ft in 5 s. It then continues to accelerate at the same rate until it reaches a speed of 60 mi/h, which it then maintains. Determine the final distance between the two cars. SOLUTION (v A )0 60 mi/h, (vB )0 1.5 mi/h; at t 0, Given: ( x A )0 380 ft, ( xB )0 0; at t 5 s, xB 200 ft; for 15 mi/h vB 60 mi/h, aB constant; for vB 60 mi/h, First note aB 0 60 mi/h 88 ft/s 15 mi/h 22 ft/s The vt curves of the two cars are then drawn as shown. Using the coordinate system shown, we have at t 5 s, x B 200 ft : 22 + (vB )5 (5 s) ft/s 200 ft 2 ( v B ) 5 58 ft/s or Then, using similar triangles, we have (88 22) ft/s (58 22) ft/s ( aB ) 5s t1 t1 9.16 67 s or Finally, at t t1 22 + 88 xB/A xB x A (9.1667 s) ft/s 2 [380 ft (9.1667 s) (88 ft/s)] or xB/A 77.5 ft Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.75 An elevator starts from rest and moves upward, accelerating at a rate of 1.2 m/s2 until it reaches a speed of 7.8 m/s, which it then maintains. Two seconds after the elevator begins to move, a man standing 12 m above the initial position of the top of the elevator throws a ball upward with an initial velocity of 20 m/s. Determine when the ball will hit the elevator. SOLUTION Given: At t 0 v E 0; For 0 v E 7.8 m/s, aE 1.2 m/s 2 ; For v E 7.8 m/s, a E 0; At t 2 s, vB 20m/s The vt curves of the ball and the elevator are first drawn as shown. Note that the initial slope of the curve for the elevator is 1.2 m/s 2 , while the slope of the curve for the ball is g (9.81 m/s 2 ). The time t1 is the time when v E reaches 7.8 m/s. Thus, or or v E (0) a E t 7.8 m/s (1.2 m/s 2 )t1 t1 6.5 s The time ttop is the time at which the ball reaches the top of its trajectory. Thus, or or vB (vB ) 0 g (t 2) 0 20 m/s (9.81 m/s2 )(ttop 2) s ttop 4.0387 s PROBLEM 11.75 (Continued) Using the coordinate system shown, we have 0 t t1 : 1 yE 12 m aE t 2 m 2 At t ttop : yB and yE 12 m 1 (4.0387 2) s (20 m/s) 2 20.387 m 1 (1.2 m/s 2 )(4.0387 s) 2 2 2.213 m t [2 2(4.0387 2)] s 6.0774 s, y B 0 At and at t t1 , yE 12 m 1 (6.5 s) (7.8 m/s) 13.35 m 2 The ball hits the elevator ( y B y E ) when ttop t t1. For t ttop : 1 yB 20.387 m g (t ttop )2 m 2 Then, yB yE when 1 (9.81 m/s 2 ) (t 4.0387) 2 2 1 12 m (1.2 m/s 2 ) (t s) 2 2 20.387 m 5.505t 2 39.6196t 47.619 0 or Solving Since 1.525 s is less than 2 s, t 1.525 s and t 5.67 s t 5.67 s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.76 Car A is traveling at 40 mi/h when it enters a 30 mi/h speed zone. The driver of car A decelerates at a rate of 16 ft/s2 until reaching a speed of 30 mi/h, which she then maintains. When car B, which was initially 60 ft behind car A and traveling at a constant speed of 45 mi/h, enters the speed zone, its driver decelerates at a rate of 20 ft/s2 until reaching a speed of 28 mi/h. Knowing that the driver of car B maintains a speed of 28 mi/h, determine (a) the closest that car B comes to car A, (b) the time at which car A is 70 ft in front of car B. SOLUTION (v A )0 40 mi/h; For 30 mi/h v A 40 mi/h, a A 16 ft/s 2 ; For v A 30 mi/h, a A 0; Given: ( x A /B )0 60 ft; (vB )0 45 mi/h; When xB 0, aB 20 ft/s 2 ; For vB 28 mi/h, aB 0 First note 40 mi/h 58.667 ft/s 30 mi/h 44 ft/s 45 mi/h 66 ft/s 28 mi/h 41.067 ft/s At t 0 The vt curves of the two cars are as shown. At t 0: Car A enters the speed zone. t (t B )1: Car B enters the speed zone. t tA: Car A reaches its final speed. t tmin : vA vB t (tB )2 : Car B reaches its final speed. PROBLEM 11.76 (Continued) (a) (v A )final (v A )0 tA aA We have 16 ft/s 2 or (44 58.667) ft/s tA t A 0.91669 s or Also 60 ft (t B )1 (vB )0 or 60 ft (t B )1 (66 ft/s) aB and 20 ft/s 2 or or (t B )1 0.90909 s (vB )final (vB )0 (t B ) 2 (t B )1 (41.067 66) ft/s [(t B )2 0.90909] s Car B will continue to overtake car A while vB vA . Therefore, ( xA/B )min will occur when v A vB , which occurs for (t B )1 tmin (tB )2 For this time interval v A 44 ft/s vB (vB )0 aB [t (t B )1 ] Then at t tmin : 44 ft/s 66 ft/s (20 ft/s2 )(tmin 0.90909) s tmin 2.00909 s or Finally ( x A/B ) min ( x A )t ( xB )t min min (v ) (v A )final t A A 0 (tmin t A )(v A )final 2 (v ) (v A )final ( xB )0 (t B )1 (vB )0 [tmin (t B )1 ] B 0 2 58.667 44 ft/s (2.00909 0.91669) s (44 ft/s) (0.91669 s) 2 66 44 60 ft (0.90909 s)(66 ft/s) (2.00909 0.90909) s ft/s 2 (47.057 48.066) ft (60 60.000 60.500) ft 34.623 ft or ( xA/B )min 34.6 ft Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.76 (Continued) (b) Since ( xA/B ) 60 ft for t tmin , it follows that xA/B 70 ft for t (tB )2 [Note (t B )2 tmin ]. Then, for t (tB )2 x A/B ( x A/B )min [(t tmin )(vA )final ] (vB )final (v ) [(t B )2 (tmin )] A final [t (tB )2 ](vB )final 2 or 70 ft 34.623 ft [(t 2.00909) s (44 ft/s)] 44 41.06 (2.15574 2.00909) s ft/s (t 2.15574) s (41.067) ft/s 2 or t 14.14 s PROBLEM 11.77 An accelerometer record for the motion of a given part of a mechanism is approximated by an arc of a parabola for 0.2 s and a straight line for the next 0.2 s as shown in the figure. Knowing that v 0 when t 0 and x 0.8 ft when t 0.4 s, (a) construct the v t curve for 0 t 0.4 s, (b) determine the position of the part at t 0.3 s and t 0.2 s. SOLUTION Divide the area of the a t curve into the four areas A1, A2 , A3 and A4. 2 (8)(0.2) 1.0667 ft/s 3 A2 (16)(0.2) 3.2 ft/s A1 1 (16 8)(0.1) 1.2 ft/s 2 1 A4 (8)(0.1) 0.4 ft/s 2 A3 Velocities: v0 0 v0.2 v0 A1 A2 v0.2 4.27 ft/s v0.3 v0.2 A3 v0.3 5.47 ft/s v0.4 v0.3 A4 v0.4 5.87 ft/s Sketch the v t curve and divide its area into A5, A6 , and A7 as shown. 0.8 0.4 x dx 0.8 x t vdt At t 0.3 s, With A5 With A5 A6 0.4 x 0.8 t vdt x0.3 0.8 A5 (5.47)(0.1) 2 (0.4)(0.1) 0.0267 ft, 3 At t 0.2 s, and or x0.3 0.227 ft x0.2 0.8 ( A5 A6 ) A7 2 (1.6)(0.2) 0.2133 ft, 3 A7 (4.27)(0.2) 0.8533 ft x0.2 0.8 0.2133 0.8533 x0.2 0.267 ft Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.78 A car is traveling at a constant speed of 54 km/h when its driver sees a child run into the road. The driver applies her brakes until the child returns to the sidewalk and then accelerates to resume her original speed of 54 km/h; the acceleration record of the car is shown in the figure. Assuming x 0 when t 0, determine (a) the time t1 at which the velocity is again 54 km/h, (b) the position of the car at that time, (c) the average velocity of the car during the interval 1 s t t1. SOLUTION Given: At t 0, x 0, v 54 km/h; For t t1 , v 54 km/h First note (a) 54 km/h 15 m/s vb va (area under at curve from ta to tb ) We have Then at t 2 s: v 15 (1)(6) 9 m/s t 4.5 s: 1 v 9 (2.5)(6) 1.5 m/s 2 t t1: 15 1.5 1 (t1 4.5)(2) 2 or (b) Using the above values of the velocities, the vt curve is drawn as shown. t1 18.00 s PROBLEM 11.78 (Continued) Now x at t 18 s x18 0 (area under the vt curve from t 0 to t 18 s) 15 9 (1 s)(15 m/s) (1 s) m/s 2 1 + (2.5 s)(1.5 m/s)+ (2.5 s)(7.5 m/s) 3 2 (13.5 s)(1.5 m/s) (13.5 s)(13.5 m/s) 3 [15 12 (3.75 6.25) (20.25 121.50)] m 178.75 m (c) First note or x18 178.8 m x1 15 m x18 178.75 m Now or vave x (178.75 15) m 9.6324 m/s t (18 1) s vave 34.7 km/h Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.79 An airport shuttle train travels between two terminals that are 1.6 mi apart. To maintain passenger comfort, the acceleration of the train is limited to 4 ft/s2, and the jerk, or rate of change of acceleration, is limited to 0.8 ft/s2 per second. If the shuttle has a maximum speed of 20 mi/h, determine (a) the shortest time for the shuttle to travel between the two terminals, (b) the corresponding average velocity of the shuttle. SOLUTION xmax 1.6 mi; | amax| 4 ft/s2 Given: da 0.8 ft/s2 /s; vmax 20 mi/h dt max First note 20 mi/h 29.333 ft/s 1.6 mi 8448 ft (a) To obtain tmin , the train must accelerate and decelerate at the maximum rate to maximize the time for which v vmax . The time t required for the train to have an acceleration of 4 ft/s2 is found from a da max dt t max 4 ft/s 2 0.8 ft/s 2 /s or t or t 5 s Now, da since dt constant after 5 s, the speed of the train is v5 1 ( t )( amax ) 2 or v5 1 (5 s)(4 ft/s 2 ) 10 ft/s 2 Then, since v5 vmax , the train will continue to accelerate at 4 ft/s2 until v vmax . The at curve must then have the shape shown. Note that the magnitude of the slope of each inclined portion of the curve is 0.8 ft/s2/s. PROBLEM 11.79 (Continued) Now at t (10 t1 ) s, v vmax : 1 2 (5 s)(4 ft/s 2 ) (t1 )(4 ft/s 2 ) 29.333 ft/s 2 or t1 2.3333 s Then at t 5 s: 1 (5)(4) 10 ft/s 2 t 7.3333 s: v 10 (2.3333)(4) 19.3332 ft/s 1 t 12.3333 s: v 19.3332 (5)(4) 29.3332 ft/s 2 v0 Using symmetry, the vt curve is then drawn as shown. Noting that A1 A2 A3 A4 and that the area under the vt curve is equal to xmax, we have 10 19.3332 2 (2.3333 s) ft/s 2 (10 t2 ) s (29.3332 ft/s) 8448 ft or t2 275.67 s Then tmin 4(5 s) 2(2.3333 s) 275.67 s 300.34 s tmin 5.01 min or (b) We have or vave x 1.6 mi 3600 s t 300.34 s 1h vave 19.18 mi/h Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.80 During a manufacturing process, a conveyor belt starts from rest and travels a total of 1.2 ft before temporarily coming to rest. Knowing that the jerk, or rate of change of acceleration, is limited to 4.8 ft/s2 per second, determine (a) the shortest time required for the belt to move 1.2 ft, (b) the maximum and average values of the velocity of the belt during that time. SOLUTION Given: (a) At t 0, x 0, v 0; xmax 1.2 ft; when da x xmax , v 0; 4.8 ft/s 2 dt max Observing that vmax must occur at t 12 tmin , the at curve must have the shape shown. Note that the magnitude of the slope of each portion of the curve is 4.8 ft/s2/s. We have at t t : 1 1 v 0 (t )(amax ) amax t 2 2 t 2 t : vmax 1 1 amax t (t )( amax ) amax t 2 2 Using symmetry, the vt is then drawn as shown. Noting that A1 A2 A3 A4 and that the area under the vt curve is equal to xmax, we have (2t )(vmax ) xmax vmax amax t 2amax t 2 xmax PROBLEM 11.80 (Continued) Now amax 4.8 ft/s2 /s so that t 2(4.8t ft/s3 )t 2 1.2 ft or Then t 0.5 s tmin 4t tmin 2.00 s or (b) We have vmax amax t (4.8 ft/s 2 /s t)t 4.8 ft/s 2 /s (0.5 s) 2 vmax 1.2 ft/s or Also or vave x 1.2 ft ttotal 2.00 s vave 0.6 ft/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.81 Two seconds are required to bring the piston rod of an air cylinder to rest; the acceleration record of the piston rod during the 2 s is as shown. Determine by approximate means (a) the initial velocity of the piston rod, (b) the distance traveled by the piston rod as it is brought to rest. SOLUTION at curve; at Given: 1. t 2 s, v 0 The at curve is first approximated with a series of rectangles, each of width t 0.25 s. The area (t)(aave) of each rectangle is approximately equal to the change in velocity v for the specified interval of time. Thus, v aave t where the values of aave and v are given in columns 1 and 2, respectively, of the following table. 2. v(2) v0 Now and approximating the area 2 0 2 0 a dt 0 a dt under the at curve by aave t v, the initial velocity is then equal to v0 v Finally, using v2 v1 v12 where v12 is the change in velocity between times t1 and t2, the velocity at the end of each 0.25 interval can be computed; see column 3 of the table and the vt curve. 3. The vt curve is then approximated with a series of rectangles, each of width 0.25 s. The area (t )(vave ) of each rectangle is approximately equal to the change in position x for the specified interval of time. Thus x vave t where vave and x are given in columns 4 and 5, respectively, of the table. PROBLEM 11.81 (Continued) 4. With x0 0 and noting that x2 x1 x12 where x12 is the change in position between times t1 and t2, the position at the end of each 0.25 s interval can be computed; see column 6 of the table and the xt curve. (a) We had found (b) At t 2 s v0 1.914 m/s x 0.840 m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.82 The acceleration record shown was obtained during the speed trials of a sports car. Knowing that the car starts from rest, determine by approximate means (a) the velocity of the car at t 8 s, (b) the distance the car has traveled at t 20 s. SOLUTION Given: at curve; at 1. t 0, x 0, v 0 The at curve is first approximated with a series of rectangles, each of width t 2 s. The area (t )(aave ) of each rectangle is approximately equal to the change in velocity v for the specified interval of time. Thus, v aave t where the values of aave and v are given in columns 1 and 2, respectively, of the following table. 2. Noting that v0 0 and that v2 v1 v12 where v12 is the change in velocity between times t1 and t2, the velocity at the end of each 2 s interval can be computed; see column 3 of the table and the vt curve. 3. The vt curve is next approximated with a series of rectangles, each of width t 2 s. The area (t )(vave ) of each rectangle is approximately equal to the change in position x for the specified interval of time. Thus, x vave t where vave and x are given in columns 4 and 5, respectively, of the table. 4. With x0 0 and noting that x2 x1 x12 where x12 is the change in position between times t1 and t2, the position at the end of each 2 s interval can be computed; see column 6 of the table and the xt curve. PROBLEM 11.82 (Continued) (a) At t 8 s, v 32.58 m/s (b) At t 20 s or v 117.3 km/h x 660 m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.83 A training airplane has a velocity of 126 ft/s when it lands on an aircraft carrier. As the arresting gear of the carrier brings the airplane to rest, the velocity and the acceleration of the airplane are recorded; the results are shown (solid curve) in the figure. Determine by approximate means (a) the time required for the airplane to come to rest, (b) the distance traveled in that time. SOLUTION Given: a v curve: v0 126 ft/s The given curve is approximated by a series of uniformly accelerated motions (the horizontal dashed lines on the figure). For uniformly accelerated motion v22 v12 2a ( x2 x1 ) v2 v1 a (t2 t1 ) v22 v12 2a v v t 2 1 a x or For the five regions shown above, we have Region v1 , ft/s v2 , ft/s a, ft/s 2 x, ft t , s 1 126 120 12.5 59.0 0.480 2 120 100 33 66.7 0.606 3 100 80 45.5 39.6 0.440 4 80 40 54 44.4 0.741 5 40 0 58 13.8 0.690 223.5 2.957 (a) From the table, when v 0 t 2.96 s (b) From the table and assuming x0 0, when v 0 x 224 ft PROBLEM 11.84 Shown in the figure is a portion of the experimentally determined v x curve for a shuttle cart. Determine by approximate means the acceleration of the cart (a) when x 10 in., (b) when v 80 in./s. SOLUTION Given: v x curve First note that the slope of the above curve is dv . dx av (a) Now dv dx When x 10 in., v 55 in./s Then 40 in./s a 55 in./s 13.5 in. a 163.0 in./s2 or (b) When v 80 in./s, we have 40 in./s a 80 in./s 28 in. or a 114.3 in./s2 Note: To use the method of measuring the subnormal outlined at the end of Section 11.8, it is necessary that the same scale be used for the x and v axes (e.g., 1 in. 50 in., 1 in. 50 in./s). In the above solution, v and x were measured directly, so different scales could be used. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.85 An elevator starts from rest and rises 40 m to its maximum velocity in T s with the acceleration record shown in the figure. Determine (a) the required time T, (b) the maximum velocity, (c) the velocity and position of the elevator at t = T/2. SOLUTION Find the position of the elevator from the a t curve using the moment-area method. First, find the areas A1 and A2 on the a t curve A1 1 T 0.6 0.1T m/s 2 3 A2 1 2T 0.6 0.2T m/s 2 3 (a) Apply the moment-area formula: x x0 v0t T 0 T t adt T 1 2T 2 T x v0t A1 T A2 T 3 3 3 3 3 7 2 8 2 40 0 T T 90 90 15 2 T 90 1 T2 6 T 2 40 6 240 s 2 T 15.49 s (b) vmax v0 A1 A2 0 0.1T 0.2T 0.3T vmax 4.65 m/s (c) To find the position at t=T/2, first find the areas A1 and A2 on the a t curve A1 0.1T A4 A3 T 1 0.6 0.05T 2 6 1 T 0.45 0.0375T 2 6 Apply the moment-area formula: x x0 v0t T 2 0 2 t adt T PROBLEM 11.85 (Continued) x v0 T T 2T A1 2 9 2 2 T 1 T A3 A4 3 6 3 6 T 5T T 0 0.1T 0.05T 0.0375T 0.035417T 2 18 18 9 0.035417 15.49 2 x 8.50 m v v0 A1 A3 A4 0.1875T v 2.90 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.86 Two road rally checkpoints A and B are located on the same highway and are 8 mi apart. The speed limits for the first 5 mi and the last 3 mi are 60 mi/h and 35 mi/h, respectively. Drivers must stop at each checkpoint, and the specified time between points A and B is 10 min 20 s. Knowing that a driver accelerates and decelerates at the same constant rate, determine the magnitude of her acceleration if she travels at the speed limit as much as possible. SOLUTION Given 10 20 60 3600 0.1722 h 10 min 20 s Sketch the v t curve and note ta 60 25 35 , tb , tc a a a Find Areas A1 and A2 1 1 60 ta 25 tb 2 2 1 1 60 t1 1800 312.5 a a (1) 1 35 tc 2 1 6.0278 35t1 612.5 a (2) A1 60t1 A2 35 0.1722 t1 Also given A1 5 mi and A2 3 mi Setting (1) equal to 5 mi: 60t1 2112.5 Setting (2) equal to 3 mi: 35t1 612.5 Solving equations (3) and (4) for t1 and 1 5 a (3) 1 3.0278 a (4) 1 : a t1 85.45 103 h 5.13 min 1 60.23 106 h 2 / mi a 16.616 10 5280 3 3 a 16.616 10 mi/h 2 3600 2 a 6.77 ft/s 2 PROBLEM 11.87 As shown in the figure, from t 0 to t 4 s, the acceleration of a given particle is represented by a parabola. Knowing that x 0 and v 8 m/s when t 0, (a) construct the vt and x–t curves for 0 t 4 s, (b) determine the position of the particle at t 3 s. (Hint: Use table inside the front cover.) SOLUTION Given At t 0, x 0, v 8 m/s (a) We have v2 v1 (area under at curve from t1 to t2) and x2 x1 (area under vt curve from t1 to t2) Then, using the formula for the area of a parabolic spandrel, we have 1 at t 2 s: v 8 (2)(12) 0 3 1 t 4 s: v 0 (2)(12) 8 m/s 3 The vt curve is then drawn as shown. Note: The area under each portion of the curve is a spandrel of Order no. 3. (2)(8) 4m 3 1 (2)(8) 0 t 4 s: x 4 3 1 Now at t 2 s: x 0 The xt curve is then drawn as shown. (b) We have or At t 3 s: a 3(3 2)2 3 m/s 2 1 v 0 (1)(3) 1 m/s 3 (1)(1) x 4 3 1 x3 3.75 m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.88 A particle moves in a straight line with the acceleration shown in the figure. Knowing that the particle starts from the origin with v0 2 m/s, (a) construct the v t and x t curves for 0 t 18 s, (b) determine the position and the velocity of the particle and the total distance traveled when t 18 s. SOLUTION Find the indicated areas under the a t curve: A1 0.758 6 m/s A2 2 4 8 m/s A3 6 6 36 m/s Find the values of velocity at times indicated: v0 2 m/s v8 v0 A1 8 m/s v12 v8 A2 0 v18 v12 A3 36 m/s (a) Sketch v t curve using straight line portions over the constant acceleration periods. Find the indicated areas under the v t curve: 1 2 88 40 m 2 1 A5 8 4 16 m 2 1 A6 36 6 108 m 2 A4 Find the values of position at times indicated: x0 0 x8 x0 A4 40 m x12 x8 A5 56 m x18 x12 A6 52 m Sketch the x t curve using the positions and times calculated: (b) Position at t=18s Velocity at t-18s Total Distance Traveled: 56 108 x18 52 m v18 36 m/s d 164 m PROBLEM 11.89 A ball is thrown so that the motion is defined by the equations x 5t and y 2 6t 4.9t 2 , where x and y are expressed in meters and t is expressed in seconds. Determine (a) the velocity at t 1 s, (b) the horizontal distance the ball travels before hitting the ground. SOLUTION Units are meters and seconds. Horizontal motion: vx dx 5 dt Vertical motion: vy dy 6 9.8t dt (a) Velocity at t 1 s. vx 5 v y 6 9.8 3.8 v vx2 v 2y 52 3.82 6.28 m/s tan (b) vy vx 3.8 5 Horizontal distance: 37.2 v 6.28 m/s 37.2 ( y 0) y 2 6t 4.9t 2 t 1.4971 s x (5)(1.4971) 7.4856 m x 7.49 m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.90 The motion of a vibrating particle is defined by the position vector r 10(1 e3t )i (4e2t sin15t ) j, where r and t are expressed in millimeters and seconds, respectively. Determine the velocity and acceleration when (a) t 0, (b) t 0.5 s. SOLUTION r 10(1 e3t )i (4e2t sin15t ) j Then v and a (a) dr 30e 3t i [60e 2t cos15t 8e 2t sin15t ]j dt dv 90e 3t i [120e2t cos15t 900e2t sin15t 120e 2t cos15t 16e2t sin15t ]j dt 90e 3t i [240e2t cos15t 884e2t sin15t ]j When t 0: v 30i 60 j mm/s v 67.1 mm/s 63.4 a 90i 240 j mm/s 2 a 256 mm/s2 69.4 v 8.29 mm/s 36.2 a 336 mm/s2 86.6 When t 0.5 s: v 30e1.5 i [60e1 cos 7.5 8e1 sin 7.5] 6.694i 4.8906 j mm/s a 90e1.5 i [240e1 cos 7.5 884e1 sin 7.5 j] 20.08i 335.65 j mm/s 2 PROBLEM 11.91 The motion of a vibrating particle is defined by the position vector r (4sin t )i (cos 2 t ) j, where r is expressed in inches and t in seconds. (a) Determine the velocity and acceleration when t 1 s. (b) Show that the path of the particle is parabolic. SOLUTION r (4sin t )i (cos 2 t ) j v (4 cos t )i (2 sin 2 t ) j a (4 2 sin t )i (4 2 cos 2 t ) j (a) When t 1 s: v (4 cos )i (2 sin 2 ) j v (4 in/s)i a (4 2 sin )i (4 2 cos ) j (b) a (4 2in/s2 ) j Path of particle: Since r xi y j ; x 4sin t , y cos 2 t Recall that cos 2 1 2sin 2 and write y cos 2 t (1 2sin 2 t ) But since x 4sin t or sin t (1) 1 x, Eq.(1) yields 4 2 1 y 1 2 x 4 y 1 2 x 1 (Parabola) 8 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.92 The motion of a particle is defined by the equations x 10t 5sin t and y 10 5cos t , where x and y are expresed in feet and t is expressed in seconds. Sketch the path of the particle for the time interval 0 t 2 , and determine (a) the magnitudes of the smallest and largest velocities reached by the particle, (b) the corresponding times, positions, and directions of the velocities. SOLUTION Sketch the path of the particle, i.e., plot of y versus x. Using x 10t 5sin t , and y 10 5cos t obtain the values in the table below. Plot as shown. t(s) x(ft) y(ft) 0 0.00 5 10.71 10 31.41 15 52.12 10 62.83 5 2 3 2 2 PROBLEM 11.92 (Continued) (a) Differentiate with respect to t to obtain velocity components. vx dx 10 5cos t and v y 5sin t dt v 2 vx2 v 2y (10 5cos t )2 25sin 2 t 125 100cos t d (v ) 2 100sin t 0 t 0. . 2 N dt When t 2 N . cos t 1. and v2 is minimum. When t (2 N 1) . cos t 1. and v2 is maximum. (v 2 )min 125 100 25(ft/s)2 vmin 5 ft/s (v 2 )max 125 100 225(ft/s)2 (b) vmax 15 ft/s When v vmin. When N 0,1, 2, x 10(2 N ) 5sin(2 N ) x 20 N ft y 10 5cos(2 N ) y 5 ft vx 10 5cos(2 N ) vx 5 ft/s v y 5sin(2 N ) tan vy vx 0, vy 0 0 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.92 (Continued) t (2 N 1) s When v vmax . x 10[2 ( N 1)] 5sin[2 ( N 1)] x 20 ( N 1) ft y 10 5cos[2 ( N 1)] y 15 ft vx 10 5cos[2 ( N 1)] vx 15 ft/s v y 5sin[2 ( N 1)] tan vy vx 0, vy 0 0 PROBLEM 11.93 The damped motion of a vibrating particle is defined by the position vector r x1[1 1/(t 1)]i ( y1e t/2 cos 2 t ) j, where t is expressed in seconds. For x1 30 mm and y1 20 mm, determine the position, the velocity, and the acceleration of the particle when (a) t 0, (b) t 1.5 s. SOLUTION We have 1 r 30 1 i 20(e t/ 2 cos 2 t ) j t 1 Then v 30 1 i 20 e t/ 2 cos 2 t 2 e t/ 2 sin 2 t j 2 (t 1) 2 30 1 1 i 20 e t/ 2 cos 2 t 2 sin 2 t j 2 2 (t 1) a and dr dt dv dt 30 (a) At t 0: 2 1 i 20 e t/ 2 cos 2 t 2 sin 2 t e t/ 2 ( sin 2 t 4 cos 2 t ) j 3 (t 1) 2 2 60 i 10 2 e t/ 2 (4 sin 2 t 7.5 cos 2 t ) j (t 1)3 1 r 30 1 i 20(1) j 1 r 20 mm or 1 1 v 30 i 20 (1) 0 j 1 2 v 43.4 mm/s or 46.3° 60 a i 10 2 (1)(0 7.5) j (1) or a 743 mm/s 2 85.4° Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.93 (Continued) (b) At t 1.5 s: 1 0.75 r 30 1 (cos 3 ) j i 20e 2.5 (18 mm)i (1.8956 mm) j or r 18.10 mm 6.01° v 5.65 mm/s 31.8° a 70.3 mm/s2 86.9° 30 1 i 20 e0.75 cos 3 0 j 2 2 (2.5) (4.80 mm/s)i (2.9778 mm/s) j v or a 60 i 10 2 e 0.75 (0 7.5 cos 3 ) j (2.5)3 (3.84 mm/s 2 )i (70.1582 mm/s 2 ) j or Problem 11.94 A girl operates a radio-controlled model car in a vacant parking lot. The girl’s position is at the origin of the xy coordinate axes, and the surface of the parking lot lies in the x-y plane. The motion of the car is defined by the position vector r (2 2t 2 )iˆ (6 t 3 ) ˆj where r and t are expressed in meters and seconds, respectively. Determine (a) the distance between the car and the girl when t = 2 s, (b) the distance the car traveled in the interval from t = 0 to t = 2 s, (c) the speed and direction of the car’s velocity at t = 2 s, (d) the magnitude of the car’s acceleration at t = 2 s. SOLUTION Given: r (2 2t 2 )i (6 t 3 ) j (a) At t=2s r 2 10i 14 j m r 2 10 2 14 2 m r 2 =17.20 m (b) The car is traveling on a curved path. The distance that the car travels during any infinitesimal interval is given by: ds dx 2 dy 2 where: dx 4tdt and dy 3t 2 dt Substituting ds 16t 2 9t 4 dt Integrating: (c) Velocity can be found by s 0 2 ds t 16 9t 2 dt 0 s 3/2 2 1 16 9t 2 | 0 27 v dr dt s 11.52 m v 4ti 3t 2 j m/s At t=2 s v 8i 12 j m/s (d) Acceleration can be found by a v 14.42 m/s 56.31 dv dt a 4i 6tj m/s 2 At t = 2 s a 4i 12 j m/s 2 a 12.65 m/s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.95 The three-dimensional motion of a particle is defined by the position vector r (Rt cos nt)i ctj (Rt sin nt)k. Determine the magnitudes of the velocity and acceleration of the particle. (The space curve described by the particle is a conic helix.) SOLUTION We have r ( Rt cos n t )i ctj ( Rt sin n t )k Then v and a dr R(cos n t n t sin n t )i cj R(sin n t n t cos n t )k dt dv dt R (n sin n t n sin n t n2t cos n t )i R(n cos n t n cos n t n2t sin n t )k R (2n sin n t n2t cos n t )i R(2n cos n t n2t sin n t )k Now v 2 vx2 v 2y vz2 [ R (cos n t n t sin n t )]2 (c) 2 [ R(sin n t n t cos n t )]2 R 2 cos 2 n t 2n t sin n t cos n t n2 t 2 sin 2 n t sin 2 n t 2n t sin n t cos n t n2 t 2 cos 2 n t c 2 R 2 1 n2t 2 c 2 Also, v R 2 1 n2 t 2 c 2 or a 2 ax2 a 2y az2 2 R 2n sin n t n2 t cos n t (0) 2 2 R 2n cos n t n2 t sin n t 2 2 2 3 R 4n sin n t 4n t sin n t cos n t n4 t 2 cos 2 n t 4n2 cos 2 n t 4n3t sin n t cos n t n4 t 2 sin 2 n t R 2 4n2 n4 t 2 or a Rn 4 n2t 2 PROBLEM 11.96 The three-dimensional motion of a particle is defined by the position vector r ( At cos t )i ( A t 2 1) j ( Bt sin t )k , where r and t are expressed in feet and seconds, respectively. Show that the curve described by the particle lies on the hyperboloid (y/A)2 (x/A)2 (z/B)2 1. For A 3 and B 1, determine (a) the magnitudes of the velocity and acceleration when t 0, (b) the smallest nonzero value of t for which the position vector and the velocity are perpendicular to each other. SOLUTION We have r ( At cos t )i ( A t 2 1) j ( Bt sin t )k or x At cos t cos t Then x At y A t 2 1 z Bt sin t sin t 2 y t2 1 A z Bt 2 2 2 2 2 x z t2 A B or 2 Then y x z A 1 A B or y x z A A B 1 2 (a) 2 x z cos 2 t sin 2 t 1 1 At Bt Now 2 2 Q.E.D. With A 3 and B 1, we have v and dr t 3(cos t t sin t )i 3 j (sin t t cos t )k 2 dt t 1 j t2 1 t dv a 3( sin t sin t t cos t )i 3 dt (t 2 1) (cos t cos t t sin t )k 3(2 sin t t cos t )i 3 t t 2 1 1 j (2 cos t t sin t )k (t 1)3/2 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.96 (Continued) At t 0: v 3(1 0)i (0) j (0)k v vx2 v 2y vz2 v 3 ft/s or and Then a 3(0)i 3(1) j (2 0)k a 2 (0)2 (3)2 (2)2 13 a 3.61 ft/s2 or (b) If r and v are perpendicular, r v 0 t [(3t cos t )i (3 t 2 1) j (t sin t )k ] [3(cos t t sin t )i 3 j (sin t t cos t )k ] 0 2 t 1 or Expanding t (3t cos t )[3(cos t t sin t )] (3 t 2 1) 3 (t sin t )(sin t t cos t ) 0 2 t 1 (9t cos2 t 9t 2 sin t cos t ) (9t ) (t sin 2 t t 2 sin t cos t ) 0 or (with t 0) 10 8 cos2 t 8t sin t cos t 0 or Using “trial and error” or numerical methods, the smallest root is Note: The next root is t 4.38 s. 7 2 cos 2t 2t sin 2t 0 t 3.82 s PROBLEM 11.97 An airplane used to drop water on brushfires is flying horizontally in a straight line at 180 mi/h at an altitude of 300 ft. Determine the distance d at which the pilot should release the water so that it will hit the fire at B. SOLUTION First note v0 180 km/h 264 ft/s Place origin of coordinates at Point A. Vertical motion. (Uniformly accelerated motion) y 0 (0)t 1 2 gt 2 1 300 ft (32.2 ft/s 2 )t 2 2 At B: tB 4.31666 s or Horizontal motion. (Uniform) x 0 (v x ) 0 t At B: or d (264 ft/s)(4.31666 s) d 1140 ft Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.98 A ski jumper starts with a horizontal take-off velocity of 25 m/s and lands on a straight landing hill inclined at 30o. Determine (a) the time between take-off and landing, (b) the length d of the jump, (c) the maximum vertical distance between the jumper and the landing hill. SOLUTION y x tan 30 (a) At the landing point, x x0 v x 0 t v0t Horizontal motion: 0 t 12 gt 2 12 gt 2 Vertical motion: y y0 v y from which t2 2y 2 x tan 30 2v0t tan 30 g g g t Rejecting the t 0 solution gives d (b) Landing distance: 2v0 tan 30 2 25 tan 30 g 9.81 25 2.94 x v0t cos 30 cos 30 cos 30 t 2.94 s d 84.9 m h x tan 30 y (c) Vertical distance: h v0t tan 30 or 1 2 gt 2 Differentiating and setting equal to zero, dh v0 tan 30 gt 0 dt Then, hmax or t vo tan 30 g v0 v0 tan 30 tan 30 1 g v0 tan 30 2 g v 2 tan 2 30 25 tan 30 0 2g 2 9.81 2 g 2 2 hmax 10.62 m PROBLEM 11.99 A baseball pitching machine “throws” baseballs with a horizontal velocity v0. Knowing that height h varies between 788 mm and 1068 mm, determine (a) the range of values of v0, (b) the values of corresponding to h 788 mm and h 1068 mm. SOLUTION (a) y0 1.5 m, (v y )0 0 Vertical motion: t 2( y0 y) g or tB 2( y0 h) g When h 788 mm 0.788 m, tB (2)(1.5 0.788) 0.3810 s 9.81 When h 1068 mm 1.068 m, tB (2)(1.5 1.068) 0.2968 s 9.81 y y0 (v y )0 t At Point B, Horizontal motion: 1 2 gt 2 or y h x0 0, (vx )0 v0 , x v0t or v0 x x B t tB Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.99 (Continued) v0 12.2 32.02 m/s 0.3810 and v0 12.2 41.11 m/s 0.2968 32.02 m/s v0 41.11 m/s or Vertical motion: v y (v y )0 gt gt Horizontal motion: vx v0 With xB 12.2 m, (b) we get tan 115.3 km/h v0 148.0 km/h (v y ) B dy gt B (vx ) B dx v0 For h 0.788 m, tan (9.81)(0.3810) 0.11673, 32.02 6.66 For h 1.068 m, tan (9.81)(0.2968) 0.07082, 41.11 4.05 PROBLEM 11.100 While delivering newspapers, a girl throws a newspaper with a horizontal velocity v0. Determine the range of values of v0 if the newspaper is to land between Points B and C. SOLUTION Vertical motion. (Uniformly accelerated motion) y 0 (0)t 1 2 gt 2 Horizontal motion. (Uniform) x 0 (vx )0 t v0t At B: y: tB 0.455016 s or Then x: y: or 1 2 ft (32.2 ft/s 2 )t 2 2 tC 0.352454 s or Then 7 ft (v0 ) B (0.455016 s) (v0 ) B 15.38 ft/s or At C: 1 1 3 ft (32.2 ft/s 2 )t 2 3 2 x: 1 12 ft (v0 )C (0.352454 s) 3 (v0 )C 35.0 ft/s 15.38 ft/s v0 35.0 ft/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.101 Water flows from a drain spout with an initial velocity of 2.5 ft/s at an angle of 15° with the horizontal. Determine the range of values of the distance d for which the water will enter the trough BC. SOLUTION First note (vx )0 (2.5 ft/s) cos 15 2.4148 ft/s (v y )0 (2.5 ft/s) sin 15 0.64705 ft/s Vertical motion. (Uniformly accelerated motion) y 0 (v y ) 0 t 1 2 gt 2 At the top of the trough 8.8 ft ( 0.64705 ft/s) t or tBC 0.719491 s 1 (32.2 ft/s 2 ) t 2 2 (the other root is negative) Horizontal motion. (Uniform) x 0 (vx ) 0 t In time t BC xBC (2.4148 ft/s)(0.719491 s) 1.737 ft Thus, the trough must be placed so that xB 1.737 ft or xC 1.737 ft Since the trough is 2 ft wide, it then follows that 0 d 1.737 ft PROBLEM 11.102 In slow pitch softball the underhand pitch must reach a maximum height of between 1.8 m and 3.7 m above the ground. A pitch is made with an initial velocity v 0 of magnitude 13 m/s at an angle of 33 with the horizontal. Determine (a) if the pitch meets the maximum height requirement, (b) the height of the ball as it reaches the batter. SOLUTION v0 13 m/s, 33, x0 0, y0 0.6 m v y v0 sin gt Vertical motion: y y0 v0 sin t At maximum height, vy 0 (a) t or t 1 2 gt 2 v0 sin g 13sin 33 0.7217 s 9.81 ymax 0.6 13sin 33 0.7217 1 9.81 0.7217 2 2 ymax 3.16 m 1.8 m 3.16 m 3.7 m Horizontal motion: x x0 v0 cos t At x 15.2 m, t (b) Corresponding value of y : yes or t x x0 v0 cos 15.2 0 1.3941 s 13cos 33 y 0.6 13sin 33 1.3941 1 9.811.39412 2 y 0.937 m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.103 A volleyball player serves the ball with an initial velocity v0 of magnitude 13.40 m/s at an angle of 20° with the horizontal. Determine (a) if the ball will clear the top of the net, (b) how far from the net the ball will land. SOLUTION First note (vx )0 (13.40 m/s) cos 20 12.5919 m/s (v y )0 (13.40 m/s) sin 20 4.5831 m/s (a) Horizontal motion. (Uniform) x 0 (vx ) 0 t At C 9 m (12.5919 m/s) t or tC 0.71475 s Vertical motion. (Uniformly accelerated motion) y y0 (v y )0 t At C: 1 2 gt 2 yC 2.1 m (4.5831 m/s)(0.71475 s) 1 (9.81 m/s 2 )(0.71475 s) 2 2 2.87 m yC 2.43 m (height of net) ball clears net (b) At B, y 0: 0 2.1 m (4.5831 m/s)t 1 (9.81 m/s 2 )t 2 2 Solving t B 1.271175 s (the other root is negative) Then d (vx )0 t B (12.5919 m/s)(1.271175 s) 16.01 m The ball lands b (16.01 9.00) m 7.01 m from the net PROBLEM 11.104 A golfer hits a golf ball with an initial velocity of 160 ft/s at an angle of 25° with the horizontal. Knowing that the fairway slopes downward at an average angle of 5°, determine the distance d between the golfer and Point B where the ball first lands. SOLUTION (vx )0 (160 ft/s) cos 25 First note (v y )0 (160 ft/s) sin 25 xB d cos 5 yB d sin 5 and at B Now Horizontal motion. (Uniform) x 0 (vx ) 0 t d cos 5 (160 cos 25)t or t B At B cos 5 d 160 cos 25 Vertical motion. (Uniformly accelerated motion) y 0 (v y ) 0 t 1 2 gt 2 ( g 32.2 ft/s 2 ) 1 2 gt B 2 At B: d sin 5 (160 sin 25)t B Substituting for tB cos 5 1 cos 5 2 d sin 5 (160 sin 25) d g d 2 160 cos 25 160 cos 25 2 or or 2 (160 cos 25)2 (tan 5 tan 25) 32.2 cos 5 726.06 ft d d 242 yd Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.105 A homeowner uses a snowblower to clear his driveway. Knowing that the snow is discharged at an average angle of 40° with the horizontal, determine the initial velocity v0 of the snow. SOLUTION First note (vx )0 v0 cos 40 (v y )0 v0 sin 40 Horizontal motion. (Uniform) x 0 (vx ) 0 t At B: 14 (v0 cos 40) t or t B 14 v0 cos 40 Vertical motion. (Uniformly accelerated motion) y 0 (v y ) 0 t At B: 1 2 gt 2 1.5 (v0 sin 40) t B ( g 32.2 ft/s 2 ) 1 2 gt B 2 Substituting for tB 1 14 14 1.5 (v0 sin 40) g v0 cos 40 2 v0 cos 40 or or v02 1 2 2 (32.2)(196)/ cos 2 40 1.5 14 tan 40 v0 22.9 ft/s PROBLEM 11.106 At halftime of a football game souvenir balls are thrown to the spectators with a velocity v0. Determine the range of values of v0 if the balls are to land between Points B and C. SOLUTION The motion is projectile motion. Place the origin of the xy-coordinate system at ground level just below Point A. The coordinates of Point A are x0 0, y0 2m. The components of initial velocity are (vx )0 v0 cos 40 m/s and (v y )0 v0 sin 40. Horizontal motion: x x0 (vx )0 t (v0 cos 40)t Vertical motion: y y0 (v y )0 t (1) 1 2 gt 2 1 2 (v0 sin 40) (9.81)t 2 2 From (1), v0t (2) x cos 40 (3) y 2 x tan 40 4.905t 2 Then t2 Point B: 2 x tan 40 y 4.905 (4) x 8 10cos 35 16.1915 m y 1.5 10sin 35 7.2358 m 16.1915 21.1365 m cos 40 2 16.1915 tan 40 7.2358 t2 4.905 21.1365 v0 1.3048 v0 t t 1.3048 s v0 16.199 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.106 (Continued) Point C: x 8 (10 7) cos35 21.9256 m y 1.5 (10 7)sin 35 11.2508 m Range of values of v0. v0t 21.9256 28.622 m cos 40 t2 2 21.9256 tan 40 11.2508 4.905 v0 28.622 1.3656 t 1.3656 s v0 20.96 m/s 16.20 m/s v0 21.0 m/s PROBLEM 11.107 A basketball player shoots when she is 16 ft from the backboard. Knowing that the ball has an initial velocity v0 at an angle of 30° with the horizontal, determine the value of v0 when d is equal to (a) 9 in., (b) 17 in. SOLUTION First note (vx )0 v0 cos 30 Horizontal motion. (Uniform) (v y )0 v0 sin 30 x 0 (vx ) 0 t (16 d ) (v0 cos 30) t or tB At B: 16 d v0 cos 30 y 0 (v y ) 0 t Vertical motion. (Uniformly accelerated motion) 1 2 gt 2 1 2 gt B 2 At B: 3.2 (v0 sin 30) t B Substituting for tB 16 d 1 16 d 3.2 (v0 sin 30) g v0 cos 30 2 v0 cos 30 or v02 (a) d 9 in.: v02 d 17 in.: v02 (b) ( g 32.2 ft/s 2 ) 2 2 g (16 d )2 3 1 3 (16 d ) 3.2 2(32.2) 16 129 3 1 3 16 129 3.2 2(32.2) 16 17 12 3 1 3 2 v0 29.8 ft/s 2 16 1712 3.2 v0 29.6 ft/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.108 A tennis player serves the ball at a height h 2.5 m with an initial velocity of v0 at an angle of 5° with the horizontal. Determine the range for which of v0 for which the ball will land in the service area which extends to 6.4 m beyond the net. SOLUTION The motion is projectile motion. Place the origin of the xy-coordinate system at ground level just below the point where the racket impacts the ball. The coordinates of this impact point are x0 0, y0 h 2.5 m. The components of initial velocity are (vx )0 v0 cos5 and (v y )0 v0 sin 5. Horizontal motion: x x0 (vx )0 t (v0 cos5)t Vertical motion: y y0 (v y )0 t (1) 1 2 gt 2 1 2.5 (v0 sin 5)t (9.81)t 2 2 From (1), Then v0t x cos 5 (2) (3) y 2.5 x tan 5 4.905t 2 t2 2.5 x tan 5 y 4.905 (4) At the minimum speed the ball just clears the net. x 12.2 m, y 0.914 m 12.2 12.2466 m cos 5 2.5 12.2 tan 5 0.914 t2 4.905 12.2466 v0 0.32517 v0t t 0.32517 s v0 37.66 m/s PROBLEM 11.108 (Continued) At the maximum speed the ball lands 6.4 m beyond the net. x 12.2 6.4 18.6 m y0 18.6 v0t 18.6710 m cos 5 2.5 18.6 tan 5 0 t2 t 0.42181 s 4.905 18.6710 v0 v0 44.26 m/s 0.42181 Range for v0. 37.7 m/s v0 44.3 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.109 The nozzle at A discharges cooling water with an initial velocity v0 at an angle of 6° with the horizontal onto a grinding wheel 350 mm in diameter. Determine the range of values of the initial velocity for which the water will land on the grinding wheel between Points B and C. SOLUTION First note (vx )0 v0 cos 6 (v y )0 v0 sin 6 Horizontal motion. (Uniform) x x0 (vx )0 t Vertical motion. (Uniformly accelerated motion) y y0 (v y )0 t 1 2 gt 2 ( g 9.81 m/s 2 ) x (0.175 m) sin 10 At Point B: y (0.175 m) cos 10 x : 0.175 sin 10 0.020 (v0 cos 6)t tB or 0.050388 v0 cos 6 y : 0.175 cos 10 0.205 (v0 sin 6)t B 1 2 gt B 2 Substituting for tB 0.050388 1 0.050388 0.032659 (v0 sin 6) (9.81) v0 cos 6 2 v0 cos 6 2 PROBLEM 11.109 (Continued) v02 or 1 2 (9.81)(0.050388) 2 cos 2 6(0.032659 0.050388 tan 6) (v0 ) B 0.678 m/s or x (0.175 m) cos 30 At Point C: y (0.175 m) sin 30 x : 0.175 cos 30 0.020 (v0 cos 6)t tC or 0.171554 v0 cos 6 y : 0.175 sin 30 0.205 (v0 sin 6)tC 1 2 gtC 2 Substituting for tC 0.171554 1 0.171554 0.117500 (v0 sin 6) (9.81) v0 cos 6 2 v0 cos 6 or or v02 1 2 2 (9.81)(0.171554) 2 cos 2 6(0.117500 0.171554 tan 6) (v0 )C 1.211 m/s 0.678 m/s v0 1.211 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.110 While holding one of its ends, a worker lobs a coil of rope over the lowest limb of a tree. If he throws the rope with an initial velocity v0 at an angle of 65° with the horizontal, determine the range of values of v0 for which the rope will go over only the lowest limb. SOLUTION First note (v x )0 v0 cos 65 (v y )0 v0 sin 65 Horizontal motion. (Uniform) x 0 (vx ) 0 t At either B or C, x 5 m s (v0 cos 65)t B ,C or t B ,C 5 (v0 cos 65) Vertical motion. (Uniformly accelerated motion) y 0 (v y ) 0 t 1 2 gt 2 ( g 9.81 m/s 2 ) At the tree limbs, t t B ,C 1 5 5 yB ,C (v0 sin 65) g v0 cos 65 2 v0 cos 65 2 PROBLEM 11.110 (Continued) v02 or 1 2 (9.81)(25) 2 cos 65(5 tan 65 yB , C ) 686.566 5 tan 65 yB , C At Point B: v02 686.566 5 tan 65 5 or (v0 ) B 10.95 m/s At Point C: v02 686.566 5 tan 65 5.9 or (v0 )C 11.93 m/s 10.95 m/s v0 11.93 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.111 The pitcher in a softball game throws a ball with an initial velocity v0 of 72 km/h at an angle with the horizontal. If the height of the ball at Point B is 0.68 m, determine (a) the angle , (b) the angle that the velocity of the ball at Point B forms with the horizontal. SOLUTION First note v0 72 km/h 20 m/s (vx )0 v0 cos (20 m/s) cos and (v y )0 v0 sin (20 m/s) sin (a) Horizontal motion. (Uniform) x 0 (vx )0 t (20 cos ) t At Point B: 14 (20 cos )t or t B 7 10 cos Vertical motion. (Uniformly accelerated motion) y 0 (v y ) 0 t At Point B: 1 2 1 gt (20 sin )t gt 2 2 2 0.08 (20 sin )t B ( g 9.81 m/s 2 ) 1 2 gt B 2 Substituting for tB 1 7 7 0.08 (20 sin ) g 10 cos 2 10 cos or Now 8 1400 tan 1 49 g 2 cos 2 1 sec2 1 tan 2 2 cos 2 PROBLEM 11.111 (Continued) Then or Solving 8 1400 tan 24.5 g (1 tan 2 ) 240.345 tan 2 1400 tan 248.345 0 10.3786 and 79.949 Rejecting the second root because it is not physically reasonable, we have 10.38 (b) We have vx (vx )0 20 cos and v y (v y )0 gt 20 sin gt At Point B: (v y ) B 20 sin gt B 20 sin 7g 10 cos Noting that at Point B, v y 0, we have tan or |(v y ) B | vx 7g 10 cos 20 sin 20 cos 7 9.81 200 cos 10.3786 sin 10.3786 cos 10.3786 9.74 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.112 A model rocket is launched from Point A with an initial velocity v0 of 75 m/s. If the rocket’s descent parachute does not deploy and the rocket lands a distance d 100 m from A, determine (a) the angle that v0 forms with the vertical, (b) the maximum height above Point A reached by the rocket, and (c) the duration of the flight. SOLUTION Set the origin at Point A. x0 0, y0 0 Horizontal motion: x v0t sin Vertical motion: y v0 t cos cos sin 2 cos2 sin x v0t 1 2 gt 2 1 1 y gt 2 v0 t 2 (2) 2 1 2 1 2 x y gt 1 2 (v0t )2 x 2 y 2 gyt 2 1 24 g t v02t 2 4 1 24 g t v02 gy t 2 ( x 2 y 2 ) 0 4 At Point B, (1) x 2 y 2 100 m, x 100 cos 30 m y 100 sin 30 50 m 1 (9.81) 2 t 4 [752 (9.81)(50)] t 2 1002 0 4 24.0590 t 4 6115.5 t 2 10000 0 t 2 252.54 s 2 and 1.6458 s 2 t 15.8916 s and 1.2829 s (3) PROBLEM 11.112 (Continued) Restrictions on : 0 120 tan x y gt 1 2 2 100 cos 30 0.0729 50 (4.905)(15.8916) 2 4.1669 100 cos 30 2.0655 50 (4.905)(1.2829) 2 115.8331 and Use 4.1669 corresponding to the steeper possible trajectory. (a) Angle . (b) Maximum height. 4.17 v y 0 at y ymax v y v0 cos gt 0 t v0 cos g ymax v0 t cos (c) Duration of the flight. v 2 cos 2 1 gt 0 2 2g (75)2 cos 2 4.1669 (2)(9.81) ymax 285 m (time to reach B) t 15.89 s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.113 The initial velocity v0 of a hockey puck is 105 mi/h. Determine (a) the largest value (less than 45°) of the angle for which the puck will enter the net, (b) the corresponding time required for the puck to reach the net. SOLUTION First note v0 105 mi/h 154 ft/s (vx )0 v0 cos (154 ft/s) cos and (v y )0 v0 sin (154 ft/s) sin (a) Horizontal motion. (Uniform) x 0 (vx )0 t (154 cos )t At the front of the net, Then or x 16 ft 16 (154 cos )t tenter 8 77 cos Vertical motion. (Uniformly accelerated motion) 1 2 gt 2 1 (154 sin ) t gt 2 2 y 0 (v y ) 0 t ( g 32.2 ft/s 2 ) At the front of the net, yfront (154 sin ) tenter 1 2 gtenter 2 1 8 8 (154 sin ) g 77 cos 2 77 cos 32 g 16 tan 5929 cos 2 2 PROBLEM 11.113 (Continued) Now Then or 1 sec2 1 tan 2 cos 2 yfront 16 tan tan 2 32 g (1 tan 2 ) 5929 5929 5929 tan 1 yfront 0 2g 32 g 5929 2g 5929 2g 2 1/ 2 y 4 1 5929 32 g front 2 Then tan or 5929 2 5929 5929 yfront tan 1 4 32.2 4 32.2 32 32.2 or tan 46.0326 [(46.0326)2 (1 5.7541 yfront )]1/2 1/ 2 Now 0 yfront 4 ft so that the positive root will yield values of 45 for all values of yfront. When the negative root is selected, increases as yfront is increased. Therefore, for max , set yfront yC 4 ft (b) Then tan 46.0326 [(46.0326)2 (1 5.7541 4)]1/2 or max 14.6604 We had found tenter or max 14.66 8 77 cos 8 77 cos 14.6604 tenter 0.1074 s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.114 A worker uses high-pressure water to clean the inside of a long drainpipe. If the water is discharged with an initial velocity v0 of 11.5 m/s, determine (a) the distance d to the farthest Point B on the top of the pipe that the worker can wash from his position at A, (b) the corresponding angle . SOLUTION First note (vx )0 v0 cos (11.5 m/s) cos (v y )0 v0 sin (11.5 m/s) sin By observation, dmax occurs when ymax 1.1 m. Vertical motion. (Uniformly accelerated motion) v y (v y )0 gt (11.5 sin ) gt y ymax When Then 1 2 gt 2 1 (11.5 sin ) t gt 2 2 y 0 (v y ) 0 t at B, (v y ) B 0 (v y ) B 0 (11.5 sin ) gt 11.5 sin g ( g 9.81 m/s 2 ) or tB and yB (11.5 sin ) t B 1 2 gt B 2 Substituting for tB and noting yB 1.1 m 11.5 sin 1 11.5 sin 1.1 (11.5 sin ) g g g 2 1 (11.5) 2 sin 2 2g or sin 2 2.2 9.81 11.52 23.8265 2 PROBLEM 11.114 (Continued) (a) Horizontal motion. (Uniform) x 0 (vx )0 t (11.5 cos ) t At Point B: where Then or (b) From above x d max tB and t t B 11.5 sin 23.8265 0.47356 s 9.81 d max (11.5)(cos 23.8265)(0.47356) d max 4.98 m 23.8 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.115 An oscillating garden sprinkler which discharges water with an initial velocity v0 of 8 m/s is used to water a vegetable garden. Determine the distance d to the farthest Point B that will be watered and the corresponding angle when (a) the vegetables are just beginning to grow, (b) the height h of the corn is 1.8 m. SOLUTION First note (vx )0 v0 cos (8 m/s) cos (v y )0 v0 sin (8 m/s) sin Horizontal motion. (Uniform) x 0 (vx )0 t (8 cos ) t At Point B: or x d : d (8 cos ) t d tB 8 cos Vertical motion. (Uniformly accelerated motion) 1 2 gt 2 1 (8 sin ) t gt 2 ( g 9.81 m/s 2 ) 2 1 0 (8 sin ) t B gt B2 2 y 0 (v y ) 0 t At Point B: Simplifying and substituting for tB 0 8 sin d or (a) 1 d g 2 8 cos 64 sin 2 g (1) When h 0, the water can follow any physically possible trajectory. It then follows from Eq. (1) that d is maximum when 2 90 45 or Then or d 64 sin (2 45) 9.81 d max 6.52 m PROBLEM 11.115 (Continued) (b) Based on Eq. (1) and the results of Part a, it can be concluded that d increases in value as increases in value from 0 to 45° and then d decreases as is further increased. Thus, dmax occurs for the value of closest to 45° and for which the water just passes over the first row of corn plants. At this row, xcom 1.5 m tcorn so that 1.5 8 cos Also, with ycorn h, we have h (8 sin ) tcorn 1 2 gtcorn 2 Substituting for tcorn and noting h 1.8 m, 1.5 1 1.5 1.8 (8 sin ) g 8 cos 2 8 cos or Now Then or 1.8 1.5 tan 2 2.25 g 128 cos 2 1 sec2 1 tan 2 2 cos 1.8 1.5 tan 2.25(9.81) (1 tan 2 ) 128 0.172441 tan 2 1.5 tan 1.972441 0 58.229 and 81.965 Solving From the above discussion, it follows that d dmax when 58.2 Finally, using Eq. (1) d or 64 sin (2 58.229) 9.81 d max 5.84 m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.116* A nozzle at A discharges water with an initial velocity of 36 ft/s at an angle with the horizontal. Determine (a) the distance d to the farthest point B on the roof that the water can reach, (b) the corresponding angle . Check that the stream will clear the edge of the roof. SOLUTION Horizontal motion: x v0 cos t Vertical motion: y y0 v0 sin t y y0 x tan Let u x tan x2 du xmax 2 2 2 36 32.2 (a) Maximum distance: y y0 u g x2 u 2 2v02 0. d x2 du 2v d x2 v0 36 ft/s, 1 2 1 gx 2 gt y0 x tan 2 2 v0 cos 2 2v02 u y0 y u 2 g The maximum value of x 2 is required: Data: x v0 cos gx 2 1 tan 2 2v02 so that Solving for x 2 : t or 2 0 g y0 3.6 ft, 2u 0 or yB 18 ft u v02 g 2 36 u 32.2 40.2484 3.6 18 40.2484 2 460.78 ft 2 d xmax 13.5 40.2484 ft xmax 21.466 ft d 7.97 ft PROBLEM 11.116* (Continued) (b) Angle . tan xmax tan u 40.2484 1.875 xmax xmax 21.466 61.9 61.93 Check the edge. y y0 x tan gx 2 2 v0 cos y 3.6 13.5 1.875 2 32.2 13.5 2 2 2 36 cos 61.93 y 18.69 ft Since y 18 ft, the stream clears the edge. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.117 The velocities of skiers A and B are as shown. Determine the velocity of A with respect to B. SOLUTION We have vA vB vA/B The graphical representation of this equation is then as shown. Then v 2A/B 302 452 2(30)(45) cos 15 or vA/B 17.80450 ft/s and or 30 17.80450 sin sin 15 25.8554° 25 50.8554° vA/B 17.8 ft/s Alternative solution. vA/B vA vB 30 cos 10 i 30 sin 10 j (45 cos 25 i 45 sin 25 j) 11.2396i 13.8084 j 5.05 m/s 17.8 ft/s 50.9° 50.9° PROBLEM 11.118 The three blocks shown move with constant velocities. Find the velocity of each block, knowing that the relative velocity of A with respect to C is 300 mm/s upward and that the relative velocity of B with respect to A is 200 mm/s downward. SOLUTION From the diagram Cable 1: y A yD constant Then vA vD 0 Cable 2: (1) ( yB yD ) ( yC yD ) constant vB vC 2vD 0 Then (2) Combining Eqs. (1) and (2) to eliminate vD , 2vA vB vC 0 (3) Now vA/C vA vC 300 mm/s (4) and vB/A vB vA 200 mm/s (5) (3) (4) (5) Then (2vA vB vC ) (v A vC ) (vB v A ) (300) (200) v A 125 mm/s or and using Eq. (5) vB (125) 200 v B 75 mm/s or Eq. (4) or 125 vC 300 vC 175 mm/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.119 Three seconds after automobile B passes through the intersection shown, automobile A passes through the same intersection. Knowing that the speed of each automobile is constant, determine (a) the relative velocity of B with respect to A, (b) the change in position of B with respect to A during a 4-s interval, (c) the distance between the two automobiles 2 s after A has passed through the intersection. SOLUTION v A 45 mi/h 66 ft/s vB 30 mi/h 44 ft/s Law of cosines vB2/A 662 442 2(66)(44) cos110 vB/A 90.99 ft/s vB v A vB/A Law of sines sin sin110 66 90.99 42.97 90 90 42.97 47.03 v B/A 91.0 ft/s (a) Relative velocity: (b) Change in position for t 4 s. rB/A vB/A t (91.0 ft/s)(4 s) (c) Distance between autos 2 seconds after auto A has passed intersection. Auto A travels for 2 s. vA 66 ft/s 20° rA vAt (66 ft/s)(2 s) 132 ft rA 132 ft 20° rB/A 364 ft 47.0° 47.0° PROBLEM 11.119 (Continued) Auto B v B 44 ft/s rB v B t (44 ft/s)(5 s) 220 ft rB rA rB/A Law of cosines rB2/A (132)2 (220) 2 2(132)(220) cos110 rB/A 292.7 ft Distance between autos 293 ft Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.120 Shore-based radar indicates that a ferry leaves its slip with a velocity v 18 km/h 70°, while instruments aboard the ferry indicate a speed of 18.4 km/h and a heading of 30° west of south relative to the river. Determine the velocity of the river. SOLUTION We have v F v R v F/R or v F v F/R v R The graphical representation of the second equation is then as shown. We have vR2 182 18.42 2(18)(18.4) cos 10 or vR 3.1974 km/h and or 18 3.1974 sin sin 10 77.84 Noting that v R 3.20 km/h Alternatively one could use vector algebra. 17.8° PROBLEM 11.121 Airplanes A and B are flying at the same altitude and are tracking the eye of hurricane C. The relative velocity of C with respect to A is vC/A 350 km/h 75°, and the relative velocity of C with respect to B is vC/B 400 km/h 40°. Determine (a) the relative velocity of B with respect to A, (b) the velocity of A if ground-based radar indicates that the hurricane is moving at a speed of 30 km/h due north, (c) the change in position of C with respect to B during a 15-min interval. SOLUTION (a) We have vC v A vC/A and vC v B vC/B Then v A vC/A v B vC/B or v B v A vC/A vC/B Now v B v A v B/A so that v B/A vC/A vC/B or vC/A vC/B v B/A The graphical representation of the last equation is then as shown. We have vB2/A 3502 4002 2(350)(400) cos 65 or vB/A 405.175 km/h and or 400 405.175 sin sin 65 63.474 75 11.526 v B/A 405 km/h 11.53° Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.121 (Continued) (b) We have vC v A vC/A or v A (30 km/h) j (350 km/h)( cos 75i sin 75 j ) v A (90.587 km/h)i (368.07 km/h) j v A 379 km/h or (c) 76.17° Noting that the velocities of B and C are constant, we have rB (rB )0 v B t Now rC (rC )0 vC t rC/B rC rB [(rC )0 (rB )0 ] ( vC v B )t [(rC )0 (rB )0 ] vC/B t Then rC/B (rC/B )t2 (rC/B )t1 vC/B (t2 t1 ) vC/B t For t 15 min: 1 rC/B (400 km/h) h 100 km 4 rC/B 100 km 40° PROBLEM 11.122 Instruments in an airplane which is in level flight indicate that the velocity relative to the air (airspeed) is 120 km/h and the direction of the relative velocity vector (heading) is 70° east of north. Instruments on the ground indicate that the velocity of the airplane (ground speed) is 110 km/h and the direction of flight (course) is 60° east of north. Determine the wind speed and direction. SOLUTION Let i and j be unit vectors in directions east and north respectively. Velocity of plane relative to air. v P/ A 120 km/h cos 20 i sin 20 j Velocity of plane. v P 110 km/h cos30 i sin 30j But v P v A v P/ A Velocity of air. v A v P v P/ A v A 110cos30 120cos 20 i 110sin 30 120sin 20 j 17.50 km/h i 13.96 km/h j vA 17.50 2 13.96 2 tan 17.50 13.96 22.4 km/h 51.4 v A 22.4 km/h at 51.4 west of north Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. Problem 11.123 Knowing that at the instant shown block B has a velocity of 2 ft/s to the right and an acceleration of 3 ft/s2 to the left, determine (a) the velocity of block A, (b) the acceleration of block A. SOLUTION Given: vB 2 ft/s, aB 3 ft/s Length of Cable L y A 2 xB constants Differentiate Length Equation 0 vA 2vB (1) Differentiate again 0 a A 2aB (2) (e) Rearrange (1) vA 2vB 2 2 ft/s vA 4 ft/s (f) Rearrange (2) v A 4 ft/s a A 2aB 2 3 ft/s 2 a A 6 ft/s 2 a A 6 ft/s 2 PROBLEM 11.124 Knowing that at the instant shown block A has a velocity of 8 in./s and an acceleration of 6 in./s2 both directed down the incline, determine (a) the velocity of block B, (b) the acceleration of block B. SOLUTION From the diagram 2 x A xB/A constant Then 2vA vB/A 0 | vB/A | 16 in./s or 2a A aB/A 0 and | aB/A | 12 in./s2 or Note that v B/A and a B/A must be parallel to the top surface of block A. (a) We have v B v A v B/A The graphical representation of this equation is then as shown. Note that because A is moving downward, B must be moving upward relative to A. We have vB2 82 162 2(8)(16) cos 15 or vB 8.5278 in./s and or 8 8.5278 sin sin 15 14.05 v B 8.53 in./s (b) 54.1° The same technique that was used to determine v B can be used to determine a B . An alternative method is as follows. We have a B a A a B/A (6i) 12( cos 15i sin 15 j)* (5.5911 in./s 2 )i (3.1058 in./s 2 ) j or a B 6.40 in./s2 54.1° * Note the orientation of the coordinate axes on the sketch of the system. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.125 A boat is moving to the right with a constant deceleration of 0.3 m/s2 when a boy standing on the deck D throws a ball with an initial velocity relative to the deck which is vertical. The ball rises to a maximum height of 8 m above the release point and the boy must step forward a distance d to catch it at the same height as the release point. Determine (a) the distance d, (b) the relative velocity of the ball with respect to the deck when the ball is caught. SOLUTION Horizontal motion of the ball: vx (vx )0 , Vertical motion of the ball: v y (v y )0 gt yB (v y )0 t At maximum height, xball (vx )0 t 1 2 gt , (v y ) 2 (v y )02 2 gy 2 vy 0 and y ymax (v y )2 2 gymax (2)(9.81)(8) 156.96 m 2 /s 2 (v y )0 12.528 m/s At time of catch, tcatch 2.554 s or Motion of the deck: 1 (9.81)t 2 2 and v y 12.528 m/s y 0 12.528 vx (vx )0 aDt , xdeck (vx )0 t 1 aDt 2 2 Motion of the ball relative to the deck: (vB/D ) x (vx )0 [(vx )0 aDt ] aDt 1 1 xB/D (vx )0 t (vx )0 t aDt 2 aDt 2 2 2 (vB/D ) y (v y )0 gt , yB/D yB (a) (b) At time of catch, 1 d xD/B ( 0.3)(2.554) 2 2 (vB/D ) x ( 0.3)(2.554) 0.766 m/s (vB/D ) y 12.528 m/s d 0.979 m or 0.766 m/s v B/D 12.55 m/s 86.5 PROBLEM 11.126 The assembly of rod A and wedge B starts from rest and moves to the right with a constant acceleration of 2 mm/s2. Determine (a) the acceleration of wedge C, (b) the velocity of wedge C when t 10 s. SOLUTION (a) We have aC a B aC/B The graphical representation of this equation is then as shown. First note 180 (20 105) 55 Then aC 2 sin 20 sin 55 aC 0.83506 mm/s 2 (b) aC 0.835 mm/s2 75° vC 8.35 mm/s 75° For uniformly accelerated motion vC 0 aC t At t 10 s: vC (0.83506 mm/s 2 )(10 s) 8.3506 mm/s or Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.127 Determine the required velocity of the belt B if the relative velocity with which the sand hits belt B is to be (a) vertical, (b) as small as possible. SOLUTION A grain of sand will undergo projectile motion. vsx vsx constant 5 ft/s 0 vsy 2 gh (2)(32.2 ft/s2 )(3 ft) 13.90 ft/s y-direction. v S/B v S v B Relative velocity. (a) (1) If vS/B is vertical, vS /B j 5i 13.9 j (vB cos 15i vB sin 15 j) 5i 13.9 j vB cos 15i vB sin 15 j Equate components. i : 0 5 vB cos 15 vB 5 5.176 ft/s cos 15 v B 5.18 ft/s (b) 15° vS/C is as small as possible, so make vS/B to vB into (1). vS/B sin 15i vS/B cos 15 j 5i 13.9 j vB cos 15i vB sin 15 j Equate components and transpose terms. (sin 15) vS/B (cos 15) vB 5 (cos 15) vS/B (sin 15) vB 13.90 Solving, vS/B 14.72 ft/s vB 1.232 ft/s v B 1.232 ft/s 15° PROBLEM 11.128 Conveyor belt A, which forms a 20° angle with the horizontal, moves at a constant speed of 4 ft/s and is used to load an airplane. Knowing that a worker tosses duffel bag B with an initial velocity of 2.5 ft/s at an angle of 30° with the horizontal, determine the velocity of the bag relative to the belt as it lands on the belt. SOLUTION First determine the velocity of the bag as it lands on the belt. Now [(vB ) x ]0 (vB )0 cos 30 (2.5 ft/s) cos 30 [(vB ) y ]0 (vB )0 sin 30 (2.5 ft/s)sin 30 Horizontal motion. (Uniform) x 0 [(vB ) x ]0 t (vB ) x [(vB ) x ]0 (2.5 cos 30)t 2.5 cos 30 Vertical motion. (Uniformly accelerated motion) y y0 [(vB ) y ]0 t 1 2 gt 2 1.5 (2.5 sin 30) t (vB ) y [(vB ) y ]0 gt 1 2 gt 2 2.5 sin 30 gt The equation of the line collinear with the top surface of the belt is y x tan 20 Thus, when the bag reaches the belt 1.5 (2.5 sin 30) t 1 2 gt [(2.5 cos 30) t ]tan 20 2 or 1 (32.2) t 2 2.5(cos 30 tan 20 sin 30) t 1.5 0 2 or 16.1t 2 0.46198t 1.5 0 Solving t 0.31992 s and t 0.29122 s (Reject) Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.128 (Continued) The velocity v B of the bag as it lands on the belt is then v B (2.5 cos 30)i [2.5 sin 30 32.2(0.319 92)]j (2.1651 ft/s)i (9.0514 ft/s) j Finally or v B v A v B/A v B/A (2.1651i 9.0514 j) 4(cos 20i sin 20 j) (1.59367 ft/s)i (10.4195 ft/s) j or v B/A 10.54 ft/s 81.3° PROBLEM 11.129 During a rainstorm the paths of the raindrops appear to form an angle of 30° with the vertical and to be directed to the left when observed from a side window of a train moving at a speed of 15 km/h. A short time later, after the speed of the train has increased to 24 km/h, the angle between the vertical and the paths of the drops appears to be 45°. If the train were stopped, at what angle and with what velocity would the drops be observed to fall? SOLUTION vrain vtrain vrain/train Case : vT 15 km/h ; vR /T 30° Case : vT 24 km/h ; vR /T 45° Case : (vR ) y tan 30 15 (vR ) x (1) Case : (vR ) y tan 45 24 (vR ) x (2) Substract (1) from (2) (vR ) y (tan 45 tan 30) 9 (vR ) y 21.294 km/h Eq. (2): 21.294 tan 45 25 (vR ) x (vR ) x 2.706 km/h Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.129 (Continued) 3.706 21.294 7.24 tan vR 21.294 21.47 km/h 5.96 m/s cos 7.24 vR 5.96 m/s 82.8° Alternate solution Alternate, vector equation v R vT v R /T For first case, v R 15i vR /T 1 ( sin 30i cos30 j) For second case, v R 24i vR /T 2 ( sin 45i cos 45 j) Set equal 15i vR /T 1 ( sin 30i cos30 j) 24i vR /T 2 ( sin 45i cos 45 j) Separate into components: i: 15 vR /T 1 sin 30 24 vR /T 2 sin 45 vR /T 1 sin 30 vR /T 2 sin 45 9 (3) vR /T 1 cos30 vR /T 2 cos 45 j: vR /T 1 cos30 vR /T 2 cos 45 0 (4) Solving Eqs. (3) and (4) simultaneously, vR /T 1 24.5885 km/h vR /T 2 30.1146 km/h Substitute v R /T 2 back into equation for v R . v R 24i 30.1146( sin 45i cos 45 j) v R 2.71i 21.29 j 21.29 82.7585 2.71 tan 1 v R 21.4654 km/hr 5.96 m/s v R 5.96 m/s 82.8° PROBLEM 11.130 Instruments in airplane A indicate that with respect to the air the plane is headed 30o north of east with an airspeed of 300 mi/h. At the same time radar on ship B indicates that the relative velocity of the plane with respect to the ship is 280 mi/h in the direction 33o north of east. Knowing that the ship is steaming due south at 12 mi/h, determine (a) the velocity of the airplane, (b) the wind speed and direction. SOLUTION Let the x-axis be directed east, and the y-axis be directed north. Airspeed: 30 300 cos 30i sin 30j mi/h v A/W 300 mi/h v A/B 280 cos 33i sin 33 j mi/h Plane relative to ship: v B 12 mi/h Ship: 12 j (a) Velocity of airplane. v A v B v A/B 12 j 280 cos 33i sin 33 j 234.83i 140.50 j v A 274 mi/h 30.9 vW 26.7 mi/h 20.8 (b) Wind velocity. vW v A vW / A v A v AW / 234.83i 140.50 j 300 cos30i sin 30j 24.98i 9.50 j Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.131 When a small boat travels north at 5 km/h, a flag mounted on its stern forms an angle 50 with the centerline of the boat as shown. A short time later, when the boat travels east at 20 km/h, angle is again 50°. Determine the speed and the direction of the wind. SOLUTION We have vW v B vW/B Using this equation, the two cases are then graphically represented as shown. With vW now defined, the above diagram is redrawn for the two cases for clarity. Noting that 180 (50 90 ) 40 We have vW 5 sin 50 sin (40 ) 180 (50 ) 130 vW 20 sin 50 sin (130 ) PROBLEM 11.131 (Continued) Therefore or or 5 20 sin (40 ) sin (130 ) sin 130 cos cos 130 sin 4(sin 40 cos cos 40 sin ) tan sin 130 4 sin 40 cos 130 4 cos 40 or 25.964 Then vW 5 sin 50 15.79 km/h sin (40 25.964) vW 15.79 km/h 26.0° Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.132 As part of a department store display, a model train D runs on a slight incline between the store’s up and down escalators. When the train and shoppers pass Point A, the train appears to a shopper on the up escalator B to move downward at an angle of 22° with the horizontal, and to a shopper on the down escalator C to move upward at an angle of 23° with the horizontal and to travel to the left. Knowing that the speed of the escalators is 3 ft/s, determine the speed and the direction of the train. SOLUTION v D v B v D/B We have v D vC v D/C The graphical representations of these equations are then as shown. Then vD 3 sin 8 sin (22 ) Equating the expressions for vD 3 sin 7 sin (23 ) vD 3 sin 8 sin 7 sin (22 ) sin (23 ) or or or Then sin 8 (sin 23 cos cos 23 sin ) sin 7 (sin 22 cos cos 22 sin ) tan sin 8 sin 23 sin 7 sin 22 sin 8 cos 23 sin 7 cos 22 2.0728 vD 3 sin 8 1.024 ft/s sin (22 2.0728) v D 1.024 ft/s 2.07° PROBLEM 11.132 (Continued) Alternate solution using components. v B (3 ft/s) 30 (2.5981 ft/s)i (1.5 ft/s) j vC (3 ft/s) 30 (2.5981 ft/s)i (1.5 ft/s) j v D/B u1 22 (u1 cos 22)i (u1 sin 22) j v D/C u2 23 (u2 cos 23)i (u2 sin 23) j v D vD (vD cos )i (vD sin ) j v D v B v D/B vC v D/C 2.5981i 1.5 j (u1 cos 22)i (u1 sin 22) j 2.5981i 1.5 j (u2 cos 23)i (u2 sin 23) j Separate into components, transpose, and change signs. u1 cos 22 u2 cos 23 0 u1 sin 22 u1 sin 23 3 Solving for u1 and u2 , u1 3.9054 ft/s u2 3.9337 ft/s v D 2.5981i 1.5 j (3.9054 cos 22)i (3.9054 sin 22) j (1.0229 ft/s)i (0.0370 ft/s) j or v D 2.5981i 1.5 j (3.9337 cos 23)i (3.9337 sin 23) j (1.0229 ft/s)i (0.0370 ft/s) j v D 1.024 ft/s 2.07° Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.133 Determine the smallest radius that should be used for a highway if the normal component of the acceleration of a car traveling at 72 km/h is not to exceed 0.8 m/s2 . SOLUTION an v2 an 0.8 m/s 2 v 72 km/h 20 m/s 0.8 m/s 2 (20 m/s) 2 500 m PROBLEM 11.134 Determine the maximum speed that the cars of the roller-coaster can reach along the circular portion AB of the track if is 25 m and the normal component of their acceleration cannot exceed 3 g. SOLUTION We have an v2 Then (vmax )2AB (3 9.81 m/s2 )(25 m) or (vmax ) AB 27.124 m/s or (vmax ) AB 97.6 km/h Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. Problem 11.135 Human centrifuges are often used to simulate different acceleration levels for pilots and astronauts. Space shuttle pilots typically face inwards towards the center of the gondola in order to experience a simulated 3g forward acceleration. Knowing that the astronaut sits 5 m from the axis of rotation and experiences 3 g’s inward, determine her velocity. SOLUTION Given: an 3g , 5 m an Rearrange v2 v an v 3g Substitute in known values v 5*3*9.81 m/s vA 12.13 m/s PROBLEM 11.136 The diameter of the eye of a stationary hurricane is 20 mi and the maximum wind speed is 100 mi/h at the eye wall, r 10 mi. Assuming that the wind speed is constant for constant r and decreases uniformly with increasing r to 40 mi/h at r 110 mi, determine the magnitude of the acceleration of the air at (a) r 10 mi, (b) r 60 mi, (c) r 110 mi. SOLUTION (a) r 10 mi 52800 ft, a (b) r 60 mi 316800 ft, v 100 mi/h 146.67 ft/s 146.67 v2 r 52800 v 100 2 40 100 60 10 70 mi/h 102.67 ft/s 110 10 102.67 v2 a r 316800 (c) r 110 mi 580800 ft, a 0.407 ft/s2 2 a 0.0333 ft/s2 v 40 mi/h 58.67 ft/s 58.67 v2 a r 580800 2 a 0.00593 ft/s2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.137 The peripheral speed of the tooth of a 10-in.-diameter circular saw blade is 150 ft/s when the power to the saw is turned off. The speed of the tooth decreases at a constant rate, and the blade comes to rest in 9 s. Determine the time at which the total acceleration of the tooth is 130 ft/s2. SOLUTION v v0 at t For uniformly decelerated motion: At t 9 s, 0 150 at 9 , at 16.667 ft/s 2 a 2 at2 an2 Total acceleration: 1/2 an a 2 at2 Normal acceleration: or an 1/2 2 2 130 16.667 v2 , where 5 v 2 an 128.93 53.72 ft 2/s 2 , 12 Time: t v v0 7.329 150 16.667 at 128.93 ft/s 2 1 5 diameter ft 2 12 v 7.329 ft/s t 8.56 s PROBLEM 11.138 A robot arm moves so that P travels in a circle about Point B, which is not moving. Knowing that P starts from rest, and its speed increases at a constant rate of 10 mm/s2, determine (a) the magnitude of the acceleration when t 4 s, (b) the time for the magnitude of the acceleration to be 80 mm/s2. SOLUTION Tangential acceleration: at 10 mm/s2 v at t Speed: v2 an where 0.8 m 800 mm (a) When t 4 s v (10)(4) 40 mm/s an Acceleration: at2t 2 Normal acceleration: (40) 2 2 mm/s 2 800 a at2 an2 (10)2 (2)2 a 10.20 mm/s2 (b) Time when a 80 mm/s 2 a 2 an2 at2 2 (10) 2 t 2 2 (80) 10 800 2 t 4 403200 s 4 t 25.2 s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.139 A monorail train starts from rest on a curve of radius 400 m and accelerates at the constant rate at . If the maximum total acceleration of the train must not exceed 1.5 m/s 2 , determine (a) the shortest distance in which the train can reach a speed of 72 km/h, (b) the corresponding constant rate of acceleration at . SOLUTION When v 72 km/h 20 m/s and 400 m, an v2 (20)2 1.000 m/s 2 400 a an2 at2 But at a2 an2 (1.5)2 (1.000)2 1.11803 m/s2 Since the train is accelerating, reject the negative value. (a) Distance to reach the speed. v0 0 Let x0 0 v12 v02 2at ( x1 x0 ) 2at x1 x1 (b) v12 (20)2 2at (2)(1.11803) x1 178.9 m Corresponding tangential acceleration. at 1.118 m/s2 PROBLEM 11.140 A motorist starts from rest at Point A on a circular entrance ramp when t 0, increases the speed of her automobile at a constant rate and enters the highway at Point B. Knowing that her speed continues to increase at the same rate until it reaches 100 km/h at Point C, determine (a) the speed at Point B, (b) the magnitude of the total acceleration when t 20 s. SOLUTION v0 0 Speeds: v1 100 km/h 27.78 m/s s Distance: 2 (150) 100 335.6 m v12 v02 2at s Tangential component of acceleration: at At Point B, v12 v02 (27.78) 2 0 1.1495 m/s 2 2s (2)(335.6) vB2 v02 2at sB where sB 2 (150) 235.6 m vB2 0 (2)(1.1495)(235.6) 541.69 m2 /s 2 vB 23.27 m/s (a) At t 20 s, vB 83.8 km/h v v0 at t 0 (1.1495)(20) 22.99 m/s 150 m Since v vB , the car is still on the curve. (b) Normal component of acceleration: an Magnitude of total acceleration: |a| v2 (22.99)2 3.524 m/s 2 150 at2 an2 (1.1495)2 (3.524)2 | a | 3.71 m/s2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.141 Racecar A is traveling on a straight portion of the track while racecar B is traveling on a circular portion of the track. At the instant shown, the speed of A is increasing at the rate of 10 m/s2, and the speed of B is decreasing at the rate of 6 m/s2. For the position shown, determine (a) the velocity of B relative to A, (b) the acceleration of B relative to A. SOLUTION v A 240 km/h 66.67 m/s Speeds: vB 200 km/h 55.56 m/s vA 66.67 m/s Velocities: vB 55.56 m/s (a) 50° vB/A vB vA Relative velocity: vB/A (55.56 cos 50) 55.56 sin 50 66.67 30.96 42.56 52.63 m/s 53.96° vB /A 189.5 km/h Tangential accelerations: (aA )t 10 m/s2 (aB )t 6 m/s 2 an Normal accelerations: ( ) Car B: ( 300 m) Acceleration of B relative to A: 50° v2 Car A: (aB )n (b) 54.0° (aA )n 0 (55.56) 2 10.288 300 (aB )n 10.288 m/s2 40° aB/A aB aA a B/A (a B )t (a B )n (a A )t (a A )n 6 50 10.288 40 10 0 (6 cos 50 10.288cos 40 10) (6sin 50 10.288sin 40) 21.738 2.017 a B/A 21.8 m/s 2 5.3° PROBLEM 11.142 At a given instant in an airplane race, airplane A is flying horizontally in a straight line, and its speed is being increased at the rate of 8 m/s 2 . Airplane B is flying at the same altitude as airplane A and, as it rounds a pylon, is following a circular path of 300-m radius. Knowing that at the given instant the speed of B is being decreased at the rate of 3 m/s 2 , determine, for the positions shown, (a) the velocity of B relative to A, (b) the acceleration of B relative to A. SOLUTION First note v A 450 km/h vB 540 km/h 150 m/s (a) v B v A v B/A We have The graphical representation of this equation is then as shown. We have vB2/A 4502 5402 2(450)(540) cos 60° vB/A 501.10 km/h and 540 501.10 sin sin 60 68.9 v B/A 501 km/h (b) First note Now a A 8 m/s2 (aB ) n v 2B B (a B )t 3 m/s2 Then 60 (150 m/s) 2 300 m (a B )n 75 m/s2 68.9 30 a B (a B )t + (a B ) n 3( cos 60 i sin 60 j) + 75(cos 30 i sin 30 j) = (66.452 m/s 2 )i (34.902 m/s 2 ) j Finally a B a A a B/A a B/A ( 66.452i 34.902 j) (8i ) (74.452 m/s 2 )i (34.902 m/s 2 ) j a B/A 82.2 m/s2 25.1 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.143 A race car enters the circular portion of a track that has a radius of 70 m. When the car enters the curve at point P, it is travelling with a speed of 120 km/h that is increasing at 5 m/s2. Three seconds later, determine (a) the total acceleration of the car in xy components, (b) the linear velocity of the car in xy components. SOLUTION Speeds: vto 120 km/h 33.33 m/s vt vto at t vt 33.33 5(3) 48.33 m/s Tangential Acceleration: 1 s so vto t at t 2 2 1 s 33.33(3) (5)(3)2 122.5 m 2 s R s 122.5 1.75 rad R 70 100.3 at 5 m/s 2 Normal Acceleration: an Distance: Location: an (a) Accelerations: v2 48.332 33.37 m/s 2 70 ax 5cos(10.3) 33.37sin(10.3) a x 1.047 m/s 2 a y 5 sin(10.3) 33.37 cos(10.3) a y 33.726 m/s 2 (b) Velocities: vx 48.33cos(10.3) vx 47.55 m/s v y 48.33sin(10.3) v y 8.64 m/s PROBLEM 11.144 An airplane flying at a constant speed of 240 m/s makes a banked horizontal turn. What is the minimum allowable radius of the turn if the structural specifications require that the acceleration of the airplane shall never exceed 4g? SOLUTION Given: v 240 m/s, amax 4 g Acceleration: an Rearrange: v2 an Substitute in known values: 2402 m 4*9.81 v2 1467.9 m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.145 A golfer hits a golf ball from Point A with an initial velocity of 50 m/s at an angle of 25° with the horizontal. Determine the radius of curvature of the trajectory described by the ball (a) at Point A, (b) at the highest point of the trajectory. SOLUTION (a) We have or (a A )n A v A2 A (50 m/s)2 (9.81 m/s 2 ) cos 25 A 281 m or (b) We have ( aB ) n vB2 B where Point B is the highest point of the trajectory, so that vB (vA ) x vA cos 25 Then or B [(50 m/s) cos 25°]2 9.81 m/s 2 B 209 m PROBLEM 11.146 Three children are throwing snowballs at each other. Child A throws a snowball with a horizontal velocity v0. If the snowball just passes over the head of child B and hits child C, determine the radius of curvature of the trajectory described by the snowball (a) at Point B, (b) at Point C. SOLUTION The motion is projectile motion. Place the origin at Point A. Horizontal motion: v x v0 x v0t Vertical motion: y0 0, (v y ) 0 v y gt 1 y gt 2 2 2h , g t where h is the vertical distance fallen. | v y| 2 gh v 2 vx2 v 2y v02 2 gh Speed: Direction of velocity. cos v0 v Direction of normal acceleration. an g cos Radius of curvature: At Point B, gv0 v 2 v v3 gv0 hB 1 m; xB 7 m tB (2)(1 m) 0.45152 s 9.81 m/s 2 xB v0 t B v0 xB 7m 15.504 m/s t B 0.45152 s vB2 (15.504) 2 (2)(9.81)(1) 259.97 m 2 /s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.146 (Continued) (a) Radius of curvature at Point B. B At Point C (259.97 m 2 /s 2 )3/2 (9.81 m/s 2 )(15.504 m/s) B 27.6 m hC 1 m 2 m 3 m vC2 (15.504)2 (2)(9.81)(3) 299.23 m2 /s2 (b) Radius of curvature at Point C. C (299.23 m 2 /s 2 )3/2 (9.81 m/s2 )(15.504 m/s) C 34.0 m PROBLEM 11.147 Coal is discharged from the tailgate A of a dump truck with an initial velocity v A 2 m/s 50 . Determine the radius of curvature of the trajectory described by the coal (a) at Point A, (b) at the point of the trajectory 1 m below Point A. SOLUTION a A g 9.81 m/s2 (a) At Point A. Sketch tangential and normal components of acceleration at A. (a A )n g cos50 A v A2 (2)2 (a A ) n 9.81cos50 A 0.634 m (b) At Point B, 1 meter below Point A. Horizontal motion: (vB ) x (vA ) x 2cos50 1.286 m/s (vB )2y (vA )2y 2a y ( yB y A ) Vertical motion: (2cos 40) 2 (2)(9.81)(1) 21.97 m 2 /s 2 (vB ) y 4.687 m/s tan (vB ) y (vB ) x 4.687 , 1.286 or 74.6 aB g cos 74.6 B (vB )2x (vB ) 2y vB 2 (a B ) n g cos 74.6 (1.286) 2 21.97 9.81cos 74.6 B 9.07 m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.148 From measurements of a photograph, it has been found that as the stream of water shown left the nozzle at A, it had a radius of curvature of 25 m. Determine (a) the initial velocity vA of the stream, (b) the radius of curvature of the stream as it reaches its maximum height at B. SOLUTION (a) We have (a A )n v A2 A or 4 v A2 (9.81 m/s 2 ) (25 m) 5 or vA 14.0071 m/s vA 14.01 m/s (b) We have Where Then or ( aB ) n vB2 B vB (v A ) x B 36.9° 4 vA 5 4 14.0071 m/s 5 2 9.81 m/s2 B 12.80 m PROBLEM 11.149 A child throws a ball from point A with an initial velocity v0 at an angle of 3 with the horizontal. Knowing that the ball hits a wall at point B, determine (a) the magnitude of the initial velocity, (b) the minimum radius of curvature of the trajectory. SOLUTION Horizontal motion. vx v0 cos x v0 t cos Vertical motion. v y v0 sin gt y y0 v0 t sin y y0 x tan Eliminate t. 1 2 gt 2 gx 2 2 v02 cos 2 (1) Solving (1) for v0 and applying result at point B v0 gx 2 2 y0 x tan y cos 2 2 1.5 6 tan 3 0.97 cos 2 3 v0 14.48 m/s (a) Magnitude of initial velocity. (b) Minimum radius of curvature of trajectory. an g 9.81 6 2 v2 v2 v2 an g cos (2) where is the slope angle of the trajectory. The minimum value of occurs at the highest point of the trajectory where cos 1 and v vx v0 cos Then 2 v 2 cos 2 14.48 cos 3 0 9.81 g 2 min min 21.3 m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.150 A projectile is fired from Point A with an initial velocity v 0 . (a) Show that the radius of curvature of the trajectory of the projectile reaches its minimum value at the highest Point B of the trajectory. (b) Denoting by the angle formed by the trajectory and the horizontal at a given Point C, show that the radius of curvature of the trajectory at C is min /cos3 . SOLUTION For the arbitrary Point C, we have (aC ) n or C vC2 C vC2 g cos Noting that the horizontal motion is uniform, we have (v A ) x (vC ) x where Then (vA ) x v0 cos v0 cos vC cos cos v0 cos or vC so that 1 C g cos (a) 2 cos v 2 cos 2 v0 0 g cos3 cos In the expression for C , v0 , , and g are constants, so that C is minimum where cos is maximum. By observation, this occurs at Point B where 0. min B (b) (vC ) x vC cos C 1 cos3 C min cos3 v02 cos 2 g v02 cos 2 g Q.E.D. Q.E.D. PROBLEM 11.151* Determine the radius of curvature of the path described by the particle of Problem 11.95 when t 0. PROBLEM 11.95 The three-dimensional motion of a particle is defined by the position vector r (Rt cos nt)i ctj (Rt sin nt)k. Determine the magnitudes of the velocity and acceleration of the particle. (The space curve described by the particle is a conic helix.) SOLUTION We have v dr R (cos n t n t sin n t )i cj R (sin n t n t cos n t )k dt and a dv R n sin n t n sin n t n2t cos n t i dt R n cos n t n cos n t n2t sin n t k a n R [(2 sin n t n t cos n t )i (2cos n t nt sin nt ) k ] or v 2 R 2 (cos n t n t sin n t ) 2 c 2 R 2 (sin n t n t cos n t ) 2 Now R 2 1 n2t 2 c 2 1/ 2 v R 2 1 n2 t 2 c 2 Then R 2n2t dv 1/ 2 dt 2 R 1 n2t 2 c 2 and 2 2 dv v a 2 at2 an2 dt Now At t 0: 2 dv 0 dt a n R(2 k ) or a 2n R v2 R2 c2 Then, with we have or dv 0, dt a 2n R v2 R2 c2 R2 c2 2n R Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.152* Determine the radius of curvature of the path described by the particle of Problem 11.96 when t 0, A 3, and B 1. PROBLEM 11.96 The three-dimensional motion of a particle is defined by the position vector r ( At cos t )i ( A t 2 1) j ( Bt sin t )k , where r and t are expressed in feet and seconds, respectively. Show that the curve described by the particle lies on the hyperboloid (y/A)2 (x/A)2 (z/B)2 1. For A 3 and B 1, determine (a) the magnitudes of the velocity and acceleration when t 0, (b) the smallest nonzero value of t for which the position vector and the velocity are perpendicular to each other. SOLUTION With A 3, B 1 we have r (3t cos t )i 3 t 2 1 j (t sin t )k Now v and a 3t dr 3(cos t t sin t )i 2 j (sin t t cos t )k t 1 dt 2 dv 3( sin t sin t t cos t )i 3 t 1 t dt t2 1 (cos t cos t t sin t )k 3(2sin t t cos t )i 3 t t2 1 j 1 j (t 1)1/ 2 2 (2 cos t t sin t )k v 2 9(cos t t sin t )2 9 Then t2 (sin t t cos t )2 2 t 1 Expanding and simplifying yields v 2 t 4 19t 2 1 8(cos2 t t 4 sin 2 t ) 8(t 3 t )sin 2t Then and v [t 4 19t 2 1 8(cos 2 t t 4 sin 2 t ) 8(t 3 t )sin 2t ]1/ 2 dv 4t 3 38t 8(2cos t sin t 4t 3sin 2 t 2t 4sin t cos t ) 8[(3t 2 1)sin 2t 2(t 3 t ) cos 2t ] dt 2[t 4 19t 2 1 8(cos 2 t t 4 sin 2 t ) 8(t 3 t )sin 2t ]1/ 2 PROBLEM 11.152* (Continued) 2 a Now at2 an2 2 2 dv v dt 2 At t 0: a 3 j 2k or a 13 ft/s 2 dv 0 dt v 2 9 (ft/s) 2 Then, with dv 0, dt we have a or v2 9 ft 2 /s 2 13 ft/s 2 2.50 ft Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.153 A satellite will travel indefinitely in a circular orbit around a planet if the normal component of the acceleration of the satellite is equal to g ( R /r )2 , where g is the acceleration of gravity at the surface of the planet, R is the radius of the planet, and r is the distance from the center of the planet to the satellite. Knowing that the diameter of the sun is 1.39 Gm and that the acceleration of gravity at its surface is 274 m/s2 , determine the radius of the orbit of the indicated planet around the sun assuming that the orbit is circular. Earth: (umean )orbit 107 Mm/h. SOLUTION g 274 m/s2 , For the sun, R and Given that an gR 2 v2 a and that for a circular orbit n r r2 Eliminating an and solving for r, r gR 2 v2 v 107 106 m/h 29.72 103 m/s For the planet Earth, Then 1 1 D (1.39 109 ) 0.695 109 m 2 2 r (274)(0.695 109 ) 2 149.8 109 m (29.72 103 ) 2 r 149.8 Gm PROBLEM 11.154 A satellite will travel indefinitely in a circular orbit around a planet if the normal component of the acceleration of the satellite is equal to g ( R/r )2 , where g is the acceleration of gravity at the surface of the planet, R is the radius of the planet, and r is the distance from the center of the planet to the satellite. Knowing that the diameter of the sun is 1.39 Gm and that the acceleration of gravity at its surface is 274 m/s 2 , determine the radius of the orbit of the indicated planet around the sun assuming that the orbit is circular. Saturn: (umean )orbit 34.7 Mm/h. SOLUTION g 274 m/s2 For the sun, R and Given that an 1 1 D (1.39 109 ) 0.695 109 m 2 2 gR 2 v2 a . and that for a circular orbit: n r r2 gR 2 v2 Eliminating an and solving for r, r For the planet Saturn, v 34.7 106 m/h 9.639 103 m/s Then, r (274)(0.695 109 ) 2 1.425 1012 m (9.639 103 )2 r 1425 Gm Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.155 Determine the speed of a satellite relative to the indicated planet if the satellite is to travel indefinitely in a circular orbit 100 mi above the surface of the planet. (See information given in Problems 11.153–11.154). Venus: g 29.20 ft/s2 , R 3761 mi. SOLUTION From Problems 11.153 and 11.154, an gR 2 r2 For a circular orbit, an v2 r v R Eliminating an and solving for v, For Venus, g r g 29.20 ft/s2 R 3761 mi 19.858 106 ft. r 3761 100 3861 mi 20.386 106 ft Then, v 19.858 106 29.20 23.766 103 ft/s 20.386 106 v 16200 mi/h PROBLEM 11.156 Determine the speed of a satellite relative to the indicated planet if the satellite is to travel indefinitely in a circular orbit 100 mi above the surface of the planet. (See information given in Problems 11.153–11.154). Mars: g 12.17 ft/s2 , R 2102 mi. SOLUTION From Problems 11.153 and 11.154, an gR 2 r2 For a circular orbit, an v2 r v R Eliminating an and solving for v, For Mars, g r g 12.17 ft/s2 R 2102 mi 11.0986 106 ft r 2102 100 2202 mi 11.6266 106 ft Then, v 11.0986 106 12.17 11.35 103 ft/s 6 11.6266 10 v 7740 mi/h Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.157 Determine the speed of a satellite relative to the indicated planet if the satellite is to travel indefinitely in a circular orbit 100 mi above the surface of the planet. (See information given in Problems 11.153–11.154). Jupiter: g 75.35 ft/s2 , R 44, 432 mi. SOLUTION From Problems 11.153 and 11.154, an gR 2 r2 For a circular orbit, an v2 r v R Eliminating an and solving for v, For Jupiter, g r g 75.35 ft/s2 R 44432 mi 234.60 106 ft r 44432 100 44532 mi 235.13 106 ft Then, v (234.60 106 ) 75.35 132.8 103 ft/s 235.13 106 v 90600 mi/h PROBLEM 11.158 A satellite will travel indefinitely in a circular orbit around the earth if the normal component of its 2 acceleration is equal to g R / r , where g 9.81 m/s 2 , R = radius of the earth = 6370 km, and r = distance from the center of the earth to the satellite. Assuming that the orbit of the moon is a circle of radius 384 103 km , determine the speed of the moon relative to the earth. SOLUTION gR 2 r2 Normal acceleration: an Solve for v2: v 2 ran Data: g 9.81 m/s 2 , an and v2 v2 r gR 2 r R 6370 km = 6.370 106 m r 384 103 km = 384 106 m 2 v 9.81 6.370 106 384 10 v = 1.018 m/s 6 2 1.0366 106 m 2 /s 2 v 3670 km/h Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.159 Knowing that the radius of the earth is 6370 km, determine the time of one orbit of the Hubble Space Telescope, knowing that the telescope travels in a circular orbit 590 km above the surface of the earth. (See information given in Problems 11.153–11.155.) SOLUTION an g We have Then or g R2 r2 and an v2 r R2 v2 r r2 vR g r where r Rh The circumference s of the circular orbit is equal to s 2 r Assuming that the speed of the telescope is constant, we have s vtorbit Substituting for s and v 2 r R or torbit or g torbit r 2 r 3/2 R g 2 [(6370 590) km]3/2 1h 3 2 1/2 6370 km [9.81 10 km/s ] 3600 s torbit 1.606 h PROBLEM 11.160 Satellites A and B are traveling in the same plane in circular orbits around the earth at altitudes of 120 and 200 mi, respectively. If at t 0 the satellites are aligned as shown and knowing that the radius of the earth is R 3960 mi, determine when the satellites will next be radially aligned. (See information given in Problems 11.153–11.155.) SOLUTION an g We have Then g R2 r2 R2 v2 r r2 and an or v2 r vR g r r Rh where The circumference s of a circular orbit is equal to s 2 r Assuming that the speeds of the satellites are constant, we have s vT Substituting for s and v 2 r R or Now T g T r 2 r 3/ 2 2 ( R h)3/ 2 R g R g hB hA (T ) B (T ) A Next let time TC be the time at which the satellites are next radially aligned. Then, if in time TC satellite B completes N orbits, satellite A must complete ( N 1) orbits. Thus, TC N (T ) B ( N 1)(T ) A or 2 ( R hB )3/ 2 2 ( R hA )3/ 2 N ( N 1) g g R R Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.160 (Continued) N or Then ( R hA )3/ 2 ( R hB ) 1 3960 200 3960 120 3/ 2 ( R hA ) 3/ 2 TC N (T ) B N 3/ 2 1 R hB R hA 3/ 2 1 33.835 orbits 1 2 ( R hB )3/ 2 R g (3960 200) mi 1 h 2 33.835 3960 mi 32.2 ft/s 2 1 mi 1/ 2 3600s 5280 ft 3/ 2 TC 51.2 h or Alternative solution From above, we have (T ) B (T ) A . Thus, when the satellites are next radially aligned, the angles A and B swept out by radial lines drawn to the satellites must differ by 2 . That is, A B 2 For a circular orbit s r From above s vt and v R Then At time TC : or R g ( R hA ) 3/ 2 TC TC R g R g s vt 1 g t R t 3/ 2 t r r r r r ( R h)3/2 R g ( R hB )3/ 2 TC 2 2 1 1 R g ( R hA )3/ 2 ( R hB )3/ 2 2 1 mi (3960 mi) 32.2 ft/s 2 5280 ft or g r 1 (3960 120) mi3/ 2 1 1/ 2 1 (3960 200) mi3/ 2 1h 3600 s TC 51.2 h PROBLEM 11.161 The oscillation of rod OA about O is defined by the relation 3/ sin t where and t are expressed in radians and seconds, respectively. Collar B slides along the rod so that its distance from O is r 6(1 e2t ) where r and t are expressed in inches and seconds, respectively. When t 1 s, determine (a) the velocity of the collar, (b) the acceleration of the collar, (c) the acceleration of the collar relative to the rod. SOLUTION Calculate the derivatives with respect to time. 3 r 6 6e 2t in. r 12e 2t in/s 3cos t rad/s r 24e 2t in/s 2 3 sin t rad/s 2 sin t rad At t 1 s, (a) 3 r 6 6e 2 5.1880 in. r 12e 2 1.6240 in/s 3cos 3 rad/s r 24e 2 3.2480 in/s 2 3 sin 0 sin 0 Velocity of the collar. v re r re 1.6240 e r (5.1880)(3)e v (1.624 in/s)er (15.56 in/s)e (b) Acceleration of the collar. a ( r r2 )er (r 2r)e [3.2480 (5.1880)(3)2 ]er (5.1880)(0) (2)(1.6240)(3)]e (49.9 in/s2 )er (9.74 in/s2 )e (c) Acceleration of the collar relative to the rod. a B /OA rer a B /OA (3.25 in/s2 )er Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.162 The path of a particle P is a limaçon. The motion of the particle is defined by the relations r b 2 cos t and t , where t and are expressed in seconds and radians, respectively. Determine (a) the velocity and the acceleration of the particle when t 2 s, (b) the value of for which the magnitude of the velocity is maximum. SOLUTION Differentiate the expressions for r and with respect to time. r b 2 cos t , r b sin t , r 2b cos t t, , 0 sin t 0, (a) At t 2 s, r 3b, r 0, cos t 1 r 2b, 2 rad, rad/s v r 3 b, vr r 0 , v 3 be ar r r 2 2b 3b 2 4 2b a r 2r 0, a 4 2ber (b) Values of for which v is maximum. vr r b sin t v r b 2 cos t 2 v 2 vr2 v 2 2b 2 sin 2 t 2 cos t 2b2 sin 2 t 4 4cos t cos 2 t 2b2 5 4cos t v is maximum when ut cos t 1 t, or hence t 0, 2 , 4 , 6 , etc 2N , N 0, 1, 2, PROBLEM 11.163 During a parasailing ride, the boat is traveling at a constant 30 km/hr with a 200 m long tow line. At the instant shown, the angle between the line and the water is 30º and is increasing at a constant rate of 2º/s. Determine the velocity and acceleration of the parasailer at this instant. SOLUTION Given: v B 30i km/hr 8.333i m/s aB 0 ê eˆr r 200 m, r 0, r 0 30 r P 2 / s 0.0349 rad/s =0 Relative Motion relations: B vP vB vP/ B aP aB aP / B Using Radial and Transverse components: v P / B rer re r r2 er r 2r e a P / B Substitute in known values: v P / B 6.981e m/s a P / B 0.2437er m/s2 Change to rectangular coordinates: v P / B 6.981*sin 30i 6.981*cos 30 j m/s =3.491i 6.046 j m/s a P / B 0.2437 * cos 30 i 0.2437 *sin 30 j m/s 2 0.2111i 0.1219 j m/s 2 Substitute into Relative Motion relations: v P 8.33i 3.491i 6.046 j m/s =11.824i 6.046 j m/s a P 0 0.2111i 0.1219 j m/s 2 0.2111i 0.1219 j m/s 2 Velocity: Acceleration: vP 13.280 m/s 27.08 aP 0.2437 m/s 30.00 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.164 Some parasailing systems use a winch to pull the rider back to the boat. During the interval when is between 20º and 40º, (where t = 0 at = 20º) the angle increases at the constant rate of 2 º/s. During this time, / 600 , where r and t are expressed in ft and s, the length of the rope is defined by the relationship respectively. Knowing that the boat is travelling at a constant rate of 15 knots (where 1 knot = 1.15 mi/h), (a) plot the magnitude of the velocity of the parasailer as a function of time (b) determine the magnitude of the acceleration of the parasailer when t = 5 s. SOLUTION Given: v B 15i knots* 1.15mph 5280 ft / mi * 25.30i ft/s knot 3600s / hr aB 0 ê eˆr 1 5 r 600 t 2 m 8 20 40 2 / s 0.0349 rad/s r P B =0 Take Derivatives of r(t): Relative Motion relations: 5 32 t m/s 16 15 1 r t 2 m/s 2 32 r vP vB vP/ B aP aB aP / B Using Radial and Transverse components: v P / B rer re a P / B r r2 er r 2r e Change velocity to rectangular coordinates: v P / B r( cos i + sin j) r sin i cos j Substitute into Relative Motion relations: r r e r 2r e v P vB r cos r sin i r sin r cos j aP Note that: 2 v P vPx i vPy j a P ar er a e r PROBLEM 11.164 (Continued) vPx vB r cos r sin v r sin r cos Where: Py ar r r 2 a r 2r 2 2 v P vPx vPy Magnitude of velocity: a P ar2 a2 (a) Plot of Velocity as a function of theta: Magnitude of Velocity as Theta Changes 47 46 45 Velocity, (ft/s) 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 theta, (deg) 34 36 38 40 (b) Magnitude of Acceleration at t=5s: r 600 1 52 5 593.012 m 8 3 5 5 2 -3.494 m/s 16 1 15 r 5 2 -1.048 m/s 2 32 r r 2r 0.2439 m/s a r r r 2 1.771 m/s 2 a 2 a P 1.7712 0.24392 aP 1.787 m/s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.165 As rod OA rotates, pin P moves along the parabola BCD. Knowing that the equation of this parabola is r 2b /(1 cos ) and that kt , determine the velocity and acceleration of P when (a) 0, (b) 90. SOLUTION 2b kt 1 cos kt 2bk sin kt r k 0 (1 cos kt ) 2 2bk r [(1 cos kt ) 2 k cos kt (sin kt )2(1 cos kt )(k sin kt )] 4 (1 cos kt ) r (a) When kt 0: 2bk 1 [(2) 2 k (1) 0] bk 2 4 2 (2) r b r 0 r 0 k 0 v r bk vr r 0 1 1 ar r r2 bk 2 bk 2 bk 2 2 2 a r 2r b(0) 2(0) 0 (b) v bk e 1 a bk 2e r 2 When kt 90°: r 2b r 2bk 90 k vr r 2bk 2bk [0 2k ] 4bk 2 19 0 r v r 2bk ar r r2 4bk 2 2bk 2 2bk 2 a r 2r 2b(0) 2(2bk )k 4bk 2 v 2bk er 2bk e a 2bk 2er 4bk 2e PROBLEM 11.166 The pin at B is free to slide along the circular slot DE and along the rotating rod OC. Assuming that the rod OC rotates at a constant rate , (a) show that the acceleration of pin B is of constant magnitude, (b) determine the direction of the acceleration of pin B. SOLUTION From the sketch: r 2b cos r 2b sin Since constant, 0 r 2b cos 2 ar r r2 2b cos 2 (2b cos )2 a 4b cos 2 r a r 2r (2b cos )(0) 2(2b sin ) 2 a 4b sin 2 a ar2 a2 4b 2 ( cos ) 2 ( sin )2 a 4b 2 Since both b and are constant, we find that a constant tan 1 4b sin 2 a tan 1 2 ar 4b cos tan 1 (tan ) Thus, a is directed toward A Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.167 To study the performance of a racecar, a high-speed camera is positioned at Point A. The camera is mounted on a mechanism which permits it to record the motion of the car as the car travels on straightway BC. Determine (a) the speed of the car in terms of b, , and , (b) the magnitude of the acceleration in terms of b, , , and . SOLUTION (a) We have r b cos Then r b sin cos 2 We have v 2 vr2 v2 (r) 2 (r)2 2 or b sin b 2 2 cos cos b2 2 b 2 2 sin 2 1 4 cos 2 cos 2 cos b v cos 2 For the position of the car shown, is decreasing; thus, the negative root is chosen. v b cos 2 Alternative solution. From the diagram or or r v sin b sin v sin cos 2 v b cos 2 PROBLEM 11.167 (Continued) (b) For rectilinear motion a dv dt Using the answer from Part a v Then a b cos2 d b dt cos 2 b cos2 (2 cos sin ) cos 4 a or b ( 22 tan ) cos 2 Alternative solution From above Then Now where and b b sin r cos cos 2 ( sin 2 cos )(cos2 ) ( sin )(2 cos sin ) r b cos 4 sin 2 (1 sin 2 ) b 2 cos3 cos r a 2 ar2 a2 sin 2 (1 sin 2 ) b 2 ar r r 2 b 2 cos 2 cos cos 2 2 sin 2 b sin cos cos 2 b sin ar ( 22 tan ) cos 2 b b 2 sin a r 2r 2 cos cos 2 Then b cos ( 2 tan ) cos 2 a b ( 22 tan )[(sin )2 (cos )2 ]1/ 2 2 cos For the position of the car shown, is negative; for a to be positive, the negative root is chosen. b ( 2 2 tan ) a cos 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.168 After taking off, a helicopter climbs in a straight line at a constant angle . Its flight is tracked by radar from Point A. Determine the speed of the helicopter in terms of d, , , and . SOLUTION From the diagram r d sin (180 ) sin ( ) or d sin r (sin cos cos sin ) tan tan cos sin or rd Then r d tan ( tan sin cos ) (tan cos sin )2 tan sin cos d tan (tan cos sin )2 From the diagram vr v cos ( ) where vr r Then tan sin cos d tan v(cos cos sin sin ) (tan cos sin )2 v cos (tan sin cos ) v or Alternative solution. We have v 2 vr2 v2 (r)2 (r)2 d tan sec (tan cos sin )2 PROBLEM 11.168 (Continued) Using the expressions for r and r from above tan sin cos v d tan (tan cos sin )2 2 1/ 2 or (tan sin cos )2 d tan v 1 2 (tan cos sin ) (tan cos sin ) 1/ 2 d tan tan 2 1 2 (tan cos sin ) (tan cos sin ) Note that as increases, the helicopter moves in the indicated direction. Thus, the positive root is chosen. v d tan sec (tan cos sin )2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.169 At the bottom of a loop in the vertical plane, an airplane has a horizontal velocity of 315 mi/h and is speeding up at a rate of 10 ft/s2. The radius of curvature of the loop is 1 mi. The plane is being tracked by radar at O. r , and What are the recorded values of r, for this instant? SOLUTION Geometry. The polar coordinates are r (2400)2 (1800)2 3000 ft Velocity Analysis. 1800 36.87 2400 tan 1 v 315 mi/h 462 ft/s vr 462 cos 369.6 ft/s v 462sin 277.2 ft/s vr r v r r 370 ft/s v 277.2 r 3000 0.0924 rad/s Acceleration analysis. at 10 ft/s 2 an v2 (462) 2 40.425 ft/s 2 5280 PROBLEM 11.169 (Continued) ar at cos an sin 10 cos 36.87 40.425 sin 36.87 32.255 ft/s 2 a at sin an cos 10 sin 36.87 40.425 cos 36.87 26.34 ft/s 2 ar r r 2 r ar r 2 r 32.255 (3000)(0.0924)2 a r 2r a 2r r r 26.34 (2)(369.6)(0.0924) 3000 3000 r 57.9 ft/s 2 0.0315 rad/s2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.170 Pin C is attached to rod BC and slides freely in the slot of rod OA which rotates at the constant rate . At the instant when 60, r and . Express your answers in terms determine (a) r and , (b) of d and . SOLUTION Looking at d and as polar coordinates with d 0, v d d , vd d 0 a d 2d 0, (a) Velocity analysis: ad d d 2 d 2 r d 3 for angles shown. Geometry analysis: Sketch the directions of v, er and e. vr r v er d cos120 1 r d 2 v r v e d cos30 (b) Acceleration analysis: d 23 d cos 30 r d 3 1 2 Sketch the directions of a, er and e. ar a e r a cos150 r r2 r 3 d 2 2 3 d 2 2 3 3 1 d 2 r 2 d 2 d 3 2 2 2 2 r 3 d 2 4 1 a a e d 2 cos120 d 2 2 a r 2r 1 (a 2r) r 1 1 1 1 2 2 d (2) 2 d 2 3d 0 PROBLEM 11.171 For the racecar of Problem 11.167, it was found that it took 0.5 s for the car to travel from the position 60 to the position 35. Knowing that b 25 m, determine the average speed of the car during the 0.5-s interval. PROBLEM 11.167 To study the performance of a racecar, a high-speed camera is positioned at Point A. The camera is mounted on a mechanism which permits it to record the motion of the car as the car travels on straightway BC. Determine (a) the speed of the car in terms of b, , and , (b) the magnitude of the acceleration in terms of b, , , and . SOLUTION From the diagram: r12 25 tan 60 25 tan 35 25.796 m Now vave r12 t12 25.796 m 0.5 s 51.592 m/s or vave 185.7 km/h Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.172 For the helicopter of Problem 11.168, it was found that when the helicopter was at B, the distance and the angle of elevation of the helicopter were r 3000 ft and 20, respectively. Four seconds later, the radar station sighted the helicopter at r 3320 ft and 23.1. Determine the average speed and the angle of climb of the helicopter during the 4-s interval. PROBLEM 11.168 After taking off, a helicopter climbs in a straight line at a constant angle . Its flight is tracked by radar from Point A. Determine the speed of the helicopter in terms of d, , , and . SOLUTION We have r0 3000 ft r4 3320 ft 0 20 4 23.1 From the diagram: r 2 30002 33202 2(3000)(3320) cos (23.1 20) or r 362.70 ft Now vave r t 362.70 ft 4s 90.675 ft/s vave 61.8 mi/h or Also, or or r cos r4 cos 4 r0 cos 0 cos 3320 cos 23.1 3000 cos 20 362.70 49.7 PROBLEM 11.173 A particle moves along the spiral shown. Determine the magnitude of the velocity of the particle in terms of b, , and . SOLUTION 1 2 Given: r be 2 Take time derivative r be 2 Radial and Transverse Components 1 2 1 2 vr r be 2 1 2 v r be 2 Magnitude of Velocity v 2 vr2 v2 2 1 2 be 2 2 1 2 1 2 v be 2 2 1 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. 1/2 PROBLEM 11.174 A particle moves along the spiral shown. Determine the magnitude of the velocity of the particle in terms of b, , and . SOLUTION b Given: r Take time derivative r Radial and Transverse Components vr r 2 2b 3 v r Magnitude of Velocity 2b 3 b 2 v 2 vr2 v2 4b 2 2 b 2 2 4 6 b 2 6 4 2 2 v b 3 4 2 12 PROBLEM 11.175 A particle moves along the spiral shown. Knowing that is constant and denoting this constant by , determine the magnitude of the acceleration of the particle in terms of b, , and . SOLUTION 1 2 r be 2 Given: Take time derivatives 1 2 r be 2 1 2 r be 2 Radial Component of Acceleration 2 2 ar r r2 1 2 be 2 1 2 be 2 Transverse Component of Acceleration 0 and 2 2 2 2 a r 2r 1 2 1 2 be 2 2be 2 2 Substitute Given Values 1 2 be 2 0 and 1 2 ar be 2 Magnitude of Acceleration 2 2 2 and 1 2 a be 2 2 2 a 2 ar2 a2 2 1 2 be 2 4 4 2 4 1 2 a be 2 2 4 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. 1 2 2 PROBLEM 11.176 A particle moves along the spiral shown. Knowing that is constant and denoting this constant by , determine the magnitude of the acceleration of the particle in terms of b, , and . SOLUTION b Given: r Take time derivatives r r Radial Component of Acceleration 2b 3 2b 6b 2 4 3 ar r r 2 Transverse Component of Acceleration , and 0 2 b 2b 6b 2 4 2 2 3 b 4 2 6 2 2 2 a r 2r b 2b 2 3 2 2 b 3 4 2 &&&a d 0 Substitute Given Values ar Magnitude of Acceleration b 4 6 2 2 and a 4b 3 2 a 2 ar2 a2 b2 8 b2 8 36 12 36 4 2 2 4 4 16b 2 6 4 4 4 a b 4 36 4 2 4 12 2 PROBLEM 11.177 The motion of a particle on the surface of a right circular cylinder is defined by the relations R A, 2 t , and z B sin 2 nt , where A and B are constants and n is an integer. Determine the magnitudes of the velocity and acceleration of the particle at any time t. SOLUTION RA R 0 2 t z B sin 2 nt 2 z 2 n B cos 2 nt 0 R 0 z 4 2 n 2 B sin 2 nt Velocity (Eq. 11.49) v R e R Re zk v A(2 )e 2 n B cos 2 nt k v 2 A2 n 2 B 2 cos 2 2 nt Acceleration (Eq. 11.50) - R 2 )e ( R 2 R)e a (R zk R a 4 2 Aek 4 2 n2 B sin 2 nt k a 4 2 A2 n 4 B 2 sin 2 2 nt Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.178 Show that r h sin knowing that at the instant shown, step AB of the step exerciser is rotating counterclockwise at a constant rate . SOLUTION From the diagram r 2 d 2 h2 2dh cos Then Now or 2rr 2dh sin r d sin sin r d sin sin Substituting for r in the expression for r d sin sin r dh sin or r h sin Q.E.D. Alternative solution. First note 180 ( ) Now v v r v re r re With B as the origin vP d (d constant d 0) PROBLEM 11.178 (Continued) With O as the origin (vP )r r where (vP )r vP sin r d sin Then h d sin sin Now d sin h sin or substituting r h sin Q.E.D. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.179 The three-dimensional motion of a particle is defined by the relations R A(1 et ), 2 t , and z B(1 et ). Determine the magnitudes of the velocity and acceleration when (a) t 0, (b) t . SOLUTION R A(1 et ) R Aet Aet R 2 t z B(1 et ) 2 z Bet 0 z Bet Velocity (Eq. 11.49) v R e R Re zk v Aet e R 2 A(1 et )e Bet k (a) When t 0: et e0 1; (b) When t : et e 0 v A2 B 2 v Ae R Bk v 2 Ae v 2 A Acceleration (Eq. 11.50) R1 )e ( R 2 R)e a (R zk R [ Aet A(1 et )4 2 ]e R [0 2 Aet (2 )]e Bet k (a) When t 0: et e0 1 a Ae R 4 Ae B k a A2 (4 A)2 B2 (b) When a (1 16 2 ) A2 B2 t : et e 0 a 4 2 Ae R a 4 2 A PROBLEM 11.180* For the conic helix of Problem 11.95, determine the angle that the osculating plane forms with the y axis. PROBLEM 11.95 The three-dimensional motion of a particle is defined by the position vector r (Rt cos nt)i ctj (Rt sin nt)k. Determine the magnitudes of the velocity and acceleration of the particle. (The space curve described by the particle is a conic helix.) SOLUTION First note that the vectors v and a lie in the osculating plane. Now r ( Rt cos n t )i ctj ( Rt sin n t )k Then v dr R (cos n t n t sin n t )i cj R (sin n t n t cos n t )k dt and a dv dt R n sin n t n sin n t n2t cos n t i R n cos n t n cos n t n2 t sin n t k n R[(2sin n t n t cos n t )i (2cos n t n t sin n t )k ] It then follows that the vector ( v a) is perpendicular to the osculating plane. i j k ( v a) n R R(cos n t n t sin n t ) c R(sin n t n t cos n t ) (2sin n t n t cos n t ) 0 (2cos n t n t sin n t ) n R{c(2 cos n t n t sin n t )i R[ (sin n t n t cos n t )(2sin n t n t cos n t ) (cos n t n t sin n t )(2 cos n t n t sin n t )]j c(2sin n t n t cos n t )k n R c(2 cos n t n t sin n t )i R 2 n2 t 2 j c(2sin n t n t cos n t )k Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.180* (Continued) The angle formed by the vector ( v a) and the y axis is found from cos Where ( v a) j | ( v a) || j | |j| 1 ( v a) j n R 2 2 n2 t 2 |( v a) | n R c 2 (2 cos n t n t sin n t ) 2 R 2 2 n2 t 2 2 1/ 2 c 2 (2sin n t n t cos n t )2 1/ 2 2 n R c 2 4 n2 t 2 R 2 2 n2t 2 Then R c 4 t R 2 t R 2 t c 4 t R 2 t n R 2 2 n2t 2 cos 2 2 2 n n 2 2 2 n 2 1/ 2 2 2 n 2 2 2 n 2 2 2 n 1/ 2 2 The angle that the osculating plane forms with y axis (see the above diagram) is equal to 90 Then cos cos ( 90) sin sin Then or tan R 2 t R 2 n2t 2 c 2 4 2t 2 n R 2 n2 t 2 2 2 2 n 2 1/ 2 c 4 n2 t 2 R 2 n2 t 2 tan c 4 2t 2 n 1 PROBLEM 11.181* Determine the direction of the binormal of the path described by the particle of Problem 11.96 when (a) t 0, (b) t /2 s. SOLUTION r ( At cos t )i A t 2 1 j ( Bt sin t )k Given: r ft, t s; A 3, B 1 First note that eb is given by eb va |va | Now r (3t cos t )i 3 t 2 1 j (t sin t )k Then v dr dt 3t 3(cos t t sin t )i t2 1 2 dv a 3( sin t sin t t cos t )i 3 t 12 t dt t 1 (cos t cos t t sin t )k and 3(2sin t t cos t )i (a) j (sin t t cos t )k At t 0: t t 2 1 j 3 j (2 cos t t sin t )k (t 1)3/2 2 v (3 ft/s)i a (3 ft/s2 ) j (2 ft/s 2 )k Then v a 3i (3j 2k ) 3(2 j 3k ) and Then | v a | 3 (2)2 (3)2 3 13 eb 3(2 j 3k ) 3 13 cos x 0 or x 90 cos y 1 13 2 (2 j 3k ) 13 y 123.7 cos z 3 13 z 33.7 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.181* (Continued) (b) At t Then 2 s: 3 3 ft/s i ft/s j (1 ft/s)k v 2 2 4 24 a (6 ft/s 2 )i 2 ft/s 2 j ft/s 2 k 3/ 2 ( 4) 2 i 3 va 2 6 j 3 2 ( 4)1/2 24 2 ( 4)3/2 k 1 2 3 2 24 3 2 6 i 2 1/ 2 4 ( 4)3/ 2 2( 4) j 36 18 2 2 k 3/2 1/2 ( 4) ( 4) 4.43984i 13.40220 j 12.99459k and Then or | v a | [( 4.43984) 2 ( 13.40220) 2 (12.99459) 2 ]1/ 2 19.18829 1 (4.43984i 13.40220 j 12.99459k ) 19.1829 4.43984 13.40220 12.99459 cos x cos y cos z 19.18829 19.18829 19.18829 eb x 103.4 y 134.3 z 47.4 PROBLEM 11.182 The motion of a particle is defined by the relation x 2t 3 15t 2 24t 4, where x and t are expressed in meters and seconds, respectively. Determine (a) when the velocity is zero, (b) the position and the total distance traveled when the acceleration is zero. SOLUTION x 2t 3 15t 2 24t 4 dx 6t 2 30t 24 dt dv a 12t 30 dt v so (a) 0 6t 2 30t 24 6 (t 2 5t 4) Times when v 0. (t 4)(t 1) 0 (b) t 1.00 s, t 4.00 s Position and distance traveled when a 0. a 12t 30 0 t 2.5 s x2 2(2.5)3 15(2.5)2 24(2.5) 4 so x 1.50 m Final position For 0 t 1 s, v 0. For 1 s t 2.5 s, v 0. At t 0, At t 1s, x1 (2)(1)3 (15)(1)2 (24)(1) 4 15 m x0 4 m. Distance traveled over interval: x1 x0 11 m For 1 s t 2.5 s, v0 Distance traveled over interval | x2 x1 | |1.5 15 | 13.5 m Total distance: d 11 13.5 d 24.5 m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.183 A drag car starts from rest and starts down the racetrack with and acceleration defined by a = 50 – 10 t , where a and t are in m/s2 and s, respectively. After reaching a speed of 125 m/s, a parachute is deployed to help slow down the dragster. Knowing that this deceleration is defined by the relationship a= - 0.02v2, where v is the velocity in m/s, determine (a) the total time from the beginning of the race until the car slows back down to 10 m/s, (b) the total distance the car travels during this time. SOLUTION Given: a1 2 50 10t m/s2 for 0 v 125 m/s a23 0.02v 2 after v 125 m/s Find v(t) as car speeds up dv dv adt dt a v t t dv 0 50 10t dt 0 v t 50t 5t 2 Find time to reach v=125 m/s 125 50t 5t 2 Rearrange and solve for t: t22 10t2 25 0 t2 5 2 0 t2 5 s dx vdt Find distance to reach-125 m/s: x2 t2 dx 50t 5t dt 2 0 0 5 x2 25t 2 t 3 3 x2 416.7 m 5 | 0 (a) Find total time to slow down 10 m/s: a dv dv dt dt a t3 10 dv v2 125 dt 50 5 t3 5 50 10 | v 125 t3 9.6 s PROBLEM 11.183 (Continued) (b) Find total distance to slow down to 10 m/s adx vdv dx x3 vdv a v3 dv v v2 dx 50 x2 10 x3 416.7 50ln v| 125 x3 543.0 m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.184 A particle moves in a straight line with the acceleration shown in the figure. Knowing that the particle starts from the origin with v0 2 m/s, (a) construct the v t and x t curves for 0 t 18 s, (b) determine the position and the velocity of the particle and the total distance traveled when t 18 s. SOLUTION Compute areas under a t curve. A1 (0.75)(8) 6 m/s A2 (2)(4) 8 m/s A3 (6)(6) 36 m/s v0 2 m/s v8 v0 A1 8 m/s v12 v8 A2 0 v18 v12 A3 v18 36 m/s Sketch v t curve using straight line portions over the constant acceleration periods. Compute areas under the v t curve. 1 (2 8)(8) 40 m 2 1 A5 (8)(4) 16 m 2 1 A6 (36)(6) 108 m 2 A4 x0 0 x8 x0 A4 40 m x12 x8 A5 56 m x18 x12 A6 Total distance traveled 56 108 x18 52 m d 164 m PROBLEM 11.185 The velocities of commuter trains A and B are as shown. Knowing that the speed of each train is constant and that B reaches the crossing 10 min after A passed through the same crossing, determine (a) the relative velocity of B with respect to A, (b) the distance between the fronts of the engines 3 min after A passed through the crossing. SOLUTION (a) v B v A v B/A We have The graphical representation of this equation is then as shown. Then vB2 /A 662 482 2(66)(48) cos 155 or vB/A 111.366 km/h and 48 111.366 sin sin 155 10.50 or v B/A 111.4 km/h (b) 10.50° First note that at t 3 min, A is (66 km/h) at t 3 min, B is (48 km/h) Now 603 3.3 km west of the crossing. 607 5.6 km southwest of the crossing. rB rA rB/A Then at t 3 min, we have rB2/A 3.32 5.62 2(3.3)(5.6) cos 25 or rB/A 2.96 km Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.186 Knowing that slider block A starts from rest and moves to the left with a constant acceleration of 1 ft/s2, determine (a) the relative acceleration of block A with respect to block B, (b) the velocity of block B after 2 s. SOLUTION Given: aA 1 ft/s2 From the diagram can write an expression for the length of the cable L x A 3 yB constants Differentiate: 0 x A 3 y B 0 v A 3vB Differentiate again: Find the acceleration of B: Write accelerations as vectors: 0 a A 3aB 1 aB aA 3 1 2 ft/s 3 a A 1i ft/s2 1 a B j ft/s2 3 (c) Find relative accelerations: a A/ B a A a B 1 1i j ft/s2 3 a A/ B 1.054 ft/s2 (d) Find speed at t=2 s: 18.43 vB vB o aB t 0 1 2 3 2 m/s 3 vb 0.667 m/s PROBLEM 11.187 Collar A starts from rest at t 0 and moves downward with a constant acceleration of 7 in./s2 . Collar B moves upward with a constant acceleration, and its initial velocity is 8 in./s. Knowing that collar B moves through 20 in. between t 0 and t 2 s, determine (a) the accelerations of collar B and block C, (b) the time at which the velocity of block C is zero, (c) the distance through which block C will have moved at that time. SOLUTION From the diagram y A ( yC y A ) 2 yC ( yC yB ) constant Then 2vA vB 4vC 0 (1) and 2a A aB 4aC 0 (2) (v A ) 0 0 Given: (a A ) 7 in./s 2 ( v B )0 8 in./s a B constant y (yB )0 20 in. At t 2 s (a) y B ( y B ) 0 (vB ) 0 t We have At t 2 s: 20 in. (8 in./s)(2 s) aB 4 in./s2 1 aB t 2 2 1 aB (2 s) 2 2 or a B 2 in./s2 Then, substituting into Eq. (2) 2(7 in./s2 ) (2 in./s2 ) 4aC 0 aC 3 in./s2 or aC 3 in./s2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.187 (Continued) (b) Substituting into Eq. (1) at t 0 2(0) (8 in./s) 4(vC )0 0 or (vC )0 2 in./s vC (vC )0 aC t Now (c) When vC 0: 0 (2 in./s) (3 in./s2 )t or t yC ( yC )0 (vC )0 t We have At t 2 3 2 s 3 s: t 0.667 s 1 aC t 2 2 2 1 2 yC ( yC )0 (2 in./s) s (3 in./s 2 ) s 3 2 3 0.667 in. or 2 y C (y C )0 0.667 in. PROBLEM 11.188 A golfer hits a ball with an initial velocity of magnitude v0 at an angle with the horizontal. Knowing that the ball must clear the tops of two trees and land as close as possible to the flag, determine v0 and the distance d when the golfer uses (a) a six-iron with 31, (b) a five-iron with 27. SOLUTION The horizontal and vertical motions are x t cos 1 1 y (v0 sin )t gt 2 x tan gt 2 2 2 x (v0 cos )t v0 or (1) 2( x tan y) g or t2 At the landing Point C: yC 0, And xC (v0 cos )t (2) t 2v0 sin g 2v02 sin cos g (3) (a) 31 To clear tree A: xA 30 m, y A 12 m From (2), t A2 From (1), (v0 ) A To clear tree B: 2(30 tan 31 12) 1.22851 s 2 , 9.81 30 31.58 m/s 1.1084cos 31 xB 100 m, yB 14 m From (2), (t B )2 2(100 tan 31 14) 9.3957 s 2 , 9.81 From (1), (v0 ) B 100 38.06 m/s 3.0652 cos 31 The larger value governs, From (3), t A 1.1084 s t B 3.0652 s v0 38.06 m/s xC v0 38.1 m/s (2)(38.06) 2 sin 31 cos 31 130.38 m 9.81 d xC 110 d 20.4 m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.188 (Continued) (b) 27 By a similar calculation, t A 0.81846 s, tB 2.7447 s, v0 41.138 m/s xC 139.56 m, (v0 ) A 41.138 m/s, (v0 ) B 40.890 m/s, v0 41.1 m/s d 29.6 m PROBLEM 11.189 As the truck shown begins to back up with a constant acceleration of 4 ft/s2 , the outer section B of its boom starts to retract with a constant acceleration of 1.6 ft/s2 relative to the truck. Determine (a) the acceleration of section B, (b) the velocity of section B when t 2 s. SOLUTION For the truck, a A 4 ft/s2 For the boom, a B/ A 1.6 ft/s2 50 (a) a B a A a B/ A Sketch the vector addition. By law of cosines: aB2 a A2 aB2/ A 2a AaB/ A cos 50 42 1.62 2(4)(1.6) cos50 aB 3.214 ft/s2 Law of sines: sin aB/ A sin 50 aB 22.4, (b) 1.6 sin 50 0.38131 3.214 a B 3.21 ft/s2 22.4 v B (vB )0 aBt 0 (3.214)(2) v B 6.43 ft/s2 22.4 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.190 A velodrome is a specially designed track used in bicycle racing. If a rider starts from rest and accelerates between points A and B according to the relationship at = (11.46 – 0.01878 v2) m/s2, what is her acceleration at point B? SOLUTION at 11.46 – 0.01878v 2 m/s2 Given: Distance traveled between points A and B: sB 18.5 r m 18.5 28 * 2 m 62.48 m Find velocity at point B: ads vdv ds 62.48 0 ds vB 11.46 0 vdv a vdv – 0.01878v 2 vB 1 62.48 ln 11.46 0.01878v 2 2 0.01878 0 2.347 ln 11.46 0.01878vB2 ln 11.46 e0.09211 11.46 0.01878vB2 vB 23.49 m/s Acceleration: a B at et vB2 11.46 – en 0.01878vB2 e t 2 23.49 e 28 n a B 1.097et 19.71en m/s 2 PROBLEM 11.191 Sand is discharged at A from a conveyor belt and falls onto the top of a stockpile at B. Knowing that the conveyor belt forms an angle 25 with the horizontal, determine (a) the speed v0 of the belt, (b) the radius of curvature of the trajectory described by the sand at Point B. SOLUTION The motion is projectile motion. Place the origin at Point A. Then x0 0 and y0 0. The coordinates of Point B are xB 30 ft and yB 18 ft. Horizontal motion: Vertical motion: vx v0 cos 25 (1) x v0t cos 25 (2) v y v0 sin 25 gt y v0 t sin 25 (3) 1 2 gt 2 (4) At Point B, Eq. (2) gives v0 t B xB 30 33.101 ft cos 25 cos 25 Substituting into Eq. (4), 1 18 (33.101)(sin 25) (32.2)t B2 2 t B 1.40958 s (a) Speed of the belt. v0 v0t B 33.101 23.483 1.40958 tB v0 23.4 ft/s Eqs. (1) and (3) give vx 23.483cos 25 21.283 ft/s v y (23.483)sin 25 (32.2)(1.40958) 35.464 ft/s tan v y vx 1.66632 59.03 v 41.36 ft/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.191 (Continued) Components of acceleration. a 32.2 ft/s 2 at 32.2sin an 32.2cos 32.2cos59.03 16.57 ft/s2 (b) Radius of curvature at B. an v2 v 2 (41.36)2 an 16.57 103.2 ft PROBLEM 11.192 The end Point B of a boom is originally 5 m from fixed Point A when the driver starts to retract the boom with a constant radial r 1.0 m/s 2 and lower it with a constant acceleration of angular acceleration 0.5 rad/s2 . At t 2 s, determine (a) the velocity of Point B, (b) the acceleration of Point B, (c) the radius of curvature of the path. SOLUTION r0 5 m, r0 0, r 1.0 m/s2 Radial motion. 1 2 rt 5 0 0.5t 2 2 r r0 rt 0 1.0t r r0 r0t At t 2 s, r 5 (0.5)(2) 2 3 m r ( 1.0)(2) 2 m/s 0 60 Angular motion. 3 rad, 0 0, 0.5 rad/s 2 1 0 0.25t 2 2 3 0 t 0 0.5t 0 0 t 2 0 (0.25)(2)2 0.047198 rad 2.70 3 (0.5)(2) 1.0 rad/s At t 2 s, Unit vectors er and e . (a) Velocity of Point B at t 2 s. v B rer re (2 m/s)er (3 m)(1.0 rad/s)e v B (2.00 m/s)er (3.00 m/s)e tan v 3.0 1.5 vr 2.0 56.31 v vr2 v2 (2)2 (3)2 3.6055 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.192 (Continued) Direction of velocity. et v 2e r 3e 0.55470er 0.83205e 3.6055 v 2.70 56.31 59.01 (b) v B 3.61 m/s 59.0° Acceleration of Point B at t 2 s. a B ( r r2 )er (r 2r)e [1.0 (3)(1)2 ]er [(3)(0.5) (2)(1.0)(0.5)]e a B (4.00 m/s2 )er (2.50 m/s 2 )e tan a 2.50 0.625 ar 4.00 32.00 a ar2 a2 (4) 2 (2.5) 2 4.7170 m/s 2 2.70 32.00 29.30 a B 4.72 m/s2 Tangential component: 29.3° at (a et )et at (4e r 2.5e ) (0.55470er 0.83205e )et [(4)(0.55470) (2.5)( 0.83205)]et (0.138675 m/s 2 )et 0.1389 m/s2 Normal component: 59.0° a n a at a n 4e r 2.5e (0.138675)( 0.55470e r 0.83205e ) (3.9231 m/s 2 )e r (2.6154 m/s 2 )e an (3.9231)2 (2.6154)2 4.7149 m/s2 (c) Radius of curvature of the path. an v2 v 2 (3.6055 m/s)2 an 4.7149 m/s 2.76 m PROBLEM 11.193 A telemetry system is used to quantify kinematic values of a ski jumper immediately before she leaves the ramp. According to the system r 500 ft, r 105 ft/s, 25, r 10 ft/s 2 , 0.07 rad/s, 0.06 rad/s2 . Determine (a) the velocity of the skier immediately before she leaves the jump, (b) the acceleration of the skier at this instant, (c) the distance of the jump d neglecting lift and air resistance. SOLUTION (a) Velocity of the skier. (r 500 ft, 25°) v vr er v e rer re (105 ft/s)er (500 ft)(0.07 rad/s)e v (105 ft/s)er (35 ft/s)e Direction of velocity: v (105cos 25 35cos 65)i (35sin 65 105sin 25) j (109.95 ft/s)i (12.654 ft/s) j v y 12.654 tan 6.565 vx 109.95 v (105) 2 (35) 2 110.68 ft/s v 110.7 ft/s 6.57° Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.193 (Continued) (b) Acceleration of the skier. a ar e r a e ( r r 2 )er (r 2r)e ar 10 (500)(0.07) 2 12.45 ft/s 2 a (500)(0.06) (2)(105)(0.07) 15.30 ft/s 2 a (12.45 ft/s2 )er (15.30 ft/s2 )e a (12.45)(i cos 25 j sin 25) (15.30)(i cos 65 j sin 65) (17.750 ft/s2 )i (8.6049 ft/s 2 ) j ay 8.6049 tan 25.9 ax 17.750 a (12.45)2 (15.30)2 19.725 ft/s 2 a 19.73 ft/s 2 (c) 25.9° Distance of the jump d. Projectile motion. Place the origin of the xy-coordinate system at the end of the ramp with the x-coordinate horizontal and positive to the left and the y-coordinate vertical and positive downward. Horizontal motion: (Uniform motion) Vertical motion: x0 0 x0 109.95 ft/s x x0 x0t 109.95t (Uniformly accelerated motion) y0 0 y0 12.654 ft/s y 32.2 ft/s (from Part a ) (from Part a) 2 y y0 y 0t 1 2 yt 12.654t 16.1t 2 2 At the landing point, x d cos 30 y 10 d sin 30 or (1) y 10 d sin 30 (2) PROBLEM 11.193 (Continued) Multiply Eq. (1) by sin 30° and Eq. (2) by cos 30° and subtract x sin 30 ( y 10) cos 30 0 (109.95t )sin 30 (12.654t 16.1t 2 10) cos 30 0 13.943t 2 44.016t 8.6603 0 t 0.1858 s and 3.3427 s Reject the negative root. x (109.95 ft/s)(3.3427 s) 367.53 ft d x cos 30 d 424 ft Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.CQ1 A bus travels the 100 miles between A and B at 50 mi/h and then another 100 miles between B and C at 70 mi/h. The average speed of the bus for the entire 200-mile trip is: (a) more than 60 mi/h (b) equal to 60 mi/h (c) less than 60 mi/h SOLUTION The time required for the bus to travel from A to B is 2 h and from B to C is 100/70 1.43 h, so the total time is 3.43 h and the average speed is 200/3.43 58 mph. Answer: (c) PROBLEM 11CQ2 Two cars A and B race each other down a straight road. The position of each car as a function of time is shown. Which of the following statements are true (more than one answer can be correct)? (a) At time t2 both cars have traveled the same distance (b) At time t1 both cars have the same speed (c) Both cars have the same speed at some time t < t1 (d) Both cars have the same acceleration at some time t < t1 (e) Both cars have the same acceleration at some time t1 < t < t2 SOLUTION The speed is the slope of the curve, so answer c) is true. The acceleration is the second derivative of the position. Since A’s position increases linearly the second derivative will always be zero. The second derivative of curve B is zero at the pont of inflection which occurs between t1 and t2. Answers: (c) and (e) Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.CQ3 Two model rockets are fired simultaneously from a ledge and follow the trajectories shown. Neglecting air resistance, which of the rockets will hit the ground first? (a) A (b) B (c) They hit at the same time. (d ) The answer depends on h. SOLUTION The motion in the vertical direction depends on the initial velocity in the y-direction. Since A has a larger initial velocity in this direction it will take longer to hit the ground. Answer: (b) PROBLEM 11.CQ4 Ball A is thrown straight up. Which of the following statements about the ball are true at the highest point in its path? (a) The velocity and acceleration are both zero. (b) The velocity is zero, but the acceleration is not zero. (c) The velocity is not zero, but the acceleration is zero. (d) Neither the velocity nor the acceleration are zero. SOLUTION At the highest point the velocity is zero. The acceleration is never zero. Answer: (b) Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.CQ5 Ball A is thrown straight up with an initial speed v0 and reaches a maximum elevation h before falling back down. When A reaches its maximum elevation, a second ball is thrown straight upward with the same initial speed v0. At what height, y, will the balls cross paths? (a) yh (b) y h/2 (c) y h/2 (d) y h/2 (e) y0 SOLUTION When the ball is thrown up in the air it will be constantly slowing down until it reaches its apex, at which point it will have a speed of zero. So, the time it will take to travel the last half of the distance to the apex will be longer than the time it takes for the first half. This same argument can be made for the ball falling from the maximum elevation. It will be speeding up, so the first half of the distance will take longer than the second half. Therefore, the balls should cross above the half-way point. Answer: (b) PROBLEM 11.CQ6 Two cars are approaching an intersection at constant speeds as shown. What velocity will car B appear to have to an observer in car A? (a) (b) (c) (d ) (e) SOLUTION Since vB vA+ vB/A we can draw the vector triangle and see v B v A v B/A Answer: (e) Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.CQ7 Blocks A and B are released from rest in the positions shown. Neglecting friction between all surfaces, which figure below best indicates the direction of the acceleration of block B? SOLUTION Since aB a A aB/A we get Answer: (d ) PROBLEM 11.CQ8 The Ferris wheel is rotating with a constant angular velocity . What is the direction of the acceleration of Point A? (a) (b) (c) (d ) (e) The acceleration is zero. SOLUTION The tangential acceleration is zero since the speed is constant, so there will only be normal acceleration pointed upwards. Answer: (b) Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 11.CQ9 A racecar travels around the track shown at a constant speed. At which point will the racecar have the largest acceleration? (a) A (b) B (c) C (d ) The acceleration will be zero at all the points. SOLUTION The tangential acceleration is zero since the speed is constant, so there will only be normal acceleration. The normal acceleration will be maximum where the radius of curvature is a minimum that is at Point A. Answer: (a) PROBLEM 11.CQ10 A child walks across merry-go-round A with a constant speed u relative to A. The merry-go-round undergoes fixed axis rotation about its center with a constant angular velocity counterclockwise.When the child is at the center of A, as shown, what is the direction of his acceleration when viewed from above. (a) (b) (c) (d ) (e) The acceleration is zero. SOLUTION Polar coordinates are most natural for this problem, that is, a ( r r2 )er (r 2r)e (1) From the information given, we know r 0, 0, r 0, , r -u. When we substitute these values into (1), we will only have a term in the direction. Answer: (d ) Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. CHAPTER 12 PROBLEM 12.1 Astronauts who landed on the moon during the Apollo 15, 16 and 17 missions brought back a large collection of rocks to the earth. Knowing the rocks weighed 139 lb when they were on the moon, determine (a) the weight of the rocks on the earth, (b) the mass of the rocks in slugs. The acceleration due to gravity on the moon is 5.30 ft/s2. SOLUTION Since the rocks weighed 139 lb on the moon, their mass is m (a) Wmoon 139 lb 26.226 lb s2 /ft g moon 5.30 ft/s2 On the earth, Wearth mg earth w (26.226 lb s 2 /ft)(32.2 ft/s 2 ) (b) Since 1 slug 1 lb s 2 /ft, Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. w 844 lb m 26.2 slugs PROBLEM 12.2 The value of g at any latitude may be obtained from the formula g 32.09(1 0.0053 sin 2 ) ft/s 2 which takes into account the effect of the rotation of the earth, as well as the fact that the earth is not truly spherical. Knowing that the weight of a silver bar has been officially designated as 5 lb, determine to four significant figures (a) the mass is slugs, (b) the weight in pounds at the latitudes of 0°, 45°, and 60°. SOLUTION g 32.09(1 0.0053 sin 2 ) ft/s 2 0 : g 32.09 ft/s 2 45: g 32.175 ft/s 2 90: g 32.26 ft/s 2 m (a) Mass at all latitudes: (b) Weight: 5.00 lb 32.175 ft/s2 m 0.1554 lb s2 /ft W mg 0 : W (0.1554 lb s 2 /ft)(32.09 ft/s 2 ) 4.987 lb 45: W (0.1554 lb s 2 /ft)(32.175 ft/s 2 ) 5.000 lb 90: W (0.1554 lb s 2 /ft)(32.26 ft/s 2 ) 5.013 lb Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.3 A 400-kg satellite has been placed in a circular orbit 1500 km above the surface of the earth. The acceleration of gravity at this elevation is 6.43 m/s2. Determine the linear momentum of the satellite, knowing that its orbital speed is 25.6 103 km/h. SOLUTION Mass of satellite is independent of gravity: m 400 kg v 25.6 103 km/h 1h 3 (25.6 106 m/h) 7.111 10 m/s 3600 s L mv (400 kg)(7.111 103 m/s) L 2.84 106 kg m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.4 A spring scale A and a lever scale B having equal lever arms are fastened to the roof of an elevator, and identical packages are attached to the scales as shown. Knowing that when the elevator moves downward with an acceleration of 1 m/s2 the spring scale indicates a load of 60 N, determine (a) the weight of the packages, (b) the load indicated by the spring scale and the mass needed to balance the lever scale when the elevator moves upward with an acceleration of 1 m/s2. SOLUTION Assume g 9.81 m/s 2 m W g F ma : Fs W W a g a W 1 Fs g or Fs W 1 a g 60 1 1 9.81 W 66.8 N (b) F ma : Fs W W a g a Fs W 1 g 1 66.811 9.81 For the balance system B, M 0 0: bFw bFp 0 Fw Fp Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. Fs 73.6 N PROBLEM 12.4 (Continued) But a Fw Ww 1 g and a Fp W p 1 g so that Ww W p and mw Wp g 66.81 9.81 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. mw 6.81 kg PROBLEM 12.5 In anticipation of a long 7° upgrade, a bus driver accelerates at a constant rate of 3 ft/s2 while still on a level section of the highway. Knowing that the speed of the bus is 60 mi/h as it begins to climb the grade and that the driver does not change the setting of his throttle or shift gears, determine the distance traveled by the bus up the grade when its speed has decreased to 50 mi/h. SOLUTION First consider when the bus is on the level section of the highway. alevel 3 ft/s 2 We have Fx ma: P W alevel g Now consider when the bus is on the upgrade. We have Substituting for P Fx ma: P W sin 7 W a g W W alevel W sin 7 a g g a alevel g sin 7 or (3 32.2 sin 7) ft/s 2 0.92419 ft/s 2 For the uniformly decelerated motion 2 v 2 (v0 ) upgrade 2a ( xupgrade 0) 5 Noting that 60 mi/h 88 ft/s, then when v 50 mi/h v0 , we have 6 2 5 2 2 6 88 ft/s (88 ft/s) 2(0.92419 ft/s ) xupgrade or or xupgrade 1280.16 ft xupgrade 0.242 mi Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.6 A 0.2-lb model rocket is launched vertically from rest at time t 0 with a constant thrust of 2 lb for one second and no thrust for t 1 s. Neglecting air resistance and the decrease in mass of the rocket, determine (a) the maximum height h reached by the rocket, (b) the time required to reach this maximum height. SOLUTION W 0.2 lbs For 0 t 1 s Ft 2 lbs Given: Free Body Diagram: For t 1 s Ft 0 lbs For the thrust phase, 0 t 1 s : F ma : Ft W ma W a g F 2 a g t 1 32.2 1 289.8 ft/s 2 W 0.2 v at 289.8 1 289.8 ft/s At t 1 s : y For free flight phase, t 1 s : 1 2 1 2 at 289.8 1 144.9 ft 2 2 a g 32.2 ft/s v v1 a t 1 289.8 32.2 t 1 (a) At maximum height: v 0, t 1 289.8 9.00 s, 32.2 t 10.00 s v 2 v12 2a y y1 2 g y y1 0 289.8 v 2 v12 1304.1 ft y y1 2g 2 32.2 2 ymax h 1304.1 144.9 (b) Time to reach max height: Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. h 1449 ft t 10.00 s PROBLEM 12.7 A tugboat pulls a small barge through a harbor. The propeller thrust minus the drag produces a net thrust that varies linearly with speed. Knowing that the combined weight of the tug and barge is 3600 kN, determine (a) the time required to increase the speed from an initial value v1 = 1.0 m/s to a final value v2 = 2.5 m/s, (b) the distance traveled during this time interval. SOLUTION Given: W 3600 kN Free Body Diagram: W m m 366972.5 kg g v1 1.0 m/s, v2 2.5 m/s From Graph: Fnet 81000 From FBD: Fx max Fnet max ax 81000 v 81000 - 27000v N 3 81000 27000v m 27000 3 v m/s2 m Fnet m ax (a) From Kinematics: ax t dv dv dt dt ax m v2 dv 27000 v1 3 v m 2.5 t ln 3 v |1 27000 dt 0 t 18.84 s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.7 (Continued) (b) From Kinematics: ax dx vdv dx x m v2 vdv ax vdv dx 27000 3 v v1 0 x m 2.5 3 v 3ln 3 v |1 27000 x 36.14 m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.8 Determine the maximum theoretical speed that may be achieved over a distance of 60 m by a car starting from rest, knowing that the coefficient of static friction is 0.80 between the tires and the pavement and that 60 percent of the weight of the car is distributed over its front wheels and 40 percent over its rear wheels. Assume (a) four-wheel drive, (b) front-wheel drive, (c) rear-wheel drive. SOLUTION (a) Four-wheel drive Fy 0: N1 N 2 W 0 F1 F2 N1 N 2 ( N1 N 2 ) w Fx ma : F1 F2 ma w ma W mg g 0.80(9.81) m m a 7.848 m/s 2 a v 2 2ax 2(7.848 m/s 2 )(60 m) 941.76 m 2 /s 2 v 30.69 m/s (b) v 110.5 km/h Front-wheel drive F2 ma (0.6 W ) ma 0.6W 0.6 mg m m 0.6 g 0.6(0.80)(9.81) a a 4.709 m/s 2 v 2 2ax 2(4.709 m/s 2 )(60 m) 565.1 m 2 /s 2 v 23.77 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. v 85.6 km/h PROBLEM 12.8 (Continued) (c) Rear-wheel drive F1 ma (0.4 W ) ma 0.4W 0.4 mg m m 0.4 g 0.4(0.80)(9.81) a a 3.139 m/s 2 v 2 2ax 2(3.139 m/s 2 )(60 m) 376.7 m 2 /s 2 v 19.41 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. v 69.9 km/h PROBLEM 12.9 If an automobile’s braking distance from 90 km/h is 45 m on level pavement, determine the automobile’s braking distance from 90 km/h when it is (a) going up a 5° incline, (b) going down a 3-percent incline. Assume the braking force is independent of grade. SOLUTION Assume uniformly decelerated motion in all cases. For braking on the level surface, v0 90 km/h 25 m/s, v f 0 x f x0 45 m v 2f v02 2a ( x f x0 ) a v 2f v02 2( x f x0 ) 0 (25) 2 (2)(45) 6.9444 m/s 2 Braking force. Fb ma W a g 6.944 W 9.81 0.70789W (a) Going up a 5° incline. F ma W a g F W sin 5 a b g W (0.70789 sin 5)(9.81) Fb W sin 5 7.79944 m/s 2 x f x0 v 2f v02 2a 0 (25) 2 (2)(7.79944) x f x0 40.1 m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.9 (Continued) (b) Going down a 3 percent incline. 3 1.71835 100 W Fb W sin a g a (0.70789 sin )(9.81) 6.65028 m/s 0 (25)2 x f x0 (2)(6.65028) tan x f x0 47.0 m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.10 A mother and her child are skiing together, and the mother is holding the end of a rope tied to the child’s waist. They are moving at a speed of 7.2 km/h on a gently sloping portion of the ski slope when the mother observes that they are approaching a steep descent. She pulls on the rope with an average force of 7 N. Knowing the coefficient of friction between the child and the ground is 0.1 and the angle of the rope does not change, determine (a) the time required for the child’s speed to be cut in half, (b) the distance traveled in this time. SOLUTION Draw free body diagram of child. F ma : x-direction: mg sin 5 k N T cos15 ma y-direction: N mg cos 5 T sin15 0 From y-direction, N mg cos 5 T sin15 (20 kg)(9.81 m/s 2 ) cos 5 (7 N)sin15° 193.64 N From x-direction, k N T cos15 m (0.1)(193.64 N) (7 N) cos 15° (9.81 m/s 2 )sin 5 20 kg 20 kg a g sin 5 m 0.45128 m/s 2 (in x -direction.) v0 7.2 km/h 2 m/s vf 1 v0 1 m/s 2 v f v0 at (a) (b) x0 0 t v f v0 a 1 m/s 2.2159 s 0.45128 m/s2 t 2.22 s Time elapsed. Corresponding distance. x x0 v0 t 1 2 at 2 0 (2 m/s)(2.2159 s) 1 (0.45128 m/s 2 )(2.2159 s) 2 2 x 3.32 m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.11 The coefficients of friction between the load and the flat-bed trailer shown are s 0.40 and k 0.30. Knowing that the speed of the rig is 72 km/h, determine the shortest distance in which the rig can be brought to a stop if the load is not to shift. SOLUTION Load: We assume that sliding of load relative to trailer is impending: F Fm s N Deceleration of load is same as deceleration of trailer, which is the maximum allowable deceleration amax . Fy 0: N W 0 N W Fm s N 0.40 W Fx ma : Fm mamax 0.40 W W amax g amax 3.924 m/s 2 a max 3.92 m/s 2 Uniformly accelerated motion. v 2 v02 2ax with v 0 v0 72 km/h 20 m/s a amax 3.924 m/s 2 0 (20)2 2(3.924) x Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. x 51.0 m PROBLEM 12.12 A light train made up of two cars is traveling at 90 km/h when the brakes are applied to both cars. Knowing that car A has a mass of 25 Mg and car B a mass of 20 Mg, and that the braking force is 30 kN on each car, determine (a) the distance traveled by the train before it comes to a stop, (b) the force in the coupling between the cars while the train is showing down. SOLUTION v0 90 km/h 90/3.6 25 m/s (a) Both cars: a 1.333 m/s2 Fx ma: 60 103 N (45 103 kg)a v 2 v10 2ax: 0 (25) 2 2(1.333) x x 234 m Stopping distance: (b) Car A: Fx ma: 30 103 + P (25 103 )a P (25 103 )(1.333) 30 103 Coupling force: P 3332 N P 3.33 kN (tension) Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.13 The two blocks shown are originally at rest. Neglecting the masses of the pulleys and the effect of friction in the pulleys and between block A and the incline, determine (a) the acceleration of each block, (b) the tension in the cable. SOLUTION (a) We note that aB 1 aA. 2 Block A Fx m A a A : T (200 lb) sin 30 200 aA 32.2 (1) Block B Fy mB aB : 350 lb 2T (a) 350 1 aA 32.2 2 (2) Multiply Eq. (1) by 2 and add Eq. (2) in order to eliminate T: 2(200)sin 30 350 2 150 aB (b) From Eq. (1), T (200) sin 30 200 350 1 aA aA 32.2 32.2 2 575 aA 32.2 a A 8.40 ft/s 2 1 1 a A (8.40 ft/s 2 ), 2 2 200 (8.40) 32.2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. 30° a B 4.20 ft/s 2 T 152.2 lb PROBLEM 12.14 Solve Problem 12.13, assuming that the coefficients of friction between block A and the incline are s 0.25 and k 0.20. PROBLEM 12.13 The two blocks shown are originally at rest. Neglecting the masses of the pulleys and the effect of friction in the pulleys and between block A and the incline, determine (a) the acceleration of each block, (b) the tension in the cable. SOLUTION We first determine whether the blocks move by computing the friction force required to maintain block A in equilibrium. T = 175 lb. When B in equilibrium, Fx 0: 175 200sin 30 Freq 0 Freq 75.0 lb Fy 0: N 200 cos 30 0 N 173.2 lb FM s N 0.25(173.2 lb) 43.3 lb Since Freq Fm , blocks will move (A up and B down). We note that aB 1 aA. 2 Block A F k N (0.20)(173.2) 34.64 lb. Fx m A 0 A : 200sin 30 34.64 T 200 aA 32.2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (1) PROBLEM 12.14 (Continued) Block B Fy mB aB : 350lb 2T (a) (2) Multiply Eq. (1) by 2 and add Eq. (2) in order to eliminate T: 2(200)sin 30 2(34.64) 350 2 81.32 aB (b) 350 1 aA 32.2 2 575 aA 32.2 200 350 1 aA aA 32.2 32.2 2 a A 4.55 ft/s 2 1 1 a A (4.52 ft/s 2 ), 2 2 From Eq. (1), T (200) sin 30 34.64 30 aB 2.28 ft/s 2 200 (4.52) 32.2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. T 162.9 lb PROBLEM 12.15 Each of the systems shown is initially at rest. Neglecting axle friction and the masses of the pulleys, determine for each system (a) the acceleration of block A, (b) the velocity of block A after it has moved through 10 ft, (c) the time required for block A to reach a velocity of 20 ft/s. SOLUTION Let y be positive downward for both blocks. Constraint of cable: yA yB constant aA aB 0 For blocks A and B, aB aA or F ma : WA aA g Block A: WA T Block B: P WB T WB W aB B a A g g P WB WA WA W aA B aA g g Solving for aA, or aA T WA WA aA g WA WB P g WA WB (1) v A2 (v A )02 2a A [ y A ( y A )0 ] with (v A )0 0 v A 2a A [ y A ( y A )0 ] (2) vA (vA )0 aAt with (vA )0 0 t vA aA Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (3) PROBLEM 12.15 (Continued) (a) Acceleration of block A. WA 200 lb, WB 100 lb, P 0 System (1): By formula (1), By formula (1), (a A )1 10.73 ft/s 2 (a A )2 200 100 (32.2) 200 (a A ) 2 16.10 ft/s 2 WA 2200 lb, WB 2100 lb, P 0 System (3): By formula (1), (c) 200 100 (32.2) 200 100 WA 200 lb, WB 0, P 50 lb System (2): (b) ( a A )1 ( a A )3 2200 2100 (32.2) 2200 2100 (a A )3 0.749 ft/s 2 vA at y A ( y A )0 10 ft. Use formula (2). System (1): (v A )1 (2)(10.73)(10) (vA )1 14.65 ft/s System (2): (v A )2 (2)(16.10)(10) (vA )2 17.94 ft/s System (3): (v A )3 (2)(0.749)(10) (vA )3 3.87 ft/s Time at vA 20 ft/s. Use formula (3). System (1): t1 20 10.73 t1 1.864 s System (2): t2 20 16.10 t2 1.242 s System (3): t3 20 0.749 t3 26.7 s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.16 Boxes A and B are at rest on a conveyor belt that is initially at rest. The belt is suddenly started in an upward direction so that slipping occurs between the belt and the boxes. Knowing that the coefficients of kinetic friction between the belt and the boxes are (k ) A 0.30 and (k ) B 0.32, determine the initial acceleration of each box. SOLUTION Assume that aB aA so that the normal force NAB between the boxes is zero. A: Fy 0: NA WA cos 15 0 or NA WA cos 15 Slipping: FA ( k ) A NA A: 0.3WA cos 15 Fx mAaA : FA WA sin 15 mA aA 0.3WA cos 15 WA sin 15 or WA aA g a A (32.2 ft/s2 )(0.3 cos 15 sin 15) or 0.997 ft/s 2 B: B: Fy 0: N B WB cos 15 0 or N B WB cos 15 Slipping: FB ( k ) B N B 0.32WB cos 15 Fx mB aB : FB WB sin 15 mB aB or or 0.32WB cos 15 WB sin 15 WB aB g aB (32.2 ft/s 2 )(0.32 cos 15 sin 15) 1.619 ft/s 2 aB aA assumption is correct a A 0.997 ft/s 2 15° a B 1.619 ft/s 2 15° Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.16 (Continued) Note: If it is assumed that the boxes remain in contact ( NAB 0), then assuming NAB to be compression, aA aB and find (Fx ma) for each box. A: 0.3WA cos 15 WA sin 15 N AB WA a g B: 0.32WB cos 15 WB sin 15 N AB WB a g Solving yields a 1.273 ft/s 2 and NAB 0.859 lb, which contradicts the assumption. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.17 A 5000-lb truck is being used to lift a 1000 lb boulder B that is on a 200 lb pallet A. Knowing the acceleration of the truck is 1 ft/s2, determine (a) the horizontal force between the tires and the ground, (b) the force between the boulder and the pallet. SOLUTION aT 1 m/s 2 Kinematics: a A a B 0.5 m/s 2 5000 155.28 slugs 32.2 200 mA 6.211 slugs 32.2 1000 mB 31.056 slugs 32.2 mT Masses: Let T be the tension in the cable. Apply Newton’s second law to the lower pulley, pallet and boulder. Vertical components : 2T ( m A mB ) g (m A mB ) a A 2T (37.267)(32.2) (37.267)(0.5) T 609.32 lb Apply Newton’s second law to the truck. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.17 (Continued) Horizontal components (a) : F T mT aT Horizontal friction force between tires and ground. F T mT aT 609.32 (155.28)(1.0) F 765 lb Apply Newton’s second law to the boulder. Vertical components : FAB mB g mB a B FAB mB ( g a ) 31.056(32.2 0.5) (b) Contact force between boulder and pallet: Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. FAB 1016 lb PROBLEM 12.18 Block A has a mass of 40 kg, and block B has a mass of 8 kg. The coefficients of friction between all surfaces of contact are s 0.20 and k 0.15. If P 0, determine (a) the acceleration of block B, (b) the tension in the cord. SOLUTION From the constraint of the cord: 2 xA xB/A constant Then 2vA vB/A 0 and 2aA aB/A 0 Now aB a A aB/A Then aB aA (2aA ) or aB aA (1) First we determine if the blocks will move for the given value of . Thus, we seek the value of for which the blocks are in impending motion, with the impending motion of A down the incline. B: Fy 0: N AB WB cos 0 or N AB mB g cos Now FAB s N AB B: 0.2mB g cos Fx 0: T FAB WB sin 0 or A: T mB g (0.2cos sin ) Fy 0: N A N AB WA cos 0 or N A (mA mB ) g cos Now FA s N A A: 0.2(mA mB ) g cos Fx 0: T FA FAB WA sin 0 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.18 (Continued) T mA g sin 0.2(mA mB ) g cos 0.2mB g cos or g[mA sin 0.2(mA 2mB ) cos ] Equating the two expressions for T mB g (0.2cos sin ) g[mA sin 0.2(mA 2mB )cos ] 8(0.2 tan ) [40 tan 0.2(40 2 8)] or tan 0.4 or or 21.8 for impending motion. Since 25, the blocks will move. Now consider the motion of the blocks. Fy 0: N AB WB cos 25 0 (a) B: or N AB mB g cos 25 Sliding: FAB k N AB 0.15mB g cos 25 Fx mB aB : T FAB WB sin 25 mB aB or T mB [ g (0.15cos 25 sin 25) aB ] 8[9.81(0.15cos 25 sin 25) aB ] 8(5.47952 aB ) A: (N) Fy 0: N A N AB WA cos 25 0 or N A (mA mB ) g cos 25 Sliding: FA k N A 0.15(mA mB ) g cos 25 Fx mA aA : T FA FAB WA sin 25 mA aA Substituting and using Eq. (1) T m A g sin 25 0.15(m A mB ) g cos 25 0.15mB g cos 25 mA (aB ) g[mA sin 25 0.15(mA 2mB ) cos 25] m A aB 9.81[40 sin 25 0.15(40 2 8) cos 25] 40aB 91.15202 40aB (N) Equating the two expressions for T 8(5.47952 aB ) 91.15202 40aB or aB 0.98575 m/s 2 a B 0.986 m/s 2 (b) We have or 25 T 8[5.47952 (0.98575)] T 51.7 N Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.19 Block A has a mass of 40 kg, and block B has a mass of 8 kg. The coefficients of friction between all surfaces of contact are s 0.20 and k 0.15. If P 40 N , determine (a) the acceleration of block B, (b) the tension in the cord. SOLUTION From the constraint of the cord. 2 xA xB/A constant Then 2vA vB/A 0 and 2aA aB/A 0 Now aB a A aB/A Then aB aA (2aA ) or aB aA (1) First we determine if the blocks will move for the given value of P. Thus, we seek the value of P for which the blocks are in impending motion, with the impending motion of a down the incline. B: Fy 0: N AB WB cos 25 0 or N AB mB g cos 25 Now FAB s N AB B: 0.2 mB g cos 25 Fx 0: T FAB WB sin 25 0 A: T 0.2 mB g cos 25 mB g sin 25 or (8 kg)(9.81 m/s 2 ) (0.2 cos 25 sin 25) 47.39249 N A: or Fy 0: N A N AB WA cos 25 P sin 25 0 N A (mA mB ) g cos 25 P sin 25 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.19 (Continued) Now FA s N A or FA 0.2[(mA mB ) g cos 25 P sin 25] Fx 0: T FA FAB WA sin 25 P cos 25 0 T 0.2[(mA mB ) g cos 25 P sin 25] 0.2mB g cos 25 mA g sin 25 P cos 25 0 or or P(0.2 sin 25 cos 25) T 0.2[(mA 2mB ) g cos 25] mA g sin 25 Then P (0.2 sin 25 cos 25) 47.39249 N 9.81 m/s 2 {0.2[(40 2 8) cos 25 40 sin 25] kg} P 19.04 N for impending motion. or Since P, 40 N, the blocks will move. Now consider the motion of the blocks. Fy 0: N AB WB cos 25 0 (a) or N AB mB g cos 25 Sliding: FAB k N AB B: 0.15 mB g cos 25 Fx mB aB : T FAB WB sin 25 mB aB T mB [ g (0.15 cos 25 sin 25) aB ] or 8[9.81(0.15 cos 25 sin 25) aB ] 8(5.47952 aB ) (N) A: Fy 0: N A N AB WA cos 25 P sin 25 0 or N A (mA mB ) g cos 25 P sin 25 Sliding: FA k N A 0.15[(mA mB ) g cos 25 P sin 25] Fx mA aA : T FA FAB WA sin 25 P cos 25 mA aA Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.19 (Continued) Substituting and using Eq. (1) T mA g sin 25 0.15[(m A mB ) g cos 25 P sin 25] 0.15 mB g cos 25 P cos 25 mA ( aB ) g[m A sin 25 0.15(mA 2mB ) cos 25] P (0.15 sin 25 cos 25) m A aB 9.81[40 sin 25 0.15(40 2 8) cos 25] 40(0.15 sin 25 cos 25) 40aB 129.94004 40aB Equating the two expressions for T 8(5.47952 aB ) 129.94004 40aB or aB 1.79383 m/s 2 a B 1.794 m/s 2 (b) We have 25° T 8[5.47952 (1.79383)] T 58.2 N or Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.20 The flat-bed trailer carries two 1500-kg beams with the upper beam secured by a cable. The coefficients of static friction between the two beams and between the lower beam and the bed of the trailer are 0.25 and 0.30, respectively. Knowing that the load does not shift, determine (a) the maximum acceleration of the trailer and the corresponding tension in the cable, (b) the maximum deceleration of the trailer. SOLUTION (a) Maximum acceleration. The cable secures the upper beam to the cab; the lower beam has impending slip. For the upper beam, + Fy 0: N1 W 0 N1 W mg For the lower beam, + Fy 0: N 2 N1 W 0 or N 2 2W 2mg + F ma : 0.25 N 0.30 N 0.25 0.60 mg ma x 1 2 a 0.85 g 0.85 9.81 a 8.34 m/s 2 For the upper beam, + Fx ma : T 0.25 N1 ma T 0.25mg ma 0.25 1500 9.81 1500 8.34 16.19 103 N (b) Maximum deceleration of trailer. Case 1: Assume that only the top beam has impending motion. As in Part (a) N1 mg . + F ma : 0.25mg ma a 0.25 g 2.45 m/s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. T 16.19 kN PROBLEM 12.20 (Continued) Case 2: Assume that both beams have impending slip. As before N 2 2mg . + F 2m a : 0.30 2mg 2m a a 0.30 g 2.94 m/s 2 The smaller of deceleration value of Case 1 governs. a 2.45 m/s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.21 A baggage conveyor is used to unload luggage from an airplane. The 10-kg duffel bag A is sitting on top of the 20-kg suitcase B. The conveyor is moving the bags down at a constant speed of 0.5 m/s when the belt suddenly stops. Knowing that the coefficient of friction between the belt and B is 0.3 and that bag A does not slip on suitcase B, determine the smallest allowable coefficient of static friction between the bags. SOLUTION Since bag A does not slide on suitcase B, both have the same acceleration. aa 20° Apply Newton’s second law to the bag A – suitcase B combination treated as a single particle. Fy ma y : (mB m A ) g cos 20 N 0 N (mA mB ) g cos 30 (30)(9.81)cos 20 276.55 N B N (0.3)(276.55) 82.965 N Fx ma x : B N (m A mB ) g sin 20 (m A mB )a a g sin 20 B N m A mB a 0.58972 m/s2 9.81sin 20 82.965 30 a 0.58972 m/s2 Apply Newton’s second law to bag A alone. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. 20° PROBLEM 12.21 (Continued) Fy ma y : N AB mA g cos 20 0 N AB ma g sin 20 (10)(9.81) cos 20 92.184 N ZFx max : M A g sin 20 FAB mA a FAB mA ( g sin 20 a) (10)(9.81sin 20 0.58972) 27.655 N Since bag A does not slide on suitcase B, s FAB 27.655 0.300 N AB 92.184 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. s 0.300 PROBLEM 12.22 To unload a bound stack of plywood from a truck, the driver first tilts the bed of the truck and then accelerates from rest. Knowing that the coefficients of friction between the bottom sheet of plywood and the bed are s 0.40 and k 0.30, determine (a) the smallest acceleration of the truck which will cause the stack of plywood to slide, (b) the acceleration of the truck which causes corner A of the stack to reach the end of the bed in 0.9 s. SOLUTION Let a P be the acceleration of the plywood, aT be the acceleration of the truck, and aP/T be the acceleration of the plywood relative to the truck. (a) Find the value of aT so that the relative motion of the plywood with respect to the truck is impending. aP aT and F1 s N1 0.40 N1 Fy mP a y : N1 WP cos 20 mP aT sin 20 N1 mP ( g cos 20 aT sin 20) Fx max : F1 WP sin 20 mP aT cos 20 F1 mP ( g sin 20 aT cos 20) mP ( g sin 20 aT cos 20) 0.40 mP ( g cos 20 aT sin 20) (0.40 cos 20 sin 20) g cos 20 0.40sin 20 (0.03145)(9.81) aT 0.309 aT 0.309 m/s 2 (b) xP/T ( xP/T )o (vP /T )t aP /T 2 xP /T t 2 1 1 aP / T t 2 0 0 aP / T t 2 2 2 (2)(2) 4.94 m/s2 (0.9)2 a P / T 4.94 m/s 2 20 a P aT a P / T (aT ) (4.94 m/s 2 20) Fy mP a y : N 2 WP cos 20 mP aT sin 20 N 2 mP ( g cos 20 aT sin 20) Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.22 (Continued) Fx max : F2 WP sin 20 mP aT cos 20 mP aP / T F2 mP ( g sin 20 aT cos 20 aP / T ) For sliding with friction F2 k N2 0.30 N2 mP ( g sin 20 aT cos 20 aP /T ) 0.30mP ( g cos 20 aT sin 20) aT (0.30cos 20 sin 20) g aP /T cos 20 0.30sin 20 (0.05767)(9.81) (0.9594)(4.94) 4.17 aT 4.17 m/s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.23 To transport a series of bundles of shingles A to a roof, a contractor uses a motor-driven lift consisting of a horizontal platform BC which rides on rails attached to the sides of a ladder. The lift starts from rest and initially moves with a constant acceleration a1 as shown. The lift then decelerates at a constant rate a2 and comes to rest at D, near the top of the ladder. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction between a bundle of shingles and the horizontal platform is 0.30, determine the largest allowable acceleration a1 and the largest allowable deceleration a2 if the bundle is not to slide on the platform. SOLUTION Acceleration a1: Impending slip. F1 s N1 0.30 N1 N1 WA mA a1 sin 65 Fy mA a y : N1 WA m A a1 sin 65 m A ( g a1 sin 65) Fx mA ax : F1 mA a1 cos 65 F1 s N or mAa1 cos 65 0.30mA ( g a1 sin 65) a1 0.30 g cos 65 0.30 sin 65 (1.990)(9.81) 19.53 m/s 2 Deceleration a 2 : Impending slip. a1 19.53 m/s 2 F2 s N2 0.30 N2 Fy ma y : N1 WA m A a2 sin 65 N1 WA mA a2 sin 65 Fx max : F2 mA a2 cos 65 F2 s N2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. 65 PROBLEM 12.23 (Continued) or mA a2 cos 65 0.30 mA ( g a2 cos 65) 0.30 g cos 65 0.30 sin 65 (0.432)(9.81) a2 4.24 m/s2 a 2 4.24 m/s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. 65 PROBLEM 12.24 An airplane has a mass of 25 Mg and its engines develop a total thrust of 40 kN during take-off. If the drag D exerted on the plane has a magnitude D 2.25v 2 , where v is expressed in meters per second and D in newtons, and if the plane becomes airborne at a speed of 240 km/h, determine the length of runway required for the plane to take off. SOLUTION F ma: 40 103 N 2.25v 2 (25 103 kg)a av Substituting x1 0 dv dv : 40 103 2.25 v 2 (25 103 ) v dx dx (25 103 )vdv 0 40 103 2.25v 2 25 103 x1 [ln(40 103 2.25v 2 )]0v1 2(2.25) dx v1 25 103 40 103 ln 4.5 40 103 2.25v12 For v1 240 km/h 66.67 m/s x1 25 103 40 103 ln 5.556 ln1.333 4.5 40 103 2.25(66.67)2 1.5982 103 m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. x1 1.598 km PROBLEM 12.25 A 4-kg projectile is fired vertically with an initial velocity of 90 m/s, reaches a maximum height and falls to the ground. The aerodynamic drag D has a magnitude D = 0.0024 v 2 where D and v are expressed in newtons and m/s, respectively. Knowing that the direction of the drag is always opposite to the direction of the velocity, determine (a) the maximum height of the trajectory, (b) the speed of the projectile when it reaches the ground. SOLUTION Let y be the position coordinate of the projectile measured upward from the ground. The velocity and acceleration a taken to positive upward. D kv 2. Fy ma : (a) Upward motion. D mg ma D kv 2 a g g m m dv kv 2 k 2 mg v g v dy m m k v dv k dy mg m v2 k 0 v dv k mg v0 2 m v k h 0 dy 0 1 2 mg kh ln v 2 k v m 0 mg 1 1 kv 2 kh k ln ln 0 1 2 v 2 mg 2 mg m 0 k 0.0024 90 2 4 m kv02 ln ln 1 1 2k mg 2 0.0024 4 9.81 335.36 m h 335 m h Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.25 (Continued) F ma : (b) Downward motion. D mg ma D kv 2 g g m m dv kv 2 k mg v g v2 dy m m k a v dv k dy mg m v2 k vf 0 v dv k mg m 0 dy h vf 1 mg kh ln v2 2 k m 0 mg v 2f 1 k ln 2 mg k kh m kv 2f 2 kh ln 1 mg m 1 kv 2f mg vf e 2 kh/m mg 1 e 2 kh/m k vf 4 9.81 1 e 2 0.0024335.36/4 0.0024 73.6 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. v f 73.6 m/s PROBLEM 12.26 A constant force P is applied to a piston and rod of total mass m to make them move in a cylinder filled with oil. As the piston moves, the oil is forced through orifices in the piston and exerts on the piston a force of magnitude k v in a direction opposite to the motion of the piston. Knowing that the piston starts from rest at t 0 and x 0, show that the equation relating x, v, and t, where x is the distance traveled by the piston and v is the speed of the piston, is linear in each of these variables. SOLUTION F ma : P kv ma dv P kv a dt m t v m dv dt 0 0 P kv m v ln ( P kv) 0 k m [ln ( P kv) ln P ] k m P kv P kv kt t ln or ln k P m m P kv P v (1 e kt/m ) e kt/m or m k Pt x v dt 0 k x t t 0 t P k e kt/m k m 0 Pt P kt/m Pt P (e 1) (1 e kt/m ) k m k m Pt kv , which is linear. k m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.27 A spring AB of constant k is attached to a support at A and to a collar of mass m. The unstretched length of the spring is . Knowing that the collar is released from rest at x x0 and neglecting friction between the collar and the horizontal rod, determine the magnitude of the velocity of the collar as it passes through Point C. SOLUTION Choose the origin at Point C and let x be positive to the right. Then x is a position coordinate of the slider B and x0 is its initial value. Let L be the stretched length of the spring. Then, from the right triangle L 2 x2 The elongation of the spring is e L , and the magnitude of the force exerted by the spring is Fs ke k ( 2 x 2 ) cos By geometry, x x2 2 Fx max : Fs cos ma k ( 2 x 2 ) a v 0 v dv k x x m 2 x 2 x x2 2 ma 0 0 a dx x v 1 2 k v 2 0 m x x 2 x0 x2 0 0 k 1 2 2 2 dx x x m2 x 0 1 2 k 1 v 0 2 x02 2 x02 2 m 2 k 2 2 x02 2 2 x02 v2 m k 2 x02 2 2 x02 2 m answer: v k m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. 2 x02 PROBLEM 12.28 Block A has a mass of 10 kg, and blocks B and C have masses of 5 kg each. Knowing that the blocks are initially at rest and that B moves through 3 m in 2 s, determine (a) the magnitude of the force P, (b) the tension in the cord AD. Neglect the masses of the pulleys and axle friction. SOLUTION Let the position coordinate y be positive downward. y A yD constant Constraint of cord AD: vA vD 0, ( yB yD ) ( yC yD ) constant Constraint of cord BC: vB vC 2vD 0, Eliminate aD . aA aD 0 aB aC 2aD 0 2aA aB aC 0 (1) We have uniformly accelerated motion because all of the forces are constant. y B ( y B ) 0 (vB ) 0 t aB Pulley D: 2[ yB ( yB )0 ] t 2 1 aB t 2 , (vB ) 0 0 2 (2)(3) 1.5 m/s2 (2)2 Fy 0: 2TBC TAD 0 TAD 2TBC Block A: or Fy ma y : WA TAD m A a A aA WA TAD WA 2TBC mA mA Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (2) PROBLEM 12.28 (Continued) Block C: Fy ma y : WC TBC mC aC aC or WC TBC mC (3) Substituting the value for aB and Eqs. (2) and (3) into Eq. (1), and solving for TBC , WC TBC W 2TBC 2 A 0 aB mA mC m g 2TBC 2 A mA mC g TBC aB mC 0 4 1 TBC 3g aB mA mC 4 1 10 5 TBC 3(9.81) 1.5 or TBC 51.55 N Block B: (a) Fy ma y : P WB TBC mB aB Magnitude of P. P TBC WB mB aB 51.55 5(9.81) 5(1.5) (b) P 10.00 N Tension in cord AD. TAD 2TBC (2)(51.55) Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. TAD 103.1 N PROBLEM 12.29 A 40-lb sliding panel is supported by rollers at B and C. A 25-lb counterweight A is attached to a cable as shown and, in cases a and c, is initially in contact with a vertical edge of the panel. Neglecting friction, determine in each case shown the acceleration of the panel and the tension in the cord immediately after the system is released from rest. SOLUTION (a) F Force exerted by counterweight Panel: Fx ma : T F 40 a g (1) Counterweight A: Its acceleration has two components a A a P a A/P a a Fx max : F 25 a g Fg mag : 25 T (2) 25 a g (3) Adding (1), (2), and (3): 40 25 25 a g 25 25 a g (32.2) 90 90 T F F 25 T a 8.94 ft/s2 Substituting for a into (3): 25 T 25 25 g g 90 T 25 625 90 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. T 18.06 lb PROBLEM 12.29 (Continued) (b) Panel: Fy ma : T 40 a g (1) 25 T 25 a g (2) Counterweight A: Fy ma : Adding (1) and (2): 40 25 a g 25 a g 65 T 25 T Substituting for a into (1): T (c) a 12.38 ft/s 2 40 25 1000 g g 65 65 T 15.38 lb Since panel is accelerated to the left, there is no force exerted by panel on counterweight and vice versa. Panel: Fx ma : T 40 a g (1) Counterweight A: Same free body as in Part (b): Fy ma : 25 T 25 a g (2) Since Eqs. (1) and (2) are the same as in (b), we get the same answers: a 12.38 ft/s2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. ; T 15.38 lb PROBLEM 12.30 An athlete pulls handle A to the left with a constant force of P = 100 N. Knowing that after the handle A has been pulled 30 cm its velocity is 3 m/s, determine the mass of the weight stack B. SOLUTION Given: P 100 N x A 0.30 m v A 3 m/s Kinematics: x A 4 y B constant v A 4v B 0 a A 4aB 0 (1) Uniform Acceleration of handle A: v A 2 v A o +2 a A x A x A o 2 32 0 2 2 a A 0.3 0 a A 15 m/s 2 From (1): aB 3.75 m/s 2 From FBD: F y Free Body Diagram: mB aB 4 P mB g mB aB mB 4P g aB 4 100 kg 9.81 3.75 mB 29.50 kg Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.31 A 10-lb block B rests as shown on a 20-lb bracket A. The coefficients of friction are s 0.30 and k 0.25 between block B and bracket A, and there is no friction in the pulley or between the bracket and the horizontal surface. (a) Determine the maximum weight of block C if block B is not to slide on bracket A. (b) If the weight of block C is 10% larger than the answer found in a determine the accelerations of A, B and C. SOLUTION Kinematics. Let xA and xB be horizontal coordinates of A and B measured from a fixed vertical line to the left of A and B. Let yC be the distance that block C is below the pulley. Note that yC increases when C moves downward. See figure. The cable length L is fixed. L ( xB xA ) ( xP xA ) yC constant Differentiating and noting that xP 0, vB 2vA vC 0 2aA aB aC 0 Here, a A and aB are positive to the right, and aC is positive downward. Kinetics. Let T be the tension in the cable and FAB be the friction force between blocks A and B. The free body diagrams are: Bracket A: Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (1) PROBLEM 12.31 (Continued) Block B: Block C: Bracket A: Fx max : 2T FAB Block B: Fx max : FAB T WA aA g WB aB g (2) (3) Fy ma y : N AB WB 0 N AB WB or Fy ma y : mC T Block C: WC aC g (4) Adding Eqs. (2), (3), and (4), and transposing, W WA W a A B aB C aC WC g g g (5) Subtracting Eq. (4) from Eq. (3) and transposing, W WB aB C aC FAB WC g g (a) No slip between A and B. aB aA From Eq. (1), aA aB aC a From Eq. (5), For impending slip, a WC g WA WB WC FAB s N AB sWB Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (6) PROBLEM 12.31 (Continued) Substituting into Eq. (6), (WB WC )(WC g ) sWB WC WA WB WC Solving for WC , WC sWB (WA WB ) WA 2WB sWB (0.30)(10)(20 10) 20 (2)(10) (0.30)(10) WC 2.43 lbs (b) WC increased by 10%. WC 2.6757 lbs Since slip is occurring, FAB k N AB kWB W WB aB C aC kWB WC g g Eq. (6) becomes or 10aB 2.6757aC [(0.25)(10) 2.6757](32.2) (7) With numerical data, Eq. (5) becomes 20aA 10aB 2.6757aC (2.6757)(32.2) (8) Solving Eqs. (1), (7), and (8) gives a A 3.144 ft/s 2 , aB 0.881 ft/s 2 , aC 5.407 ft/s 2 a A 3.14 ft/s 2 a B 0.881 ft/s 2 aC 5.41 ft/s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.32 Knowing that = 0.30, determine the acceleration of each block when mA = mB = mC . SOLUTION Given: 0.30 mA mB mc m Kinematics: y A 2 y B xC constant v A 2vB vC 0 (1) aC a A 2 a B 0 Free Body Diagram of Block A: Equation of Motion: F y ma A mg T ma A aA g Free Body Diagram of Block B: T m (2) Equation of Motion: F y maB mg 2T maB aB g Free Body Diagram of Block B: 2T m (3) Equations of Motion: F y 0 N mg F x maC 0.3mg T maC aC 0.3 g T m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (4) Problem 12.32 (Continued) Substitute (2), (3) and (4) (1) 3.3 g T 6T 0 m 1.1 mg 2 (5) Substitute (5) (2): aA g 1.1 g 2 a A 0.45g Substitute (5) (3): aB g 2.2 g 2 aB 0.10g Substitute (5) (4): aC 0.3 g 1.1 g 2 aC 0.25g Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.33 Knowing that = 0.30, determine the acceleration of each block when mA = 5 kg, mB = 30 kg, and mC = 15 kg. SOLUTION Given: 0.30, g 9.81 m/s2 mA 5 kg, mB 30 kg, mC 15 kg Kinematics: y A 2 y B xC constant v A 2vB vC 0 a A 2aB aC 0 Free Body Diagram of Block A: (1) Equation of Motion: F y mA a A mA g T mA a A aA g Free Body Diagram of Block B: T mA (2) Equation of Motion: F y mB aB mB g 2T mB aB aB g Free Body Diagram of Block B: 2T mB (3) Equations of Motion: F y 0 N mC g F x mC aC 0.3mC g T mC aC Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. Problem 12.33 (Continued) aC 0.3 g Substitute (2), (3) and (4) (1) 3.3g T mC (4) T 4T T 0 mA mB mC Substitute (5) (2): aA g 8.25 g 5 a A 6.377 m/s 2 Substitute (5) (3): aB g 16.5 g 30 aB 4.415 m/s 2 Substitute (5) (4): aC 0.3 g 8.25 g 15 aC 2.453 m/s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.34 A 25-kg block A rests on an inclined surface, and a 15-kg counterweight B is attached to a cable as shown. Neglecting friction, determine the acceleration of A and the tension in the cable immediately after the system is released from rest. SOLUTION Let the positive direction of x and y be those shown in the sketch, and let the origin lie at the cable anchor. Constraint of cable: x A y B / A constant or a A aB / A 0, where the positive directions of a A and aB / A are respectively the x and the y (1) directions. Then a B / A a A First note that a B a A a B / A a A Block B: + 20 aB / A 20 Fx mB aB x : mB g sin 20 N AB mB a A mB a A N AB mB g sin 20 15 a A N AB 50.328 (2) + F m a y B B y : mB g cos 20 T mB a B / A mB aB / A T mB g cos 20 15 aB / A T 138.276 Block A: + (3) Fx m Aa A : m A g sin 20 N AB T m Aa A m Aa A N AB T m A g sin 20 25 aB / A N AB T 83.880 (4) Eliminate aB / A using Eq. (1), then add Eq. (4) to Eq. (2) and subtract Eq. (3). 55 a A 4.068 or a A 0.0740 m/s 2 , a A 0.0740 m/s 2 20 From Eq. (1), aB / A 0.0740 m/s 2 From Eq. (3), T 137.2 N Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. T 137.2 N PROBLEM 12.35 Block B of mass 10-kg rests as shown on the upper surface of a 22-kg wedge A. Knowing that the system is released from rest and neglecting friction, determine (a) the acceleration of B, (b) the velocity of B relative to A at t 0.5 s. SOLUTION A: Fx mA aA : WA sin 30 N AB cos 40 mA aA (a) NAB or 22 a A 12 g cos 40 Now we note: a B a A a B /A , where aB/A is directed along the top surface of A. B: Fy mB a y : NAB WB cos 20 mB a A sin 50 NAB 10 ( g cos 20 aA sin 50) or Equating the two expressions for NAB 1 22 a A g 2 10( g cos 20 a A sin 50) cos 40 or aA (9.81)(1.1 cos 20 cos 40) 6.4061 m/s 2 2.2 cos 40 sin 50 Fx mB ax : WB sin 20 mB aB/A mB aA cos50 or aB/A g sin 20 a A cos50 (9.81sin 20 6.4061cos50) m/s 2 7.4730 m/s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.35 (Continued) Finally a B a A a B/ A We have aB2 6.40612 7.47302 2(6.4061 7.4730) cos 50 or aB 5.9447 m/s 2 and or 7.4730 5.9447 sin sin 50 74.4 a B 5.94 m/s 2 (b) 75.6 Note: We have uniformly accelerated motion, so that v 0 at Now v B/A v B v A a B t a At aB/At At t 0.5 s: vB/A 7.4730 m/s 2 0.5 s or v B/A 3.74 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. 20 PROBLEM 12.36 A 450-g tetherball A is moving along a horizontal circular path at a constant speed of 4 m/s. Determine (a) the angle that the cord forms with pole BC, (b) the tension in the cord. SOLUTION a A an First we note v A2 l AB sin where Fy 0: TAB cos WA 0 (a) TAB or mA g cos Fx mA a A : TAB sin mA v A2 Substituting for TAB and mA g v A2 sin mA cos l AB sin 1 cos 2 or sin 2 1 cos 2 (4 m/s)2 cos 1.8 m 9.81 m/s 2 cos2 0.906105cos 1 0 cos 0.64479 Solving 49.9 or (b) From above TAB m A g 0.450 kg 9.81 m/s 2 cos 0.64479 TAB 6.85 N or Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.37 During a hammer thrower’s practice swings, the 7.1-kg head A of the hammer revolves at a constant speed v in a horizontal circle as shown. If 0.93 m and 60, determine (a) the tension in wire BC, (b) the speed of the hammer’s head. SOLUTION First we note a A an v A2 Fy 0: TBC sin 60 WA 0 (a) or 7.1 kg 9.81 m/s 2 sin 60 80.426 N TBC TBC 80.4 N Fx mA a A : TBC cos 60 mA (b) or v A2 v A2 (80.426 N) cos 60 0.93 m 7.1 kg vA 2.30 m/s or Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.38 Human centrifuges are often used to simulate different acceleration levels for pilots. When aerospace physiologists say that a pilot is pulling 9g’s, they mean that the resultant normal force on the pilot from the bottom of the seat is nine times their weight. Knowing that the centrifuge starts from rest and has a constant angular acceleration of 1.5 RPM per second until the pilot is pulling 9g’s and then continues with a constant angular velocity, determine (a) how long it will take for the pilot to reach 9g’s (b) the angle of the normal force once the pilot reaches 9 g’s. Assume that the force parallel to the seat is zero. SOLUTION 1.5 RPM/s 0.157 rad/s 2 0 0 Given: N 9 mg R7 m Free Body Diagram of Pilot: Equations of Motion: F y ma y n N sin mg m 0 N sin mg F (1) man N cos mR 2 = N cos mR (2) Substitute N=9mg into (1): 9mg sin mg 1 6.379 sin 1 9 Substitute N=9mg and θ into (2): 9*9.81cos 6.379 7 3.540 rad/s = For constant angular acceleration: 0 t 3.540 0 0.157 * t (a) Solving for t: t 22.55 s From earlier: 6.379 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.39 A single wire ACB passes through a ring at C attached to a sphere which revolves at a constant speed v in the horizontal circle shown. Knowing that the tension is the same in both portions of the wire, determine the speed v. SOLUTION Fx ma: T (sin 30 sin 45) mv 2 (1) Fy 0: T (cos 30 cos 45) mg 0 T (cos 30 cos 45) mg Divide Eq. (1) by Eq. (2): (2) sin 30 sin 45 v 2 cos30 cos 45 g v 2 0.76733 g 0.76733 (1.6 m)(9.81 m/s 2 ) 12.044 m 2 /s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. v 3.47 m/s PROBLEM 12.40* Two wires AC and BC are tied at C to a sphere which revolves at a constant speed v in the horizontal circle shown. Determine the range of the allowable values of v if both wires are to remain taut and if the tension in either of the wires is not to exceed 60 N. SOLUTION From the solution of Problem 12.39, we find that both wires remain taut for 3.01 m/s v 3.96 m/s To determine the values of v for which the tension in either wire will not exceed 60 N, we recall Eqs. (1) and (2) from Problem 12.39: TAC sin 30 TBC sin 45 mv 2 (1) TAC cos30 TBC cos 45 mg (2) Subtract Eq. (1) from Eq. (2). Since sin 45° cos 45°, we obtain TAC (cos30 sin 30) mg mv 2 (3) Multiply Eq. (1) by cos 30°, Eq. (2) by sin 30°, and subtract: TBC (sin 45 cos30 cos 45 sin 30) TBC sin15 mv 2 mv 2 cos30 mg sin 30 cos30 mg sin 30 (4) Making TAC 60 N, m 5 kg, 1.6 m, g 9.81 m/s 2 in Eq. (3), we find the value v1 of v for which TAC 60 N: 60(cos30 sin 30) 5(9.81) 21.962 49.05 5v12 1.6 v12 0.32 v12 8.668, We have TAC 60 N for v v1 , that is, for Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. v1 2.94 m/s v 2.94 m/s PROBLEM 12.40* (Continued) Making TBC 60 N, m 5 kg, 1.6 m, g 9.81 m/s 2 in Eq. (4), we find the value v2 of v for which TBC 60 N: 60sin 15 5v22 cos 30 5(9.81) sin 30 1.6 15.529 2.7063v22 24.523 v22 14.80, v2 3.85 m/s We have TBC 60 N for v v2 , that is, for Combining the results obtained, we conclude that the range of allowable value is v 3.85 m/s 3.01 m/s v 3.85 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.41 A 1-kg sphere is at rest relative to a parabolic dish which rotates at a constant rate about a vertical axis. Neglecting friction and knowing that r 1 m, determine (a) the speed v of the sphere, (b) the magnitude of the normal force exerted by the sphere on the inclined surface of the dish. SOLUTION r 2 dy , r 1 tan 2 dx Given: y Free Body Diagram of Sphere: Equations of Motion: 45 or Fy 0: N cos mg 0 N mg cos Fn man : N sin man mg tan m v2 r v 2 gr tan (a) v 2 9.8111.0000 9.81 m 2 /s 2 (b) N 1 9.81 mg cos 45 cos 45 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. v 3.13 m/s N 13.87 N PROBLEM 12.42* As part of an outdoor display, a 12-lb model C of the earth is attached to wires AC and BC and revolves at a constant speed v in the horizontal circle shown. Determine the range of the allowable values of v if both wires are to remain taut and if the tension in either of the wires is not to exceed 26 lb. SOLUTION aC an First note vC2 3 ft where Fx mC aC : TCA sin 40 TCB sin15 WC vC2 g Fy 0: TCA cos 40 TCB cos15 WC 0 Note that Eq. (2) implies that (a) when TCB (TCB )max , TCA (TCA )max (b) when TCB (TCB )min , TCA (TCA )min Case 1: TCA is maximum. Let Eq. (2) or TCA 26 lb (26 lb)cos 40 TCB cos15 (12 lb) 0 TCB 8.1964 lb (TCB )(TCA )max 26 lb OK [(TCB )max 8.1964 lb] Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (1) (2) PROBLEM 12.42* (Continued) Eq. (1) (vC2 )(TCA )max (32.2 ft/s 2 )(3 ft) (26sin 40 8.1964 sin15) lb 12 lb (vC )(TCA )max 12.31 ft/s or (cos15)(Eq. 1) (sin15)(Eq. 2) Now we form TCA sin 40 cos15 TCA cos 40 sin15 WC vC2 cos15 WC sin15 g TCA sin 55 WC vC2 cos15 WC sin15 g or (3) (vc )max occurs when TCA (TCA )max (vC )max 12.31 ft/s Case 2: TCA is minimum. Because (TCA )min occurs when TCB (TCB )min, let TCB 0 (note that wire BC will not be taut). TCA cos 40 (12 lb) 0 Eq. (2) TCA 15.6649 lb, 26 lb OK or Note: Eq. (3) implies that when TCA (TCA )min , vC (vC )min . Then (32.2 ft/s 2 )(3 ft) (15.6649 lb)sin 40 12 lb Eq. (1) (vC2 )min or (vC )min 9.00 ft/s 0 TCA TCB 6 lb when 9.00 ft/s vC 12.31 ft/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.43* The 1.2-lb flyballs of a centrifugal governor revolve at a constant speed v in the horizontal circle of 6-in. radius shown. Neglecting the weights of links AB, BC, AD, and DE and requiring that the links support only tensile forces, determine the range of the allowable values of v so that the magnitudes of the forces in the links do not exceed 17 lb. SOLUTION v2 First note a an where 0.5 ft W v2 g (1) Fy 0: TDA cos 20 TDE cos 30 W 0 (2) Fx ma : TDA sin 20 TDE sin 30 Note that Eq. (2) implies that (a) when TDE (TDE )max , TDA (TDA )max (b) when TDE (TDE )min , TDA (TDA )min Case 1: TDA is maximum. Let Eq. (2) TDA 17 lb (17 lb)cos 20 TDE cos30 (1.2 lb) 0 or TDE 17.06 lb unacceptable ( 17 lb) Now let TDE 17 lb Eq. (2) or TDA cos 20 (17 lb)cos30 (1.2 lb) 0 TDA 16.9443 lb OK ( 17 lb) Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.43* (Continued) (TDA )max 16.9443 lb (TDE )max 17 lb (v 2 )(TDA )max Eq. (1) (32.2 ft/s 2 )(0.5 ft) (16.9443sin 20 17sin 30) lb 1.2 lb v(TDA )max 13.85 ft/s or (cos30) [Eq. (1)] (sin 30) [Eq. (2)] Now form TDA sin 20 cos30 TDA cos 20 sin 30 W v2 cos30 W sin 30 g TDA sin 50 W v2 cos30 W sin 30 g or (3) vmax occurs when TDA (TDA )max vmax 13.85 ft/s Case 2: TDA is minimum. Because (TDA )min occurs when TDE (TDE )min , let TDE 0. Eq. (2) TDA cos 20 (1.2 lb) 0 or TDA 1.27701 lb, 17 lb OK Note: Eq. (3) implies that when TDA (TDA )min , v vmin . Then Eq. (1) (v 2 )min (32.2 ft/s 2 ) (0.5 ft) (1.27701 lb)sin 20 1.2 lb vmin 2.42 ft/s or 0 TAB , TBC , TAD , TDE 17 lb when 2.42 ft/s v 13.85 ft/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.44 A 130-lb wrecking ball B is attached to a 45-ft-long steel cable AB and swings in the vertical arc shown. Determine the tension in the cable (a) at the top C of the swing, (b) at the bottom D of the swing, where the speed of B is 13.2 ft/s. SOLUTION (a) At C, the top of the swing, vB 0; thus an vB2 0 LAB Fn 0: TBA WB cos 20 0 TBA (130 lb) cos 20 or TBA 122.2 lb or Fn man : TBA WB mB (b) or (vB ) 2D LAB 130 lb TBA (130 lb) 2 32.2 ft/s 2 (13.2 ft/s) 45 ft TBA 145.6 lb or Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.45 During a high-speed chase, a 2400-lb sports car traveling at a speed of 100 mi/h just loses contact with the road as it reaches the crest A of a hill. (a) Determine the radius of curvature of the vertical profile of the road at A. (b) Using the value of found in part a, determine the force exerted on a 160-lb driver by the seat of his 3100-lb car as the car, traveling at a constant speed of 50 mi/h, passes through A. SOLUTION (a) Note: 100 mi/h 146.667 ft/s Fn man : Wcar or Wcar v A2 g (146.667 ft/s) 2 32.2 ft/s 2 668.05 ft 668 ft or (b) Note: v is constant at 0; 50 mi/h 73.333 ft/s Fn man : W N or W v A2 g (73.333 ft/s) 2 N (160 lb) 1 2 (32.2 ft/s )(668.05 ft) N 120.0 lb or Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.46 An airline pilot climbs to a new flight level along the path shown. Knowing that the speed of the airplane decreases at a constant rate from 180 m/s at point A to 160 m/s at point C, determine the magnitude of the abrupt change in the force exerted on a 90-kg passenger as the airplane passes point B. SOLUTION Angle change over arc AB. 8 0.13963 rad 180 Length of arc: s AB 6000 0.13963 837.76 m sBC 800 m, s AC 837.76 800 1637.76 m 160 v 180 1637.76 dv 0 1602 1802 at 1637.76 2 2 or at ds at 2.076 m/s 2 vB 837.76 180 v dv 0 at ds vB2 1802 2.076 837.76 2 2 or vB2 28922 m 2 /s 2 vB 170.06 m/s Weight of passenger: mg 90 9.81 882.9 N Just before point B. an Free Body Diagram of Pilot: + 6000 m v 170.06 m/s, v2 170.06 2 6000 4.820 m/s 2 Fn N1 W m an 1 : N1 882.9 90 4.820 449.1 N + F F ma : t t t Just after point B. + Ft 1 90 2.076 186.8 N v 170.06 m/s, Fy 0 : N 2 W 0 , an 0 N 2 W 882.9 N + F ma : F ma 90 2.076 186.8 N x t t t Ft does not change. N increases by 433.8 N. magnitude of change of force 434 N Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.47 The roller-coaster track shown is contained in a vertical plane. The portion of track between A and B is straight and horizontal, while the portions to the left of A and to the right of B have radii of curvature as indicated. A car is traveling at a speed of 72 km/h when the brakes are suddenly applied, causing the wheels of the car to slide on the track (k 0.20). Determine the initial deceleration of the car if the brakes are applied as the car (a) has almost reached A, (b) is traveling between A and B, (c) has just passed B. SOLUTION Fn man : N mg m (a) v2 v2 N m g v2 F k N k m g Ft mat : F mat at Given data: F v2 k g m k 0.20, v 72 km/h 20 m/s 30 m g 9.81 m/s 2 , (20) 2 at 0.20 9.81 30 (b) an 0 at 4.63 m/s 2 Fn man 0: N mg 0 N mg F k N k mg Ft mat : F mat at F k g 0.20(9.81) m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. at 1.962 m/s 2 PROBLEM 12.47 (Continued) (c) Fn man : mg N mv 2 v2 N m g v2 F k N k m g Ft mat : F mat at F v2 k g m (20) 2 0.20 9.81 45 at 0.1842 m/s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.48 A spherical-cap governor is fixed to a vertical shaft that rotates with angular velocity . When the string-supported clapper of mass m touches the cap, a cutoff switch is operated electrically to reduce the speed of the shaft. Knowing that the radius of the clapper is small relative to the cap, determine the minimum angular speed at which the cutoff switch operates. SOLUTION Given: min is the angular velocity when the clapper hits the cap Geometry From Figure: Distance AB is 300 mm, the length of the Clapper Arm Distance BC and AC is 300 mm, the radius of the Spherical Cap. Therefore ABC is equilateral, so 60 and 30 R 0.3*cos Free Body Diagram of Clapper: Equations of Motion: F y ma y n FA cos mg m 0 FA Substitute (1)into (2): win = mg cos F (1) man 2 FA sin mRmin win = FA sin mR (2) m g tan mR 9.81tan 60 0.3cos 30 8.087 rad/s win =77.23 rpm Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.49 A series of small packages, each with a mass of 0.5 kg, are discharged from a conveyor belt as shown. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction between each package and the conveyor belt is 0.4, determine (a) the force exerted by the belt on a package just after it has passed Point A, (b) the angle defining the Point B where the packages first slip relative to the belt. SOLUTION Assume package does not slip. at 0, F f s N On the curved portion of the belt an v2 (1 m/s)2 4 m/s 2 0.250 m For any angle Fy ma y : N mg cos man mv 2 N mg cos mv 2 (1) Fx max : F f mg sin mat 0 F f mg sin (a) At Point A, 0 N (0.5)(9.81)(1.000) (0.5)(4) (b) At Point B, (2) F f s N mg sin s (mg cos man ) a 4 sin s cos n 0.40 cos g 9.81 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. N 2.905 N PROBLEM 12.49 (Continued) Squaring and using trigonometic identities, 1 cos2 0.16cos2 0.130479cos 0.026601 1.16cos2 0.130479cos 0.97340 0 cos 0.97402 13.09 Check that package does not separate from the belt. N Ff s mg sin s N 0. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.50 A 54-kg pilot flies a jet trainer in a half vertical loop of 1200-m radius so that the speed of the trainer decreases at a constant rate. Knowing that the pilot’s apparent weights at Points A and C are 1680 N and 350 N, respectively, determine the force exerted on her by the seat of the trainer when the trainer is at Point B. SOLUTION First we note that the pilot’s apparent weight is equal to the vertical force that she exerts on the seat of the jet trainer. At A: Fn man : N A W m v A2 1680 N 9.81 m/s 2 v A2 (1200 m) 54 kg or 25,561.3 m 2 /s 2 At C: Fn man : N C W m or vC2 350 N 9.81 m/s 2 vC2 (1200 m) 54 kg 19,549.8 m 2 /s 2 Since at constant, we have from A to C vC2 v A2 2at s AC or or 19,549.8 m 2/s 2 25,561.3 m 2 /s 2 2at ( 1200 m) at 0.79730 m/s 2 Then from A to B vB2 v A2 2at s AB 25,561.3 m 2/s 2 2(0.79730 m/s 2 ) 1200 m 2 22,555 m 2/s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.50 (Continued) At B: Fn man : N B m vB2 22,555 m 2 /s 2 1200 m or N B 54 kg or N B 1014.98 N Ft mat : W PB m | at | or PB (54 kg)(0.79730 9.81) m/s 2 or PB 486.69 N Finally, ( Fpilot ) B N B2 PB2 (1014.98) 2 (486.69) 2 1126 N or (Fpilot ) B 1126 N Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. 25.6° PROBLEM 12.51 A carnival ride is designed to allow the general public to experience high acceleration motion. The ride rotates about Point O in a horizontal circle such that the rider has a speed v0. The rider reclines on a platform A which rides on rollers such that friction is negligible. A mechanical stop prevents the platform from rolling down the incline. Determine (a) the speed v0 at which the platform A begins to roll upwards, (b) the normal force experienced by an 80-kg rider at this speed. SOLUTION Radius of circle: R 5 1.5cos 70 5.513 m F ma: Components up the incline, 70°: mA g cos 20 mv02 sin 20 R 1 (a) Components normal to the incline, N mg sin 20 (b) 1 g R 2 (9.81 m/s) (5.513 m 2 Speed v0 : v0 12.1898 m/s tan 20 tan 20 Normal force: v0 12.19 m/s 20°. mv02 cos 20. R N (80)(9.81)sin 20 80(12.1898)2 cos 20 2294 N 5.513 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. N 2290 N PROBLEM 12.52 A curve in a speed track has a radius of 1000 ft and a rated speed of 120 mi/h. (See Sample Problem 12.7 for the definition of rated speed). Knowing that a racing car starts skidding on the curve when traveling at a speed of 180 mi/h, determine (a) the banking angle , (b) the coefficient of static friction between the tires and the track under the prevailing conditions, (c) the minimum speed at which the same car could negotiate that curve. SOLUTION W mg Weight a Acceleration v2 Fx max : F W sin ma cos F mv 2 cos mg sin (1) Fy ma y : N W cos ma sin N (a) mv 2 sin mg cos (2) Banking angle. Rated speed v 120 mi/h 176 ft/s. F 0 at rated speed. 0 mv 2 cos mg sin (176)2 v2 0.96199 g (1000) (32.2) 43.89 tan (b) Slipping outward. 43.9 v 180 mi/h 264 ft/s F N F v 2 cos g sin N v 2 sin g cos (264) 2 cos 43.89 (1000) (32.2)sin 43.89 (264)2 sin 43.89 (1000) (32.2) cos 43.89 0.39009 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. 0.390 PROBLEM 12.52 (Continued) (c) Minimum speed. F N v 2 cos g sin v 2 sin g cos g (sin cos ) v2 cos sin (1000) (32.2) (sin 43.89 0.39009 cos 43.89) cos 43.89 0.39009 sin 43.89 13.369 ft 2 /s 2 v 115.62 ft/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. v 78.8 mi/h PROBLEM 12.53 Tilting trains, such as the American Flyer which will run from Washington to New York and Boston, are designed to travel safely at high speeds on curved sections of track which were built for slower, conventional trains. As it enters a curve, each car is tilted by hydraulic actuators mounted on its trucks. The tilting feature of the cars also increases passenger comfort by eliminating or greatly reducing the side force Fs (parallel to the floor of the car) to which passengers feel subjected. For a train traveling at 100 mi/h on a curved section of track banked through an angle 6 and with a rated speed of 60 mi/h, determine (a) the magnitude of the side force felt by a passenger of weight W in a standard car with no tilt ( 0), (b) the required angle of tilt if the passenger is to feel no side force. (See Sample Problem 12.7 for the definition of rated speed.) SOLUTION vR 60 mi/h 88 ft/s, 100 mi/h 146.67 ft/s Rated speed: From Sample Problem 12.6, vR2 g tan or vR2 (88) 2 2288 ft g tan 32.2 tan 6 Let the x-axis be parallel to the floor of the car. Fx max : Fs W sin ( ) man cos( ) (a) mv 2 cos ( ) 0. v2 cos ( ) sin ( ) Fs W g (146.67) 2 cos 6 sin 6 W (32.2)(2288) 0.1858W Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. Fs 0.1858W PROBLEM 12.53 (Continued) (b) For Fs 0, v2 cos ( ) sin ( ) 0 g v2 (146.67) 2 0.29199 g (32.2)(2288) 16.28 tan ( ) 16.28 6 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. 10.28 PROBLEM 12.54 Tests carried out with the tilting trains described in Problem 12.53 revealed that passengers feel queasy when they see through the car windows that the train is rounding a curve at high speed, yet do not feel any side force. Designers, therefore, prefer to reduce, but not eliminate, that force. For the train of Problem 12.53, determine the required angle of tilt if passengers are to feel side forces equal to 10% of their weights. SOLUTION vR 60 mi/h 88 ft/s, 100 mi/h 146.67 ft/s Rated speed: From Sample Problem 12.6, vR2 g tan or vR2 (88) 2 2288 ft g tan 32.2 tan 6 Let the x-axis be parallel to the floor of the car. Fx max : Fs W sin ( ) man cos( ) Solving for Fs, Now So that Let Then mv 2 cos ( ) v2 cos ( ) sin ( ) Fs W g v2 (146.67)2 0.29199 and Fs 0.10W g (32.2)(2288) 0.10W W [0.29199 cos ( ) sin ( )] u sin ( ) cos ( ) 1 u 2 0.10 0.29199 1 u 2 u or 0.29199 1 u 2 0.10 u Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.54 (Continued) Squaring both sides, 0.08526(1 u 2 ) 0.01 0.2u u 2 or 1.08526u 2 0.2u 0.07526 0 The positive root of the quadratic equation is u 0.18685 Then, sin 1 u 10.77 10.77 6 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. 4.77 PROBLEM 12.55 A 3-kg block is at rest relative to a parabolic dish which rotates at a constant rate about a vertical axis. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction is 0.5 and that r 2 m, determine the maximum allowable velocity v of the block. SOLUTION Let be the slope angle of the dish. tan At r 2 m, tan 1 or dy 1 r dr 2 45 Draw free body sketches of the sphere. Fy 0: N cos S N sin mg 0 N mg cos S sin Fn man: N sin S N cos mv 2 mg (sin S N cos ) mv 2 cos S sin v2 g sin S cos sin 45 0.5cos 45 (2)(9.81) 58.86 m2 /s2 cos S sin cos 45 0.5sin 45 v 7.67 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.56 A polisher is started so that the fleece along the circumference undergoes a constant tangential acceleration of 4 m/s 2 . Three seconds after a polisher is started from rest, small tufts of fleece from along the circumference of the 225-mm-diameter polishing pad are observed to fly free of the pad. At this instant, determine (a) the speed v of a tuft as it leaves the pad, (b) the magnitude of the force required to free a tuft if the average mass of a tuft is 1.6 mg. SOLUTION (a) at constant uniformly acceleration motion Then v 0 at t At t 3 s: v (4 m/s 2 )(3 s) v 12.00 m/s or (b) Ft mat : Ft mat or Ft (1.6 106 kg)(4 m/s 2 ) 6.4 106 N Fn man : Fn m At t 3 s: Fn (1.6 106 kg) v2 (12 m/s)2 m 0.225 2 2.048 103 N Finally, Ftuft Ft 2 Fn2 (6.4 106 N) 2 (2.048 103 N)2 or Ftuft 2.05 103 N Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.57 A turntable A is built into a stage for use in a theatrical production. It is observed during a rehearsal that a trunk B starts to slide on the turntable 10 s after the turntable begins to rotate. Knowing that the trunk undergoes a constant tangential acceleration of 0.24 m/s 2 , determine the coefficient of static friction between the trunk and the turntable. SOLUTION First we note that (aB )t constant implies uniformly accelerated motion. vB 0 (aB )t t vB (0.24 m/s 2 )(10 s) 2.4 m/s At t 10 s: In the plane of the turntable F mB a B : F mB (a B )t mB (aB )n Then F mB (aB )t2 (aB ) 2n mB (aB )t2 vB2 2 Fy 0: N W 0 or N mB g At t 10 s: F s N s mB g Then 2 s mB g mB (aB )t2 vB 2 1/ 2 or 1 s 9.81 m/s 2 2 (2.4 m/s) 2 2 2 (0.24 m/s ) 2.5 m s 0.236 or Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.58 The carnival ride from Prob 12.51 is modified so that the 80 kg riders can move up and down the inclined wall as the speed of the ride increases. Assuming that the friction between the wall and the carriage is negligible, determine the position h of the rider if the speed v0 = 13 m/s. SOLUTION Given: m 80 kg, v0 13 m/s Geometry from figure: R 5 h cos 70 Free Body Diagram of Rider: Equations of Motion: F y ma y n N cos 70 mg m 0 N Substitute (1)into (2): v mg cos 70 F (1) man mv 2 R N sin 70 R v= m N sin 70 (2) m g tan 70R m 13 9.81tan 70 5 h cos 70 h 3.714 m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.59 The carnival ride from Prob 12.51 is modified so that the 80 kg riders can move up and down the inclined wall as the speed of the ride increases. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction between the wall and the platform is 0.2, determine the range of values of the constant speed v0 for which the platform will remain in the position shown. SOLUTION Given: m 80 kg, s 0.2, h 1.5 m Geometry from figure: R 5 1.5cos 70 5.513 m Minimum and Maximum speeds occur if slipping is impending: f s N Finding the minimum speed so that rider does not slide down the wall: Free Body Diagram of Rider: Equations of Motion: F y ma y N cos 70 f sin 70 mg m 0 N cos 70 s N sin 70 mg 0 mg cos 70 s sin 70 N N 1480.9 N F n man 2 mvmin R 2 mvmin N sin 70 s N cos 70 R N sin 70 f cos 70 vmin = N sin 70 s cos 70 R m vmin 9.430 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.59 (Continued) Finding the maximum speed so that rider does not slide up the wall: Free Body Diagram of Rider: Equations of Motion: F y ma y N cos 70 f sin 70 mg m 0 N cos 70 s N sin 70 mg 0 mg cos 70 s sin 70 N N 5093.4 N F n man 2 mvmin R 2 mvmin N sin 70 s N cos 70 R N sin 70 f cos 70 vmin = N sin 70 s cos 70 R m vmin 18.81 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.60 A semicircular slot of 10-in. radius is cut in a flat plate which rotates about the vertical AD at a constant rate of 14 rad/s. A small, 0.8-lb block E is designed to slide in the slot as the plate rotates. Knowing that the coefficients of friction are s 0.35 and k 0.25, determine whether the block will slide in the slot if it is released in the position corresponding to (a) 80, (b) 40. Also determine the magnitude and the direction of the friction force exerted on the block immediately after it is released. SOLUTION First note Then 1 (26 10 sin ) ft 12 vE ABCD an vE2 (ABCD )2 1 (26 10 sin ) ft (14 rad/s) 2 12 98 (13 5 sin ) ft/s 2 3 Assume that the block is at rest with respect to the plate. Fx max : N W cos m or vE2 v2 N W cos E sin g Fy ma y : F W sin m or sin vE2 cos v2 F W sin E cos g Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.60 (Continued) (a) We have 80 Then 1 98 N (0.8 lb) cos80 (13 5sin 80) ft/s 2 sin 80 2 3 32.2 ft/s 6.3159 lb 1 98 F (0.8 lb) sin 80 (13 5sin 80) ft/s 2 cos80 2 3 32.2 ft/s 1.92601 lb Fmax s N 0.35(6.3159 lb) 2.2106 lb Now The block does not slide in the slot, and F 1.926 lb (b) We have 80° 40 Then 1 98 N (0.8 lb) cos 40 (13 5sin 40) ft/s 2 sin 40 2 3 32.2 ft/s 4.4924 lb 1 98 F (0.8 lb) sin 40 (13 5sin 40) ft/s 2 cos 40 2 3 32.2 ft/s 6.5984 lb Now Fmax s N , from which it follows that F Fmax Block E will slide in the slot and a E a n a E/plate a n (a E/plate )t (a E/plate )n At t 0, the block is at rest relative to the plate, thus (a E/plate )n 0 at t 0, so that a E/plate must be directed tangentially to the slot. Fx max : N W cos 40 m or vE2 sin 40 v2 N W cos 40 E sin 40 (as above) g 4.4924 lb Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.60 (Continued) F k N Sliding: 0.25(4.4924 lb) 1.123 lb Noting that F and a E/plane must be directed as shown (if their directions are reversed, then Fx is while ma x is ), we have the block slides downward in the slot and F 1.123 lb 40° Alternative solutions. (a) Assume that the block is at rest with respect to the plate. F ma: W R man Then tan ( 10) or and Now so that W W g 2 man W vE ( ABCD )2 g 32.2 ft/s 2 98 (13 5sin 80) ft/s 2 3 (from above) 10 6.9588 16.9588 tan s s s 0.35 s 19.29 0 s Block does not slide and R is directed as shown. Now F R sin Then F (0.8 lb) and R W sin ( 10) sin16.9588 sin 6.9588 1.926 lb The block does not slide in the slot and F 1.926 lb Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. 80° PROBLEM 12.60 (Continued) (b) Assume that the block is at rest with respect to the plate. F ma: W R man From Part a (above), it then follows that tan ( 50) g (ABCD ) 2 32.2 ft/s 2 98 (13 5sin 40) ft/s 2 3 50 5.752 or 55.752 and s 19.29 Now s so that The block will slide in the slot and then k , where k 14.0362 or tan k k k 0.25 To determine in which direction the block will slide, consider the free-body diagrams for the two possible cases. F ma : W R ma n ma E/plate Now From the diagrams it can be concluded that this equation can be satisfied only if the block is sliding downward. Then Fx max : W cos 40 R cos k m or sin 40 F R sin k Now Then vE2 W cos 40 F W vE2 sin 40 g tan k v2 F kW cos 40 E sin 40 g (see the first solution) 1.123 lb The block slides downward in the slot and F 1.123 lb Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. 40° PROBLEM 12.61 A small block B fits inside a lot cut in arm OA which rotates in a vertical plane at a constant rate. The block remains in contact with the end of the slot closest to A and its speed is 1.4 m/s for 0 150. Knowing that the block begins to slide when 150, determine the coefficient of static friction between the block and the slot. SOLUTION Draw the free body diagrams of the block B when the arm is at 150. v at 0, g 9.81 m/s 2 Ft mat : mg sin 30 N 0 N mg sin 30 Fn man : mg cos30 F m F mg cos30 Form the ratio s v2 mv 2 F , and set it equal to s for impending slip. N F g cos30 v 2 / 9.81 cos30 (1.4) 2 /0.3 9.81 sin 30 N g sin 30 s 0.400 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.62 The parallel-link mechanism ABCD is used to transport a component I between manufacturing processes at stations E, F, and G by picking it up at a station when 0 and depositing it at the next station when 180. Knowing that member BC remains horizontal throughout its motion and that links AB and CD rotate at a constant rate in a vertical plane in such a way that vB 2.2 ft/s, determine (a) the minimum value of the coefficient of static friction between the component and BC if the component is not to slide on BC while being transferred, (b) the values of for which sliding is impending. SOLUTION Fx max : F W vB2 cos g Fy ma y : N W W vB2 sin g v2 N W 1 B sin g or v2 Fmax s N s W 1 B sin g Now and for the component not to slide F Fmax or or v2 W vB2 cos s W 1 B sin g g s cos g vB2 sin Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.62 (Continued) We must determine the values of which maximize the above expression. Thus d d sin sin cos g vB2 g vB2 sin (cos )( cos ) g vB2 sin 2 or sin vB2 g Now sin (2.2 ft/s) 2 0.180373 (32.2 ft/s 2 ) 10 ft 12 s ( s )min 10.3915 and 169.609 or (a) for 0 From above, ( s ) min ( s ) min cos g vB2 sin where sin vB2 g cos cos sin tan sin 1 sin 2 1 sin tan10.3915 (s )min 0.1834 or (b) We have impending motion to the left for 10.39 to the right for 169.6 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.63 Knowing that the coefficients of friction between the component I and member BC of the mechanism of Problem 12.62 are s 0.35 and k 0.25, determine (a) the maximum allowable constant speed vB if the component is not to slide on BC while being transferred, (b) the values of for which sliding is impending. SOLUTION Fx max : F W vB2 cos g Fy ma y : N W W vB2 sin g v2 N W 1 B sin g or Fmax s N Now v2 s W 1 B sin g and for the component not to slide F Fmax or or v2 W vB2 cos s W 1 B sin g g vB2 s g cos s sin must be less than or equal to the minimum value To ensure that this inequality is satisfied, vB2 max of s g /(cos s sin ), which occurs when (cos s sin ) is maximum. Thus d (cos s sin ) sin s cos 0 d or tan s s 0.35 or 19.2900 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (1) PROBLEM 12.63 (Continued) (a) The maximum allowed value of vB is then v 2 B max s g cos s sin g tan g sin cos (tan ) sin where tan s 10 (32.2 ft/s 2 ) ft sin 19.2900 12 (vB )max 2.98 ft/s or (b) First note that for 90 180, Eq. (1) becomes vB2 s g cos s sin where 180 . It then follows that the second value of for which motion is impending is 180 19.2900 160.7100 we have impending motion to the left for 19.29 to the right for 160.7 Alternative solution. F ma : W R man For impending motion, s . Also, as shown above, the values of for which motion is impending minimize the value of vB, and thus the value of an is an vB2 . From the above diagram, it can be concluded that an is minimum when man and R are perpendicular. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.63 (Continued) Therefore, from the diagram s tan 1 s and or or (as above) man W sin s m vB2 mg sin vB2 g sin (as above) For 90 180, we have from the diagram 180 (as above) s and or man W sin s vB2 g sin (as above) Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.64 A small 250-g collar C can slide on a semicircular rod which is made to rotate about the vertical AB at a constant rate of 7.5 rad/s. Determine the three values of for which the collar will not slide on the rod, assuming no friction between the collar and the rod. SOLUTION If the collar is not sliding, it moves at constant speed on a circle of radius r sin . v Normal acceleration. an v2 2 2 (r sin ) 2 Fy ma y : N cos mg 0 N mg cos Fx ma x : N sin ma mg sin (m r sin ) 2 cos (1) To satisfy (1), either: sin 0 or cos g r 2 0 or 180 or cos 9.81 0.3488 (0.5) (7.5) 2 0, 180, and 69.6 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.65 A small 250-g collar C can slide on a semicircular rod which is made to rotate about the vertical AB at a constant rate of 7.5 rad/s. Knowing that the coefficients of friction are s = 0.25 and k = 0.20, indicate whether the collar will slide on the rod if it is released in the position corresponding to (a) = 75, (b) = 40. Also, determine the magnitude and direction of the friction force exerted on the collar immediately after release. SOLUTION If the collar is not sliding, it moves at constant speed on a circle of radius r sin . v r 500 mm 0.500 m, 7.5 rad/s, Given: m 250 g 0.250 kg. Normal acceleration: an v2 2 2 (r sin ) 2 F ma: F mg sin m (r sin ) 2 cos F m ( g r 2 cos )sin F ma : N mg cos m(r sin ) 2 sin N m( g cos r 2 sin 2 ) (a) 75. F (0.25) 9.81 (0.500 cos 75)(7.5)2 sin 75 0.61112 N N (0.25) 9.81cos 75 (0.500sin 2 75)(7.5) 2 7.1950 N s N (0.25)(7.1950) 1.7987 N Since F s N , the collar does not slide. F 0.611 N Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. 75 PROBLEM 12.65 (Continued) F (0.25) 9.81 (0.500 cos 40) (7.5)2 sin 40 (b) 40. 1.8858 N N (0.25) 9.81cos 40 (0.500sin 2 40)(7.5)2 4.7839 N s N (0.25) (4.7839) 1.1960 N Since F s N , the collar slides. Since the collar is sliding, F k N . Fn ma : N mg cos man sin N mg cos m (r sin ) 2 sin m g cos (r sin 2 ) 2 (0.25) 9.81cos 40 (0.500sin 2 40)(7.5) 2 4.7839 N F k N (0.20) (4.7839) 0.957 N F 0.957 N Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. 40 PROBLEM 12.66 An advanced spatial disorientation trainer allows the cab to rotate around multiple axes as well as extend inwards and outwards. It can be used to simulate driving, fixed wing aircraft flying, and helicopter maneuvering. In one training scenario, the trainer rotates and translates in the horizontal plane where the location of the pilot is defined by the relationships r 10 2 cos t and 0.1 2t 2 t , where r, and t are expressed 3 in feet, radians, and seconds, respectively. Knowing that the pilot has a mass of 175 lbs, (a) find the magnitude of the resulting force acting on the pilot at t= 5 s (b) plot the magnitudes of the radial and transverse components of the force exerted on the pilot from 0 to 10 seconds. SOLUTION r 10 2 cos t ft 3 Given: 0.1 2t 2 t rad m 175 lbs 5.435 slugs 32.2 ft/s 2 Using Radial and Transverse Coordinates: 2 sin t ft/s 3 3 2 2 r cos t ft/s 2 9 3 r 0.1 4t 1 rad/s 0.4 rad/s 2 Free Body Diagram of pilot (top and side view) showing net forces in the radial and transverse directions: Equations of Motion: F r mar m r r 2 2 2 2 cos t 10 2 cos t 0.12 4t 1 Fr m 3 3 9 F ma m r 2r 0.4 F m 10 2 cos t 0.4 sin t 4t 1 3 3 3 F z 0 Fz mg Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.66 (Continued) (a) Evaluate forces at t=5 s: Fr 221.78 lbs F 61.37 lbs Fz 175 lbs F 289.1 lb F Fr2 F2 Fz2 (b) Plot of Fr and Fθ from t=0 to t=10 s: Radial and Transverse Components of Force for t=0 to 10 seconds 100 0 -100 Force, (lbs) -200 -300 -400 -500 -600 -700 -800 Radial Component Transverse Component 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Time, (sec) 7 8 9 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. 10 PROBLEM 12.67 An advanced spatial disorientation trainer is programmed to only rotate and translate in the horizontal plane. The pilot’s location is defined by the relationships r 8 1 e t and 2 / sin t , where r, and t 2 are expressed in feet, radians, and seconds, respectively. Determine the radial and transverse components of the force exerted on the 175 lb pilot at t = 3 s. SOLUTION r 8 1 e t ft Given: 2 / sin t rad 2 175 lbs m 5.435 slugs 32.2 ft/s 2 Using Radial and Transverse Coordinates: t r 8e ft/s r 8et ft/s 2 cos t rad/s 2 sin t rad/s 2 2 2 Free Body Diagram of pilot (top view) showing net forces in the radial and transverse directions: Equations of Motion: F r mar Fr m r r 2 Fr m 8e t 8 1 et cos 2 t 2 F ma F m r 2r F m 8 1 et sin t 16et cos t 2 2 2 Evaluate Fr and Fθ at t=3 s: Fr 2.165 lb F 64.90 lb Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.68 The 3-kg collar B slides on the frictionless arm AA. The arm is attached to drum D and rotates about O in a horizontal plane at the rate 0.75t , where and t are expressed in rad/s and seconds, respectively. As the arm-drum assembly rotates, a mechanism within the drum releases cord so that the collar moves outward from O with a constant speed of 0.5 m/s. Knowing that at t 0, r 0, determine the time at which the tension in the cord is equal to the magnitude of the horizontal force exerted on B by arm AA. SOLUTION Kinematics dr r 0.5 m/s dt We have At t 0, r 0: r 0 dr t 0 0.5 dt or r (0.5t ) m Also, r 0 (0.75t ) rad/s 0.75 rad/s 2 Now ar r r 2 0 [(0.5t ) m][(0.75t ) rad/s]2 (0.28125t 3 ) m/s 2 and a r 2r [(0.5t ) m][0.75 rad/s 2 ] 2(0.5 m/s)[(0.75t ) rad/s] (1.125t ) m/s 2 Kinetics Fr mar : T (3 kg)(0.28125t 3 ) m/s 2 or T (0.84375t 3 ) N F mB a : Q (3 kg)(1.125t ) m/s 2 or Q (3.375t ) N Now require that T Q or or (0.84375t 3 ) N (3.375t ) N t 2 4.000 t 2.00 s or Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.69 A 0.5-kg block B slides without friction inside a slot cut in arm OA which rotates in a vertical plane. The rod has a constant angular acceleration 10 rad/s2. Knowing that when º and r 0.8 m the velocity of the block is zero, determine at this instant, (a) the force exerted on the block by the arm, (b) the relative acceleration of the block with respect to the arm. SOLUTION Given: r 0.8 m, 10 rad/s 2 m 0.5 kg, W mg 45, Using Radial and Transverse Components: vr r 0, FBD of Block B v r 0 0 (a) F ma : N W cos 45 m r 2r N mg cos 45 m r 2r (0.5)(9.81) cos 45 0.5 0.810 0 7.468 (b) N 7.47 N Fr mar : mg sin 45 m r r 2 45 mg sin 45 r 2 m g sin 45 r 2 9.81 sin 45 0 6.937 m/s 2 r a B / rod 6.94 m/s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. 45 PROBLEM 12.70 Pin B weighs 4 oz and is free to slide in a horizontal plane along the rotating arm OC and along the circular slot DE of radius b 20 in. Neglecting friction and assuming that 15 rad/s and 250 rad/s 2 for the position 20, determine for that position (a) the radial and transverse components of the resultant force exerted on pin B, (b) the forces P and Q exerted on pin B, respectively, by rod OC and the wall of slot DE. SOLUTION Kinematics. From the geometry of the system, we have r 2b cos Then r (2b sin ) r 2b(sin 2 cos ) and ar r r 2 2b(sin 2 cos ) (2b cos ) 2 2b(sin 2 2 cos ) Now 20 2 ft [(250 rad/s2 )sin 20 2(15 rad/s)2 cos 20] 1694.56 ft/s2 12 a r 2r (2b cos ) 2(2b sin ) 2b( cos 2 2 sin ) and 20 2 ft [(250 rad/s2 )cos 20 2(15 rad/s)2 sin 20] 270.05 ft/s2 12 Kinetics. (a) We have Fr mar and F ma 1 lb 4 32.2 ft/s2 1 4 lb 32.2 ft/s 2 (1694.56 ft/s2 ) 13.1565 lb Fr 13.16 lb F 2.10 lb (270.05 ft/s 2 ) 2.0967 lb Fr : Fr Q cos 20 (b) or Q 1 (13.1565 lb) 14.0009 lb cos 20 F : F P Q sin 20 or P (2.0967 14.0009sin 20) lb 6.89 lb P 6.89 lb 70 Q 14.00 lb 40 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.71 The two blocks are released from rest when r 0.8 m and 30. Neglecting the mass of the pulley and the effect of friction in the pulley and between block A and the horizontal surface, determine (a) the initial tension in the cable, (b) the initial acceleration of block A, (c) the initial acceleration of block B. SOLUTION Let r and be polar coordinates of block A as shown, and let yB be the position coordinate (positive downward, origin at the pulley) for the rectilinear motion of block B. Constraint of cable: r yB constant, r vB 0, For block A, For block B, r aB 0 r aB (1) Fx mAaA : T cos mAaA or T mAaA sec (2) or + Fy mB aB : mB g T mB aB Adding Eq. (1) to Eq. (2) to eliminate T, mB g mAaA sec mBaB (3) (4) Radial and transverse components of a A. Use either the scalar product of vectors or the triangle construction shown, being careful to note the positive directions of the components. r r 2 ar a A e r a A cos (5) Noting that initially 0, using Eq. (1) to eliminate r, and changing signs gives aB a A cos (6) Substituting Eq. (6) into Eq. (4) and solving for a A , aA mB g (25) (9.81) 5.48 m/s 2 m A sec mB cos 20sec30 25cos 30 From Eq. (6), aB 5.48cos30 4.75 m/s 2 (a) From Eq. (2), T (20)(5.48)sec30 126.6 (b) Acceleration of block A. (c) Acceleration of block B. T 126.6 N a A 5.48 m/s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. a B 4.75 m/s 2 PROBLEM 12.72 The velocity of block A is 2 m/s to the right at the instant when r 0.8 m and 30. Neglecting the mass of the pulley and the effect of friction in the pulley and between block A and the horizontal surface, determine, at this instant, (a) the tension in the cable, (b) the acceleration of block A, (c) the acceleration of block B. SOLUTION Let r and be polar coordinates of block A as shown, and let yB be the position coordinate (positive downward, origin at the pulley) for the rectilinear motion of block B. Radial and transverse components of v A. Use either the scalar product of vectors or the triangle construction shown, being careful to note the positive directions of the components. r vr v A er vA cos30 2cos30 1.73205 m/s r v v A e v A sin 30 2sin 30 1.000 m/s 2 v 1.000 1.25 rad/s r 0.8 Constraint of cable: r yB constant, r vB 0, For block A, For block B, r aB 0 or r aB Fx mAaA : T cos mAaA or T mAaA sec + Fy mB aB : mB g T mB aB Adding Eq. (1) to Eq. (2) to eliminate T, mB g mAaA sec mBaB (1) (2) (3) (4) Radial and transverse components of a A. Use a method similar to that used for the components of velocity. r r 2 ar a A e r a A cos (5) Using Eq. (1) to eliminate r and changing signs gives aB a A cos r 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (6) PROBLEM 12.72 (Continued) Substituting Eq. (6) into Eq. (4) and solving for a A , aA mB g r2 mA sec mB cos (25)[9.81 (0.8)(1.25)2 ] 6.18 m/s 2 20sec30 25cos30 From Eq. (6), aB 6.18cos 30 (0.8)(1.25) 2 4.10 m/s 2 (a) From Eq. (2), T (20)(6.18)sec30 142.7 (b) Acceleration of block A. (c) Acceleration of block B. T 142.7 N a A 6.18 m/s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. a B 4.10 m/s 2 PROBLEM 12.73* Slider C has a weight of 0.5 lb and may move in a slot cut in arm AB, which rotates at the constant rate 0 10 rad/s in a horizontal plane. The slider is attached to a spring of constant k 2.5 lb/ft, which is unstretched when r 0. Knowing that the slider is released from rest with no radial velocity in the position r 18 in. and neglecting friction, determine for the position r 12 in. (a) the radial and transverse components of the velocity of the slider, (b) the radial and transverse components of its acceleration, (c) the horizontal force exerted on the slider by arm AB. SOLUTION Let l0 be the radial coordinate when the spring is unstretched. Force exerted by the spring. Fr k (r l0 ) Fr mar : k (r l0 ) m( r r 2 ) kl k r 2 r 0 m m (1) But d dr dr dr (r) r dt dr dt dr kl k rdr rdr 2 r 0 dr m m r Integrate using the condition r r0 when r r0 . 1 2 r 1 2 k 2 kl0 r r r r 2 r0 2 m m r0 kl 1 2 1 2 1 2 k 2 r r0 r r02 0 (r r0 ) 2 2 2 m m 2kl0 k r 2 r02 2 r 2 r02 (r r0 ) m m Data: m W 0.5 lb 0.01553 lb s 2 /ft g 32.2 ft/s 2 10 rad/s, k 2.5 lb/ft, l0 0 r0 (vr )0 0, r0 18 in. 1.5 ft, r 12 in. 1.0 ft Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.73* (Continued) (a) Components of velocity when r 12 in. 2.5 (1.02 1.52 ) 0 r 2 0 102 0.01553 76.223 ft 2 /s 2 vr r 8.7306 ft/s Since r is decreasing, vr is negative (b) r 8.7306 ft/s vr 8.73 ft/s v r (1.0)(10) v 10.00 ft/s Components of acceleration. Fr kr kl0 (2.5)(1.0) 0 2.5 lb ar Fr 2.5 0.01553 m ar 161.0 ft/s 2 a r 2r 0 (2)(8.7306)(10) a 174.6 ft/s 2 (c) Transverse component of force. F ma (0.01553)(174.6) Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. F 2.71 lb PROBLEM 12.74 A particle of mass m is projected from Point A with an initial velocity v0 perpendicular to line OA and moves under a central force F directed away from the center of force O. Knowing that the particle follows a path defined by the equation r r0 / cos 2 and using Eq. (12.25), express the radial and transverse components of the velocity v of the particle as functions of . SOLUTION Since the particle moves under a central force, h constant. Using Eq. (12.27), h r 2 h0 r0 v0 or r0 v0 r 2 r0 v0 cos 2 r0 2 v0 cos 2 r0 Radial component of velocity. vr r r0 r0 dr d d d cos 2 sin 2 r0 3/ 2 (cos 2 ) sin 2 v0 cos 2 (cos 2 )3/2 r vr v0 sin 2 cos 2 Transverse component of velocity. v h r0 v0 cos 2 r r0 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. v v0 cos 2 PROBLEM 12.75 For the particle of Problem 12.74, show (a) that the velocity of the particle and the central force F are proportional to the distance r from the particle to the center of force O, (b) that the radius of curvature of the path is proportional to r3. PROBLEM 12.74 A particle of mass m is projected from Point A with an initial velocity v0 perpendicular to line OA and moves under a central force F directed away from the center of force O. Knowing that the particle follows a path defined by the equation r r0 / cos 2 and using Eq. (12.25), express the radial and transverse components of the velocity v of the particle as functions of . SOLUTION Since the particle moves under a central force, h constant. Using Eq. (12.27), h r 2 h0 r0 v0 or r0 v0 r 2 r0 v0 cos 2 r0 2 v0 cos 2 r0 Differentiating the expression for r with respect to time, r r0 dr d d d cos 2 sin 2 sin 2 v0 sin 2 r0 cos 2 v0 r0 3/ 2 3/ 2 r (cos 2 ) (cos 2 ) cos 2 0 Differentiating again, r (a) dr d sin 2 2 cos 2 2 sin 2 2 v0 2 2 cos 2 2 sin 2 2 v0 v0 d d r0 (cos 2 )3/ 2 cos 2 cos 2 vr r v0 sin 2 cos 2 vr v r 0 cos 2 r0 v0 r sin 2 r0 v (vr )2 (v )2 v0 r sin 2 2 cos2 2 r0 v v0 r r0 v 2 2cos 2 2 sin 2 2 r0 v0 2 ar r r 2 0 cos 2 2 r0 cos 2 cos 2 r0 2 v0 2 cos 2 2 sin 2 2 v0 v 2r 02 r0 r0 r0 cos 2 cos 2 Fr mar mv02 r r02 : Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. Fr mv02 r r02 PROBLEM 12.75 (Continued) Since the particle moves under a central force, a 0. Magnitude of acceleration. a ar 2 a 2 v0 2 r r0 2 Tangential component of acceleration. at v0 2 r dv d v0 r v0 r sin 2 dt dt r0 r0 r0 2 Normal component of acceleration. at a 2 at 2 r cos 2 0 r But an Hence, (b) But an v2 or v0 2 r r0 2 1 sin 2 2 v0 2 r cos 2 r0 2 2 v0 2 r v 2 v0 2 r 2 r 2 2 an r0 v0 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. r3 r02 PROBLEM 12.76 A particle of mass m is projected from Point A with an initial velocity v0 perpendicular to line OA and moves under a central force F along a semicircular path of diameter OA. Observing that r r0 cos and using Eq. (12.25), show that the speed of the particle is v v0 /cos 2 . SOLUTION Since the particle moves under a central force, h constant. Using Eq. (12.27), h r 2 h0 r0 v0 or r0 v0 r 2 r0 v0 r0 cos 2 2 v0 r0 cos2 Radial component of velocity. vr r d ( r0 cos ) (r0 sin ) dt Transverse component of velocity. v r (r0 cos ) Speed. v vr 2 v 2 r0 r0 v0 r0 cos 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. v v0 cos2 PROBLEM 12.77 For the particle of Problem 12.76, determine the tangential component Ft of the central force F along the tangent to the path of the particle for (a) 0, (b) 45. PROBLEM 12.76 A particle of mass m is projected from Point A with an initial velocity v0 perpendicular to line OA and moves under a central force F along a semicircular path of diameter OA. Observing that r r0 cos and using Eq. (12.25), show that the speed of the particle is v v0 /cos 2 . SOLUTION Since the particle moves under a central force, h constant Using Eq. (12.27), h r 2 h0 r0 v0 r0 v0 r 2 r0 v0 r0 cos 2 2 v0 r0 cos 2 Radial component of velocity. vr r d ( r0 cos ) (r0 sin ) dt Transverse component of velocity. v r (r0 cos ) Speed. v vr 2 v 2 r0 r0 v0 r0 cos 2 v0 cos2 Tangential component of acceleration. at v0 dv (2)( sin ) 2v0 sin v0 3 3 dt cos cos r0 cos 2 2v0 2 sin r0 cos5 Tangential component of force. Ft mat : Ft (a) 0, (b) 45, 2mv0 2 sin r0 cos5 Ft 0 Ft Ft 0 2mv0 sin 45 cos5 45 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. Ft 8mv0 2 r0 PROBLEM 12.78 Determine the mass of the earth knowing that the mean radius of the moon’s orbit about the earth is 238,910 mi and that the moon requires 27.32 days to complete one full revolution about the earth. SOLUTION Mm [Eq. (12.28)] r2 We have F G and F Fn man m Then or Now G Mm v2 m r r2 M v r 2 v G 2 r 2 so that v2 r M 2 r 2 r 1 2 3 r G G Noting that 27.32 days 2.3604 106 s and r 238,910 mi 1.26144 109 ft we have or M 2 2 9 3 (1.26144 10 ft) 9 4 4 6 34.4 10 ft /lb s 2.3604 10 s 1 M 413 1021 lb s 2 /ft Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.79 Show that the radius r of the moon’s orbit can be determined from the radius R of the earth, the acceleration of gravity g at the surface of the earth, and the time required for the moon to complete one full revolution about the earth. Compute r knowing that 27.3 days, giving the answer in both SI and U.S. customary units. SOLUTION Mm r2 We have F G and F Fn man m Then G GM r GM gR 2 Now v2 so that v2 r Mm v2 m r r2 v2 or [Eq. (12.28)] [Eq. (12.30)] g gR 2 or v R r r 2 r 2 r v R gr For one orbit, or g 2 R 2 r 2 4 Now 27.3 days 2.35872 106 s 1/ 3 Q.E.D. R 3960 mi 20.9088 106 ft 1/3 9.81 m/s 2 (2.35872 106 s) 2 (6.37 106 m)2 r 4 2 SI: 382.81 106 m r 383 103 km or U.S. customary units: 1/3 32.2 ft/s 2 (2.35872 106 s) 2 (20.9088 106 ft)2 r 4 2 1256.52 106 ft r 238 103 mi or Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.80 Communication satellites are placed in a geosynchronous orbit, i.e., in a circular orbit such that they complete one full revolution about the earth in one sidereal day (23.934 h), and thus appear stationary with respect to the ground. Determine (a) the altitude of these satellites above the surface of the earth, (b) the velocity with which they describe their orbit. Give the answers in both SI and U.S. customary units. SOLUTION For gravitational force and a circular orbit, Fr GMm mv 2 r r2 or v GM r Let be the period time to complete one orbit. But v 2 r Then GM 2 r 4 2 3 or GM 2 4 2 r 2 r GM 2 r 2 4 1/3 23.934 h 86.1624 103 s Data: (a) v 2 2 or g 9.81 m/s 2 , R 6.37 106 m In SI units: GM gR 2 (9.81)(6.37 106 )2 398.06 1012 m3 /s 2 1/3 (398.06 1012 )(86.1624 103 )2 6 r 42.145 10 m 2 4 h 35,800 km altitude h r R 35.775 106 m In U.S. units: g 32.2 ft/s 2 , R 3960 mi 20.909 106 ft GM gR 2 (32.2)(20.909 106 ) 2 14.077 1015 ft 3 /s 2 1/3 (14.077 1015 )(86.1624 103 )2 6 r 138.334 10 ft 2 4 altitude h r R 117.425 106 ft Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. h 22, 200 mi PROBLEM 12.80 (Continued) (b) In SI units: v GM 398.06 1012 3.07 103 m/s r 42.145 106 v GM 14.077 1015 10.09 103 ft/s 6 r 138.334 10 v 3.07 km/s In U.S. units: v 10.09 103 ft/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.81 Show that the radius r of the orbit of a moon of a given planet can be determined from the radius R of the planet, the acceleration of gravity at the surface of the planet, and the time required by the moon to complete one full revolution about the planet. Determine the acceleration of gravity at the surface of the planet Jupiter knowing that R 71,492 km and that 3.551 days and r 670.9 103 km for its moon Europa. SOLUTION Mm r2 We have F G and F Fn man m Then or Now so that G [Eq. (12.28)] v2 r Mm v2 m 2 r r v2 GM r GM gR 2 v2 [Eq. (12.30)] gR 2 r or vR g r 2 r 2 r v R gr For one orbit, or g 2 R 2 r 2 4 Solving for g, g 4 2 1/3 Q.E.D. r3 2 R2 and noting that 3.551 days 306,806 s, then g Jupiter 4 2 4 2 3 rEur 2 Eur RJup (670.9 106 m)3 (306,806 s)2 (71.492 106 m) 2 g Jupiter 24.8 m/s 2 or Note: g Jupiter 2.53 g Earth Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.82 The orbit of the planet Venus is nearly circular with an orbital velocity of 126.5 103 km/h. Knowing that the mean distance from the center of the sun to the center of Venus is 108 106 km and that the radius of the sun is 695 103 km, determine (a) the mass of the sun, (b) the acceleration of gravity at the surface of the sun. SOLUTION Let M be the mass of the sun and m the mass of Venus. For the circular orbit of Venus, GMm mv 2 man 2 r r GM rv 2 where r is radius of the orbit. r 108 106 km 108 109 m Data: v 126.5 103 km/hr 35.139 103 m/s GM (108 109 )(35.139 103 ) 2 1.3335 1020 m3 /s 2 M (a) Mass of sun. (b) At the surface of the sun, GM 1.3335 1020 m3 /s 2 G 66.73 1012 M 1.998 1030 kg R 695.5 103 km 695.5 106 m GMm mg R2 g GM 1.3335 1020 R2 (695.5 106 )2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. g 276 m/s 2 PROBLEM 12.83 A satellite is placed into a circular orbit about the planet Saturn at an altitude of 2100 mi. The satellite describes its orbit with a velocity of 54.7 103 mi/h. Knowing that the radius of the orbit about Saturn and the periodic time of Atlas, one of Saturn’s moons, are 85.54 103 mi and 0.6017 days, respectively, determine (a) the radius of Saturn, (b) the mass of Saturn. (The periodic time of a satellite is the time it requires to complete one full revolution about the planet.) SOLUTION 2 rA Velocity of Atlas. vA where v A 85.54 103 mi 451.651 106 ft and A 0.6017 days 51,987s Gravitational force. A vA (2 ) (451.651 106 ) 54.587 103 ft/s 51,987 F GMm mv 2 r r2 from which GM rv2 constant For the satellite, rs vs2 rA v A2 rAv A2 vs 2 rs where vs 54.7 103 mi/h 80.227 103 ft/s (451.651 106 )(54.587 103 )2 209.09 106 ft (80.227 103 )2 rs 39,600 mi rs (a) Radius of Saturn. R rs (altitude) 39,600 2100 (b) R 37,500 mi Mass of Saturn. M rAvA2 (451.651 106 )(54.587 103 )2 G 34.4 109 M 39.1 1024 lb s 2 /ft Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.84 The periodic time (see Prob. 12.83) of an earth satellite in a circular polar orbit is 120 minutes. Determine (a) the altitude h of the satellite, (b) the time during which the satellite is above the horizon for an observer located at the north pole. SOLUTION For gravitational force and a circular orbit, Fr GMm mv 2 r r2 v or GM r Let be the periodic time to complete one orbit. v 2 r or GM 2 r r 1/ 3 Solving for r, GM 2 r 2 4 For earth, R 3960 mi 20.909 106 ft, g 32.2 ft/s 2 GM gR 2 32.2 20.909 106 2 14.077 1015 ft 3/s 2 Data: 120 min 7200 s 1/ 3 14.077 1015 7200 2 r 4 2 26.441 106 ft (a) altitude h r R 5.532 106 ft (b) cos h 1048 mi R 20.909 106 0.79078 r 26.441 106 37.74 t AB 75.48 7200 1509.6 s 2 360 360 t AB 25.2 min Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.85 A 500 kg spacecraft first is placed into a circular orbit about the earth at an altitude of 4500 km and then is transferred to a circular orbit about the moon. Knowing that the mass of the moon is 0.01230 times the mass of the earth and that the radius of the moon is 1737 km, determine (a) the gravitational force exerted on the spacecraft as it was orbiting the earth, (b) the required radius of the orbit of the spacecraft about the moon if the periodic times (see Problem 12.83) of the two orbits are to be equal, (c) the acceleration of gravity at the surface of the moon. SOLUTION RE 6.37 106 m First note that rE RE hE (6.37 106 4.5 106 ) m Then (a) 10.87 106 m F We have GMm r2 [Eq. (12.28)] GM gR 2 and [Eq. (12.29)] m R W r2 r 2 Then F gR 2 For the earth orbit, 6.37 106 m F (500 kg)(9.81 m/s ) 6 10.87 10 m 2 2 F 1684 N or (b) From the solution to Problem 12.78, we have 2 M Then Now 1 2 3 r G 2 r 3/ 2 GM E M 2 rE3/ 2 GM E 2 rM3/ 2 GM M (1) 1/3 or M rM M rE (0.01230)1/3 (10.87 106 m) ME or rM 2.509 106 m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. rM 2510 km PROBLEM 12.85 (Continued) (c) GM gR 2 We have [Eq.(12.29)] Substituting into Eq. (1) 2 rE3/ 2 RE g E 2 rM3/ 2 RM g M 2 3 2 R r R M g M E M gE E M RM rE RM M E or gE using the results of Part (b). Then 2 6370 km 2 gM (0.01230)(9.81 m/s ) 1737 km g moon 1.62 m/s 2 or Note: g moon 1 g earth 6 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.86 A space vehicle is in a circular orbit of 2200-km radius around the moon. To transfer it to a smaller circular orbit of 2080-km radius, the vehicle is first placed on an elliptic path AB by reducing its speed by 26.3 m/s as it passes through A. Knowing that the mass of the moon is 73.49 1021 kg, determine (a) the speed of the vehicle as it approaches B on the elliptic path, (b) the amount by which its speed should be reduced as it approaches B to insert it into the smaller circular orbit. SOLUTION For a circular orbit, Fn man : F m F G Eq. (12.28): Then G or v2 r Mm r2 Mm v2 m 2 r r GM v2 r 66.73 1012 m3 /kg s 2 73.49 1021 kg 2200 103 m Then 2 (vA )circ or (vA )circ 1493.0 m/s and 2 (vB )circ or (vB )circ 1535.5 m/s (a) We have 66.73 1012 m3 /kg s 2 73.49 1021 kg 2080 103 m (v A )TR (v A )circ v A (1493.0 26.3) m/s 1466.7 m/s Conservation of angular momentum requires that rA m(vA )TR rB m(vB )TR or 2200 km 1466.7 m/s 2080 km 1551.3 m/s (vB )TR (vB )TR 1551 m/s or (b) Now or (v B )circ (vB )TR vB vB (1535.5 1551.3) m/s vB 15.8 m/s or Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.87 As a first approximation to the analysis of a space flight from the earth to Mars, assume the orbits of the earth and Mars are circular and coplanar. The mean distances from the sun to the earth and to Mars are 149.6 106 km and 227.8 106 km, respectively. To place the spacecraft into an elliptical transfer orbit at point A, its speed is increased over a short interval of time to v A which is 2.94 km/s faster than the earth’s orbital speed. When the spacecraft reaches point B on the elliptical transfer orbit, its speed vB is increased to the orbital speed of Mars. Knowing that the mass of the sun is 332.8 103 times the mass of the earth, determine the increase in speed required at B. SOLUTION For earth, GM earth gR 2 9.81 6.37 106 2 398.06 1012 m3/s 2 For sun, GM sun 332.8 103 GM earth 132.474 1018 m3 /s 2 For circular orbit of earth, rE 149.6 106 km 149.6 109 m/s vE For transfer orbit AB, rA rE , GM sun rE 132.474 1018 29.758 103 m/s 149.6 109 rB rM 227.8 109 m v A vE v A 29.758 103 2.94 103 32.698 103 m/s mrAv A mrB vB 149.6 109 32.698 103 rAv A vB 21.473 103 m/s 9 rB 227.8 10 For circular orbit of Mars, vM GM sun rM 132.474 1018 24.115 103 m/s 9 227.8 10 Speed increase at B. v B vM vB 24.115 103 21.473 103 2.643 103 m/s v B Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. 2.64 km/s PROBLEM 12.88 To place a communications satellite into a geosynchronous orbit (see Problem 12.80) at an altitude of 22,240 mi above the surface of the earth, the satellite first is released from a space shuttle, which is in a circular orbit at an altitude of 185 mi, and then is propelled by an upperstage booster to its final altitude. As the satellite passes through A, the booster’s motor is fired to insert the satellite into an elliptic transfer orbit. The booster is again fired at B to insert the satellite into a geosynchronous orbit. Knowing that the second firing increases the speed of the satellite by 4810 ft/s, determine (a) the speed of the satellite as it approaches B on the elliptic transfer orbit, (b) the increase in speed resulting from the first firing at A. SOLUTION For earth, R 3960 mi 20.909 106 ft GM gR 2 (32.2)(20.909 106 ) 2 14.077 1015 ft 3 /s 2 rA 3960 185 4145 mi 21.8856 106 ft rB 3960 22, 240 26, 200 mi 138.336 106 ft Speed on circular orbit through A. (v A )circ GM rA 14.077 1015 21.8856 106 25.362 103 ft/s Speed on circular orbit through B. (vB )circ GM rB 14.077 1015 138.336 106 10.088 103 ft/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.88 (Continued) (a) Speed on transfer trajectory at B. (vB ) tr 10.088 103 4810 5.278 103 Conservation of angular momentum for transfer trajectory. 5280 ft/s rA (v A ) tr rB (vB ) tr (v A ) tr rB (vB ) tr rA (138.336 106 )(5278) 21.8856 106 33.362 103 ft/s (b) Change in speed at A. v A (v A ) tr (v A )circ 33.362 103 25.362 103 8.000 103 vA 8000 ft/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.89 A space vehicle is in a circular orbit of 1400-mi radius around the moon. To transfer to a smaller orbit of 1300-mi radius, the vehicle is first placed in an elliptic path AB by reducing its speed by 86 ft/s as it passes through A. Knowing that the mass of the moon is 5.03 1021 lb s 2 /ft, determine (a) the speed of the vehicle as it approaches B on the elliptic path, (b) the amount by which its speed should be reduced as it approaches B to insert it into the smaller circular orbit. SOLUTION Circular orbits: v GM r rA 1400 mi 7.392 106 ft vA 1 34.4 10 5.03 10 9 21 7.392 106 4.8382 103 ft/s rB 1300 mi 6.864 106 ft vB 2 34.4 10 5.03 10 9 21 6.864 106 5.0208 103 ft/s (a) Transfer orbit AB. vA 2 vA 1 v A 4.8382 103 86 4.7522 103 ft/s mrA v A 2 mrB vB 1 vB 1 rA v A 2 rB 7.392 10 4.7522 10 5.1178 10 6 3 3 6.864 103 ft/s vB 1 5.12 103 ft/s (b) Speed change at B. vB vB 2 vB 1 5.0208 103 ft/s 5.1178 103 ft/s 97.0 ft/s Speed reduction at B. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. vB 97.0 ft/s PROBLEM 12.90 A 1 kg collar can slide on a horizontal rod, which is free to rotate about a vertical shaft. The collar is initially held at A by a cord attached to the shaft. A spring of constant 30 N/m is attached to the collar and to the shaft and is undeformed when the collar is at A. As the rod rotates at the rate 16 rad/s, the cord is cut and the collar moves out along the rod. Neglecting friction and the mass of the rod, determine (a) the radial and transverse components of the acceleration of the collar at A, (b) the acceleration of the collar relative to the rod at A, (c) the transverse component of the velocity of the collar at B. SOLUTION Fsp k (r rA ) First note (a) F 0 and at A, Fr Fsp 0 (a A ) r 0 (aA ) 0 Fr mar : (b) Noting that Fsp m ( r r 2 ) acollar/rod r , we have at A 0 m[acollar/rod (150 mm)(16 rad/s)2 ] acollar/rod 38400 mm/s 2 (acollar/rod ) A 38.4 m/s 2 or (c) After the cord is cut, the only horizontal force acting on the collar is due to the spring. Thus, angular momentum about the shaft is conserved. rA m (vA ) rB m (vB ) Then or (vB ) where (v A ) rA 0 150 mm [(150 mm)(16 rad/s)] 800 mm/s 450 mm (vB ) 0.800 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.91 A 1-lb ball A and a 2-lb ball B are mounted on a horizontal rod which rotates freely about a vertical shaft. The balls are held in the positions shown by pins. The pin holding B is suddenly removed and the ball moves to position C as the rod rotates. Neglecting friction and the mass of the rod and knowing that the initial speed of A is vA 8 ft/s, determine (a) the radial and transverse components of the acceleration of ball B immediately after the pin is removed, (b) the acceleration of ball B relative to the rod at that instant, (c) the speed of ball A after ball B has reached the stop at C. SOLUTION Let r and be polar coordinates with the origin lying at the shaft. Constraint of rod: B A radians; B A ; B A . (a) Components of acceleration Sketch the free body diagrams of the balls showing the radial and transverse components of the forces acting on them. Owing to frictionless sliding of B along the rod, (FB )r 0. Radial component of acceleration of B. Fr mB (aB )r : (aB )r 0 Transverse components of acceleration. (a A ) rA 2rA ra (aB ) rB 2rB (1) Since the rod is massless, it must be in equilibrium. Draw its free body diagram, applying Newton’s 3rd Law. M 0 0: rA (FA ) rB (FB ) rAmA (aA ) rBmB (aB ) 0 rAmArA rB mB (rB 2rB) 0 At t 0, 2mB rB m ArA2 mB rB 2 rB 0 so that 0. From Eq. (1), Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (aB ) 0 PROBLEM 12.91 (Continued) (b) Acceleration of B relative to the rod. (v ) 96 At t 0, (v A ) 8 ft/s 96 in./s, A 9.6 rad/s rA 10 rB rB 2 (aB ) r 0 rB rB2 (8) (9.6) 2 737.28 in./s 2 rB 61.4 ft/s 2 (c) Speed of A. Substituting d (mr 2) for rF in each term of the moment equation dt gives d d m ArA2 mB rB 2 0 dt dt Integrating with respect to time, mArA2 mB rB 2 mArA2 m r 2 0 B B 0 Applying to the final state with ball B moved to the stop at C, WA 2 WB 2 W W rA rC f A rA2 B (rB )02 0 g g g g f WArA2 WB (rB )02 (1)(10)2 (2)(8)2 0 (9.6) 3.5765 rad/s 2 2 WArA WB rC (1)(10) 2 (2)(16) 2 (v A ) f rA f (10)(3.5765) 35.765 in./s (v A ) f 2.98 ft/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.92 Two 2.6-lb collars A and B can slide without friction on a frame, consisting of the horizontal rod OE and the vertical rod CD, which is free to rotate about CD. The two collars are connected by a cord running over a pulley that is attached to the frame at O and a stop prevents collar B from moving. The frame is rotating at the rate 12 rad/s and r 0.6 ft when the stop is removed allowing collar A to move out along rod OE. Neglecting friction and the mass of the frame, determine, for the position r 1.2 ft, (a) the transverse component of the velocity of collar A, (b) the tension in the cord and the acceleration of collar A relative to the rod OE. SOLUTION Masses: m A mB 2.6 0.08075 lb s 2 /ft 32.2 (a) Conservation of angular momentum of collar A: ( H 0 )2 (H 0 )1 mAr1(v )1 mAr2 (v )2 (v )2 r1(v )1 r121 (0.6)2 (12) 3.6 1.2 r2 r2 (v )2 3.60 ft/s 2 (v ) 2 3.6 3.00 rad/s 1.2 rA (b) Let y be the position coordinate of B, positive upward with origin at O. Constraint of the cord: r y constant or y r Kinematics: (aB ) y y r Collar B: Collar A: and (a A ) r r r 2 Fy mB aB : T WB mB y mB r (1) Fr m A (a A )r : T m A ( r r 2 ) (2) Adding (1) and (2) to eliminate T, WB (m A mB ) r m Ar 2 a A/rod r mAr 2 WB (0.08075)(1.2)(3.00)2 (2.6) 10.70 ft/s 2 0.08075 0.08075 mA mB T mB ( r g ) (0.08075)(10.70 32.2) T 1.736 lb a A / rod 10.70 ft/s 2 radially inward. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.93 A small ball swings in a horizontal circle at the end of a cord of length l1 , which forms an angle 1 with the vertical. The cord is then slowly drawn through the support at O until the length of the free end is l2 . (a) Derive a relation among l1 , l2 , 1 , and 2 . (b) If the ball is set in motion so that initially l1 0.8 m and 1 35, determine the angle 2 when l2 0.6 m. SOLUTION (a) For state 1 or 2, neglecting the vertical component of acceleration, Fy 0: T cos W 0 T W cos Fx man : T sin W sin cos But sin mv 2 so that v2 W m sin 2 cos g sin tan v1 1 g sin 1 tan 1 v2 2 g sin 2 tan 2 and M y 0: H y constant r1mv1 r2 mv2 or v11 sin 1 v2 2 sin 2 3/2 3/2 1 g sin 1 sin 1 tan 1 2 sin 2 sin 2 tan 2 31 sin 3 1 tan 1 32 sin 3 2 tan 2 (b) With 1 35, 1 0.8 m, and 2 0.6 m (0.8)3 sin 3 35 tan 35 (0.6)3 sin 3 2 tan 2 sin 3 2 tan 2 0.31320 0 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. 2 43.6 PROBLEM 12.94 A particle of mass m is projected from Point A with an initial velocity v0 perpendicular to OA and moves under a central force F along an elliptic path defined by the equation r r0 /(2 cos ). Using Eq. (12.35), show that F is inversely proportional to the square of the distance r from the particle to the center of force O. SOLUTION u 1 2 cos , r r0 d 2u 2 F u 2 r0 mh 2 u 2 d Solving for F, F du sin , d r0 d 2 u cos r0 d 2 by Eq. (12.37). 2mh 2u 2 2mh 2 r0 r0 r 2 Since m, h, and r0 are constants, F is proportional to 1 r2 2 , or inversely proportional to r . Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.95 A particle of mass m describes the logarithmic spiral r r0 eb under a central force F directed toward the center of force O. Using Eq. (12.35) show that F is inversely proportional to the cube of the distance r from the particle to O. SOLUTION u 1 1 b e r r0 du b eb d r0 d 2u b 2 b e r0 d 2 d 2u b 2 1 b F u e r0 d 2 mh 2u 2 F (b 2 1)mh 2u 2 b e r0 (b 2 1)mh 2u 2 (b 2 1)mh 2 r r3 Since b, m, and h are constants, F is proportional to 1 r3 , or inversely proportional to r 3. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.96 A particle of mass m describes the path defined by the equation r r0 (6 cos 5) under a central force F directed away from the center of force O. Using Eq. (12.35), show that F is inversely proportional to the square of the distance r from the particle to O. SOLUTION 1 6 cos 5 r r0 6sin du d r0 2 d u 6cos d r0 u d 2u 5 F u r0 d 2 mh 2u 2 F Solving for F, Substitute u by Eq. (12.35). 5mh 2u 2 r0 1 r F 5mh 2 r0r 2 1 , or inversely proportional to r 2 . The minus sign r2 indicates that the force is repulsive, as shown in Fig. P12.96. Since m, h, and r0 are constants, F is proportional to Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.97 A particle of mass m describes the parabola y x 2 4r0 under a central force F directed toward the center of force C. Using Eq. (12.35) and Eq. 12.37 ' with 1, show that F is inversely proportional to the square of the distance r from the particle to the center of force and that the angular momentum per unit mass h 2GMr0 . SOLUTION From Fig. P12.97, But y x2 4r0 x r sin , y r0 r cos or r0 r cos r 2 1 cos2 r 2 sin 2 4r0 4r0 1 cos 2 4r0 2 r cos r r0 0 Solving the quadratic equation for r, r 2r0 1 cos 2 2 cos cos 2 4 1 cos 4r0 r0 2r 1 cos 2r0 cos 1 0 2 1 cos 1 cos 2 since r 0. Simplifying gives r 2r0 1 cos 1 1 cos u r 2r0 or du sin d 2r0 and (1) d 2u cos 2r0 d 2 d 2u 1 F u 2 2r0 d mh 2u 2 Solving for F, mh 2u 2 2r0 F Since m, h, and r0 are constants, F is proportional to F mh 2 2r0r 2 1 , or inversely proportional to r 2. r2 1 GM 2 1 cos u r h GM 1 Comparing with (1) shows that 1 and 2 2r0 h By Eq. 12.37 ' , Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. h 2GMr0 PROBLEM 12.98 It was observed that during its second flyby of the earth, the Galileo spacecraft had a velocity of 14.1 km/s as it reached its minimum altitude of 303 km above the surface of the earth. Determine the eccentricity of the trajectory of the spacecraft during this portion of its flight. SOLUTION For earth, R 6.37 106 m r0 6.37 106 303. 103 6.673 106 m h r0v0 (6.673 106 )(14.1 103 ) 94.09 109 m 2 /s GM gR 2 (9.81)(6.37 106 ) 2 398.06 1012 m 3 /s 2 1 GM 2 (1 ) r0 h 1 h2 (94.09 109 ) 2 3.33 r0GM (6.673 106 )(398.06 1012 ) 3.33 1 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. 2.33 PROBLEM 12.99 It was observed that during the Galileo spacecraft’s first flyby of the earth, its maximum altitude was 600 mi above the surface of the earth. Assuming that the trajectory of the spacecraft was parabolic, determine the maximum velocity of Galileo during its first flyby of the earth. SOLUTION For the earth: R 3960 mi 20.909 106 ft GM gR 2 (32.2) (20.909 106 ) 2 14.077 1015 ft 3 /s 2 For a parabolic trajectory, 1. Eq. (12.39) : At 0, 1 GM 2 (1 cos ) r h 1 2GM 2GM 2 2 2 r0 h r0 v0 or v0 2GM r0 At r0 3960 600 4560 mi 24.077 106 ft, v0 (2)(14.077 1015 ) 34.196 103 ft/s 24.077 106 v0 6.48 mi/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.100 As a space probe approaching the planet Venus on a parabolic trajectory reaches Point A closest to the planet, its velocity is decreased to insert it into a circular orbit. Knowing that the mass and the radius of Venus are 4.87 1024 kg and 6052 km, respectively, determine (a) the velocity of the probe as it approaches A, (b) the decrease in velocity required to insert it into the circular orbit. SOLUTION First note (a) rA (6052 280) km 6332 km From the textbook, the velocity at the point of closest approach on a parabolic trajectory is given by v0 2GM r0 1/ 2 Thus, (v A ) par 2 66.73 1012 m3 /kg s 2 4.87 1024 kg 6332 103 m 10,131.4 m/s (v A ) par 10.13 km/s or (b) We have (v A )circ (v A ) par v A Now (v A )circ Then v A GM r0 1 2 1 2 Eq. (12.44) (v A )par (v A ) par (v A )par 1 1 (10.1314 km/s) 2 2.97 km/s | vA | 2.97 km/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.101 It was observed that as the Voyager I spacecraft reached the point of its trajectory closest to the planet Saturn, it was at a distance of 185 103 km from the center of the planet and had a velocity of 21.0 km/s. Knowing that Tethys, one of Saturn’s moons, describes a circular orbit of radius 295 103 km at a speed of 11.35 km/s, determine the eccentricity of the trajectory of Voyager I on its approach to Saturn. SOLUTION For a circular orbit, v Eq. (12.44) GM r For the orbit of Tethys, GM rT vT2 For Voyager’s trajectory, we have 1 GM 2 (1 cos ) r h where h r0v0 At O, r r0 , 0 Then 1 GM (1 ) r0 (r0 v0 )2 or r0 v02 r v2 1 0 02 1 GM rT vT 2 185 103 km 21.0 km/s 1 295 103 km 11.35 km/s 1.147 or Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.102 A satellite describes an elliptic orbit about a planet of mass M. Denoting by r0 and r1, respectively, the minimum and maximum values of the distance r from the satellite to the center of the planet, derive the relation 1 1 2GM 2 r0 r1 h where h is the angular momentum per unit mass of the satellite. SOLUTION Using Eq. (12.39), 1 GM 2 C cos A rA h and 1 GM 2 C cos B . rB h But B A 180, so that Adding, cos A cos B . 1 1 1 1 2GM 2 rA rB r0 r1 h Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.103 A space probe is describing a circular orbit about a planet of radius R. The altitude of the probe above the surface of the planet is R and its speed is v0. To place the probe in an elliptic orbit which will bring it closer to the planet, its speed is reduced from v0 to v0 , where 1, by firing its engine for a short interval of time. Determine the smallest permissible value of if the probe is not to crash on the surface of the planet. SOLUTION GM rA For the circular orbit, v0 where rA R R R(1 ) Eq. (12.44), GM v02 R (1 ) Then From the solution to Problem 12.102, we have for the elliptic orbit, 1 1 2GM 2 rA rB h h hA rA (v A ) AB Now [ R(1 )]( v0 ) Then 2v02 R (1 ) 1 1 R (1 ) rB [ R (1 ) v0 ]2 2 R(1 ) 2 Now min corresponds to rB R. Then 1 1 2 2 R(1 ) R min R(1 ) min or Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. 2 2 PROBLEM 12.104 A satellite describes a circular orbit at an altitude of 19 110 km above the surface of the earth. Determine (a) the increase in speed required at point A for the satellite to achieve the escape velocity and enter a parabolic orbit, (b) the decrease in speed required at point A for the satellite to enter an elliptic orbit of minimum altitude 6370 km, (c) the eccentricity of the elliptic orbit. SOLUTION For earth, GM gR 2 9.81 6.37 106 398.06 1012 m3/s 2 rA 6370 19110 25480 km 25.48 106 m vcirc GM rA vesc 398.06 1012 3.9525 103 m/s 6 25.48 10 2GM rA 2 vcirc 5.5897 103 m/s (a) Increase in speed at A. v vesc vcirc 1.637 103 m/s v 1.637 103 m/s Elliptical orbit with rB 6370 6370 12740 km 12.74 106 m. Using Eq. (12.39), But and 1 GM 2 C cos B . rB h B A 180, so that cos A cos B Adding, h 1 GM 2 C cos A rA h 1 1 r rB 2GM A rA rB rArB h2 2GMrArB rA rB 2 398.06 1012 25.48 106 12.74 106 38.22 106 82.230 109 m 2 /s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.104 (Continued) vA h 82.230 109 3.2272 103 m/s 6 rA 25.48 10 v 725 m/s (b) Decrease in speed. v vcirc v A 725 m/s (c) 1 1 r rB A C cos B C cos A 2C rB rA rArB C By Eq. (12.40), rA rB 12.74 106 19.623 109 m 1 6 6 2rArB 2 25.48 10 12.74 10 19.623 109 82.230 109 Ch 2 GM 398.06 1012 2 0.333 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.105 A space probe is to be placed in a circular orbit of 5600 mi radius about the planet Venus in a specified plane. As the probe reaches A, the point of its original trajectory closest to Venus, it is inserted in a first elliptic transfer orbit by reducing its speed by ΔvA . This orbit brings it to Point B with a much reduced velocity. There the probe is inserted in a second transfer orbit located in the specified plane by changing the direction of its velocity and further reducing its speed by ΔvB . Finally, as the probe reaches Point C, it is inserted in the desired circular orbit by reducing its speed by ΔvC . Knowing that the mass of Venus is 0.82 times the mass of the earth, that rA 9.3 103 mi and rB 190 103 mi, and that the probe approaches A on a parabolic trajectory, determine by how much the velocity of the probe should be reduced (a) at A, (b) at B, (c) at C. SOLUTION R 3690 mi 20.9088 106 ft, g 32.2 ft/s 2 For Earth, GM earth gR 2 (32.2)(20.9088 106 )2 14.077 1015 ft 3 /s2 GM 0.82GM earth 11.543 1015 ft 3 /s 2 For Venus, For a parabolic trajectory with rA 9.3 103 mi 49.104 106 ft (v A )1 vesc First transfer orbit AB. 2GM (2)(11.543 1015 ) 21.683 103 ft/s rA 49.104 106 rB 190 103 mi 1003.2 106 ft At Point A, where 180 1 GM GM 2 C cos 180 2 C rA hAB hAB (1) 1 GM GM 2 C cos 0 2 C rB hAB hAB (2) At Point B, where 0 Adding, 1 1 rB rA 2GM 2 rA rB rA rB hAB Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.105 (Continued) Solving for hAB , hAB 2GMrA rB (2)(11.543 1015 )(49.104 106 )(1003.2 106 ) 1.039575 1012 ft 2 /s 6 rB rA 1052.3 10 (v A ) 2 hAB 1.039575 1012 21.174 103 ft/s rA 49.104 106 (vB )1 hAB 1.039575 1012 1.03626 103 ft/s 6 rB 1003.2 10 rC 5600 mi 29.568 106 ft Second transfer orbit BC. At Point B, where 0 1 GM GM 2 C cos 0 2 C rB hBC hBC At Point C, where 180 1 GM GM 2 C cos 180 2 C rC hBC hBC Adding, 1 1 rB rC 2GM 2 rB rC rB rC hBC hBC 2GMrB rC (2)(11.543 1015 )(1003.2 106 )(29.568 106 ) 814.278 109 ft 2 /s rB rC 1032.768 106 ( vB ) 2 hBC 814.278 109 811.69 ft/s rB 1003.2 106 (vC )1 hBC 814.278 109 27.539 103 ft/s rC 29.568 106 Final circular orbit. rC 29.568 106 ft (vC )2 GM 11.543 1015 19.758 103 ft/s rC 29.568 106 Speed reductions. (a) At A: (v A )1 (v A ) 2 21.683 103 21.174 103 vA 509 ft/s (b) At B: (vB )1 (vB ) 2 1.036 103 811.69 vB 224 ft/s (c) At C: (vC )1 (vC ) 2 27.539 103 19.758 103 vC 7.78 103 ft/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.106 For the space probe of Problem 12.105, it is known that rA 9.3 103 mi and that the velocity of the probe is reduced to 20,000 ft/s as it passes through A. Determine (a) the distance from the center of Venus to Point B, (b) the amounts by which the velocity of the probe should be reduced at B and C, respectively. SOLUTION Data from Problem 12.105: rC 29.568 106 ft, M 0.82 M earth For Earth, R 3960 mi 20.9088 106 ft, g 32.2 ft/s 2 GM earth gR 2 (32.2)(20.9088 106 ) 2 14.077 1015 m 3 /s 2 GM 0.82GM earth 11.543 1015 ft 3 /s 2 For Venus, v A 20, 000 ft/s, rA 9.3 103 mi 49.104 106 ft Transfer orbit AB: hAB rA v A (49.104 106 )(20, 000) 982.08 109 ft 2 /s At Point A, where 180 1 GM GM 2 C cos 180 2 C rA hAB hAB At Point B, where 0 1 GM GM 2 C cos 0 2 C rB hAB hAB Adding, 1 1 2GM 2 rA rB hAB 1 GM 1 2 rB rA hAB (2)(11.543 1015 ) 1 9 2 (982.08 10 ) 49.104 106 3.57125 109 ft 1 (a) Radial coordinate rB . rB 280.01 106 ft (vB )1 rB 53.0 103 mi hAB 982.08 109 3.5073 103 ft/s 6 rB 280.01 10 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.106 (Continued) rC 5600 mi 29.568 106 ft Second transfer orbit BC. At Point B, where 0 1 GM GM 2 C cos 0 2 C rB hBC hBC At Point C, where 180 1 GM GM 2 C cos 180 2 C rC hBC hBC r rC 2GM 1 1 B 2 rB rC rB rC hBC Adding, hBC 2GMrB rC rB rC (2)(11.543 1015 )(280.01 106 )(29.568 106 ) 309.578 106 785.755 109 ft 2 /s ( vB ) 2 hBC 785.755 109 2.8062 103 ft/s rB 280.01 106 (vC )1 hBC 785.755 109 26.575 103 ft/s rC 29.568 106 rC 29.568 106 ft Circular orbit with (vC )2 (b) GM 11.543 1015 19.758 103 ft/s rC 29.568 106 Speed reductions at B and C. At B: (vB )1 (vB ) 2 3.5073 103 2.8062 103 vB 701 ft/s At C: (vC )1 (vC ) 2 26.575 103 19.758 103 vC 6.82 103 ft/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.107 As it describes an elliptic orbit about the sun, a spacecraft reaches a maximum distance of 202 106 mi from the center of the sun at Point A (called the aphelion) and a minimum distance of 92 106 mi at Point B (called the perihelion). To place the spacecraft in a smaller elliptic orbit with aphelion at A and perihelion at B , where A and B are located 164.5 106 mi and 85.5 106 mi, respectively, from the center of the sun, the speed of the spacecraft is first reduced as it passes through A and then is further reduced as it passes through B . Knowing that the mass of the sun is 332.8 103 times the mass of the earth, determine (a) the speed of the spacecraft at A, (b) the amounts by which the speed of the spacecraft should be reduced at A and B to insert it into the desired elliptic orbit. SOLUTION First note Rearth 3960 mi 20.9088 106 ft rA 202 106 mi 1066.56 109 ft rB 92 106 mi 485.76 109 ft From the solution to Problem 12.102, we have for any elliptic orbit about the sun 1 1 2GM sun r1 r2 h2 (a) For the elliptic orbit AB, we have r1 rA , r2 rB , h hA rAvA Also, GM sun G[(332.8 103 ) M earth ] 2 gRearth (332.8 103 ) Then using Eq. (12.30). 2 (332.8 103 ) 1 1 2 gRearth rA rB (rA v A ) 2 1/ 2 or R v A earth rA 665.6 g 103 1 1 rA rB 3960 mi 665.6 103 32.2 ft/s 2 202 106 mi 1066.561 109 ft 485.761 109 ft 52, 431 ft/s or 1/ 2 v A 52.4 103 ft/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.107 (Continued) (b) From Part (a), we have 1 1 2GM sun (rA v A ) 2 rA rB Then, for any other elliptic orbit about the sun, we have 2 1 1 1 (rA v A ) rA r1 r2 h2 1 rB For the elliptic transfer orbit AB , we have r1 rA , r2 rB , h htr rA (vA )tr Then or 2 1 1 1 1 (rA v A ) rA rB rA rB [rA (v A ) tr ]2 (v A ) tr v A 1 rA 1 rB 1 rA 1 rB 1/ 2 1 rA rB vA 1 rA rB 1/ 2 1/2 1 202 92 (52, 431 ft/s) 1 202 85.5 51,113 ft/s htr (hA )tr (hB )tr : rA (vA )tr rB (vB )tr Now Then (vB ) tr 202 106 mi 51,113 ft/s 120,758 ft/s 85.5 106 mi For the elliptic orbit AB, we have r1 rA , r2 rB , h rBvB Then or 2 1 1 1 (rA v A ) rA rA rB (rB vB ) 2 r vB v A A rB 1 rB 1 rA 1 rB 1 rA 1 rB 1/ 2 1 1 202 106 mi 202 106 92 106 (52, 431 ft/s) 85.5 106 mi 164.51 106 85.51 106 116,862 ft/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. 1/ 2 PROBLEM 12.107 (Continued) Finally, or (vA )tr vA vA vA (51,113 52, 431) ft/s |vA | 1318 ft/s or and or vB (vB )tr vB vB (116,862 120, 758) ft/s 3896 ft/s |vB | 3900 ft/s or Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.108 Halley’s comet travels in an elongated elliptic orbit for which the minimum distance from the sun is approximately 12 rE , where rE 150 106 km is the mean distance from the sun to the earth. Knowing that the periodic time of Halley’s comet is about 76 years, determine the maximum distance from the sun reached by the comet. SOLUTION We apply Kepler’s Third Law to the orbits and periodic times of earth and Halley’s comet: 2 H aH E aE Thus 3 aH a E H E 2/3 76 years rE 1 year 17.94rE But 2/3 1 (rmin rmax ) 2 11 17.94rE rE rmax 22 aH 1 rE 2 (35.88 0.5)rE rmax 2(17.94 rE ) 35.38 rE rmax (35.38)(150 106 km) rmax 5.31 109 km Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.109 Based on observations made during the 1996 sighting of comet Hyakutake, it was concluded that the trajectory of the comet is a highly elongated ellipse for which the eccentricity is approximately 0.999887. Knowing that for the 1996 sighting the minimum distance between the comet and the sun was 0.230RE , where RE is the mean distance from the sun to the earth, determine the periodic time of the comet. SOLUTION For Earth’s orbit about the sun, v0 2 RE 2 RE 3/ 2 GM , 0 RE v0 GM or GM 2 RE3/ 2 0 (1) For the comet Hyakutake, 1 GM 2 (1 ), r0 h a 1 GM 1 r0 2 (1 ), r1 r1 1 h r 1 1 (r0 r1 ) 0 , b r0 r1 r0 2 1 1 h GMr0 (1 ) 2 r02 (1 )1/ 2 2 ab h (1 )3/ 2 GMr0 (1 ) 2 r03/2 GM (1 )3/ 2 r 0 RE 3/2 1 (1 )3/ 2 (0.230)3/ 2 Since 2 r03/2 0 2 RE3 (1 )3/ 2 0 1 0 91.8 103 0 3/ 2 (1 0.999887) 0 1 yr, (91.8 103 )(1.000) Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. 91.8 103 yr PROBLEM 12.110 A space probe is to be placed in a circular orbit of radius 4000 km about the planet Mars. As the probe reaches A, the point of its original trajectory closest to Mars, it is inserted into a first elliptic transfer orbit by reducing its speed. This orbit brings it to Point B with a much reduced velocity. There the probe is inserted into a second transfer orbit by further reducing its speed. Knowing that the mass of Mars is 0.1074 times the mass of the earth, that rA 9000 km and rB 180,000 km, and that the probe approaches A on a parabolic trajectory, determine the time needed for the space probe to travel from A to B on its first transfer orbit. SOLUTION For earth, R 6373 km 6.373 106 m GM gR 2 (9.81) (6.373 106 )2 398.43 1012 m3 /s 2 For Mars, GM (0.1074)(398.43 1012 ) 42.792 1012 m3 /s 2 rA 9000 km 9.0 106 m rB 180000 km 180 106 m For the parabolic approach trajectory at A, (v A )1 2GM rA (2)(42.792 1012 ) 3.0837 103 m/s 9.0 106 First elliptic transfer orbit AB. Using Eq. (12.39), But 1 GM 2 C cos A rA hAB B A 180, Adding, so that and 1 GM 2 C cos B . rB hAB cos A cos B. 1 1 r rB 2GM A 2 rA rB rArB hAB hAB 2GMrArB rA rB (2)(42.792 1012 )(9.0 106 )(180 106 ) 189.0 106 hAB 27.085 109 m 2 /s a b 1 1 (rA rB ) (9.0 106 180 106 ) 94.5 106 m 2 2 rArB (9.0 106 )(180 106 ) 40.249 106 m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.110 (Continued) Periodic time for full ellipse: For half ellipse AB, AB AB 2 ab h 1 ab 2 h (94.5 106 )(40.249 106 ) 27.085 109 444.81 103 s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. AB 122.6 h PROBLEM 12.111 A spacecraft and a satellite are at diametrically opposite positions in the same circular orbit of altitude 500 km above the earth. As it passes through point A, the spacecraft fires its engine for a short interval of time to increase its speed and enter an elliptic orbit. Knowing that the spacecraft returns to A at the same time the satellite reaches A after completing one and a half orbits, determine (a) the increase in speed required, (b) the periodic time for the elliptic orbit. SOLUTION g 9.81 m/s 2 For earth, R 6.37 106 m , GM gR 2 9.81 6.37 106 2 398.06 1012 m3/s 2 For circular orbit of satellite, r0 6370 500 6870 km 6.87 106 m/s v0 0 398.06 1012 7.6119 103 m/s 6.87 106 GM r0 2 6.87 106 2 r0 5.6708 103 s v0 7.6119 103 For elliptic orbit of spacecraft it is given that 3 0 8.5062 103 s 2 a Using Eq. (12.39), But 1 GM 2 C cos A rA h B A 180, Adding, 1 rA rB , 2 so that rArB 1 GM 2 C cos B . rB h cos A cos B . 1 1 r rB 2a 2GM A 2 rA rB rArB b h2 Periodic time: or h GMb 2 a 2 ab 2 ab a 2 a3 / 2 h GM GMb2 398.06 1012 8.5062 103 GM 2 a 4 2 4 2 3 and b 2 729.558 1018 m3 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.111 (Continued) a 9.0023 106 m, rA r0 6.87 106 m rB 2a rA 11.1346 106 m, h 2 ab b rArB 8.7461 106 m 2 9.0023 106 8.7461 106 vA 3 8.5062 10 58.159 10 9 m 2 /s h 58.159 109 8.4656 103 m/s 6 rA 6.87 10 (a) Increase in speed at A. v A v A v0 8.4656 103 7.6119 103 v A 854 m/s (b) Periodic time for elliptic orbit. As calculated above 8.5062 s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. 141.8 min PROBLEM 12.112 The Clementine spacecraft described an elliptic orbit of minimum altitude hA 400 km and a maximum altitude of hB 2940 km above the surface of the moon. Knowing that the radius of the moon is 1737 km and that the mass of the moon is 0.01230 times the mass of the earth, determine the periodic time of the spacecraft. SOLUTION For earth, R 6370 km 6.370 106 m GM gR 2 (9.81)(6.370 106 )2 398.06 1012 m3 /s 2 For moon, GM (0.01230)(398.06 1012 ) 4.896 1012 m3 /s 2 rA 1737 400 2137 km 2.137 106 m rB 1737 2940 4677 km 4.677 106 m Using Eq. (12.39), 1 GM 2 C cos A rA h But B A 180, so that cos A cos B . Adding, and 1 GM 2 C cos B . rB h 1 1 rA rB 2GM 2 rA rB rA rB hAB hAB 2GMrA rB (2)(4.896 1012 )(2.137 106 )(4.677 106 ) rA rB 6.814 106 3.78983 109 m 2 /s 1 (rA rB ) 3.402 106 m 2 b rA rB 3.16145 106 m a Periodic time. 2 ab 2 (3.402 106 )(3.16145 106 ) 17.831 103 s 9 hAB 3.78983 10 4.95 h Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.113 Determine the time needed for the space probe of Problem 12.100 to travel from B to C. SOLUTION From the solution to Problem 12.100, we have (v A ) par 10,131.4 m/s (v A )circ and 1 2 (v A ) par 7164.0 m/s rA (6052 280) km 6332 km Also, For the parabolic trajectory BA, we have 1 GM v 2 (1 cos ) r hBA [Eq. (12.39)] where 1. Now at A, 0: 1 GM v 2 (1 1) rA hBA or rA at B, 90: 1 GM v 2 (1 0) rB hBA or rB 2 hBA 2GM v 2 hBA GM v rB 2rA As the probe travels from B to A, the area swept out is the semiparabolic area defined by Vertex A and Point B. Thus, (Area swept out) BA ABA Now 2 4 rA rB rA2 3 3 dA 1 h dt 2 where h constant Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.113 (Continued) Then A 2A 1 ht or t BA BA 2 hBA t BA hBA rA v A 2 43 rA2 rA v A 8 rA 3 vA 8 6332 103 m 3 10,131.4 m/s 1666.63 s For the circular trajectory AC, t AC Finally, r 2 A (v A )circ 6332 103 m 2 7164.0 m/s 1388.37 s t BC t BA t AC (1666.63 1388.37) s =3055.0 s or tBC 50 min 55 s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.114 A space probe is describing a circular orbit of radius nR with a velocity v0 about a planet of radius R and center O. As the probe passes through Point A, its velocity is reduced from v0 to v0, where 1, to place the probe on a crash trajectory. Express in terms of n and the angle AOB, where B denotes the point of impact of the probe on the planet. SOLUTION r0 rA nR For the circular orbit, v0 GM GM r0 nR The crash trajectory is elliptic. v A v0 2GM nR h rA v A nRv A 2 nGMR GM 1 2 2 nR h 1 GM 1 cos 2 (1 cos ) r h 2 nR At Point A, 180 1 1 1 2 rA nR nR or 2 1 or 1 2 At impact Point B, 1 1 rB R 1 1 cos ( ) 1 cos R 2 nR 2 nR cos 1 n 2 or cos 1 n 2 1 n 2 1 2 cos 1[(1 n 2 ) /(1 2 )] Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.115 A long-range ballistic trajectory between Points A and B on the earth’s surface consists of a portion of an ellipse with the apogee at Point C. Knowing that Point C is 1500 km above the surface of the earth and the range R of the trajectory is 6000 km, determine (a) the velocity of the projectile at C, (b) the eccentricity of the trajectory. SOLUTION For earth, R 6370 km 6.37 106 m GM gR 2 (9.81)(6.37 106 )2 398.06 1012 m3 /s 2 For the trajectory, rC 6370 1500 7870 km 7.87 106 m rA rB R 6.37 106 m, rC 7870 1.23548 rA 6370 Range A to B: s AB 6000 km 6.00 106 m s AB 6.00 106 0.94192 rad 53.968 R 6.37 106 For an elliptic trajectory, At A, 180 At C, 180 , 2 1 GM 2 (1 cos ) r h 1 GM 2 (1 cos153.016) rA h 153.016, 1 GM 2 (1 ) rC h Dividing Eq. (1) by Eq. (2), rC 1 cos153.016 1.23548 1 rA 1.23548 1 0.68384 1.23548 cos153.016 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (1) (2) PROBLEM 12.115 (Continued) From Eq. (2), h h GM (1 )rC (398.06 1012 )(0.31616)(7.87 106 ) 31.471 109 m 2 /s vC (a) Velocity at C. (b) h 31.471 109 4.00 103 m/s 6 rC 7.87 10 Eccentricity of trajectory. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. vC 4 km/s 0.684 PROBLEM 12.116 A space shuttle is describing a circular orbit at an altitude of 563 km above the surface of the earth. As it passes through Point A, it fires its engine for a short interval of time to reduce its speed by 152 m/s and begin its descent toward the earth. Determine the angle AOB so that the altitude of the shuttle at Point B is 121 km. (Hint: Point A is the apogee of the elliptic descent trajectory.) SOLUTION GM gR 2 (9.81)(6.37 106 )2 398.06 1012 m3 /s 2 rA 6370 563 6933 km 6.933 106 m rB 6370 121 6491 km 6.491 106 m For the circular orbit through Point A, vcirc GM rA 398.06 1012 7.5773 103 m/s 6.933 106 For the descent trajectory, v A vcirc v 7.5773 103 152 7.4253 103 m/s h rAvA (6.933 106 )(7.4253 103 ) 51.4795 109 m2 /s 1 GM 2 (1 cos ) r h At Point A, 180, r rA 1 GM 2 (1 ) rA h 1 h2 (51.4795 109 )2 0.96028 GM rA (398.06 1012 )(6.933 106 ) 0.03972 1 GM 2 (1 cos B ) rB h 1 cos B h2 (51.4795 109 )2 1.02567 GM rB (398.06 1012 )(6.491 106 ) cos B B 49.7 1.02567 1 0.6463 AOB 180 B 130.3 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. AOB 130.3 PROBLEM 12.117 As a spacecraft approaches the planet Jupiter, it releases a probe which is to enter the planet’s atmosphere at Point B at an altitude of 280 mi above the surface of the planet. The trajectory of the probe is a hyperbola of eccentricity 1.031. Knowing that the radius and the mass of Jupiter are 44423 mi and 1.30 1026 slug, respectively, and that the velocity vB of the probe at B forms an angle of 82.9° with the direction of OA, determine (a) the angle AOB, (b) the speed vB of the probe at B. SOLUTION rB (44.423 103 280) mi 44.703 103 mi First we note (a) 1 GM j 2 (1 cos ) r h We have 1 GM j 2 (1 ) rA h At A, 0: h2 rA (1 ) GM j or At B, B AOB : or Then or [Eq. (12.39)] 1 GM j 2 (1 cos B ) rB h h2 rB (1 cos B ) GM j rA (1 ) rB (1 cos B ) cos B 1 rA (1 ) 1 rB 1 44.0 103 mi (1 1.031) 1 3 1.031 44.703 10 mi 0.96902 or B 14.2988 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. AOB 14.30 PROBLEM 12.117 (Continued) (b) From above where Then h 2 GM j rB (1 cos B ) 1 | rB mv B | rB vB sin m ( B 82.9) 97.1988 h ( rB vB sin ) 2 GM j rB (1 cos B ) or 1/ 2 1 GM j (1 cos B ) vB sin rB 1/ 2 34.4 109 ft 4 /lb s 4 (1.30 1026 slug) 1 [1 (1.031)(0.96902)] 6 sin 97.1988 236.03 10 ft vB 196.2 ft/s or Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.118 A satellite describes an elliptic orbit about a planet. Denoting by r0 and r1 the distances corresponding, respectively, to the perigee and apogee of the orbit, show that the curvature of the orbit at each of these two points can be expressed as 1 1 1 2 r0 r1 1 SOLUTION Using Eq. (12.39), 1 GM 2 C cos A rA h and 1 GM 2 C cos B . rB h But B A 180, so that Adding, cos A cos B 1 1 2GM 2 rA rB h At Points A and B, the radial direction is normal to the path. an But Fn 1 v2 h2 r 2 GMm mh 2 ma n r2 r 2 GM 1 1 1 2 2 rA rB h Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. 1 1 1 1 2 r0 r1 PROBLEM 12.119 (a) Express the eccentricity of the elliptic orbit described by a satellite about a planet in terms of the distances r0 and r1 corresponding, respectively, to the perigee and apogee of the orbit. (b) Use the result obtained in Part a and the data given in Problem 12.109, where RE 149.6 106 km, to determine the approximate maximum distance from the sun reached by comet Hyakutake. SOLUTION (a) We have 1 GM 2 (1 cos ) r h At A, 0: 1 GM 2 (1 ) r0 h Eq. (12.39) h2 r0 (1 ) GM or At B, 180: 1 GM 2 (1 ) r1 h h2 r1 (1 ) GM or r0 (1 ) r1 (1 ) Then or (b) r1 r0 r1 r0 1 r0 1 From above, r1 where r0 0.230 RE Then r1 1 0.999887 0.230(149.6 109 m) 1 0.999887 r1 609 1012 m or Note: r1 4070 RE or r1 0.064 lightyears. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.120 Derive Kepler’s third law of planetary motion from Eqs. (12.37) and (12.43). SOLUTION For an ellipse, 2a rA rB Using Eq. (12.37), 1 GM 2 C cos A rA h and 1 GM 2 C cos B . rB h But B A 180, so that Adding, and b rA rB cos A cos B . 1 1 r r 2a 2GM A B 2 2 rA rB rA rB b h hb GM a By Eq. (12.43), 2 2 ab 2 ab a 2 a3/ 2 h b GM GM 4 2 a 3 GM For Orbits 1 and 2 about the same large mass, and 12 4 2 a13 GM 22 4 2 a23 GM 2 3 1 a1 2 a2 Forming the ratio, Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.121 Show that the angular momentum per unit mass h of a satellite describing an elliptic orbit of semimajor axis a and eccentricity about a planet of mass M can be expressed as h GMa (1 2 ) SOLUTION By Eq. (12.39), 1 GM 2 (1 cos ) r h At A, 0 : 1 GM 2 (1 ) rA h or rA h2 GM (1 ) At B, 180 : 1 GM 2 (1 ) rB h or rB h2 GM (1 ) h2 1 1 GM 1 1 Adding, rA rB But for an ellipse, rA rB 2a 2a 2h 2 GM (1 2 ) 2 2h 2 GM (1 ) h GMa (1 2 ) Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.122 In the braking test of a sports car its velocity is reduced from 70 mi/h to zero in a distance of 170 ft with slipping impending. Knowing that the coefficient of kinetic friction is 80 percent of the coefficient of static friction, determine (a) the coefficient of static friction, (b) the stopping distance for the same initial velocity if the car skids. Ignore air resistance and rolling resistance. SOLUTION (a) Coefficient of static friction. Fy 0: N W 0 N W v0 70 mi/h 102.667 ft/s v 2 v02 at (s s0 ) 2 2 at v 2 v02 0 (102.667)2 31.001 ft/s2 2(s s0 ) (2)(170) For braking without skidding s , so that s N m | at | Ft mat : s N mat s (b) mat a 31.001 t W g 32.2 s 0.963 Stopping distance with skidding. Use k (0.80)(0.963) 0.770 F mat : k N mat at k N m k g 24.801 ft/s 2 Since acceleration is constant, (s s0 ) v 2 v02 0 (102.667) 2 2at (2)( 24.801) s s0 212 ft Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.123 A bucket is attached to a rope of length L 1.2 m and is made to revolve in a horizontal circle. Drops of water leaking from the bucket fall and strike the floor along the perimeter of a circle of radius a. Determine the radius a when 30. SOLUTION Initial velocity of drop velocity of bucket Fy 0: T cos30 mg Fx max : Divide (2) by (1): (1) T sin 30 man tan 30 (2) an v2 g pg Thus v 2 g tan 30 But L sin 30 (1.2 m) sin 30° 0.6 m Thus v 2 0.6(9.81) tan 30 3.398 m 2 /s 2 v 1.843 m/s Assuming the bucket to rotate clockwise (when viewed from above), and using the axes shown, we find that the components of the initial velocity of the drop are (v0 ) x 0, (v0 ) y 0, (v0 )2 1.843 m/s Free fall of drop y y0 (v0 ) y t 1 2 gt 2 y y0 1 2 gt 2 When drop strikes floor: y 0 y0 1 2 gt 0 2 But y0 2L L cos30 2(1.2) 1.2cos30 1.361 m Thus 1.361 1 (9.81) t 2 0 2 t 0.5275 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.123 (Continued) Projection on horizontal floor (uniform motion) x x0 (v0 ) z t L sin 30 0, x 0.6 m z z0 (v0 ) z t 0 1.843(0.527) 0.971 m Radius of circle: a a x2 z 2 (0.6)2 (0.971)2 a 1.141 m Note: The drop travels in a vertical plane parallel to the yz plane. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.124 A 12-lb block B rests as shown on the upper surface of a 30-lb wedge A. Neglecting friction, determine immediately after the system is released from rest (a) the acceleration of A, (b) the acceleration of B relative to A. SOLUTION Acceleration vectors: a A aA 30, a B/A aB/A a B a A a B/ A Block B: Fx max : mB aB /A mB a A cos30 0 aB/A a A cos30 (1) Fy ma y : N AB WB mB a A sin 30 N AB WB (WB sin 30) Block A: aA g (2) F ma : WA sin 30 N AB sin 30 WA WA sin 30 WB sin 30 (WB sin 2 30) aA (WA WB )sin 30 2 WA WB sin 30 g aA g aA a WA A g g (30 12)sin 30 (32.2) 20.49 ft/s2 30 12sin 2 30 a A 20.49 ft/s 2 (a) 30 aB/ A (20.49) cos 30 17.75 ft/s 2 (b) a B/A 17.75 ft/s2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.125 A 500-lb crate B is suspended from a cable attached to a 40-lb trolley A which rides on an inclined I-beam as shown. Knowing that at the instant shown the trolley has an acceleration of 1.2 ft/s2 up and to the right, determine (a) the acceleration of B relative to A, (b) the tension in cable CD. SOLUTION (a) First we note: a B a A a B/A , where a B/A is directed perpendicular to cable AB. Fx mB ax : 0 mB ax mB a A cos 25 B: aB/A (1.2 ft/s2 ) cos 25 or a B/A 1.088 ft/s2 or (b) For crate B Fy mB a y : TAB WB or WB a A sin 25 g A: (1.2 ft/s 2 )sin 25 TAB (500 lb) 1 32.2 ft/s 2 507.87 lb For trolley A Fx mA a A : TCD TAB sin 25 WA sin 25 or WA aA g 1.2 ft/s 2 TCD (507.87 lb)sin 25 (40 lb) sin 25 32.2 ft/s 2 TCD 233 lb or Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.126 The roller-coaster track shown is contained in a vertical plane. The portion of track between A and B is straight and horizontal, while the portions to the left of A and to the right of B have radii of curvature as indicated. A car is traveling at a speed of 72 km/h when the brakes are suddenly applied, causing the wheels of the car to slide on the track (k 0.25). Determine the initial deceleration of the car if the brakes are applied as the car (a) has almost reached A, (b) is traveling between A and B, (c) has just passed B. SOLUTION v 72 km/h 20 m/s (a) Almost reached Point A. 30 m an v2 (20)2 13.333 m/s 2 30 Fy ma y : N R N F mg man N R N F m( g an ) F k ( N R N F ) k m( g an ) Fx max : F mat at F k ( g an ) m | at | k ( g an ) 0.25(9.81 13.33) (b) Between A and B. | at | 5.79 m/s2 an 0 | at | k g (0.25)(9.81) (c) Just passed Point B. 45 m an v2 (20)2 8.8889 m/s 2 45 Fy ma y : N R N F mg man Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. | at | 2.45 m/s 2 PROBLEM 12.126 (Continued) or N R N F m( g an ) F k ( N R N F ) k m( g an ) Fx max : F mat at F k ( g an ) m | at | k ( g an ) (0.25)(9.81 8.8889) | at | 0.230 m/s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.127 The parasailing system shown uses a winch to pull the rider in towards the boat, which is travelling with a constant velocity. During the interval when is between 20º and 40º, (where t = 0 at = 20º) the angle increases at the constant rate of 2 º/s. During this time, the length of the rope is defined by the relationship r 125 1 3/ 2 t , where r 3 and t are expressed in meters and seconds, respectively. At the instant when the rope makes a 30 degree angle with the water, the tension in the rope is 18 kN. At this instant, what is the magnitude and direction of the force of the parasail on the 75 kg parasailor? SOLUTION 1 3 r 125 t 2 m 3 0 20, 30, 2 / s 0.0349 rad/s, =0 Given: T 18 kN, m 75 kg 0 t Kinematics: aP aB aP/ B a P 0 ar er a e 30 20 2t t 5 s Using Radial and Transverse Coordinates: Free Body Diagram of parasailor (side view): 1 12 r t m/s 2 1 12 r t m/s2 4 Equations of Motion: F r mar FP cos T mg sin m r r 2 FP cos T m g sin r r 2 F ma FP sin mg cos m r 2r (1) FP sin m g cos r 2r Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (2) PROBLEM 12.127 (Continued) r 121.27 m, r 1.118 m/s, r 0.1118 m/s2 Evaluate at t=5 s: (1) 2 FP cos 18000 75 9.81sin 30 0.1118 121.27 0.0349 FP cos 18348.4 N (2) FP sin 75 9.81cos 30 0 2 1.118 0.0349 FP sin 631.33 N FP sin FP cos FP cos1.97 18348.4 N 631.33 tan 0.03441 1.97 18348.4 FP 18.4 kN Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. 31.97 PROBLEM 12.128 A small 200-g collar C can slide on a semicircular rod which is made to rotate about the vertical AB at the constant rate of 6 rad/s. Determine the minimum required value of the coefficient of static friction between the collar and the rod if the collar is not to slide when (a) 90, (b) 75, (c) 45. Indicate in each case the direction of the impending motion. SOLUTION vC (r sin )AB First note (0.6 m)(6 rad/s)sin (3.6 m/s)sin (a) With 90, vC 3.6 m/s Fy 0: F WC 0 or F mC g Now F s N or N 1 s Fn mC an : N mC or or 1 s mC g mC s mC g vC2 r vC2 r gr (9.81 m/s 2 )(0.6 m) vC2 (3.6 m/s)2 ( s )min 0.454 or The direction of the impending motion is downward. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.128 (Continued) (b) and (c) First observe that for an arbitrary value of , it is not known whether the impending motion will be upward or downward. To consider both possibilities for each value of , let Fdown correspond to impending motion downward, Fup correspond to impending motion upward, then with the “top sign” corresponding to Fdown, we have Fy 0: N cos F sin WC 0 F s N Now N cos s N sin mC g 0 Then or N mC g cos s sin and F s mC g cos s sin Fn mC an : N sin F cos mC vC2 r sin Substituting for N and F mC g s mC g v2 sin cos mC C r sin cos s sin cos s sin s vC2 tan 1 s tan 1 s tan gr sin or s or 1 vC2 gr sin vC2 gr sin tan vC2 [(3.6 m/s)sin ]2 2.2018sin gr sin (9.81 m/s 2 )(0.6 m)sin Now Then (b) tan s tan 2.2018 sin 1 2.2018sin tan s tan 75 2.2018sin 75 0.1796 1 2.2018sin 75 tan 75 75 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.128 (Continued) Then downward: s 0.1796 upward: s 0 not possible ( s )min 0.1796 The direction of the impending motion is downward. (c) 45 s tan 45 2.2018sin 45 ( 0.218) 1 2.2018sin 45 tan 45 Then downward: s 0 upward: s 0.218 not possible ( s )min 0.218 The direction of the impending motion is upward. Note: When or tan 2.2018sin 0 62.988, s 0. Thus, for this value of , friction is not necessary to prevent the collar from sliding on the rod. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.129 Telemetry technology is used to quantify kinematic values of a 200-kg roller coaster cart as it passes overhead. According to r 2 m/s2 , 90, the system, r 25 m, r 10 m/s, 0.4 rad/s, 0.32 rad/s2. At this instant, determine (a) the normal force between the cart and the track, (b) the radius of curvature of the track. SOLUTION Find the acceleration and velocity using polar coordinates. vr r 10 m/s v r (25 m)( 0.4 rad/s) 10 m/s So the tangential direction is 45° and v 10 2 m/s. ar r r 2 2 m/s (25 m)( 0.4 rad/s)2 6 m/s 2 a r 2r (25 m)(0.32) rad/s 2 | 2(10 m/s)( 0.4 rad/s) 0 So the acceleration is vertical and downward. (a) To find the normal force use Newton’s second law. y-direction N mg sin 45 ma cos 45 N m( g sin 45 a cos 45) (200 kg)(9.81) m/s 2 6 m/s 2 )(0.70711) 538.815 N N 539 N (b) Radius l curvature of the track. an v2 (10 2)2 v2 6cos 45 an 47.1 m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.130 The radius of the orbit of a moon of a given planet is equal to twice the radius of that planet. Denoting by the mean density of the planet, show that the time required by the moon to complete one full revolution about the planet is (24 /G )1/2 , where G is the constant of gravitation. SOLUTION For gravitational force and a circular orbit, Fr GMm mv 2 r r2 or v GM r Let be the periodic time to complete one orbit. v 2 r Solving for , But GM 2 r r hence, GM 2 2 r 3/2 GM 4 M R3 , 3 Then or 3 r G R 3 G R3/2 3/2 Using r 2R as a given leads to 23/2 3 G 24 G Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (24 /G )1/2 PROBLEM 12.131 At engine burnout on a mission, a shuttle had reached Point A at an altitude of 40 mi above the surface of the earth and had a horizontal velocity v0. Knowing that its first orbit was elliptic and that the shuttle was transferred to a circular orbit as it passed through Point B at an altitude of 170 mi, determine (a) the time needed for the shuttle to travel from A to B on its original elliptic orbit, (b) the periodic time of the shuttle on its final circular orbit. SOLUTION R 3960 mi 20.909 106 ft, g 32.2 ft/s 2 For Earth, GM gR 2 (32.2)(20.909 106 )2 14.077 1015 ft 3 /s2 (a) For the elliptic orbit, rA 3960 40 4000 mi 21.12 106 ft rB 3960 170 4130 mi 21.8064 106 ft 1 ( rA rB ) 21.5032 106 ft 2 b rA rB 21.4605 106 ft a Using Eq. 12.39, 1 GM 2 C cos A rA h and 1 GM 2 C cos B rB rB But B A 180, so that cos A cos B 1 1 r r 2a 2GM A B 2 2 rA rB rA rB b h Adding, or h Periodic time. GMb 2 a 2 ab 2 ab a 2 a 3/ 2 h GM GMb 2 2 (21.5032 106 )3/ 2 14.077 1015 5280.6 s 1.4668 h The time to travel from A to B is one half the periodic time AB 0.7334 h Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. AB 44.0 min PROBLEM 12.131 (Continued) (b) For the circular orbit, a b rB 21.8064 106 ft circ 2 a 3/ 2 GM 2 (21.8064 106 )3/ 2 14.077 1015 5393 s circ 1.498 h Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. circ 89.9 min PROBLEM 12.132 A space probe in a low earth orbit is inserted into an elliptic transfer orbit to the planet Venus. Knowing that the mass of the 3 sun is 332.8 10 times the mass of the earth and assuming that the probe is subjected only to the gravitational attraction of the sun, determine the value of , which defines the relative position of Venus with respect to the earth at the time the probe is inserted into the transfer orbit. SOLUTION First determine the time tprobe for the probe to travel from the earth to Venus: 1 tprobe tr 2 where tr is the periodic time of the elliptic transfer orbit. Applying Kepler’s Third Law to the orbits about the sun of the earth and the probe, we obtain tr2 2 earth where atr3 3 aearth 1 (rE rv ) 2 1 (93 106 67.2 106 ) mi 2 80.1 106 mi atr and aearth rE Then tprobe ( Note: earth 0.0167) 1 atr 2 rE 3/ 2 earth 1 80.1 106 mi 2 93.0 106 mi 3/ 2 (365.25 days) 145.977 days 12.6124 106 s In time tprobe , Venus travels through the angle v given by v v tprobe vv tprobe rv Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.132 (Continued) Assuming that the orbit of Venus is circular (note: venus 0.0068), then, for a circular orbit vv Now GM sun rv [Eq. (12.44)] GM sun G (332.8 103 M earth ) 2 332.8 103 gRearth Then using Eq. (12.30) 3 2 tprobe 332.8 10 gRearth v rv rv tprobe Rearth where 1/ 2 (332.8 g 103 )1/ 2 rv3/ 2 Rearth 3960 mi 20.9088 106 ft and rv 67.2 106 mi 354.816 109 ft Then v (12.6124 106 s)(20.9088 106 ft) (332.8 103 32.2 ft/s 2 )1/ 2 (354.816 109 ft)1/2 4.0845 rad 234.02 Finally, v 180 234.02 180 54.0 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.133* Disk A rotates in a horizontal plane about a vertical axis at the constant rate 0 10 rad/s. Slider B has mass 1 kg and moves in a frictionless slot cut in the disk. The slider is attached to a spring of constant k, which is undeformed when r 0. Knowing that the slider is released with no radial velocity in the position r 500 mm, determine the position of the slider and the horizontal force exerted on it by the disk at t 0.1 s for (a) k 100 N/m, (b) k 200 N/m. SOLUTION First we note r 0, xsp 0 Fsp kr when r0 500 mm 0.5 m and 0 12 rad/s then 0 Fr mB ar : Fsp mB ( r r02 ) k r 02 r 0 mB F mB a : FA mB (0 2r0 ) (a) k 100 N/m Substituting the given values into Eq. (1) 100 N/m r (10 rad/s)2 r 0 1 kg r 0 Then dr r 0 and at t 0, r 0 : dt r 0 dr 0.1 0 (0) dt r 0 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (1) (2) PROBLEM 12.133* (Continued) dr r 0 and at t 0, r0 0.5 m dt and r r0 dr 0.1 0 (0) dt r r0 r 0.5 m Note: r 0 implies that the slider remains at its initial radial position. With r 0, Eq. (2) implies FH 0 (b) k 200 N/m Substituting the given values into Eq. (1) 200 r (10 rad/s) 2 r 0 1 kg r 100 r 0 d (r) dt Now r Then r vr so that d dr d d vr dt dt dr dr dvr dr dvr 100r 0 dr vr At t 0, vr 0, r r0 : r vr vr 0 vr d vr 100 r r dr r0 vr2 100(r 2 r02 ) vr 10 r02 r 2 vr Now At t 0, r r0 : r r0 dr r02 r 2 dr 10 r02 r 2 dt t 10 dt 10t 0 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.133* (Continued) r r0 sin , Let sin 1 ( r/r0 ) Then /2 dr r0 cos d r0 cos d r02 r02 sin 2 sin 1 ( r/r0 ) /2 r sin 1 r0 10t d 10t 10 t 2 r r0 sin 10 t r0 cos10 t (0.5 ft) cos10 t 2 r (5 m/s)sin10 t Then Finally, at t 0.1 s: r (0.5 ft) cos (10 0.1) r 0.270 m Eq. (2) FH 1 kg 2 [(5 ft/s)sin (10 0.1)] (10 rad/s) FH 84.1 N Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.CQ1 A 1000 lb boulder B is resting on a 200 lb platform A when truck C accelerates to the left with a constant acceleration. Which of the following statements are true (more than one may be true)? (a) The tension in the cord connected to the truck is 200 lb (b) The tension in the cord connected to the truck is 1200 lb (c) The tension in the cord connected to the truck is greater than 1200 lb (d ) The normal force between A and B is 1000 lb (e) The normal force between A and B is 1200 lb ( f ) None of the above SOLUTION The boulder and platform are accelerating upwards; therefore it will require a force larger than their weight to achieve this acceleration: Answers: (c) The tension will be greater than 1200 lb and (d) the normal force will be greater than 1000 lb. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.CQ2 Marble A is placed in a hollow tube, and the tube is swung in a horizontal plane causing the marble to be thrown out. As viewed from the top, which of the following choices best describes the path of the marble after leaving the tube? (a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d ) 4 (e) 5 SOLUTION Answer: (d ) The particle will have velocity components along the tube and perpendicular to the tube when it leaves. After it leaves, it will not accelerate in the horizontal plane since there are no forces in that plane; therefore, it will travel in a straight line. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.CQ3 The two systems shown start from rest. On the left, two 40 lb weights are connected by an inextensible cord, and on the right, a constant 40 lb force pulls on the cord. Neglecting all frictional forces, which of the following statements is true? (a) Blocks A and C will have the same acceleration (b) Block C will have a acceleration than block A larger (c) Block A will have a acceleration than block C larger (d ) Block A will not move (e) None of the above SOLUTION Answer: (b) If you draw a FBD of B, you will see that since it is accelerating downward, the tension in the cable will be less than 40 lb, so the acceleration of A will be less than the acceleration of C. Also, the system on the left has more inertia, so it will require more force to have the same acceleration as the system on the right. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.CQ4 The system shown is released from rest in the position shown. Neglecting friction, the normal force between block A and the ground is (a) less than the weight of A plus the weight of B (b) equal to the weight of A plus the weight of B (c) greater than the weight of A plus the weight of B SOLUTION Answer: (a) Since B has an acceleration component downward the normal force between A and the ground will be less than the sum of the weights. To see this, you can draw an FBD of both block A and B. From block A you will find that the normal force on the ground is the sum of the weight of block A plus the vertical component of the normal force of block B on A since block A does not accelerate in the vertical direction. From the FBD of block B and using F=ma, you will see that the vertical component of the normal force of B on A is less than the weight of block B since it is accelerating downwards. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.CQ5 People sit on a Ferris wheel at Points A, B, C and D. The Ferris wheel travels at a constant angular velocity. At the instant shown, which person experiences the largest force from his or her chair (back and seat)? Assume you can neglect the size of the chairs, that is, the people are located the same distance from the axis of rotation. (a) A (b) B (c) C (d ) D (e) The force is the same for all the passengers. SOLUTION Answer: (c) Draw a FBD and KD at each location and it will be clear that the maximum force will be experienced by the person at Point C. At this point the normal force isdirectly opposite the force of gravity and the acceleration is in the same direction as the normal force making the normal force the sum of mg and ma. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.CQ6 A uniform crate C with mass mC is being transported to the left by a forklift with a constant speed v1. What is the magnitude of the angular momentum of the crate about Point D, that is, the upper left corner of the crate? (a) 0 (b) mv1a (c) mv1b (d ) mv1 a 2 b 2 SOLUTION Answers: (b) The angular momentum is the moment of the momentum, so simply take the linear momentum, mv1, and multiply it by the perpendicular distance from the line of action of mv1 and Point D. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.CQ7 A uniform crate C with mass mC is being transported to the left by a forklift with a constant speed v1. What is the magnitude of the angular momentum of the crate about Point A, that is, the point of contact between the front tire of the forklift and the ground? (a) 0 (b) mv1d (c) 3mv1 (d ) mv1 32 + d 2 SOLUTION Answer: (b) The angular momentum is the moment of the momentum, so simply take the linear momentum, mv1, and multiply it by the perpendicular distance from the line of action of mv1 and Point A. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.F1 Crate A is gently placed with zero initial velocity onto a moving conveyor belt. The coefficient of kinetic friction between the crate and the belt is k. Draw the FBD and KD for A immediately after it contacts the belt. SOLUTION Answer: Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.F2 Two blocks weighing WA and WB are at rest on a conveyor that is initially at rest. The belt is suddenly started in an upward direction so that slipping occurs between the belt and the boxes. Assuming the coefficient of friction between the boxes and the belt is k, draw the FBDs and KDs for blocks A and B. How would you determine if A and B remain in contact? SOLUTION Answer: Block A Block B To see if they remain in contact assume aA aB and then check to see if NAB is greater than zero. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.F3 Objects A, B, and C have masses mA, mB, and mC respectively. The coefficient of kinetic friction between A and B is k, and the friction between A and the ground is negligible and the pulleys are massless and frictionless. Assuming B slides on A draw the FBD and KD for each of the three masses A, B and C. SOLUTION Answer: Block A Block B Block C Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.F4 Blocks A and B have masses mA and mB respectively. Neglecting friction between all surfaces, draw the FBD and KD for each mass. SOLUTION Block A Block B Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.F5 Blocks A and B have masses mA and mB respectively. Neglecting friction between all surfaces, draw the FBD and KD for the two systems shown. SOLUTION System 1 System 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.F6 A pilot of mass m flies a jet in a half vertical loop of radius R so that the speed of the jet, v, remains constant. Draw a FBD and KD of the pilot at Points A, B and C. SOLUTION Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.F7 Wires AC and BC are attached to a sphere which revolves at a constant speed v in the horizontal circle of radius r as shown. Draw a FBD and KD of C. SOLUTION Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.F8 A collar of mass m is attached to a spring and slides without friction along a circular rod in a vertical plane. The spring has an undeformed length of 5 in. and a constant k. Knowing that the collar has a speed v at Point C, draw the FBD and KD of the collar at this point. SOLUTION where x 2/12 ft and r 5/12 ft. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.F9 Four pins slide in four separate slots cut in a horizontal circular plate as shown. When the plate is at rest, each pin has a velocity directed as shown and of the same constant magnitude u. Each pin has a mass m and maintains the same velocity relative to the plate when the plate rotates about O with a constant counterclockwise angular velocity . Draw the FBDs and KDs to determine the forces on pins P1 and P2. SOLUTION Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.F10 At the instant shown, the length of the boom AB is being decreased at the constant rate of 0.2 m/s, and the boom is being lowered at the constant rate of 0.08 rad/s. If the mass of the men and lift connected to the boom at Point B is m, draw the FBD and KD that could be used to determine the horizontal and vertical forces at B. SOLUTION r 0, 0.08 rad/s, 0 Where r 6 m, r 0.2 m/s, Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.F11 Disk A rotates in a horizontal plane about a vertical axis at the constant rate 0 . Slider B has a mass m and moves in a frictionless slot cut in the disk. The slider is attached to a spring of constant k, which is undeformed when r 0. Knowing that the slider is released with no radial velocity in the position r r0, draw a FBD and KD at an arbitrary distance r from O. SOLUTION Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 12.F12 Pin B has a mass m and slides along the slot in the rotating arm OC and along the slot DE which is cut in a fixed horizontal plate. Neglecting friction and knowing that rod OC rotates at the constant rate 0 , draw a FBD and KD that can be used to determine the forces P and Q exerted on pin B by rod OC and the wall of slot DE, respectively. SOLUTION Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. CHAPTER 13 PROBLEM 13.1 A 400-kg satellite is placed in a circular orbit 6394 km above the surface of the earth. At this elevation the acceleration of gravity is 4.09 m/s 2. Knowing that its orbital speed is 20 000 km/h, determine the kinetic energy of the satellite. SOLUTION m 400 kg Given: Mass of satellite, v 20.0 103 km/h Speed of satellite, Find: Kinetic energy, T 1h v 20.0 103 km/h 1000 m/km 3600 s 5555 m/s T 1 2 1 mv 400 kg 5.555 103 m/s 2 2 2 T 6.17 109 N m Note: Acceleration of gravity has no effect on the mass of the satellite. T 6.17 GJ Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.2 A 1-lb stone is dropped down the “bottomless pit” at Carlsbad Caverns and strikes the ground with a speed of 95 ft/s. Neglecting air resistance, determine (a) the kinetic energy of the stone as it strikes the ground and the height h from which it was dropped, (b) Solve Part a assuming that the same stone is dropped down a hole on the moon. (Acceleration of gravity on the moon 5.31 ft/s2.) SOLUTION W lb 1 lb 0.031056 lb s 2 /ft 2 g 32.2 ft/s Mass of stone: m Initial kinetic energy: T1 0 (a) (rest) Kinetic energy at ground strike: T2 1 2 1 mv2 (0.031056)(95)2 140.14 ft lb 2 2 T2 140.1 ft lb Use work and energy: where T1 U12 T2 U12 wh mgh 0 mgh h (b) On the moon: 1 2 mv2 2 v22 (95)2 2 g (2)(32.2) h 140.1 ft g 5.31 ft/s2 T2 140.1 ft lb T1 and T2 will be the same, hence h v22 (95) 2 2 g (2)(5.31) h 850 ft Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.3 A baseball player hits a 5.1-oz baseball with an initial velocity of 140 ft/s at an angle of 40° with the horizontal as shown. Determine (a) the kinetic energy of the ball immediately after it is hit, (b) the kinetic energy of the ball when it reaches its maximum height, (c) the maximum height above the ground reached by the ball. SOLUTION 1 lb W (5.1 oz) 0.31875 lb 16 oz Mass of baseball: m (a) W 0.31875 lb 0.009899 lb s 2 /ft g 32.2 ft/s 2 Kinetic energy immediately after hit. v v0 140 ft/s T1 (b) 1 2 1 mv (0.009899)(140)2 2 2 T1 97.0 ft lb Kinetic energy at maximum height: v v0 cos 40 140cos 40 107.246 ft/s T2 Principle of work and energy: 1 2 1 mv (0.009899)(107.246)2 2 2 T2 56.9 ft lb T1 U12 T2 U12 T2 T1 40.082 ft lb Work of weight: U12 Wd Maximum height above impact point. d (c) T2 T1 40.082 ft lb 125.7 ft W 0.31875 lb 125.7 ft Maximum height above ground: h 125.7 ft 2 ft h 127.7 ft Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.4 A 500-kg communications satellite is in a circular geosynchronous orbit and completes one revolution about the earth in 23 h and 56 min at an altitude of 35800 km above the surface of the earth. Knowing that the radius of the earth is 6370 km, determine the kinetic energy of the satellite. SOLUTION Radius of earth: R 6370 km Radius of orbit: r R h 6370 35800 42170 km 42.170 106 m Time one revolution: t 23 h 56 min t (23 h)(3600 s/h) (56 min)(60 s/min) 86.160 103 s Speed: v 2 r 2 (42.170 106 ) 3075.2 m/s t 86.160 103 Kinetic energy: T 1 2 mv 2 T 1 (500 kg)(3075.2 m/s)2 2.3643 109 J 2 T 2.36 GJ Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.5 In an ore-mixing operation, a bucket full of ore is suspended from a traveling crane which moves along a stationary bridge. The bucket is to swing no more than 10 ft horizontally when the crane is brought to a sudden stop. Determine the maximum allowable speed v of the crane. SOLUTION Let position be the position with bucket B directly below A, and position be that of maximum swing where d 10 ft. Let L be the length AB. T1 Kinetic energies: 1 2 mv , T2 0 2 U12 Wh mgh Work of the weight: where h is the vertical projection of position above position From geometry (see figure), y L2 d 2 hL y L L2 d 2 30 (30)2 (10) 2 1.7157 ft Principle of work and energy: T1 U12 T2 1 2 mv mgh 0 2 v 2 2 gh (2)(32.2 ft/s2 )(1.7157 ft) 110.49 ft 2 /s2 v 10.51 ft/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.6 In an ore-mixing operation, a bucket full of ore is suspended from a traveling crane which moves along a stationary bridge. The crane is traveling at a speed of 10 ft/s when it is brought to a sudden stop. Determine the maximum horizontal distance through which the bucket will swing. SOLUTION Let position be the position with bucket B directly below A, and position be that of maximum swing where the horizontal distance is d. Let L be the length AB. T1 Kinetic energies: 1 2 mv , T2 0 2 U12 Wh mgh Work of the weight: where h is the vertical projection of position above position . Principle of work and energy: T1 U12 T2 1 2 mv mgh 0 2 v2 (10 ft/s) 2 h 1.5528 ft 2 g (2)(32.2 ft/s 2 ) From geometry (see figure), d L2 y 2 L2 ( L h)2 (30)2 (30 1.5528)2 9.53 ft d 9.53 ft Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.7 Determine the maximum theoretical speed that may be achieved over a distance of 110 m by a car starting from rest assuming there is no slipping. The coefficient of static friction between the tires and pavement is 0.75, and 60 percent of the weight of the car is distributed over its front wheels and 40 percent over its rear wheels. Assume (a) front-wheel drive, (b) rear-wheel drive. SOLUTION Let W be the weight and m the mass. W mg (a) N 0.60W 0.60 mg s 0.75 Front wheel drive: Maximum friction force without slipping: F s N (0.75)(0.60W ) 0.45mg U12 Fd 0.45 mgd T1 0, Principle of work and energy: T2 1 2 mv2 2 T1 U12 T2 1 2 mv2 2 v22 (2)(0.45 gd ) (2)(0.45)(9.81 m/s2 )(110 m) 971.19 m 2 /s 2 0 0.45mgd v2 31.164 m/s (b) v2 112.2 km/h N 0.40W 0.40mg s 0.75 Rear wheel drive: Maximum friction force without slipping: F s N (0.75)(0.40W ) 0.30mg U12 Fd 0.30mgd T1 0, Principle of work and energy: T2 1 2 mv2 2 T1 U12 T2 1 mv22 2 v22 (2)(0.30) gd (2)(0.30)(9.81 m/s 2 )(110 m) 647.46 m 2 /s 2 0 0.30 mgd v2 25.445 m/s v2 91.6 km/h Note: The car is treated as a particle in this problem. The weight distribution is assumed to be the same for static and dynamic conditions. Compare with sample Problem 16.1 where the vehicle is treated as a rigid body. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.8 A 2000-kg automobile starts from rest at point A on a 6o incline and coasts through a distance of 150 m to point B. The brakes are then applied, causing the automobile to come to a stop at point C, 20 m from B. Knowing that slipping is impending during the braking period and neglecting air resistance and rolling resistance, determine (a) the speed of the automobile at point B, (b) the coefficient of static friction between the tires and the road. SOLUTION Given: Automobile Weight W = mg = (2000 kg) (9.81) W 19, 620 N Initial Velocity A, v A 0 m/s Incline Angle, 6 Vehicle brakes at impending slip for 20 m from B to C vC 0 Find; speed of automobile at point B, vB Coefficient of static friction, (a) U A B WhA B (19620 N) (150 m)sin 6 307.63 103 N m U A B TB TA 307.63 103 N m 1 2 mv 0 2 1 (2000 kg) vB2 0 2 vB 17.54 m/s (b) U A C WhA C Fd B C TC TA 0 d B C 20 m F N Where coefficient of static friction U AC (19620 N)(sin 6) (170 m) F (20 m) F (19620 N) cos 6 (19620 N) (sin 6) (170 m) (19620 N) (cos 6) (20 m) 0 170 tan 6 0.893 20 0.893 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.9 A package is projected up a 15 incline at A with an initial velocity of 8 m/s. Knowing that the coefficient of kinetic friction between the package and the incline is 0.12, determine (a) the maximum distance d that the package will move up the incline, (b) the velocity of the package as it returns to its original position. SOLUTION (a) Up the plane from A to B: 1 2 1W W mv A (8 m/s)2 32 TB 0 2 2 g g F k N 0.12 N (W sin15 F )d TA U AB F 0 N W cos15 0 N W cos15 U AB W (sin15 0.12cos15)d Wd (0.3747) TA U AB TB : 32 W Wd (0.3743) 0 g d (b) 32 (9.81)(0.3747) d 8.70 m Down the plane from B to A: (F reverses direction) 1W 2 vA TB 0 2 g (W sin15 F )d TA U BA d 8.71 m/s W (sin15 0.12 cos15)(8.70 m/s) U BA 1.245W TB U BA TA 0 1.245W 1W 2 vA 2 g v A2 (2)(9.81)(1.245) 24.43 v A 4.94 m/s vA 4.94 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. 15 PROBLEM 13.10 A 1.4 kg model rocket is launched vertically from rest with a constant thrust of 25 N until the rocket reaches an altitude of 15 m and the thrust ends. Neglecting air resistance, determine (a) the speed of the rocket when the thrust ends, (b) the maximum height reached by the rocket, (c) the speed of the rocket when it returns to the ground. SOLUTION Weight: W mg (1.4)(9.81) 13.734 N (a) T1 0 First stage: U12 (25 13.734)(15) 169.0 N m T1 U12 T2 1 T2 mv 2 U12 169.0 N m 2 2U1 2 (2) (169.0) m 1.4 v2 (b) v2 15.54 m/s Unpowered flight to maximum height h: T2 169.0 N m T3 0 U 23 W (h 15) T2 U 23 T3 W (h 15) T2 h 15 (c) T2 169.0 W 13.734 h 27.3 m Falling from maximum height: T3 0 T4 1 2 mv4 2 U 34 Wh mgh T3 U 34 T4 : 0 mgh 1 2 mv4 2 v42 2 gh (2)(9.81 m/s2 )(27.3 m) 535.6 m2 /s2 v4 23.1 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.11 Packages are thrown down an incline at A with a velocity of 1 m/s. The packages slide along the surface ABC to a conveyor belt which moves with a velocity of 2 m/s. Knowing that k 0.25 between the packages and the surface ABC, determine the distance d if the packages are to arrive at C with a velocity of 2 m/s. SOLUTION N AB mg cos 30 On incline AB: FAB k N AB 0.25 mg cos 30 U A B mgd sin 30 FAB d mgd (sin 30 k cos 30) N BC mg On level surface BC: xBC 7 m FBC k mg U B C k mg xBC At A, TA 1 2 mvA 2 and vA 1 m/s At C, TC 1 2 mvC 2 and vC 2 m/s Assume that no energy is lost at the corner B. TA U A B U BC TC Work and energy. 1 2 1 mvA mgd (sin 30 k cos30) k mg xBC mv02 2 2 Dividing by m and solving for d, vC2 /2 g k xBC v A2 /2 g d (sin 30 k cos 30) (2) 2/(2)(9.81) (0.25)(7) (1) 2/(2)(9.81) sin 30 0.25cos 30 d 6.71 m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.12 Packages are thrown down an incline at A with a velocity of 1 m/s. The packages slide along the surface ABC to a conveyor belt which moves with a velocity of 2 m/s. Knowing that d 7.5 m and k 0.25 between the packages and all surfaces, determine (a) the speed of the package at C, (b) the distance a package will slide on the conveyor belt before it comes to rest relative to the belt. SOLUTION (a) On incline AB: N AB mg cos 30 FAB k N AB 0.25 mg cos 30 UA B mgd sin 30 FAB d mgd (sin 30 k cos 30) On level surface BC: N BC mg xBC 7 m FBC k mg U B C k mg xBC At A, TA 1 2 mvA 2 and vA 1 m/s At C, TC 1 2 mvC 2 and vC 2 m/s Assume that no energy is lost at the corner B. Work and energy. TA U A B U BC TC 1 2 1 mvA mgd (sin 30 k cos30) k mg xBC mv02 2 2 Solving for vC2 , vC2 vA2 2 gd (sin 30 k cos30) 2 k g xBC (1)2 (2)(9.81)(7.5)(sin 30 0.25cos30) (2)(0.25)(9.81)(7) 8.3811 m2/s2 (b) vC 2.90 m/s Box on belt: Let xbelt be the distance moves by a package as it slides on the belt. Fy ma y N mg 0 N mg Fx k N k mg At the end of sliding, v vbelt 2 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.12 (Continued) Principle of work and energy: 1 2 1 2 mvC k mg xbelt mvbelt 2 2 2 v 2 vbelt xbelt C 2 k g 8.3811 (2) 2 (2)(0.25)(9.81) xbelt 0.893 m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.13 Boxes are transported by a conveyor belt with a velocity v0 to a fixed incline at A where they slide and eventually fall off at B. Knowing that k 0.40, determine the velocity of the conveyor belt if the boxes leave the incline at B with a velocity of 8 ft/s. SOLUTION Forces when box is on AB. Fy 0: N W cos15 0 N W cos15 Box is sliding on AB. F f k N kW cos15 Distance AB d 20 ft Work of gravity force: (U A B ) g Wd sin15 Ff d kWd cos15 Work of friction force: Total work U A B Wd (sin15 k sin15) Kinetic energy: TA 1W 2 v0 2 g 1W 2 TB vB 2 g Principle of work and energy: TA U A B TB 1W 2 1W 2 v0 Wd (sin15 k cos15) vB 2 g 2 g v02 vB2 2 gd (sin15 k cos15) (8) 2 (2)(32.2)(20)[sin15 (0.40)(cos15)] 228.29 ft 2 /s 2 v0 15.11 ft/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. 15 PROBLEM 13.14 Boxes are transported by a conveyor belt with a velocity v0 to a fixed incline at A where they slide and eventually fall off at B. Knowing that k 0.40, determine the velocity of the conveyor belt if the boxes are to have zero velocity at B. SOLUTION Forces when box is on AB. Fy 0: N W cos15 0 N W cos15 Box is sliding on AB. F f k N kW cos15 Distance AB d 20 ft Work of gravity force: (U A B ) g Wd sin15 Ff d kWd cos15 Work of friction force: Total work U A B Wd (sin15 k cos15) Kinetic energy: TA 1W 2 v0 2 g 1W 2 TB vB 2 g Principle of work and energy: TA U A B TB 1W 2 1W 2 v0 Wd (sin15 k cos15) vB 2 g 2 g v02 vB2 2 gd (sin15 k cos15) 0 (2)(32.2)(20)[sin15 (0.40)(cos15)] 164.29 ft 2 /s 2 v0 12.81 ft/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. 15 PROBLEM 13.15 A 1200-kg trailer is hitched to a 1400-kg car. The car and trailer are traveling at 72 km/h when the driver applies the brakes on both the car and the trailer. Knowing that the braking forces exerted on the car and the trailer are 5000 N and 4000 N, respectively, determine (a) the distance traveled by the car and trailer before they come to a stop, (b) the horizontal component of the force exerted by the trailer hitch on the car. SOLUTION Let position 1 be the initial state at velocity v1 72 km/h 20 m/s and position 2 be at the end of braking (v2 0). The braking forces and FC 5000 N for the car and 4000 N for the trailer. (a) Car and trailer system. (d braking distance) 1 (mC mT )v12 2 ( FC FT )d T1 U1 2 T2 0 T1 U1 2 T2 1 (mC mT )v12 ( FC FT )d 0 2 d (b) (mC mT )v12 (2600)(20)2 57.778 2( FC FT ) (2)(9000) d 57.8 m Car considered separately. Let H be the horizontal pushing force that the trailer exerts on the car through the hitch. 1 mC v12 2 ( H FC )d T1 U1 2 T2 0 T1 U1 2 T2 1 mC v12 ( H FC )d 0 2 H FC Trailer hitch force on car: mC v12 (1400)(20) 2 5000 2d (2)(57.778) H 154 N Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.16 A trailer truck enters a 2 percent uphill grade traveling at 72 km/h and reaches a speed of 108 km/h in 300 m. The cab has a mass of 1800 kg and the trailer 5400 kg. Determine (a) the average force at the wheels of the cab, (b) the average force in the coupling between the cab and the trailer. SOLUTION Initial speed: v1 72 km/h 20 m/s Final speed: v2 108 km/h 30 m/s Vertical rise: h (0.02)(300) 6.00 m Distance traveled: d 300 m (a) Traction force. Use cab and trailer as a free body. m 1800 5400 7200 kg T1 U12 T2 Work and energy: Ft W mg (7200)(9.81) 70.632 103 N 1 2 1 mv1 Wh Ft d mv22 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 mv1 Wh mv12 (7200)(30)2 (70.632 103 )(6.00) (7200)(20)2 d 2 2 300 2 7.4126 103 N (b) Ft 7.41 kN Coupling force Fc . Use the trailer alone as a free body. W mg (5400)(9.81) 52.974 103 N m 5400 kg Assume that the tangential force at the trailer wheels is zero. Work and energy: T1 U12 T2 1 2 1 mv1 Wh Fc d mv22 2 2 The plus sign before Fc means that we have assumed that the coupling is in tension. Fc 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 mv2 Wh mv12 (5400)(30) 2 (52.974 103 )(6.00) (5400)(20)2 d 2 2 300 2 2 5.5595 103 N Fc 5.56 kN (tension) Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.17 The subway train shown is traveling at a speed of 30 mi/h when the brakes are fully applied on the wheels of cars B and C, causing them to slide on the track, but are not applied on the wheels of car A. Knowing that the coefficient of kinetic friction is 0.35 between the wheels and the track, determine (a) the distance required to bring the train to a stop, (b) the force in each coupling. SOLUTION k 0.35 FB (0.35)(100 kips) 35 kips FC (0.35)(80 kips) 28 kips v1 30 mi/h 44 ft/s (a) Entire train: v2 0 T2 0 T1 U1 2 T2 1 (80 kips 100 kips 80 kips) (44 ft/s) 2 (28 kips 35 kips) x 0 2 32.2 ft/s 2 x 124.07 ft (b) Force in each coupling: Recall that x 124.07 ft x 124.1 ft Car A: Assume FAB to be in tension T1 V1 2 T2 1 80 kips (44) 2 FAB (124.07 ft) 0 2 32.2 FAB 19.38 kips FAB 19.38 kips (tension) Car C: T1 U1 2 T2 1 80 kips (44) 2 ( FBC 28 kips)(124.07 ft) 0 2 32.2 FBC 28 kips 19.38 kips FBC 8.62 kips FBC 8.62 kips (tension) Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.18 The subway train shown is traveling at a speed of 30 mi/h when the brakes are fully applied on the wheels of cars A, causing it to slide on the track, but are not applied on the wheels of cars A or B. Knowing that the coefficient of kinetic friction is 0.35 between the wheels and the track, determine (a) the distance required to bring the train to a stop, (b) the force in each coupling. SOLUTION (a) Entire train: FA N A (0.35)(80 kips) 28 kips v2 0 T2 0 v1 30 mi/h 44 ft/s T1 V1 2 T2 1 (80 kips 100 kips 80 kips) (44 ft/s)2 (28 kips) x 0 2 32.2 ft/s 2 x 279.1 ft (b) x 279 ft Force in each coupling: Car A: Assume FAB to be in tension T1 V1 2 T2 1 80 kips (44 ft/s)2 (28 kips FAB )(279.1 ft) 0 2 32.2 ft/s 2 28 kips FAB 8.62 kips FAB 19.38 kips Car C: FAB 19.38 kips (compression) T1 V1 2 T2 1 80 kips (44 ft/s) 2 FBC (279.1 ft) 0 2 32.2 ft/s 2 FBC 8.617 kips FBC 8.62 kips (compression) Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.19 Blocks A and B weigh 25 lbs and 10 lbs, respectively, and they are both at a height 6 ft above the ground when the system is released from rest. Just before hitting the ground block A is moving at a speed of 9 ft/s. Determine (a) the amount of energy dissipated in friction by the pulley, (b) the tension in each portion of the cord during the motion. SOLUTION By constraint of the cable block B moves up a distance h when block A moves down a distance h. (h 6 ft) Their speeds are equal. Let FA and FB be the tensions on the A and B sides, respectively, of the pulley. Masses: WA 25 0.7764 lb s 2 /ft 32.2 g WB 10 MB 0.31056 lb s 2 /ft 32.2 g MA Let position 1 be the initial position with both blocks a distance h above the ground and position 2 be just before block A hits the ground. Kinetic energies: (T1 ) A 0, (T1 ) B 0 1 1 m A v 2 (0.7764)(9) 2 31.444 ft lb 2 2 1 1 2 (T2 ) B mB v (0.31056)(9)2 12.578 ft lb 2 2 (T2 ) A Principle of work and energy: T1 U12 T2 Block A: U12 (WA FA )h 0 (25 FA )(6) 31.444 Block B: FA 19.759 lb U12 ( FB WB )h 0 ( FB 10)(6) 12.578 FB 12.096 lb At the pulley FA moves a distance h down, and FB moves a distance h up. The work done is U12 ( FA FB )h (19.759 12.096)(6) 46.0 ft lb Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.19 (Continued) Since the pulley is assumed to be massless, it cannot acquire kinetic energy; hence, (a) Energy dissipated by the pulley: (b) Tension in each portion of the cord: E p 46.0 ft lb A :19.76 lb B :12.10 lb Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.20 The system shown is at rest when a constant 30 lb force is applied to collar B. (a) If the force acts through the entire motion, determine the speed of collar B as it strikes the support at C. (b) After what distance d should the 30 lb force be removed if the collar is to reach support C with zero velocity? SOLUTION Let F be the cable tension and vB be the velocity of collar B when it strikes the support. Consider the collar B. Its movement is horizontal so only horizontal forces acting on B do work. Let d be the distance through which the 30 lb applied force moves. (T1 ) B (U1 2 ) B (T2 ) B 0 30d (2 F )(2) 1 18 2 vB 2 32.2 30d 4F 0.27950vB2 (1) Now consider the weight A. When the collar moves 2 ft to the left, the weight moves 4 ft up, since the cable length is constant. Also, v A 2vB . (T1 ) A (U1 2 ) A (T2 ) B 1 WA 2 vA 2 g 1 6 4 F (6)(4) (2vB )2 2 32.2 0 ( F WA )(4) 4 F 24 0.37267 vB2 (2) 30d 24 0.65217vB2 (3) Add Eqs. (1) and (2) to eliminate F. (a) Case a: d 2 ft, vB ? (30)(2) (24) 0.65217vB2 vB2 55.2 ft 2 /s2 (b) Case b: vB 7.43 ft/s d ?, vB 0. 30d 24 0 d 0.800 ft Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.21 Car B is towing car A at a constant speed of 10 m/s on an uphill grade when the brakes of car A are fully applied causing all four wheels to skid. The driver of car B does not change the throttle setting or change gears. The masses of the cars A and B are 1400 kg and 1200 kg, respectively, and the coefficient of kinetic friction is 0.8. Neglecting air resistance and rolling resistance, determine (a) the distance traveled by the cars before they come to a stop, (b) the tension in the cable. SOLUTION Given: Car B tows car A at 10 m/s uphill. k 0.8 Car A brakes so 4 wheels skid. Car B continues in same gear and throttle setting. Find: (a) Distance d, traveled to stop (b) Tension in cable (a) F1 traction force (from equilibrium) F1 (1400 g )sin 5 (1200 g )sin 5 F 0.8N A 2600(9.81)sin 5 For system: A B U1 2 [( F1 1400g sin 5 1200 g sin 5) F ]d T2 T1 0 Since 1 1 mA Bv 2 (2600)(10)2 2 2 ( F1 1400g sin 5 1200 g sin 5) 0 Fd 0.8[1400(9.81) cos 5]d 130, 000 N m d 11.88 m (b) Cable tension, T U1 2 [T 0.8N A ](11.88) T2 T1 (T 0.8(1400)(9.81)cos5)11.88 1400 (10)2 2 (T 10945) 5892 5.053 kN T 5.05 kN Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.22 The system shown is at rest when a constant 250-N force is applied to block A. Neglecting the masses of the pulleys and the effect of friction in the pulleys and between block A and the horizontal surface, determine (a) the velocity of block B after block A has moved 2 m, (b) the tension in the cable. SOLUTION Constraint of cable: x A 3 yB constant x A 3yB 0 v A 3vB 0 Let F be the tension in the cable. Block A: mA 30 kg, P 250 N, (T1 ) A 0 (T1 ) A (U12 ) A (T2 ) A 1 mA v A2 2 1 0 (250 F )(2) (30)(3vB )2 2 0 ( P F )(x A ) 500 2 F 135vB2 Block B: (1) mB 25 kg, WB mB g 245.25 N (T1 ) B (U1 2 ) B (T2 ) B 1 mB vB2 2 2 1 (3F ) 245.25) (25) vB2 3 2 0 (3F WB )(yB ) 2 F 163.5 12.5 vB2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (2) PROBLEM 13.22 (Continued) Add Eqs. (1) and (2) to eliminate F. 500 163.5 147.5vB2 vB2 2.2814 m 2 /s 2 (a) Velocity of B. (b) Tension in the cable. From Eq. (2), v B 1.510 m/s 2 F 163.5 (12.5)(2.2814) F 96.0 N Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.23 The system shown is at rest when a constant 250-N force is applied to block A. Neglecting the masses of the pulleys and the effect of friction in the pulleys and assuming that the coefficients of friction between block A and the horizontal surface are s 0.25 and k 0.20, determine (a) the velocity of block B after block A has moved 2 m, (b) the tension in the cable. SOLUTION Check the equilibrium position to see if the blocks move. Let F be the tension in the cable. Block B: 3 F mB g 0 F Block A: mB g (25)(9.81) 81.75 N 3 3 Fy 0: N A mA g 0 N A mA g (30)(9.81) 294.3 N Fx 0: 250 FA F 0 FA 250 81.75 168.25 N s N A (0.25)(294.3) 73.57 N Available static friction force: Since FA s N A , the blocks move. The friction force, FA, during sliding is FA k N A (0.20)(294.3) 58.86 N Constraint of cable: x A 3 yB constant x A 3yB 0 v A 3vB 0 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.23 (Continued) m A 30 kg, P 250 N, (T1 ) A 0. Block A: (T1 ) A (U12 ) A (T2 ) A 1 mA v A2 2 1 0 (250 58.86 F )(2) (30)(3vB ) 2 2 0 ( P FA F )(x A ) 382.28 2 F 135vB2 (1) M B 25 kg, WB mB g 245.25 N Block B: (T1 ) B (U12 ) B (T2 ) B 1 mB vB2 2 2 1 (3F 245.25) (25)vB2 3 2 0 (3F WB )(yB ) 2 F 163.5 12.5vB2 (2) Add Eqs. (1) and (2) to eliminate F. 382.28 163.5 147.5vB2 vB2 1.48325 m 2 /s 2 v B 1.218 m/s (a) Velocity of B: (b) Tension in the cable: From Eq. (2), 2 F 163.5 (12.5)(1.48325) F 91.0 N Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.24 Two blocks A and B, of mass 4 kg and 5 kg, respectively, are connected by a cord which passes over pulleys as shown. A 3 kg collar C is placed on block A and the system is released from rest. After the blocks have moved 0.9 m, collar C is removed and blocks A and B continue to move. Determine the speed of block A just before it strikes the ground. SOLUTION Position to Position . v1 0 T1 0 At before C is removed from the system 1 1 (m A mB mC )v22 (12 kg)v22 6v22 2 2 (m A mC mB ) g (0.9 m) T2 U1 2 U1 2 (4 3 5)( g )(0.9 m) (2 kg)(9.81 m/s 2 )(0.9 m) U1 2 17.658 J T1 U1 2 T2 : 0 17.658 6v22 v22 2.943 At Position , collar C is removed from the system. Position to Position . T2 1 9 (mA mB )v22 kg (2.943) 13.244 J 2 2 1 9 T3 (mA mB )(v3 )2 v32 2 2 U 23 (m A mB )( g )(0.7 m) (1 kg)(9.81 m/s 2 )(0.7 m) 6.867 J T2 U 2 3 T3 13.244 6.867 4.5v32 v32 1.417 v A v3 1.190 m/s vA 1.190 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.25 Four 3-kg packages are held in place by friction on a conveyor which is disengaged from its drive motor. When the system is released from rest, package 1 leaves the belt at A just as package 4 comes onto the inclined portion of the belt at B. Determine (a) the velocity of package 2 as it leaves the belt at A, (b) the velocity of package 3 as it leaves the belt at A. Neglect the mass of the belt and rollers. SOLUTION Given: Conveyor is disengaged, packages held by friction and system is released from rest. Neglect mass of belt and rollers. Package 1 leaves the belt as package 4 comes onto the belt. Find: (a) Velocity of package 2 as it leaves the belt at A. (b) Velocity of package 3 as it leaves the belt at A. (a) Package 1 falls off the belt, and 2, 3, 4 move down. 2.4 0.8 m 3 1 T2 3 mv22 2 T2 3 3 kg v22 2 T2 4.5v22 U1 2 3 W 0.8 3 3 kg 9.81 m/s 2 0.8 U1 2 70.632 J T1 U1 2 T2 0 70.632 4.5v22 v22 15.696 v2 3.9618 v2 3.96 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.25 (Continued) (b) Package 2 falls off the belt and its energy is lost to the system, and 3 and 4 move down 2 ft. 1 T2 2 mv22 2 T2 3 kg 15.696 T2 47.088 J 1 T3 2 mv32 3 kg v32 2 T3 3v32 U 2 3 2 W 0.8 2 3 kg 9.81 m/s 2 0.8 m U 2 3 47.088 J T2 U 2 3 T3 47.088 47.088 3v32 v32 31.392 v3 5.6029 v3 5.60 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.26 A 3-kg block rests on top of a 2-kg block supported by, but not attached to, a spring of constant 40 N/m. The upper block is suddenly removed. Determine (a) the maximum speed reached by the 2-kg block, (b) the maximum height reached by the 2-kg block. SOLUTION Call blocks A and B. (a) mA 2 kg, mB 3 kg Position 1: Block B has just been removed. Spring force: FS (mA mB ) g k x Spring stretch: x1 (mA mB ) g (5 kg)(9.81 m/s 2 ) 1.22625 m k 40 N/m Let position 2 be a later position while the spring still contacts block A. Work of the force exerted by the spring: (U1 2 )e x2 x1 k x dx 1 k x2 2 Work of the gravitational force: x2 x1 1 1 k x12 k x22 2 2 1 1 (40)(1.22625) 2 (40) x22 30.074 20 x22 2 2 (U1 2 ) g m A g ( x2 x1 ) (2)(9.81)( x2 1.22625) 19.62 x2 24.059 Total work: Kinetic energies: U12 20 x22 19.62 x2 6.015 T1 0 T2 Principle of work and energy: 1 1 m A v22 (2)v22 v22 2 2 T1 U12 T2 0 20 x22 19.62 x2 6.015 v22 Speed squared: v22 20 x22 19.62 x2 6.015 At maximum speed, dv2 0 dx2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (1) PROBLEM 13.26 (Continued) Differentiating Eq. (1), and setting equal to zero, 2v2 Substituting into Eq. (1), dv2 40 x2 19.62 0 dx 19.62 x2 0.4905 m 40 v22 (20)(0.4905)2 (19.62)(0.4905) 6.015 10.827 m2 /s2 v 2 3.29 m/s Maximum speed: (b) Position 3: Block A reaches maximum height. Assume that the block has separated from the spring. Spring force is zero at separation. Work of the force exerted by the spring: (U13 )e 0 x1 kxdx 1 2 1 kx1 (40)(1.22625)2 30.074 J 2 2 Work of the gravitational force: (U13 ) g mA gh (2)(9.81)h 19.62 h Total work: U13 30.074 19.62 h At maximum height, v3 0, T3 0 Principle of work and energy: T1 U13 T3 0 30.074 19.62 h 0 Maximum height: h 1.533 m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.27 Solve Problem 13.26, assuming that the 2-kg block is attached to the spring. PROBLEM 13.26 A 3-kg block rests on top of a 2-kg block supported by, but not attached to, a spring of constant 40 N/m. The upper block is suddenly removed. Determine (a) the maximum speed reached by the 2-kg block, (b) the maximum height reached by the 2-kg block. SOLUTION Call blocks A and B. (a) mA 2 kg, mB 3 kg Position 1: Block B has just been removed. Spring force: FS (mA mB ) g kx1 Spring stretch: x1 ( m A mB ) g (5 kg)(9.81 m/s 2 ) 1.22625 m k 40 N/m Let position 2 be a later position. Note that the spring remains attached to block A. Work of the force exerted by the spring: (U1 2 )e x2 x1 kxdx 1 kx 2 2 x2 x1 1 2 1 2 kx1 kx2 2 2 1 1 (40)(1.22625) 2 (40) x22 30.074 20 x22 2 2 Work of the gravitational force: (U1 2 ) g m A g ( x2 x1 ) (2)(9.81)( x2 1.22625) 19.62 x2 24.059 Total work: Kinetic energies: U12 20 x22 19.62 x2 6.015 T1 0 T2 Principle of work and energy: 1 1 m A v22 (2)v22 v22 2 2 T1 U12 T2 0 20 x22 19.62 x2 6.015 v22 Speed squared: v22 20 x22 19.62 x2 6.015 At maximum speed, dv2 0 dx2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (1) PROBLEM 13.27 (Continued) Differentiating Eq. (1) and setting equal to zero, 2v2 dv2 40 x2 19.62 0 dx2 x2 Substituting into Eq. (1), 19.62 0.4905 m 40 v22 (20)(0.4905)2 (19.62)(0.4905) 6.015 10.827 m1 /s2 v2 3.29 m/s Maximum speed: (b) Maximum height occurs when v2 0. Substituting into Eq. (1), 0 20 x22 19.62 x2 6.015 Solving the quadratic equation x2 1.22625 m and 0.24525 m Using the larger value, x2 0.24525 m Maximum height: h x2 x1 0.24525 1.22625 h 1.472 m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.28 People with mobility impairments can gain great health and social benefits from participating in different recreational activities. You are tasked with designing an adaptive spring-powered shuffleboard attachment that can be utilized by people who use wheelchairs. Knowing that the coefficient of kinetic friction between the 15 ounce puck A and the wooden surface is 0.3, the maximum spring displacement you desire is 6 inches, and that you want the puck to travel at least 30 ft/s, determine (a) the spring constant k, (b) how far the athlete should pull back the spring to make the puck come to rest after 34 ft. SOLUTION Given: k 0.3 Sketch: 15 oz 32.2ft/s 2 0.02911 slugs oz 16 lbs 6 in 0.5 ft s1,max in 12 ft v2,max 30 ft/s m d3 34 ft (a) Find spring constant k, for maximum conditions: T1 U12 T2 where: T1 0 and T2 U12 s1,max 0 1 2 mv2,max 2 kxdx s1,max 0 k mgdx 1 2 ks1,max k mgs1,max 2 1 1 2 2 0 k 0.5 0.3 0.02911 32.2 0.5 0.02911 30 2 2 k 105.9 lb/ft k 8.828 lb/in (b) Find pull back distance, s1 so that puck stops after d=34 ft. T1 0 and T3 0 T1 U13 T3 where: U13 s1 0 kxdx s1 d 0 k mgdx 1 2 ks1,max k mg s1 d 2 1 105.9 s12 0.3 0.02911 32.2 s1 34 0 2 52.95s12 0.28125s1 9.5625 0 0 s1 0.4276 ft or s1 0.4221 ft s1 =5.13 in Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.29 A 7.5-lb collar is released from rest in the position shown, slides down the inclined rod, and compresses the spring. The direction of motion is reversed and the collar slides up the rod. Knowing that the maximum deflection of the spring is 5 in., determine (a) the coefficient of kinetic friction between the collar and the rod, (b) the maximum speed of the collar. SOLUTION Position 1, initial condition Position 2, spring deflected 5 inches Position 3, initial contact of spring with collar 2 18 5 1 5 18 5 U1 2 F 60 + 7.5 sin 30 12 2 12 12 (Friction) (Spring) (Gravity) T1 T2 0, U1 2 0 2 23 1 5 23 0 7.5 0.866 60 7.5 0.5 12 2 12 12 0.1590 (a) (b) Max speed occurs just before contact with the spring 1 7.5 2 18 18 U1 3 7.5 0.866 7.5 0.5 T3 vmax 12 12 2 32.2 vmax 5.92 ft/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.30 A 10-kg block is attached to spring A and connected to spring B by a cord and pulley. The block is held in the position shown with both springs unstretched when the support is removed and the block is released with no initial velocity. Knowing that the constant of each spring is 2 kN/m, determine (a) the velocity of the block after it has moved down 50 mm, (b) the maximum velocity achieved by the block. SOLUTION (a) W weight of the block 10 (9.81) 98.1 N xB 1 xA 2 1 1 k A ( xA )2 kB ( xB )2 2 2 (Gravity) (Spring A) (Spring B) U1 2 W ( xA ) U1 2 (98.1 N)(0.05 m) 1 (2000 N/m)(0.05 m)2 2 1 (2000 N/m)(0.025 m)2 2 U1 2 1 1 (m)v 2 (10 kg)v 2 2 2 4.905 2.5 0.625 1 (10)v 2 2 v 0.597 m/s (b) Let x distance moved down by the 10 kg block 2 U1 2 W ( x) 1 1 x 1 k A ( x ) 2 k B ( m )v 2 2 2 2 2 d 1 k (m)v 2 0 W k A ( x) B (2 x) dx 2 8 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.30 (Continued) 0 98.1 2000 ( x) 2000 (2 x) 98.1 (2000 250) x 8 x 0.0436 m (43.6 mm) For x 0.0436, U 4.2772 1.9010 0.4752 1 (10)v 2 2 vmax 0.6166 m/s vmax 0.617 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.31 A 5-kg collar A is at rest on top of, but not attached to, a spring with stiffness k1 400 N/m; when a constant 150-N force is applied to the cable. Knowing A has a speed of 1 m/s when the upper spring is compressed 75 mm, determine the spring stiffness k2. Ignore friction and the mass of the pulley. SOLUTION Use the method of work and energy applied to the collar A. T1 U12 T2 Since collar is initially at rest, T1 0. In position 2, where the upper spring is compressed 75 mm and v2 1.00 m/s, the kinetic energy is T2 1 2 1 mv2 (5 kg)(1.00 m/s)2 2.5 J 2 2 As the collar is raised from level A to level B, the work of the weight force is (U12 ) g mgh where m 5 kg, g 9.81 m/s 2 and h 450 mm 0.450 m Thus, (U12 ) g (5)(9.81)(0.450) 22.0725 J In position 1, the force exerted by the lower spring is equal to the weight of collar A. F1 mg (5 kg)(9.81 m/s) 49.05 N As the collar moves up a distance x1, the spring force is F F1 k1 x2 until the collar separates from the spring at xf F1 49.05 N 0.122625 m 122.625 mm k1 400 N/m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.31 (Continued) Work of the force exerted by the lower spring: (U12 )1 xf 0 ( F1 k1 x)dx F1 x f 1 2 1 1 kx f k1 x 2f k1 x 2f k1 x 2f 2 2 2 1 (400 N/m)(0.122625) 2 3.0074 J 2 In position 2, the upper spring is compressed by y 75 mm 0.075 m. The work of the force exerted by this spring is 1 1 (U12 )2 k2 y 2 k2 (0.075)2 0.0028125 k 2 2 2 Finally, we must calculate the work of the 150 N force applied to the cable. In position 1, the length AB is (l AB )1 (450) 2 (400) 2 602.08 mm In position 2, the length AB is (l AB )2 400 mm. The displacement d of the 150 N force is d (l AB )1 (l AB )2 202.08 mm 0.20208 m The work of the 150 N force P is (U12 ) P Pd (150 N)(0.20208 m) 30.312 J Total work: U1 2 22.0725 3.0074 0.0028125k2 30.312 11.247 0.0028125k2 Principle of work and energy: T1 U12 T2 0 11.247 0.0028125k2 2.5 k2 3110 N/m k2 3110 N/m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.32 A piston of mass m and cross-sectional area A is equilibrium under the pressure p at the center of a cylinder closed at both ends. Assuming that the piston is moved to the left a distance a/2 and released, and knowing that the pressure on each side of the piston varies inversely with the volume, determine the velocity of the piston as it again reaches the center of the cylinder. Neglect friction between the piston and the cylinder and express your answer in terms of m, a, p, and A. SOLUTION Pressures vary inversely as the volume pL Aa P Ax pR Aa P A(2a x) Initially at , v0 x pa x pa pR (2a x) pL a 2 T1 0 At , x a, T2 U1 2 a a/2 1 2 mv 2 ( pL pR ) Adx a a/2 1 1 paA dx x 2a x U1 2 paA[ln x ln (2a x)]aa/2 a 3a U1 2 paA ln a ln a ln ln 2 2 3a 2 4 U1 2 paA ln a 2 ln paA ln 4 3 4 1 T1 U1 2 T2 0 paA ln mv 2 3 2 v2 2 paA ln 43 m 0.5754 paA m v 0.759 paA m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.33 An uncontrolled automobile traveling at 65 mph strikes squarely a highway crash cushion of the type shown in which the automobile is brought to rest by successively crushing steel barrels. The magnitude F of the force required to crush the barrels is shown as a function of the distance x the automobile has moved into the cushion. Knowing that the weight of the automobile is 2250 lb and neglecting the effect of friction, determine (a) the distance the automobile will move into the cushion before it comes to rest, (b) the maximum deceleration of the automobile. SOLUTION (a) 65 mi/h 95.3 ft/s Assume auto stops in 5 d 14 ft. v1 95.33 ft/s 1 2 1 2250 lb mv1 2 2 32.2 ft/s 2 T1 317,530 lb ft T1 2 (95.3 ft/s) 317.63 k ft v2 0 T2 0 U1 2 (18 k)(5 ft) (27 k)(d 5) 90 27 d 135 27 d 45 k ft T1 U1 2 T2 317.53 27 d 45 d 13.43 ft Assumption that d 14 ft is ok. (b) Maximum deceleration occurs when F is largest. For d 13.43 ft, F 27 k. Thus, F maD 2250 lb (27, 000 lb) 2 32.2 ft/s ( aD ) aD 386 ft/s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.34 Two types of energy-absorbing fenders designed to be used on a pier are statically loaded. The force-deflection curve for each type of fender is given in the graph. Determine the maximum deflection of each fender when a 90-ton ship moving at 1 mi/h strikes the fender and is brought to rest. SOLUTION W1 (90 ton)(2000 lb/ton) 180 103 lb Weight: W 180 103 5590 lb s 2 /ft g 32.2 Mass: m Speed: v1 1 mi/h 5280 ft 1.4667 ft/s 3600 s 1 2 1 mv1 (5590)(1.4667)2 2 2 6012 ft lb T2 0 (rest) T1 Kinetic energy: Principle of work and energy: T1 U12 T2 6012 U1 2 0 U1 2 6012 ft lb 72.15 kip in. The area under the force-deflection curve up to the maximum deflection is equal to 72.15 kip in. Fender A: From the force-deflection curve F kx Area x 0 fdx k x 0 Fmax 60 5 kip/in. xmax 12 kx dx 1 2 kx 2 1 (5) x2 72.51 2 x 2 28.86 in.2 Fender B: We divide area under curve B into trapezoids Partial area 1 (2 in.)(4 kips) 4 kip in. From x 0 to x 2 in.: 2 x 5.37 in. Total Area 4 kip in. From x 2 in. to x 4 in.: 1 (2 in.)(4 10) 14 kip in. 2 18 kip in. From x 4 in. to x 6 in.: 1 (2 in.)(10 18) 28 kip in. 2 46 kip in. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.34 (Continued) We still need U 72.15 46 26.15 kip in. Equation of straight line approximating curve B from x 6 in. to x 8 in. is x F 18 F 18 6x 2 30 18 1 U 18x (6x)x 26.15 kip in. 2 2 (x) 6x 8.716 0 x 1.209 in. Thus: x 6 in. 1.209 in. 7.209 in. x 7.21 in. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.35 Nonlinear springs are classified as hard or soft, depending upon the curvature of their force-deflection curve (see figure). If a delicate instrument having a mass of 5 kg is placed on a spring of length l so that its base is just touching the undeformed spring and then inadvertently released from that position, determine the maximum deflection xm of the spring and the maximum force Fm exerted by the spring, assuming (a) a linear spring of constant k 3 kN/m, (b) a hard, nonlinear spring, for which F (3 kN/m)( x 160 x 2 ) . SOLUTION W mg (5 kg) g W 49.05 N T1 T2 0, T1 U1 2 T2 yields U12 0 Since U1 2 Wxm (a) xm 0 Fdx 49.05 xm xm 0 Fdx 0 For F kx (300 N/m) x Eq. (1): 49.05 xm xm 0 3000 x dx 0 xm 32.7 103 m 32.7 mm 49.05 xm 1500 xm2 0 Fm 3000 xm 3000(32.7 103 ) (b) (1) For Eq. (1) Fm 98.1 N F (3000 N/m) x(1 160 x 2 ) 49.05 xm xm 0 3000( x 160 x3 )dx 0 1 49.05 xm 3000 xm2 40 xm4 0 2 Solve by trial: (2) xm 30.44 103 m xm 30.4 mm Fm (3000)(30.44 103 )[1 160(30.44 103 )2 ] Fm 104.9 N Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.36 A meteor starts from rest at a very great distance from the earth. Knowing that the radius of the earth is 6370 km and neglecting all forces except the gravitational attraction of the earth, determine the speed of the meteor (a) when it enters the ionosphere at an altitude of 1000 km, (b) when it enters the stratosphere at an altitude of 50 km, (c) when it strikes the earth’s surface. SOLUTION R 6370 km Given: U1 2 T2 T1 GMm GMm r2 r1 Since r1 is very large, GMm 0 r1 thus T1 0 GMm 1 mv 2 r2 2 v2 R2 g r2 2 v2 (a) For 2 gR 2 r2 2 9.81 m/s 2 6,370, 000 m 2 r2 r2 6,370,000 m 1,000,000 m 7,370,000 m v 10.3933 km/s (b) For r2 6,370,000 m 50,000 m 6, 420,000 m v 11.1358 km/s (c) For v 10.39 km/s v 11.14 km/s r2 6,370,000 m v 11.1794 km/s v 11.18 km/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.37 Express the acceleration of gravity gh at an altitude h above the surface of the earth in terms of the acceleration of gravity g0 at the surface of the earth, the altitude h, and the radius R of the earth. Determine the percent error if the weight that an object has on the surface of the earth is used as its weight at an altitude of (a) 0.625 mi, (b) 625 mi. SOLUTION GM E m F h R 2 1 h R 2 mg h GM E m mg0 R2 At earths’ surface h 0 GM E GM E g0 R2 gh Thus GM E m / R 2 g0 Rh 1 gh R2 h R 1 2 2 R 3960 mi F mgh WT At altitude h, “true” weight W0 mg0 Assume weight Error E gh (a) (b) g0 Rh 1 W0 WT mg0 mg h g gh 0 W0 mg0 g0 g0 2 E g0 1 Rh g0 1 h 0.625 mi: P 100 E 100 1 1 0.625 3960 1 h 625 mi: P 100 E 100 1 625 1 3960 2 2 2 1 1 1 Rh 2 P 0.0316% P 25.4% Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.38 A golf ball struck on earth rises to a maximum height of 60 m and hits the ground 230 m away. How high will the same golf ball travel on the moon if the magnitude and direction of its velocity are the same as they were on earth immediately after the ball was hit? Assume that the ball is hit and lands at the same elevation in both cases and that the effect of the atmosphere on the earth is neglected, so that the trajectory in both cases is a parabola. The acceleration of gravity on the moon is 0.165 times that on earth. SOLUTION Solve for hm . At maximum height, the total velocity is the horizontal component of the velocity, which is constant and the same in both cases. 1 2 mv 2 mge he T1 U1 2 T2 Earth U1 2 mg m hm Earth 1 2 1 mv mge he mvH2 2 2 Moon 1 2 1 mv mg m hm mvH2 2 2 ge he g m hm 0 Subtracting 1 2 mvH 2 Moon hm ge he g m ge hm (60 m) 0.165 ge hm 364 m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.39 The sphere at A is given a downward velocity v0 of magnitude 5 m/s and swings in a vertical plane at the end of a rope of length l 2 m attached to a support at O. Determine the angle at which the rope will break, knowing that it can withstand a maximum tension equal to twice the weight of the sphere. SOLUTION 1 2 1 mv0 m (5) 2 2 2 T1 12.5 m T1 1 2 mv 2 mg (l ) sin T2 U1 2 T1 U1 2 T2 12.5m 2mg sin 1 2 mv 2 25 4 g sin v 2 (1) Newton’s law at . v2 v2 m 2 2 v 4 g 2 g sin 2mg mg sin m (2) Substitute for v2 from Eq. (2) into Eq. (1) 25 4 g sin 4 g 2 g sin (4)(9.81) 25 sin 0.2419 (6)(9.81) 14.00 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.40 The sphere at A is given a downward velocity v0 and swings in a vertical circle of radius l and center O. Determine the smallest velocity v0 for which the sphere will reach Point B as it swings about Point O (a) if AO is a rope, (b) if AO is a slender rod of negligible mass. SOLUTION 1 2 mv0 2 1 T2 mv 2 2 U1 2 mgl T1 1 2 1 mv0 mgl mv 2 2 2 2 2 v0 v 2 gl T1 U1 2 T2 Newton’s law at (a) For minimum v, tension in the cord must be zero. Thus, v 2 gl v02 v 2 2 gl 3gl (b) v0 3 gl Force in the rod can support the weight so that v can be zero. Thus, v02 0 2 gl v0 2 gl Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.41 A bag is gently pushed off the top of a wall at A and swings in a vertical plane at the end of a rope of length l Determine the angle for which the rope will break, knowing that it can withstand a maximum tension equal to twice the weight of the bag. SOLUTION Use work - energy: position 1 is at A, position 2 is at B. T1 U1 2 T2 (1) Where T1 0; U1 2 mg l sin ; T2 1 2 mvB 2 Substitute 0 mg l sin 1 2 mvB 2 vB2 2 g l sin (2) For T = 2 W use Newton’s 2nd law. Fn man 2W W sin mvB2 l (3) Substitute (2) into (3) 2 mg mg sin 2 mg l sin l 2 3sin or sin 2 41.81 3 41.8 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.42 A roller coaster starts from rest at A, rolls down the track to B, describes a circular loop of 40-ft diameter, and moves up and down past Point E. Knowing that h = 60 ft and assuming no energy loss due to friction, determine (a) the force exerted by his seat on a 160-lb rider at B and D, (b) the minimum value of the radius of curvature at E if the roller coaster is not to leave the track at that point. SOLUTION Let yp be the vertical distance from Point A to any Point P on the track. Let position 1 be at A and position 2 be at P. Apply the principle of work and energy. 1 T2 mvP2 2 T1 0 U12 mgyP T1 U1 2 T2 : 0 mgyP 1 2 mvP 2 vP2 2 gyP Magnitude of normal acceleration at P: ( aP ) n (a) vP2 P 2 gyP P Rider at Point B. yB h 60 ft B r 20 ft an (2 g )(60) 6g 20 F ma: N B mg m(6 g ) N B 7 mg 7W (7)(160 lb) N B 1120 lb Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.42 (Continued) Rider at Point D. yD h 2r 20 ft D 20 ft an (2 g )(20) 2g 20 F ma: N D mg m(2 g ) N D mg W 160 lb N D 160 lb (b) Car at Point E. yE h r 40 ft NE 0 F man : mg m E 2 yE 2 gyE E 80.0 ft Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.43 In Problem 13.42, determine the range of values of h for which the roller coaster will not leave the track at D or E, knowing that the radius of curvature at E is 75 ft. Assume no energy loss due to friction. PROBLEM 13.42 A roller coaster starts from rest at A, rolls down the track to B, describes a circular loop of 40-ft diameter, and moves up and down past Point E. Knowing that h 60 ft and assuming no energy loss due to friction, determine (a) the force exerted by his seat on a 160-lb rider at B and D, (b) the minimum value of the radius of curvature at E if the roller coaster is not to leave the track at that point. SOLUTION Let yp be the vertical distance from Point A to any Point P on the track. Let position 1 be at A and position 2 be at P. Apply the principle of work and energy. 1 T2 mvP2 2 T1 0 U12 mg yP T1 U1 2 T2 : 0 mgy p 1 2 mvP 2 vP2 2 g yP Magnitude of normal acceleration of P: ( aP ) n vP2 P 2 g yP P The condition of loss of contact with the track at P is that the curvature of the path is equal to p and the normal contact force N P 0. Car at Point D. D r 20 ft yD h 2r ( aD ) n 2 g (h 2 r ) r F ma 2 g ( h 2r ) r 2 h 5r N D mg r N D mg m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.43 (Continued) For N D 0 2h 5r 0 h 5 r 50 ft 2 Car at Point E. E 75 ft yE h r h 20 ft ( aE ) n 2 g (h 20) 75 F ma 2mg (h 20) 75 115 2h N E mg 75 N E mg N E 0, For 115 2h 0 h 57.5 ft Range of values for h: 50.0 ft h 57.5 ft Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.44 A small block slides at a speed v on a horizontal surface. Knowing that h 0.9 m, determine the required speed of the block if it is to leave the cylindrical surface BCD when 30°. SOLUTION At Point C where the block leaves the surface BCD the contact force is reduced to zero. Apply Newton’s second law at Point C. n-direction: N mg cos man mvC2 h vc2 gh cos With N 0, we get Apply the work-energy principle to the block sliding over the path BC. Let position 1 correspond to Point B and position 2 to C. T1 1 2 mvB 2 T2 1 1 mvC2 mgh cos 2 2 U12 weight change in vertical distance mgh (1 cos ) 1 2 1 mvB mg (1 cos ) mgh cos 2 2 2 vB gh cos 2 gh(1 cos ) gh(3cos 2) T1 U1 2 T2 : Data: g 9.81 m/s 2 , h 0.9 m, 30. vB2 (9.81)(0.9)(3cos 30 2) 5.2804 m 2 /s 2 vB 2.30 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.45 A small block slides at a speed v 8 ft/s on a horizontal surface at a height h 3 ft above the ground. Determine (a) the angle at which it will leave the cylindrical surface BCD, (b) the distance x at which it will hit the ground. Neglect friction and air resistance. SOLUTION Block leaves surface at C when the normal force N 0. mg cos man g cos vC2 h vC2 gh cos gy (1) Work-energy principle. TB (a) 1 2 1 mv m(8)2 32m 2 2 1 2 mvC 2 TC TC TB U B C Use Eq. (1) 32m mg (h y ) 1 2 mvC 2 32 g (h yC ) 1 gyC 2 U B C W (h g ) mg (h yC ) (2) 3 g yC 2 (32 gh) yC 32 g 32 gh yC (32 (32.2)(3)) 3 (32.2) 2 yC 2.6625 ft yC h cos cos yC 2.6625 0.8875 h 3 (3) 27.4 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.45 (Continued) (b) From (1) and (3) vC gy vC (32.2)(2.6625) vC 9.259 ft/s At C: (vC ) x vC cos (9.259)(cos 27.4) 8.220 ft/s (vC ) y vC sin (9.259)(sin 27.4) 4.261 ft/s y yC (vC ) y t At E: yE 0: 1 2 gt 2.6625 4.261t 16.1t 2 2 t 2 0.2647t 0.1654 0 t 0.2953 s At E: x h(sin ) (vC ) x t (3)(sin 27.4) (8.220)(0.2953) x 1.381 2.427 3.808 ft x 3.81 ft Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.46 A chair-lift is designed to transport 1000 skiers per hour from the base A to the summit B. The average mass of a skier is 70 kg and the average speed of the lift is 75 m/min. Determine (a) the average power required, (b) the required capacity of the motor if the mechanical efficiency is 85 percent and if a 300 percent overload is to be allowed. SOLUTION Note: Solution is independent of speed. (a) Average power U (1000)(70 kg)(9.81 m/s 2 )(300 m) Nm 57, 225 t 3600 s s Average power 57.2 kW (b) Maximum power required with 300% over load 100 300 (57.225 kW) 229 kW 100 Required motor capacity (85% efficient) Motor capacity 229 kW 269 kW 0.85 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.47 It takes 15 s to raise a 1200-kg car and the supporting 300-kg hydraulic car-lift platform to a height of 2.8 m. Determine (a) the average output power delivered by the hydraulic pump to lift the system, (b) the average power electric required, knowing that the overall conversion efficiency from electric to mechanical power for the system is 82 percent. SOLUTION (a) ( PP ) A ( F )(vA ) (mC mL )( g )(vA ) v A s/t (2.8 m)/(15 s) 0.18667 m/s ( PP ) A [(1200 kg) (300 kg)](9.81 m/s2 )(0.18667 m/s)3 (b) ( PP ) A 2.747 kJ/s ( PP ) A 2.75 kW ( PE ) A ( PP )/ (2.75 kW)/(0.82) ( PE ) A 3.35 kW Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.48 The velocity of the lift of Problem 13.47 increases uniformly from zero to its maximum value at mid-height 7.5 s and then decreases uniformly to zero in 7.5 s. Knowing that the peak power output of the hydraulic pump is 6 kW when the velocity is maximum, determine the maximum life force provided by the pump. PROBLEM 13.47 It takes 15 s to raise a 1200-kg car and the supporting 300-kg hydraulic car-lift platform to a height of 2.8 m. Determine (a) the average output power delivered by the hydraulic pump to lift the system, (b) the average power electric required, knowing that the overall conversion efficiency from electric to mechanical power for the system is 82 percent. SOLUTION Newton’s law Mg ( M C M L ) g (1200 300) g Mg 1500 g F F 1500 g 1500a (1) Since motion is uniformly accelerated, a constant Thus, from (1), F is constant and peak power occurs when the velocity is a maximum at 7.5 s. a vmax 7.5 s P (6000 W) ( F )(vmax ) vmax (6000)/F a (6000)/(7.5)( F ) Thus, (2) Substitute (2) into (1) F 1500 g (1500)(6000)/(7.5)( F ) F 2 (1500 kg)(9.81 m/s 2 ) F (1500 kg)(6000 N m/s) 0 (7.5 s) F 2 14, 715F 1.2 106 0 F 14,800 N F 14.8 kN Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.49 (a) A 120-lb woman rides a 15-lb bicycle up a 3-percent slope at a constant speed of 5 ft/s. How much power must be developed by the woman? (b) A 180-lb man on an 18-lb bicycle starts down the same slope and maintains a constant speed of 20 ft/s by braking. How much power is dissipated by the brakes? Ignore air resistance and rolling resistance. SOLUTION tan 3 100 1.718 W WB WW 15 120 (a) W 135 lb PW W v (W sin ) (v) PW (135)(sin 1.718)(5) (a) PW 20.24 ft lb/s PW 20.2 ft lb/s W WB Wm 18 180 (b) W 198 lb Brakes must dissipate the power generated by the bike and the man going down the slope at 20 ft/s. PB W v (W sin )(v) PB (198)(sin 1.718)(20) PB 118.7 ft lb/s (b) Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.50 A power specification formula is to be derived for electric motors which drive conveyor belts moving solid material at different rates to different heights and distances. Denoting the efficiency of the motors by and neglecting the power needed to drive the belt itself, derive a formula (a) in the SI system of units for the power P in kW, in terms of the mass flow rate m in kg/h, the height b and horizontal distance l in meters, and (b) in U.S. customary units, for the power in hp, in terms of the material flow rate w in tons/h, and the height b and horizontal distance l in feet. SOLUTION (a) Material is lifted to a height b at a rate, (m kg/h)( g m/s2 ) [mg (N/h)] Thus, U [mg (N/h)][b(m)] mgb N m/s (3600 s/h) t 3600 1000 N m/s 1 kW Thus, including motor efficiency, P (kw) mgb (N m/s) 1000 N m/s (3600) ( ) kW P(kW) 0.278 106 mgb U [W (tons/h)(2000 lb/ton)][b(ft)] t 3600 s/h (b) With , Wb ft lb/s; 1hp 550 ft lb/s 1.8 Wb 1 hp 1 hp (ft lb/s) 1.8 550 ft lb/s hp 1.010 103Wb Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.51 A 1400-kg automobile starts from rest and travels 400 m during a performance test. The motion of the automobile is defined by the relation x 4000 ln(cosh 0.03t ), where x and t are expressed in meters and seconds, respectively. The magnitude of the aerodynamic drag is D 0.35v 2 , where D and v are expressed in newtons and m/s, respectively. Determine the power dissipated by the aerodynamic drag when (a) t 10 s, (b) t 15 s. SOLUTION Motion is determined as a function of time as x 4000ln cosh 0.03t Velocity v 1 dx 4000 sinh 0.03t 0.03 dt cosh 0.03t v Power dissipated 120sinh 0.03t cosh 0.03t P Dv 0.35v 2 v 0.35v 3 3 sinh 0.03t P 0.35 120 cosh 0.03t 3 e 0.03t 604.8 10 0.03t e 3 e0.03t e0.03t 3 (a) t 10 s, P 14.95 10 W 14.95 kW (b) t 15 s, P 45.4 10 W 45.4 kW 3 3 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.52 A 1400-kg automobile starts from rest and travels 400 m during a performance test. The motion of the automobile is defined by the relation 2 a 3.6e0.0005 x , where a and x are expressed in m/s and meters, respectively. The magnitude of the aerodynamic drag is D 0.35v 2 , where D and v are expressed in newtons and m/s, respectively. Determine the power dissipated by the aerodynamic drag when (a) x 200 m, (b) x 400 m. SOLUTION Motion is defined by the following function: a 3.6e0.0005x v dv dx v x 0.0005 x dx 0 vdv 3.60 e 3.6 0.0005 x u e du 0.0005 0 v2 7200 e 0.0005 x 1 2 v 2 14400 1 e 0.0005 x v 120 1 e 0.0005 x 1 2 Power dissipated P Dv 0.35v3 3 P 604.8 10 1 e0.0005 x 2 3 x 200 m, P 17.75 10 W 17.75 kW (b) x 400 m, P 46.7 10 W 46.7 kW (a) 3 3 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.53 The fluid transmission of a 15-Mg truck allows the engine to deliver an essentially constant power of 50 kW to the driving wheels. Determine the time required and the distance traveled as the speed of the truck is increased (a) from 36 km/h to 54 km/h, (b) from 54 km/h to 72 km/h. SOLUTION For constant power, P: P Fv mav m dv v dt Separate variables m dv m v2 v2 t v1 1 0 0 dt 0 P v t P 2 2 (1) Distance P mv dv dx dv mv 2 dx dt dx Separate variables m m v3 v3 x v1 2 1 0 0 dx P v0 v dv x P 3 3 (2) with numbers (a) v0 36 km/h 10 m/s; v1 54 km/h 15 m/s, so, t x 15 103 kg 15 m/s 2 10 m/s 2 2 50 × 10 W 3 15 103 153 103 237.5 m 3 3 50 10 t 18.75 s x 238 m (b) v0 54 km/h 15 m/s; v1 72 km/h 20 m/s t x 15 103 2 50 10 15 103 3 20 2 152 26.25 s t 26.2 s 203 153 462.5 m x 462 m 3 50 103 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.54 The elevator E has a weight of 6600 lbs when fully loaded and is connected as shown to a counterweight W of weight of 2200 lb. Determine the power in hp delivered by the motor (a) when the elevator is moving down at a constant speed of 1 ft/s, (b) when it has an upward velocity of 1 ft/s and a deceleration of 0.18 ft/s2 . SOLUTION (a) Acceleration 0 Counterweight Elevator Motor F 0: 2TC TW 6600 0 Fy 0: TW WW 0 TW 2200 lb Kinematics: TC 2200 lb 2 xE xC , 2 xE xC , vC 2vE 2 ft/s P TC vC (2200 lb)(2 ft/s) 4400 lb ft/s 8.00 hp P 8.00 hp aE 0.18 ft/s2 , vE 1 ft/s (b) Counterweight Elevator Counterweight: F Ma : TW W W (aW ) g Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.54 (Continued) TW (2200 lb) (2200 lb)(0.18 ft/s 2 ) (32.2 ft/s 2 ) TW 2212 lb Elevator F ma 2TC TW WE 2TC (2212 lb) (6600 lb) WE (a E ) g (6600 lb)(0.18 ft/s 2 ) (32.2 ft/s 2 ) 2TC 4351 lb TC 2175.6 lb vC 2 ft/s (see part(a)) P TC vC (2175.6 lb)(2 ft/s) 4351.2 lb ft/s 7.911 hp P 7.91 hp Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.55 A force P is slowly applied to a plate that is attached to two springs and causes a deflection x0 . In each of the two cases shown, derive an expression for the constant ke , in terms of k1 and k2 , of the single spring equivalent to the given system, that is, of the single spring which will undergo the same deflection x0 when subjected to the same force P. SOLUTION System is in equilibrium in deflected x0 position. Case (a) Force in both springs is the same P x0 x1 x2 Thus, x0 P ke x1 P k1 x2 = P k2 P P P ke k1 k2 1 1 1 ke k1 k2 Case (b) ke k1k2 k1 k2 Deflection in both springs is the same x0 P k1 x0 k2 x0 P (k1 k2 ) x0 P ke x0 Equating the two expressions for P (k1 k2 ) x0 ke x0 ke k1 k2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.56 A loaded railroad car of mass m is rolling at a constant velocity v0 when it couples with a massless bumper system. Determine the maximum deflection of the bumper assuming the two springs are (a) in series (as shown), (b) in parallel. SOLUTION Let position A be at the beginning of contact and position B be at maximum deflection. 1 2 mv0 2 VA 0 (zero force in springs) TB 0 (v 0 at maximum deflection) TA 1 2 1 k1 x1 k2 x22 2 2 where x1 is deflection of spring k1 and x2 is that of spring k2. VB Conservation of energy: TA VA TB VB 1 2 1 1 mv0 0 0 k1 x12 k2 x22 2 2 2 k1 x12 k2 x22 mv02 (a) (1) Springs are in series. Let F be the force carried by the two springs. F k1 Then, x1 Eq. (1) becomes 1 1 F 2 mv02 k1 k2 so that The maximum deflection is and x2 F k2 1 1 F v0 m / k1 k 2 1 1 F k1 k2 x1 x2 1 1 1 1 v0 m / k1 k2 k1 k2 1 1 v0 m k1 k 2 v0 m ( k1 k 2 )/k1k 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.56 (Continued) (b) Springs are in parallel. x1 x2 Eq. (1) becomes (k1 k2 ) 2 mv02 v0 m k1 k2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.57 A 750-g collar can slide along the horizontal rod shown. It is attached to an elastic cord with an undeformed length of 300 mm and a spring constant of 150 N/m. Knowing that the collar is released from rest at A and neglecting friction, determine the speed of the collar (a) at B, (b) at E. SOLUTION T1 V1 T2 V2 Use conservation of energy (1) (a) Position 1 is at A and position 2 is at B T1 0; V1 1 2 kx1 2 where x1 0 1 500 2 4002 3502 2 729.726 mm So 0 429.726 mm V1 1 1500 N/m 0.429726 m 2 13.8498 J 2 1 At B 3502 4002 2 531.507 mm 0 231.507 mm 1 2 1 mv2 0.75 v22 0.375 v22 2 2 1 2 V2 150 0.231507 4.01966 J 2 T2 Substituting into (1) 0 13.8498 0.375 v22 4.01966 v2 vB 5.12 m/s (b) At E T1 0; V1 13.8498 same as before 1 At E Substituting into (1) 3502 500 2 2 610.328 mm 0 310.328 mm 1 T3 mvE2 0.375 vE2 2 1 1 2 vE kx 2 150 0.310328 7.223 J 2 2 0 13.8498 0.375 vE2 7.223 vE 4.20 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.58 A 4-lb collar can slide without friction along a horizontal rod and is in equilibrium at A when it is pushed 1 in. to the right and released from rest. The springs are undeformed when the collar is at A and the constant of each spring is 2800 lb/in. Determine the maximum velocity of the collar. SOLUTION 1 62 92 10.817 in. 0 6 2 8 2 10 in. 0.8333 ft Stretch 10.817 10 0.817 in. S1 0.06805 ft 2 7 2 6 2 9.215 in. Stretch 9.2195 10 0.7805 in. S2 0.06504 ft T1 0, V2 0 1 2 mv2 2 1 4 2 v2 2 32.2 T2 V1 1 33,600 lb/ft S12 S22 2 V1 16,800 0.008861 148.86 ft lb T1 V1 T2 V2 148.86 1 4 2 v2 2 32.2 v22 2396.7 v2 49.0 ft/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.59 A 4-lb collar can slide without friction along a horizontal rod and is released from rest at A. The undeformed lengths of springs BA and CA are 10 in. and 9 in., respectively, and the constant of each spring is 2800 lb/in. Determine the velocity of the collar when it has moved 1 in. to the right. SOLUTION k 2800 lb/in. 33, 600 lb/ft T1 0 V1 1 1 2 1 k l1 33, 600 2 2 12 2 116.667 ft lb 1 62 92 10.817 in. 0.9014 ft S1 Stretch 10.817 10 0.817 in. 0.06808 ft 2 62 7 2 9.2195 in. S2 Stretch 9.2195 9 0.2195 in. 0.018295 ft T2 1 2 1 4 2 mv2 v2 0.0621 v22 2 2 32.2 V2 1 33,600 S12 S22 2 2 2 16800 0.06808 0.018295 83.489 ft lb T1 V1 T2 V2 116.667 0.06211 v22 83.489 v2 23.1 ft/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.60 A 500-g collar can slide without friction on the curved rod BC in a horizontal plane. Knowing that the undeformed length of the spring is 80 mm and that k 400 kN/m, determine (a) the velocity that the collar should be given at A to reach B with zero velocity, (b) the velocity of the collar when it eventually reaches C. SOLUTION (a) Velocity at A: TA 1 2 0.5 mv A kg v A2 2 2 TA (0.25)v A2 LA 0.150 m 0.080 m LA 0.070 m 1 k (LA )2 2 1 VA (400 103 N/m)(0.070 m) 2 2 VA 980 J VA vB 0 TB 0 LB 0.200 m 0.080 m 0.120 m 1 1 k (LB )2 (400 103 N/m)(0.120 m) 2 2 2 VB 2880 J VB Substitute into conservation of energy. TA VA TB VB v A2 0.25v A2 980 0 2880 (2880 980) (0.25) v A2 7600 m 2 /s 2 vA 87.2 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.60 (Continued) (b) Velocity at C: Since slope at B is positive, the component of the spring force FP , parallel to the rod, causes the block to move back toward A. TB 0, VB 2880 J [from part (a )] 1 2 (0.5 kg) 2 mvC vC 0.25vC2 2 2 LC 0.100 m 0.080 m 0.020 m TC VC 1 1 k ( LC )2 (400 103 N/m)(0.020 m)2 80.0 J 2 2 Substitute into conservation of energy. TB VB TC VC 0 2880 0.25vC2 80.0 vC2 11, 200 m 2 /s2 vC 105.8 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.61 For the adapted shuffleboard device in Prob 13.28, you decide to utilize an elastic cord instead of a compression spring to propel the puck forward. When the cord is stretched directly between points A and B, the tension is 20 N. The 425 gram puck is placed in the center and pulled back through a distance of 400 mm; a force of 100 N is required to hold it at this location. Knowing that the coefficient of friction is 0.3, determine how far the puck will travel. SOLUTION Given: k 0.3 Sketch: m 0.425 kg FC,2 20 N, Force in cord at positon 2 li = length of cord at positon i si = stretch of cord in position i lO unstretched length of cord At Position 1: l1 = 2 0.32 0.42 l1 1 m 40 53.13 30 =tan 1 Find Force in cord: FBD: For Equilibrium: F x 0 2 FC ,1 sin 100 0 FC ,1 62.5 N At Position 2: l2 = 0.6 m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.61 (Continued) Find Stiffness of cord, k: FC ,1 ks1 , FC ,2 k s2 FC ,1 FC ,2 k (s1 s2 ) 62.5 20 k [(1.0 l0 ) (0.6 l0 )] k 106.25 N/m Find stretch in cord at positions 1, 2 and 3: s1 FC ,1 k 62.5 N 106.25 N/m 0.5882 m s2 s3 FC ,2 k 20 N 106.25 N/m 0.1882 m Work Energy from position 1 to 3: T1 Vg1 Ve1 U1NC 3 T3 Vg3 Ve3 where: Ve1 U 1NC 3 Ve3 Therefore: 1 2 ks1 2 x1 d 0 k mgdx 1 2 ks3 2 1 2 1 ks1 k mg x1 d ks32 2 2 Substitute known values: 1 1 106.25 0.58822 0.3 0.425 9.81 0.4 d 106.25 0.18822 2 2 Solve for d: d 12.79 m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.62 An elastic cable is to be designed for bungee jumping from a tower 130 ft high. The specifications call for the cable to be 85 ft long when unstretched, and to stretch to a total length of 100 ft when a 600-lb weight is attached to it and dropped from the tower. Determine (a) the required spring constant k of the cable, (b) how close to the ground a 186-lb man will come if he uses this cable to jump from the tower. SOLUTION (a) Conservation of energy: V1 0 T1 0 V1 100 W Datum at : V1 (100 ft)(600 lb) 6 10 4 ft lb V2 0 T2 0 V2 Vg Ve 0 1 k (15 ft) 2 2 T1 V1 T2 V2 0 6 104 0 (112.5)k k 533 lb/ft (b) From (a), k 533 lb/ft T1 0 W 186 lb V1 (186)(130 d ) T2 0 Datum: 1 (533)(130 85 d )2 2 V2 (266.67)(45 d ) 2 V2 Vg Ve 0 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.62 (Continued) d distance from the ground T1 V1 T2 V2 0 (186)(130 d ) 0 (266.67)(45 d )2 266.7d 2 23815d 515827 0 d 23815 (23815)2 4(266.7)(515827) 36.99 ft 52.3 ft (2)(266.7) Discard 52.3 ft (since the cord acts in compression when rebound occurs). d 37.0 ft Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.63 It is shown in mechanics of materials that the stiffness of an elastic cable is k AE/L where A is the cross sectional area of the cable, E is the modulus of elasticity and L is the length of the cable. A winch is lowering a 4000-lb piece of machinery using at a constant speed of 3ft/s when the winch suddenly stops. Knowing that the steel cable has a diameter of 0.4 in., E 29 106 lb/in2, and when the winch stops L 30 ft, determine the maximum downward displacement of the piece of machinery from the point it was when the winch stopped. SOLUTION m Mass of machinery: W 4000 124.22 lb s 2 /ft g 32.2 Let position 1 be the state just before the winch stops and the gravitational potential Vg be equal to zero at this state. For the cable, A 4 (diameter)2 4 (0.4 in.)2 0.12566 in 2 AE (0.12556 in.2 )(29 106 lb/in 2 ) 3.6442 106 lb k AE 3.6442 106 lb 121.47 103 lb/ft L 30 ft For L 30 ft, Initial force in cable (equilibrium): F1 W 4000 lb. Elongation in position 1: x1 F1 4000 0.03293 ft k 121.47 103 Potential energy: V1 1 2 F12 kx1 2 2k V1 (4000 lb)2 65.860 ft lb (2)(121.47 103 lb/ft) T1 1 2 mv1 2 Kinetic energy: 1 T1 (124.22 lb s2 /ft)(3 ft/s2 ) 558.99 ft lb 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.63 (Continued) Let position 2 be the position of maximum downward displacement. Let x2 be the elongation in this position. Potential energy: V2 1 2 kx2 W ( x2 x1 ) 2 1 (121.47 103 ) x22 (4000)( x2 0.03293) 2 60.735 103 x 2 4000 x2 131.72 V2 Kinetic energy: T2 0 (since v2 0) Principle of work and energy: T1 V1 T2 V2 558.99 65.860 60.735 103 x22 4000 x2 131.72 60.735 103 x22 4000 x2 493.13 0 x2 0.12887 ft Maximum displacement: x2 x1 0.09594 ft 1.151 in. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.64 A 2-kg collar is attached to a spring and slides without friction in a vertical plane along the curved rod ABC. The spring is undeformed when the collar is at C and its constant is 600 N/m. If the collar is released at A with no initial velocity, determine its velocity (a) as it passes through B, (b) as it reaches C. SOLUTION Spring elongations: At A, x A 250 mm 150 mm 100 mm 0.100 m At B, xB 200 mm 150 mm 50 mm 0.050 m At C , xC 0 Potential energies for springs. 1 2 1 kx A (600)(0.100)2 3.00 J 2 2 1 2 1 (VB )e kxB (600)(0.050)2 0.75 J 2 2 (VC )e 0 (VA )e Gravitational potential energies: Choose the datum at level AOC. (VA ) g (VC ) g 0 (VB ) g mg y (2)(9.81)(0.200) 3.924 J Kinetic energies: TA 0 1 2 mvB 1.00 vB2 2 1 TC mvC2 1.00 vC2 2 TB (a) Velocity as the collar passes through B. Conservation of energy: TA VA TB VB 0 3.00 0 1.00 vB2 0.75 3.924 vB2 6.174 m2 /s2 v B 2.48 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.64 (Continued) (b) Velocity as the collar reaches C. Conservation of energy: TA VA TC VC 0 3.00 0 1.00vC2 0 0 vC2 3.00 m2 /s2 vC 1.732 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.65 A 500-g collar can slide without friction along the semicircular rod BCD. The spring is of constant 320 N/m and its undeformed length is 200 mm. Knowing that the collar is released form rest at B, determine (a) the speed of the collar as it passes through C, (b) the force exerted by the rod on the collar at C. SOLUTION Given: m 500 g Sketch: k 320 N/m Undeformed length of spring 200 mm vB 0 Finding Speed at C: 3002 150 2 752 LAB 343.69318 mm k 320 N/m At B TB 0 VB VB e VB g LAB 343.69318 mm 200 mm LAB 143.69318 mm 0.14369318 m 1 1 2 2 k LAB 320 N/m 0.1436932 m 2 2 VB e VB e 3.303637 J VB g Wr 0.5 kg 9.81 m/s 2 0.15 m 0.73575 J VB VB e VB g 3.303637 J 0.73575 J 4.03939 J At C TC 1 2 1 mvC 0.5 kg vC2 2 2 TC 0.25vC2 VC e 1 2 k LAC 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.65 (Continued) LAC 309.23 mm 200 mm 109.23 mm 0.10923 m VC e 1 320 N/m 0.10923 m 2 1.90909 J 2 TB VB TC VC 0 4.0394 0.25vC2 1.90909 vC2 (a) Find force of rod on collar AC 4.0394 1.90909 8.5212 m2 /s2 0.25 Free Body Diagram vC 2.92 m/s Fz 0 (no friction) F Fxi Fy j tan 1 75 14.04 300 Fe k LAC cos i sin k Fe 320 0.10923 cos14.04i sin14.04k Fe 33.909i 8.4797k (N) F Fx 33.909 i Fy 4.905 j 8.4797k Fx 33.909 N 0 Fy 4.905 N 0.5 mv 2 j mgk r 8.5212 m /s 2 2 0.15 m Fx 33.909 N Fy 33.309 N (b) F 33.9 N i 33.3 N j Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.66 A thin circular rod is supported in a vertical plane by a bracket at A. Attached to the bracket and loosely wound around the rod is a spring of constant k 3 lb/ft and undeformed length equal to the arc of circle AB. An 8-oz collar C, not attached to the spring, can slide without friction along the rod. Knowing that the collar is released from rest at an angle with the vertical, determine (a) the smallest value of for which the collar will pass through D and reach Point A, (b) the velocity of the collar as it reaches Point A. SOLUTION (a) Smallest angle occurs when the velocity at D is close to zero. vC 0 vD 0 TC 0 TD 0 V Ve Vg Point C: LBC (1 ft)( ) ft 1 k (LBC ) 2 2 3 (VC )e 2 2 (VC )e R 12 in. 1 ft (VC ) g WR (1 cos ) 8 oz (VC ) g (1 ft)(1 cos ) 16 oz/lb (VC ) g 1 (1 cos ) 2 3 1 VC (VC )e (VC ) g 2 (1 cos ) 2 2 Point D: (VD )e 0 (spring is unattached) (VD ) g W (2 R) (2)(0.5 lb)(1 ft) 1 lb ft TC VC TD VD By trial, 3 1 0 2 (1 cos ) 1 2 2 (1.5) 2 (0.5)cos 0.5 0.7592 rad 43.5 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.66 (Continued) (b) Velocity at A: Point D: VD 0 TD 0 VD 1 lb ft[see Part (a)] Point A: TA 1 2 1 (0.5 lb) 2 mv A vA 2 2 (32.2 ft/s 2 ) TA 0.0077640v A2 VA (VA ) g W ( R) (0.5 lb)(1 ft) 0.5 lb ft TA VA TD VD 0.0077640v A2 0.5 0 1 v A2 64.4 ft 2 /s 2 vA 8.02 ft/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.67 Cornhole is a game that requires you to toss beanbags through a hole in a wooden board. People with limited arm mobility often have difficulty enjoying this favorite tailgating activity. An adapted launching device attaches to a wheelchair so that points O and A are fixed. The device mimics an underhand throw by utilizing an elastic band to power the arm OC, which rotates about pin O. The elastic cord has an unstretched length of 1 ft and is attached to fixed point A and to point B on the arm. The combined weight of the beanbag and holder at C is 4 lbs, and you can neglect the weight of the rod OB. Knowing that the starting position is 30 degrees from the horizontal as shown in the figure, determine the spring constant if the velocity of the bean bag is 31 ft/s when the bag is released at an angle of = 45 degrees. SOLUTION Given: lO 1 ft Sketch: 4 lbs =0.1242 slugs 32.2 ft/s 2 v2 31 ft/s m 2 45 li = length of cord at positon i si = stretch of cord in position i hi = height of beanbag at position i At Position 1: From law of cosines: l12 =22 22 2 2 2 cos30 l1 3.864 ft Stretch in cord: s1 l1 l0 s1 2.864 ft Height of beanbag: h1 3sin 30 h1 1.5 ft At Position 2: From law of cosines: l22 =22 22 2 2 2 cos 45 l2 1.531 ft Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.67 (Continued) s2 l2 l0 Stretch in cord: s2 0.5307 ft h2 3sin 45 Height of beanbag: h2 2.1213 ft Work Energy from position 1 to 2: T 1 Vg1 Ve1 U1NC 2 T2 Vg 2 Ve2 Vg1 mgh1 , Ve1 where: 1 2 ks1 2 1 2 mv2 , Vg2 mgh2 2 1 Ve2 ks22 2 T2 Therefore: 1 1 1 mgh1 ks12 mv22 mgh2 ks22 2 2 2 Substitute known values: 0.1242 32.2 1.5 Solve for k: 1 1 1 2 2 k 2.864 0.1242 312 0.1242 32.2 2.1213 k 0.5307 2 2 2 k 14.447 lb/ft k 1.204 lb/in Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.68 A spring is used to stop a 50-kg package which is moving down a 20º incline. The spring has a constant k 30 kN/m and is held by cables so that it is initially compressed 50 mm. Knowing that the velocity of the package is 2 m/s when it is 8 m from the spring and neglecting friction, determine the maximum additional deformation of the spring in bringing the package to rest. SOLUTION Let position 1 be the starting position 8 m from the end of the spring when it is compressed 50 mm by the cable. Let position 2 be the position of maximum compression. Let x be the additional compression of the spring. Use the principle of conservation of energy. T1 V1 T2 V2 . Position 1: 1 2 1 mv1 (50)(2)2 100 J 2 2 V1g mgh1 (50)(9.81)(8 sin 20) 1342.09 J T1 V1e 1 2 1 ke1 (30 103 )(0.050) 2 37.5 J 2 2 1 2 mv2 0 since v2 0. 2 mgh2 (50)(9.81)( x sin 20) 167.76 x T2 Position 2: V2 g V2e 1 2 1 ke2 (30 103 )(0.05 x)2 37.5 1500 x 15000 x 2 2 2 Principle of conservation of energy: 100 1342.09 37.5 167.61x 37.5 1500 x 15000 x 2 15,000 x2 1332.24 x 1442.09 0 Solving for x, x 0.26882 and 0.357 64 x 0.269 m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.69 Solve Problem 13.68 assuming the kinetic coefficient of friction between the package and the incline is 0.2. PROBLEM 13.68 A spring is used to stop a 50-kg package which is moving down a 20 incline. The spring has a constant k 30 kN/m and is held by cables so that it is initially compressed 50 mm. Knowing that the velocity of the package is 2 m/s when it is 8 m from the spring and neglecting friction, determine the maximum additional deformation of the spring in bringing the package to rest. SOLUTION Let position 1 be the starting position 8 m from the end of the spring when it is compressed 50 mm by the cable. Let position 2 be the position of maximum compression. Let x be the additional compression of the spring. Use the principle of work and energy. T1 V1 U12 T2 V2 Position 1. 1 2 1 mv1 (50)(2)2 100 J 2 2 V1g mgh1 (50)(9.81)(8sin 20) 1342.09 J T1 V1e Position 2. 1 2 1 ke1 (30 103 )(0.05)2 37.5 J 2 2 1 2 mv2 0 since v2 0. 2 mgh2 (50)(9.81)( x sin 20) 167.76 x T2 V2 g V2e 1 2 1 ke2 (30 103 )(0.05 x)2 37.5 1500 x 15,000 x 2 2 2 Work of the friction force. Fn 0 N mg cos 20 0 N mg cos 20 (50)(9.81) cos 20 460.92 N F f k N (0.2)(460.92) 92.184 U1 2 F f d 92.184(8 x) 737.47 92.184 x Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.69 (Continued) Principle of work and energy: T1 V1 U12 T2 V2 100 x 167.76 x 37.5 1500 x 15, 000 x 2 15,000 x 2 1424.42 x 704.62 0 Solving for x, x 0.17440 and 0.26936 x 0.1744 m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.70 A section of track for a roller coaster consists of two circular arcs AB and CD joined by a straight portion BC. The radius of AB is 27 m and the radius of CD is 72 m. The car and its occupants, of total mass 250 kg, reach Point A with practically no velocity and then drop freely along the track. Determine the normal force exerted by the track on the car as the car reaches point B. Ignore air resistance and rolling resistance. SOLUTION Calculate the speed of the car as it reaches Point B using the principle of conservation of energy as the car travels from position A to position B. Position A: v A 0, TA Position B: VB mgh 1 2 mvA 0, VA 0 (datum) 2 where h is the decrease in elevation between A and B. TB Conservation of energy: 1 2 mvB 2 TA VA TB VB : 1 2 mvB mgh 2 vB2 2 gh 00 (2)(9.81 m/s 2 )(27 m)(1 cos 40) 123.94 m 2 /s 2 Normal acceleration at B: ( aB ) n vB2 123.94 m 2 /s 2 4.59 m/s 2 27 m (a B )n 4.59 m/s2 50° Apply Newton’s second law to the car at B. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.70 (Continued) 50Fn man : N mg cos 40 man N mg cos 40 man m( g cos 40 an ) (250 kg)[(9.81 m/s2 ) cos 40 4.59 m/s2 ] 1878.7 1147.5 N 731 N Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.71 A section of track for a roller coaster consists of two circular arcs AB and CD joined by a straight portion BC. The radius of AB is 27 m and the radius of CD is 72 m. The car and its occupants, of total mass 250 kg, reach Point A with practically no velocity and then drop freely along the track. Determine the maximum and minimum values of the normal force exerted by the track on the car as the car travels from A to D. Ignore air resistance and rolling resistance. SOLUTION Calculate the speed of the car as it reaches Point P, any point on the roller coaster track. Apply the principle of conservation of energy. Position A: v A 0, TA Position P: VP mgh 1 2 mvA 0, VA 0 (datum) 2 where h is the decrease in elevation along the track. TP Conservation of energy: 1 mv 2 2 TA VA TP VP 00 1 2 mv mgh 2 v 2 2 gh (1) Calculate the normal force using Newton’s second law. Let be the slope angle of the track. Fn man : N mg cos man N mg cos man Over portion AB of the track, and h (1 cos ) an mv 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (2) PROBLEM 13.71 (Continued) where is the radius of curvature. ( 27 m) N mg cos 2mg (1 cos ) mg (3cos 2) At Point A ( 0) N A mg (250)(9.81) 2452.5 N At Point B ( 40) N B (2452.5)(3cos 40 2) N B 731 N Over portion BC, 40, an 0 (straight track) N BC mg cos 40 2452.5cos 40 N BC 1879 N Over portion CD, h hmax r (1 cos ) an and mv 2 r where r is the radius of curvature. ( r 72 m) 2mgh r h mg cos 2mg max 1 cos r N mg cos 2h mg 3cos 2 max r which is maximum at Point D, where 2h N D mg 1 max r hmax 27 18 45 m, Data: r 72 m (2) (45) N D (2452.5) 1 5520 N 72 Summary: minimum (just above B ): maximum (at D ): 731 N 5520 N Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.72 A 1-lb collar is attached to a spring and slides without friction along a circular rod in a vertical plane. The spring has an undeformed length of 5 in. and a constant k 10 lb/ft. Knowing that the collar is released from being held at A determine the speed of the collar and the normal force between the collar and the rod as the collar passes through B. SOLUTION W 1 0.031056 lb s 2 /ft g 32.2 For the collar, m For the spring, k 10 lb/ft l0 5 in. A 7 5 5 17 in. At A: 0 12 in. 1 ft B (7 5) 2 52 13 in. At B: B 0 1.8 in. 2 ft 3 Velocity of the collar at B. Use the principle of conservation of energy. TA VA TB VB Where TA 1 2 mvA 0 2 1 k ( A 0 )2 W (0) 2 1 (10)(1) 2 0 5 ft lb 2 1 2 1 TB mvB (0.031056)vB2 0.015528vB2 2 2 1 VB k ( B 0 )2 Wh 2 VA 2 1 2 5 (10) (1) 2 3 12 1.80556 ft lb 0 5 0.015528vB2 1.80556 vB2 205.72 ft 2 /s 2 vB 14.34 ft/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.72 (Continued) Forces at B. 2 Fs k ( B 0 ) (10) 6.6667 lb. 3 5 sin 13 5 5 in. ft 12 mvB2 man (0.031056)(205.72) 5/12 15.3332 lb Fy ma y : Fs sin W N man N man W Fs sin 5 15.3332 1 (6.6667) 13 N 13.769 lb N 13.77 lb Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.73 A 10-lb collar is attached to a spring and slides without friction along a fixed rod in a vertical plane. The spring has an undeformed length of 14 in. and a constant k 4 lb/in. Knowing that the collar is released from rest in the position shown, determine the force exerted by the rod on the collar at (a) Point A, (b) Point B. Both these points are on the curved portion of the rod. SOLUTION Mass of collar: m W 10 0.31056 lb s 2 /ft g 32.2 Let position 1 be the initial position shown, and calculate the potential energies of the spring for positions 1, A, and B. l0 14 in. l1 (14 14) 2 (14)2 31.305 in. x1 l1 l0 31.305 14 17.305 in. (V1 )e 1 2 1 kx1 (4)(17.305) 2 598.92 in lb 49.910 ft lb 2 2 l A (14) 2 (14)2 19.799 in. x A l A l0 19.799 14 5.799 in. (V A ) e 1 2 1 kx A (4)(5.799) 2 67.257 in lb 5.605 ft lb 2 2 lB 14 14 28 in. xB lB l0 28 14 14 in. (VB )e Gravitational potential energies: 1 2 1 kxB (4)(14)2 392 in lb 32.667 ft lb 2 2 Datum at level A. (V1 ) g 0 (VA ) g 0 (VB ) g Wy (10 lb)(14 in.) 140 in lb 11.667 ft lb Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.73 (Continued) Total potential energies: V Ve Vg V1 49.910 ft lb, VA 5.605 ft lb, VB 21.0 ft lb Kinetic energies: T1 0 1 2 1 mv A (0.31056)v A2 0.15528v A2 2 2 1 2 1 TB mvB (0.31056)vB2 0.15528vB2 2 2 TA Conservation of energy: T1 V1 TA VA : 0 49.910 0.15528vA2 5.605 Conservation of energy: T1 V1 TB VB 0 49.910 0.15528vB2 21.0 Normal accelerations at A and B. vA2 285.32 ft 2 /s2 vB2 186.18 ft 2 /s2 an v2 / 14 in. 1.16667 ft Spring forces at A and B: (a A )n 285.32 ft 2 /s 2 1.16667 ft (a A ) n 244.56 ft/s 2 ( aB ) n 189.10 ft 2 /s 2 1.16667 ft (a B ) n 159.58 ft/s 2 F kx FA (4 lb/in.)(5.799 in.) FB (4 lb/in.)(14 in.) FA 23.196 lb 45 FB 56.0 lb To determine the forces (N A and N B ) exerted by the rod on the collar, apply Newton’s second law. (a) At Point A: F m(a A )n : W N A FA sin 45 m(a A ) n 10 N A 23.196sin 45 (0.31056)(244.56) N A 82.4 lb (b) At Point B: F m(aB )n : N B (0.31056)(159.58) N B 49.6 lb Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.74 An 8-oz package is projected upward with a velocity v0 by a spring at A; it moves around a frictionless loop and is deposited at C. For each of the two loops shown, determine (a) the smallest velocity v0 for which the package will reach C, (b) the corresponding force exerted by the package on the loop just before the package leaves the loop at C. SOLUTION Loop 1 (a) The smallest velocity at B will occur when the force exerted by the tube on the package is zero. F 0 mg mvB2 r vB2 rg 1.5 ft(32.2 ft/s2 ) vB2 48.30 TA At A 1 2 mv0 2 0.5 VA 0 8 oz 0.5 lb 0.01553 32.2 At B TB 1 2 1 mvB m (48.30) 24.15 m 2 2 VB mg (7.5 1.5) 9 mg 9(0.5) 4.5 lb ft TA VA TB VB : 1 (0.01553)v02 24.15(0.01553) 4.5 2 v02 627.82 v0 25.056 v0 25.1 ft/s At C TC 1 2 mvC 0.007765vC2 2 VC 7.5 mg 7.5(0.5) 3.75 TA VA TC VC : 0.007765v02 0.007765vC2 3.75 0.007765(25.056)2 3.75 0.007765vC2 vC2 144.87 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.74 (Continued) (b) Loop 2 F man : N 0.01553 (144.87) 1.5 N 1.49989 {Package in tube} NC 1.500 lb (a) At B, tube supports the package so, vB 0 vB 0, TB 0 VB mg (7.5 1.5) 4.5 lb ft TA VA TB VB 1 (0.01553)v A2 4.5 v A 24.073 2 v A 24.1 ft/s (b) At C TC 0.007765vC2 , VC 7.5 mg 3.75 TA VA TC VC : 0.007765(24.073)2 0.007765vC2 3.75 vC2 96.573 96.573 NC 0.01553 0.99985 1.5 {Package on tube} NC 1.000 lb Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.75 If the package of Problem 13.74 is not to hit the horizontal surface at C with a speed greater than 10 ft/s, (a) show that this requirement can be satisfied only by the second loop, (b) determine the largest allowable initial velocity v0 when the second loop is used. SOLUTION (a) Loop 1 From Problem 13.74, at B vB2 gr 48.3 ft 2 /s 2 vB 6.9498 ft/s TB 1 2 1 mvB (0.01553)(48.3) 0.37505 2 2 VB mg (7.5 1.5) (0.5)(9) 4.5 lb ft TC 1 2 1 mvC (0.01553)vC2 0.007765vC2 2 2 VC 7.5(0.5) 3.75 lb ft TB VB TC VC : 0.37505 4.5 0.007765vC2 3.75 vC2 144.887 vC 12.039 ft/s 12.04 ft/s 10 ft/s Loop (1) does not work 1 TA mv02 0.007765v02 2 VA 0 (b) Loop 2 at A vC 10 ft/s At C assume TC 1 2 mvC 0.007765(10)2 0.7765 2 vC 7.5(0.5) 3.75 TA VA TC VC : 0.007765v02 0.7765 3.75 v0 24.144 v0 24.1 ft/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.76 A small package of weight W is projected into a vertical return loop at A with a velocity v0. The package travels without friction along a circle of radius r and is deposited on a horizontal surface at C. For each of the two loops shown, determine (a) the smallest velocity v0 for which the package will reach the horizontal surface at C, (b) the corresponding force exerted by the loop on the package as it passes Point B. SOLUTION Loop 1: (a) Newton’s second law at position C: F ma: mg m vc2 r vc2 gr Conservation of energy between position A and B. 1 2 mv0 2 VA 0 TA 1 2 1 mvC mgr 2 2 VC mg (2r ) 2mgr TC TA VA TC VC : 1 2 1 mv0 0 mgr 2mgr 2 2 v02 5gr v0 Smallest velocity v 0: 5 gr (b) Conservation of energy between positions A and B. (b) TB 1 2 mvB ; 2 VB mg (r ) TA VA TB VB: 1 2 1 mvA 0 mvB2 mgr 2 2 1 1 m(5 gr ) 0 mvB2 mgr 2 2 vB2 3gr Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.76 (Continued) Newton’s second law at position B. man m vB2 3gr m 3 mg r r F Feff : N B 3 mg N B 3W Force exerted by the loop: Loop 2: (a) At point C, vc 0 Conservation of energy between positions A and C. 1 2 mvC 0 2 VC mg (2r ) 2mgr TC TA VA TC VC : 1 2 mv0 0 0 2mgr 2 v02 4 gr v0 Smallest velocity v 0: (b) 4 gr Conservation of energy between positions A and B. TA VA TB VB: 1 2 1 mv0 0 mvB2 mgr 2 2 1 1 m(4 gr ) mvB2 mgr vB2 2 gr 2 2 Newton’s second law at position B. man m vB2 2 gr m 2 mg r r F eff : N 2 mg Force exerted by loop: N 2W Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.77 The 1 kg ball at A is suspended by an inextensible cord and given an initial horizontal velocity of 5 m/s. If l 0.6 m and xB 0, determine yB so that the ball will enter the basket. SOLUTION v1 v0 Let position 1 be at A. Let position 2 be the point described by the angle where the path of the ball changes from circular to parabolic. At position 2, the tension Q in the cord is zero. Relationship between v2 and based on Q 0. Draw the free body diagram. F 0: Q mg sin man With Q 0, v22 gl sin or v2 mv22 l gl sin (1) Relationship among v0 , v2 and based on conservation of energy. T1 V1 T2 V2 1 2 1 mv0 mgl mv22 mgl sin 2 2 v02 v22 2 gl (1 sin ) Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (2) PROBLEM 13.77 (Continued) Eliminating v2 from Eqs. (1) and (2), v02 gl sin 2 gl (1 sin ) 1 (5) 2 1 v02 2 0.74912 2 3 gl 3 (9.81)(0.6) 48.514 sin From Eq. (1), v22 (9.81)(0.6) sin 48.514 4.4093 m 2/s 2 v2 2.0998 m/s x and y coordinates at position 2. x2 l cos 0.6cos 48.514 0.39746 m y2 l sin 0.6sin 48.514 0.44947 m Let t2 be the time when the ball is a position 2. Motion on the parabolic path. The horizontal motion is x v2 sin 2.0998 sin 48.514 1.5730 m/s x x2 1.5730(t t2 ) At Point B, xB 0 0 0.39746 1.5730(tB t2 ) t B t2 0.25267 s The vertical motion is y y2 v2 cos (t t2 ) At Point B, 1 g (t t2 )2 2 yB y2 v2 cos (tB t2 ) 1 g (tB t2 )2 2 yB 0.44947 (2.0998 cos 48.514)(0.25267) 1 (9.81)(0.25267) 2 2 0.48779 m yB 0.448 m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.78 The pendulum shown is released from rest at A and swings through 90° before the cord touches the fixed peg B. Determine the smallest value of a for which the pendulum bob will describe a circle about the peg. SOLUTION Use conservation of energy from the point of release (A) and the top of the circle. T1 V1 T2 V2 (1) (datum at lowest point) where T1 0; V1 mg 1 mv 2 ; V2 mgz mg 2 a 2 At 2 T2 Substituting into (1) 0 mg 1 m v 2 2mg a 2 (2) We need another equation – use Newton’s 2nd law at the top. Tension, T0 0 at top Fn man m g m v2 v2 g g a Substituting into (2) mg 1 mg a 2 mg a 2 2 a 4 4a 5 a 3 a Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. 3 5 PROBLEM 13.79* Prove that a force F(x, y, z) is conservative if, and only if, the following relations are satisfied: Fx Fy y x Fy Fz z y Fz Fx x z SOLUTION For a conservative force, Equation (13.22) must be satisfied. Fx We now write Since V x Fx 2V y x y Fy V y Fz V z Fy 2V x y x Fx Fy y x 2V 2V : x y y x We obtain in a similar way Fy Fz z y Fz Fx x z Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.80 The force F ( yzi zxj xyk )/xyz acts on the particle P ( x, y , z ) which moves in space. (a) Using the relation derived in Problem 13.79, show that this force is a conservative force. (b) Determine the potential function associated with F. SOLUTION Fx (a) yz xyz Fy zx xyz Fz xy xyz Fy 1y Fx 1x 0 0 y y x x Thus, Fx Fy y x The other two equations derived in Problem 13.79 are checked in a similar way. (b) Recall that Fx V , x Fy V , y Fz V z Fx 1 V x x V ln x f ( y, z ) (1) Fy 1 V y y V ln y g ( z , x) (2) Fz 1 V z z V ln z h( x, y ) (3) Equating (1) and (2) ln x f ( y, z ) ln y g ( z , x) Thus, f ( y , z ) ln y k ( z ) (4) g ( z , x) ln x k ( z ) (5) Equating (2) and (3) ln z h( x, y ) ln y g ( z , x) g ( z , x) ln z l ( x) From (5), g ( z , x) ln x k ( z ) Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.80 (Continued) Thus, k ( z ) ln z l ( x) ln x From (4), f ( y, z ) ln y ln z Substitute for f ( y , z ) in (1) V ln x ln y ln z V ln xyz Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.81* A force F acts on a particle P(x, y) which moves in the xy plane. Determine whether F is a conservative force and compute the work of F when P describes the path ABCA knowing that (a) F kx y i kx y j, (b) F kx y i x ky j. SOLUTION (a) a U AB 0 kxdx k a2 2 Fx Fy , F is normal to BC, U BC 0 U CA 0 a u du a U ABCA k 1 (b) From Problem 13.79, a 2 2 a2 , not conservative 2 Fy Fx 1 y x Conservative, U ABCA 0 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.82* The potential function associated with a force P in space is known to be V ( x, y, z ) ( x 2 y 2 z 2 )1/2. (a) Determine the x, y, and z components of P. (b) Calculate the work done by P from O to D by integrating along the path OABD, and show that it is equal to the negative of the change in potential from O to D. SOLUTION (a) (b) Px V [ ( x 2 y 2 z 2 )1/ 2 ] x( x 2 y 2 z 2 ) 1/ 2 x x Py V [ ( x 2 y 2 z 2 )1/ 2 ] y ( x 2 y 2 z 2 )1/ 2 y y Pz V [( x 2 y 2 z 2 )1/ 2 ] z ( x 2 y 2 z 2 )1/ 2 z z U OABD U OA U AB U BD O–A: Py and Px are perpendicular to O–A and do no work. x y 0 and Pz 1 Also, on O–A UO A Thus, a 0 Pz dz a 0 dz a A–B: Pz and Py are perpendicular to A–B and do no work. y 0, z a and Px Also, on A–B U A B Thus, a 0 x (x a 2 )1/ 2 2 xdx ( x a 2 )1/ 2 2 a ( 2 1) B–D: Px and Pz are perpendicular to B–D and do no work. On BD, k a za Py y ( y 2a 2 )1/ 2 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.82* (Continued) Thus, U BD a 0 y dy ( y 2 2a 2 )1/ 2 ( y 2a 2 )1/ 2 2 a 0 U BD ( a 2 2a 2 )1/ 2 (2a 2 )1/ 2 a ( 3 2 ) U OABD U O A U A B U B D a a ( 2 1) a ( 3 2) U OABD a 3 VOD V (a, a, a ) V (0, 0, 0) (a 2 a 2 a 2 )1/ 2 0 Thus, VOD a 3 U OABD VOD Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.83* (a) Calculate the work done from D to O by the force P of Problem 13.82 by integrating along the diagonal of the cube. (b) Using the result obtained and the answer to part b of Problem 13.82, verify that the work done by a conservative force around the closed path OABDO is zero. PROBLEM 13.82 The potential function associated with a force P in space is known to be V(x, y, z) ( x 2 y 2 z 2 )1/ 2. (a) Determine the x, y, and z components of P. (b) Calculate the work done by P from O to D by integrating along the path OABD, and show that it is equal to the negative of the change in potential from O to D. SOLUTION From solution to (a) of Problem 13.82 P (a) U OD D O xi yj zk ( x y 2 z 2 )1/ 2 2 P dr r xi yj zk dr dxi dyj dzk xi yj zk P 2 ( x y 2 z 2 )1/ 2 Along the diagonal. Thus, x yz P dr 3x 3 (3x 2 )1/ 2 UO D a 0 3 dx 3a U OD 3a U OABDO U OABD U DO (b) From Problem 13.82 U OABD 3a at left The work done from D to O along the diagonal is the negative of the work done from O to D. U DO U OD 3a [see part (a)] Thus, U OABDO 3a 3a 0 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.84* The force F ( xi yj zk )/(x 2 y 2 z 2 )3/2 acts on the particle P( x, y, z ) which moves in space. (a) Using the relations derived in Problem 13.79, prove that F is a conservative force. (b) Determine the potential function V(x, y, z) associated with F. SOLUTION Fx (a) x 2 2 ( x y z 2 )3/2 y Fy 2 2 ( x y z 2 )1/2 x 2 (2 y ) Fx 2 y ( x y 2 z 2 )5/2 3 y 32 2 y Fy x ( x 2 y 2 z 2 )5/2 Thus, Fx Fy y x The other two equations derived in Problem 13.79 are checked in a similar fashion. (b) Recalling that V V V , Fy , Fz x y z x V Fx V dx x ( x 2 y 2 z 2 )3/2 Fx V ( x 2 y 2 z 2 ) 1/2 f ( y, z ) Similarly integrating V/ y and V/ z shows that the unknown function f ( x, y ) is a constant. V 1 2 2 ( x y z 2 )1/2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.85 (a) Determine the kinetic energy per unit mass which a missile must have after being fired from the surface of the earth if it is to reach an infinite distance from the earth. (b) What is the initial velocity of the missile (called the escape velocity)? Give your answers in SI units and show that the answer to part b is independent of the firing angle. SOLUTION g 9.81 m/s2 At the surface of the earth, r1 R 6370 km 6.37 106 m Centric force at the surface of the earth, GMm R2 2 GM gR (9.81)(6.37 106 )2 398.06 1012 m3 /s2 F mg Let position 1 be on the surface of the earth (r1 R ) and position 2 be at r2 OD. Apply the conservation of energy principle. T1 V1 T2 V2 1 2 GMm 1 2 GMm mv1 mv2 2 2 r1 r2 GMm GMm R T1 T2 GM T2 gR m m R m T1 T2 For the escape condition set T2 0 m T1 gR (9.81 m/s 2 )(6.37 106 m) 62.49 106 m2 /s 2 m T1 62.5 MJ/kg m (a) 1 2 mvesc mgr 2 vesc 2 gR (b) vesc (2)(9.81)(6.37 106 ) 11.18 103 m/s vesc 11.18 km/s Note that the escape condition depends only on the speed in position 1 and is independent of the direction of the velocity (firing angle). Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.86 A satellite describes an elliptic orbit of minimum altitude 606 km above the surface of the earth. The semimajor and semiminor axes are 17,440 km and 13,950 km, respectively. Knowing that the speed of the satellite at Point C is 4.78 km/s, determine (a) the speed at Point A, the perigee, (b) the speed at Point B, the apogee. SOLUTION rA 6370 606 6976 km 6.976 106 m rC (17440 6976) 2 (13950) 2 17438.4 km 17.4384 106 m rB (2)(17440) 6976 27904 km 27.904 106 m For earth, R 6370 km 6.37 106 m GM gR 2 (9.81 m/s 2 )(6.370 106 )2 398.06 1012 m3 /s2 vC 4.78 km/s 4780 m/s (a) Speed at Point A: Use conservation of energy. TA VA TC VC 1 2 GMm 1 2 GMm mv A mvC rA rC 2 2 1 1 v A2 vC2 2GM rA rC 1 1 (4780) 2 (2)(398.06 1012 ) 6 6 6.976 10 17.4384 10 91.318 106 m2 /s 2 VA 9.556 103 m/s vA 9.56 km/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.86 (Continued) (b) Speed at Point B: Use conservation of energy. TB VB TC VC 1 2 GMm 1 2 GMm mvB mvC rB rC 2 2 1 1 vB2 vC2 2GM rB rC 1 1 (4780)2 (2)(398.06 1012 ) 6 6 27.904 10 17.4384 10 5.7258 106 m 2 /s 2 vB 2.39 103 m/s vB 2.39 km/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.87 While describing a circular orbit 200 mi above the earth a space vehicle launches a 6000-lb communications satellite. Determine (a) the additional energy required to place the satellite in a geosynchronous orbit at an altitude of 22,000 mi above the surface of the earth, (b) the energy required to place the satellite in the same orbit by launching it from the surface of the earth, excluding the energy needed to overcome air resistance. (A geosynchronous orbit is a circular orbit in which the satellite appears stationary with respect to the ground). SOLUTION Geosynchronous orbit r1 3960 200 4160 mi 21.965 106 ft r2 3960 22,000 25,960 mi 137.07 106 ft E T V Total energy 1 2 GMm mv 2 r M mass of earth m mass of satellite Newton’s second law T F man : 1 2 GM mv m 2 2r E T V V GMm r 1 GMm GMm 1 GMm 2 r r 2 r GM gRE2 E GMm mv 2 GM v2 2 r r r E 1 gRE2 m 1 RE2W where (W mg ) 2 r 2 r 1 (6000)(20.9088 106 ft) 2 1.3115 1018 ft lb 2 r r Geosynchronous orbit at r2 137.07 106 ft EGs 1.3115 1018 9.5681 109 ft lb 6 137.07 10 (a) At 200 mi, E200 r1 21.965 106 ft 1.3115 1018 5.9709 1010 21.965 106 E300 EGs E200 5.0141 1010 E300 50.1 109 ft lb Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.87 (Continued) (b) Launch from earth At launch pad EE gRE2 m GMm WRE RE RE EE 6000(3960 5280) 1.25453 1011 EE EGs EE 9.5681 109 125.453 109 E E 115.9 109 ft lb Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.88 How much energy per pound should be imparted to a satellite in order to place it in a circular orbit at an altitude of (a) 400 mi, (b) 4000 mi? SOLUTION r1 R 3960 mi: v1 0, T 0 Before launching: E1 GMm gR 2m mgR R R In circular orbit of radius r2 cf . Equation 12.30 Newton’s second law GMm mv22 r2 r22 F man E2 E E2 E1 E (a) 1 gmR 2 R mgR mgR 1 2 r2 2r2 W mg E R R 1 W 2r2 r2 3960 400 4360 mi E 3960 3960 1 5280 ft/mi W 4360 (b) GM gR 2 r2 r2 1 2 GMm 1 R 2 gR 2m 1 gRm mv2 mg r2 r2 r2 2 2 2 r2 Energy imparted is Unit weight v22 E 1.918 106 ft lb/lb W r2 3960 4000 7960 mi E 3960 3960 1 5280 ft/mi W 7960 E 10.51 106 ft lb/lb W Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.89 Knowing that the velocity of an experimental space probe fired from the earth has a magnitude v A 32.5 Mm/h at Point A, determine the speed of the probe as it passes through Point B. SOLUTION rA R hA 6370 4300 10740 km 10.670 106 m rB 6370 12700 19070 km 19.070 106 m GM gR 2 (9.81)(6.370 106 )2 398.06 1012 m3 /s 2 v A 32.5 Mm/h 9.0278 103 m/s Use conservation of energy. TB VB TA VA 1 2 GMm 1 2 GMm mvB mv A 2 rB 2 rA 1 1 vB2 v A2 2GM rB rA 1 1 (9.0278 103 )2 (2)(398.06 1012 ) 6 6 19.070 10 10.670 10 48.635 106 m 2 /s 2 vB 6.97 103 m/s vB 25.1 Mm/h Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.90 A spacecraft is describing a circular orbit at an altitude of 1500 km above the surface of the earth. As it passes through Point A, its speed is reduced by 40 percent and it enters an elliptic crash trajectory with the apogee at Point A. Neglecting air resistance, determine the speed of the spacecraft when it reaches the earth’s surface at Point B. SOLUTION Circular orbit velocity vC2 GM 2 , GM gR 2 r r vC2 GM gR 2 (9.81 m/s 2 )(6.370 106 m)2 r r (6.370 106 m 1.500 106 m) vC2 50.579 106 m2 /s2 vC 7112 m/s Velocity reduced to 60% of vC gives vA 4267 m/s. Conservation of energy: TA VA TB VB 1 GM m 1 GM m m vB2 m v A2 rA rB 2 2 1 9.81(6.370 106 ) 2 vB2 9.81(6.370 106 ) 2 (4.267 103 )2 2 2 (7.870 106 ) (6.370 106 ) vB 6.48 103 m/s vB 6.48 km/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.91 Observations show that a celestial body traveling at 1.2 106 mi/h appears to be describing about Point B a circle of radius equal to 60 light years. Point B is suspected of being a very dense concentration of mass called a black hole. Determine the ratio MB/MS of the mass at B to the mass of the sun. (The mass of the sun is 330,000 times the mass of the earth, and a light year is the distance traveled by light in one year at a velocity of 186,300 mi/s.) SOLUTION One light year is the distance traveled by light in one year. Speed of light 186,300 mi/s r (60 yr)(186,300 mi/s)(5280 ft/mi)(365 days/yr)(24 h/day)(3600 s/h) r 1.8612 1018 ft Newton’s second law F r 2 m v2 r 2 rv G 2 gRearth MB GM earth GM B m (32.2 ft/s 2 )(3960 mi 5280 ft/mi)2 14.077 1015 (ft 3 /s 2 ) M sun 330,000M E : GM sun 330,000 GM earth GM sun (330, 000)(14.077 1015 ) 4.645 1021 ft 3 /s 2 G MB 4.645 1021 M sun rv 2 M sun rv 2 G 4.645 1021 MB (1.8612 1018 )(1.76 106 )2 M sun 4.645 1021 MB 1.241 109 M sun Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.92 (a) Show that, by setting r R y in the right-hand member of Eq. (13.17) and expanding that member in a power series in y/R, the expression in Eq. (13.16) for the potential energy Vg due to gravity is a first-order approximation for the expression given in Eq. (13.17). (b) Using the same expansion, derive a second-order approximation for Vg. SOLUTION Vg WR 2 WR 2 WR setting r R y : Vg r R y 1 Ry y Vg WR 1 R 1 (1) y (1)(2) y 2 WR 1 1 R 1 2 R We add the constant WR, which is equivalent to changing the datum from r to r R : y y 2 Vg WR R R (a) First order approximation: y Vg WR Wy R [Equation 13.16] (b) Second order approximation: y y 2 Vg WR R R Vg Wy Wy 2 R Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.93 Collar A has a mass of 3 kg and is attached to a spring of constant 1200 N/m and of undeformed length equal to 0.5 m. The system is set in motion with r 0.3 m, v 2 m/s, and vr 0. Neglecting the mass of the rod and the effect of friction, determine the radial and transverse components of the velocity of the collar when r 0.6 m. SOLUTION Let position 1 be the initial position. r1 0.3 m (vr )1 0, (v )1 2 m/s, v1 2 m/s x1 r1 l0 (0.3 0.5) 0.2 m Let position 2 be when r 0.6 m. r2 0.6 m (vr )2 ?, (v )2 ?, v2 ? x2 r2 l0 (0.6 0.5) 0.1 m Conservation of angular momentum: r1m(v )1 v2 m(v ) 2 (v ) 2 Conservation of energy: r1 (v )1 (0.3)(2) 1.000 m/s r2 0.6 T1 V1 T2 V2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 mv1 kx1 mv2 kx2 2 2 2 2 k v22 v12 x12 x22 m 1200 (0.2)2 (0.1)2 16 m 2 /s 2 (2)2 3 (vr )22 v22 (v )2 16 1 15 m 2 /s 2 vr 3.87 m/s vr 3.87 m/s v 1.000 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.94 Collar A has a mass of 3 kg and is attached to a spring of constant 1200 N/m and of undeformed length equal to 0.5 m. The system is set in motion with r 0.3 m, v 2 m/s, and vr 0. Neglecting the mass of the rod and the effect of friction, determine (a) the maximum distance between the origin and the collar, (b) the corresponding speed. (Hint: Solve the equation obtained for r by trial and error.) SOLUTION Let position 1 be the initial position. r1 0.3 m (vr )1 0, (v )1 2 m/s, v1 2 m/s x1 r1 l0 0.3 0.5 0.2 m 1 2 1 mv (3)(2) 2 6 J 2 2 1 2 1 V1 kx1 (1200)(0.2) 2 24 J 2 2 T1 Let position 2 be when r is maximum. (vr )2 0 r2 rm x2 (rm 0.5) 1 2 1 mv2 (3)(v ) 22 1.5(v )22 2 2 1 1 V2 kx22 (1200)(rm 0.5) 2 2 2 T2 600(rm 0.5)2 Conservation of angular momentum: r1m(v )1 v2 m(v ) 2 (v )2 Conservation of energy: r1 (0.3) 0.6 (v ), (2) r2 rm rm T1 V1 T2 V2 6 24 1.5(v )22 600(rm 0.5) 2 2 0.6 2 30 (1.5) 600(rm 0.5) rm 0.54 f (rm ) 2 600(rm 0.5)2 30 0 rm Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.94 (Continued) Solve for rm by trial and error. rm (m) 0.5 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.72 0.71 f (rm ) –27.8 120.5 24.8 –4.9 0.080 –2.469 rm 0.72 (a) Maximum distance. (b) Corresponding speed. (0.01)(0.08) 0.7197 m 2.467 0.08 rm 0.720 m (v )2 0.6 0.8337 m/s 0.7197 (vr )2 0 v2 0.834 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.95 A governor is designed so that the valve of negligible mass at D will open once a vertical force greater than 20 lbs is exerted on it. In initial testing of the device, the two 1 lb masses are at x = 1 in., and are prevented from sliding along the rod by stops. Each mass is connected to the valve by a 10 lb/in spring, which are both unstretched at x = 1 in. The governor is rotating so that v1 = 30 ft/s when the stops are removed. When the valve opens, determine the position and velocity of the masses. SOLUTION Given: 1 ft 12 1 lbs m =0.03106 slugs 32.2 ft/s 2 v ,1 30 ft/s, vr,1 0 x1 1 in Sketch: Pos. 1 with stops, Pos. 2 when valve opens. li = length of spring at positon i si = stretch of spring in position i Fy ,2 20 lbs k 10 lb/in 120 lb/ft 42 x12 At Position 1: s1 0 l1 At Position 2: FBD of valve where: Fs ks2 Equilibrium in y-direction: 12 17 l1 ft 12 F y 20 lbs 2 Fs cos 2 20 lbs 4 / 12 2ks2 20 l2 l s2 30 2 k Note s2 l2 l1 so: l2 k l1k l2 l2 0.4581 ft k 30 s2 0.1145 ft l2 l1 30 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.95 (Continued) 4 Location of mass, x2 l22 12 2 x2 3.771 in x2 0.3143 ft Conservation of angular momentum for each mass: mx1v ,1 mx2 v ,2 v ,2 x1 v ,1 x2 v ,2 7.955 ft/s Work Energy from position 1 to 2: T1 Vg1 Ve1 U1NC 2 T2 Vg 2 Ve2 where: 1 T2 2 mv12 2 1 T2 2 mv22 2 1 Ve2 2 ks22 2 Therefore: 1 1 1 2 mv12 2 mv22 2 ks22 2 2 2 v2 v12 k 2 s2 m Substitute known values: v2 302 120 2 0.1145 0.03106 v2 29.14 ft/s Solve for vr,2: vr ,2 v22 v2,2 vr ,2 28.04 ft/s v 2 28.04 ft/s e r 7.96 ft/s e r Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.96 A 1.5-lb ball that can slide on a horizontal frictionless surface is attached to a fixed Point O by means of an elastic cord of constant k 1 lb/in. and undeformed length 2 ft. The ball is placed at Point A, 3 ft from O, and given an initial velocity v0 perpendicular to OA. Determine (a) the smallest allowable value of the initial speed v0 if the cord is not to become slack, (b) the closest distance d that the ball will come to Point O if it is given half the initial speed found in part a. SOLUTION Let L1 be the initial stretched length of the cord and L2 the length of the closest approach to Point O if the cord does not become slack. Let position 1 be the initial state and position 2 be that of closest approach to Point O. The only horizontal force acting on the ball is the conservative central force due to the elastic cord. At the point of closest approach the velocity of the ball is perpendicular to the cord. Conservation of angular momentum: r1m v1 r2m v2 L1m v0 L2m v2 or v2 L1v0 L2 T1 V1 T2 V2 Conservation of energy: 1 2 1 1 1 mv1 k ( L1 L0 )2 mv22 k ( L2 L0 ) 2 2 2 2 2 k v12 v22 [( L1 L0 )2 ( L2 L0 )2 ] m v02 L12 2 k v [( L1 L0 )2 ( L2 L0 )2 ] 2 0 m L2 L0 2 ft, L1 3 ft Data: L2 L0 2 ft for zero tension in the cord at the point of closest approach. k 1 lb/in. 12 lb/ft m W /g 1.5/32.2 0.04658 lb s 2 /ft v02 (3)2 12 v [(3 2)2 (2 2) 2 ] 2 0 0.04658 (2) 1.25 v02 257.6 (a) v02 206.1 ft 2 /s2 v0 14.36 ft/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.96 (Continued) (b) Let v0 1 (14.36 2 ft/s) 7.18 ft/s2 so that the cord is slack in the position of closest approach to Point O. Let position 1 be the initial position and position 2 be position of closest approach with the cord being slack. Conservation of energy: T1 V1 T2 V2 1 2 1 1 mv0 k ( L1 L0 )2 mv22 2 2 2 k ( L L0 ) 2 m 12 (7.18)2 (3 2)2 309.17 ft 2 /s 2 0.04658 v2 17.583 ft/s v22 v02 Conservation of angular momentum: r1m v1 r2m v2 sin r2 sin d d r1v1 Lv 10 v2 v2 (3)(7.18) 17.583 d 1.225 ft Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.97 A 1.5-lb ball that can slide on a horizontal frictionless surface is attached to a fixed Point O by means of an elastic cord of constant k 1 lb/in. and undeformed length 2 ft. The ball is placed at Point A, 3 ft from O, and given an initial velocity v 0 perpendicular to OA, allowing the ball to come within a distance d 9 in. of Point O after the cord has become slack. Determine (a) the initial speed v0 of the ball, (b) its maximum speed. SOLUTION Let L1 be the initial stretched length of the cord. Let position 1 be the initial position. Let position 2 be the position of closest approach to point after the cord has become slack. While the cord is slack there are no horizontal forces acting on the ball, so the velocity remains constant. While the cord is stretched, the only horizontal force acting on the ball is the conservative central force due to the elastic cord. At the point of closest approach the velocity of the ball is perpendicular to the radius vector. Conservation of angular momentum: r1m v1 r2 mv2 L1v0 d v2 Conservation of energy: v2 or L1 v0 d T1 V1 T2 V2 1 2 1 1 mv0 k ( L1 L0 )2 mv22 0 2 2 2 k 2 2 v0 v2 ( L1 L0 )2 m 2 v02 k L 12 v0 ( L1 L0 ) m d L0 2 ft, L1 3 ft, d 9 in. 0.75 ft Data: k 1 lb/in. 12 lb/ft m W /g 1.5/32.2 0.04658 lb s 2 /ft 2 v02 12 3v 0 (3 2)2 0.04658 0.75 15 v02 257.6 v02 17.17 ft 2 /s2 (a) (b) Maximum speed. vm v2 3v0 0.75 v0 4.14 ft/s vm 16.58 ft/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.98 Using the principles of conservation of energy and conservation of angular momentum, solve part a of Sample Problem 12.14. SOLUTION R 6370 km r0 500 km 6370 km r0 6870 km 6.87 106 m v0 36,900 km/h 36.9 106 m 3.6 103 s 10.25 103 m/s Conservation of angular momentum: r0 mv0 r1mv A, r v A 0 r1 v A r0 rmin , r1 rmax 6.870 106 v 0 r1 3 (10.25 10 ) 70.418 109 r1 (1) Conservation of energy: Point A: v0 10.25 103 m/s 1 2 1 mv0 m(10.25 103 )2 2 2 TA (m)(52.53 106 )(J) TA VA GMm r0 GM gR 2 (9.81 m/s 2 )(6.37 106 m)2 GM 398 1012 m3 /s 2 r0 6.87 106 m VA (398 1012 m3 /s 2 )m (6.87 106 m) 57.93 106 m (J) Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.98 (Continued) Point A 1 2 mv A 2 GMm VA r1 TA 398 1012 m (J) r1 TA VA TA VA 52.53 106 m 57.93 106 m 1 398 1012 m m v A2 2 r1 Substituting for vA from (1) 5.402 106 (70.418 109 ) 2 398 1012 r1 (2)(r1 ) 2 5.402 106 (2.4793 1021 ) 398 1012 r1 r12 (5.402 106 )r12 (398 1012 )r1 2.4793 1021 0 r1 66.7 106 m, 6.87 106 m rmax 66,700 km Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.99 Solve sample Problem 13.11, assuming that the elastic cord is replaced by a central force F of magnitude (80/r2) N directed toward O. SAMPLE PROBLEM 13.11 A sphere of mass m 6 kg is attached to an elastic cord of constant k 100 N/m, which is undeformed when the sphere is located at the origin O. Knowing that the sphere may slide without friction on the horizontal surface and that in the position shown its velocity vA has a magnitude of 20 m/s, determine (a) the maximum and minimum distances from the sphere to the origin O, (b) the corresponding values of its speed. SOLUTION (a) The force exerted on the sphere passes through O. Angular momentum about O is conserved. Minimum velocity is at B, where the distance from O is maximum. Maximum velocity is at C, where distance from O is minimum. rA mv A sin 60 rm mvm (0.5 m)(0.6 kg)(20 m/s)sin 60 rm (0.6 kg)vm vm 8.66 rm (1) Conservation of energy: At Point A, 1 2 1 mv A (0.6 kg)(20 m/s)2 120 J 2 2 80 80 , V Fdr 2 dr r r 80 VA 160 J 0.5 TA At Point B, 1 1 TB mvm2 (0.6 kg)vm2 0.3vm2 2 2 and Point C : VB 80 rm TA VA TB VB 120 160 0.3vm2 80 rm Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (2) PROBLEM 13.99 (Continued) Substitute (1) into (2) 2 8.66 80 40 (0.3) rm rm rm2 2 rm 0.5625 0 rm 0.339 m and rm 1.661 m rmax 1.661 m rmin 0.339 m (b) Substitute rm and rm from results of part (a) into (1) to get corresponding maximum and minimum values of the speed. vm 8.66 25.6 m/s 0.339 vmax 25.6 m/s vm 8.66 5.21 m/s 1.661 vmin 5.21 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.100 A spacecraft is describing an elliptic orbit of minimum altitude hA 2400 km and maximum altitude hB 9600 km above the surface of the earth. Determine the speed of the spacecraft at A. SOLUTION rA 6370 km 2400 km rA 8770 km rB 6370 km 9600 km 15,970 km rA mvA rB mvB Conservation of momentum: vB Conservation of energy: TA 1 2 mv A 2 rA 8770 vA v A 0.5492v A 15,970 rB VA GMm rA TB 1 2 mvB 2 (1) VB GMm rB GM gR 2 (9.81 m/s 2 )(6370 103 m) 2 398.1 1012 m 3/s 2 (398.1 1012 ) m 45.39 106 m 8770 103 (398.1 1012 ) m VB 24.93 m (15,970 103 ) VA TA VA TB VB : 1 1 m v A2 45.39 106 m m vB2 24.93 106 m 2 2 (2) Substituting for vB in (2) from (1) v A2 [1 (0.5492) 2 ] 40.92 106 v A2 58.59 106 m 2/s 2 vA 7.65 103 m/s v A 27.6 103 km/h Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.101 While describing a circular orbit, 185 mi above the surface of the earth, a space shuttle ejects at Point A an inertial upper stage (IUS) carrying a communication satellite to be placed in a geosynchronous orbit (see Problem 13.87) at an altitude of 22,230 mi above the surface of the earth. Determine (a) the velocity of the IUS relative to the shuttle after its engine has been fired at A, (b) the increase in velocity required at B to place the satellite in its final orbit. SOLUTION For earth, R 3960 mi 20.909 106 ft g 32.2 ft 2 GM gR 2 (32.2)(20.909 106 )2 14.077 1015 ft 3 /s 2 Speed on a circular orbits of radius r, rA, and rB. F man GMm mv 2 r r2 GM v2 r v GM r rA 3960 185 4145 mi 21.886 106 ft (v A )circ 14.077 1015 25.362 103 ft/s 21.886 106 rB 3960 22230 26190 mi 138.283 106 ft (vB )circ 14.077 1015 10.089 103 ft/s 138.283 106 Calculate speeds at A and B for path AB. Conservation of angular momentum: mrAvA sin A mrB vB sin A vB rA v A sin 90 21.886 106 v A 0.15816 v A rB sin 90 138.283 106 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.101 (Continued) TA VA TB VB Conservation of energy: 1 2 GMm 1 2 GMm mv A mvB 2 rA 2 rB 1 1 2GM (rB rA ) v A2 vB2 2GM rA rB rA rB v A2 (0.15816v A ) 2 (2)(14.077 1015 )(116.397 106 ) (21.886 106 )(138.283 106 ) 0.97499v A2 1.082796 109 v A 33.325 103 ft/s vB (0.15816)(33.325 106 ) 5.271 103 ft/s (a) (b) Increase in speed at A: vA 33.325 103 25.362 103 7.963 103 ft/s vA 7960 ft/s vB 10.089 103 5.271 103 4.818 103 ft/s vB 4820 ft/s Increase in speed at B: Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.102 A spacecraft approaching the planet Saturn reaches Point A with a velocity v A of magnitude 68.8 103 ft/s. It is to be placed in an elliptic orbit about Saturn so that it will be able to periodically examine Tethys, one of Saturn’s moons. Tethys is in a circular orbit of radius 183 103 mi about the center of Saturn, traveling at a speed of 37.2 103 ft/s. Determine (a) the decrease in speed required by the spacecraft at A to achieve the desired orbit, (b) the speed of the spacecraft when it reaches the orbit of Tethys at B. SOLUTION (a) rA 607.2 106 ft rB 966.2 106 ft vA speed of spacecraft in the elliptical orbit after its speed has been decreased. Elliptical orbit between A and B. Conservation of energy Point A: 1 mvA2 2 GM sat m VA rA TA M sa Mass of Saturn, determine GM sa from the speed of Tethys in its circular orbit. (Eq. 12.44) vcirc GM sat r 2 GM sat rB vcirc GM sat (966.2 106 ft 2 )(37.2 103 ft/s) 2 1.337 1018 ft 3/s 2 VA (1.337 1018 ft 3/s 2 ) m (607.2 106 ft) 2.202 109 m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.102 (Continued) TB Point B: 1 2 mvB 2 VB GM sat m (1.337 1018 ft 3 /s 2 ) m rB (966.2 106 ft) VB 1.384 109 TA VA TB VB ; 1 1 m vA2 2.202 109 m m vB2 1.384 109 m 2 2 vA2 vB2 1.636 109 Conservation of angular momentum: rA mvA rB mvB vB rA 607.2 106 vA vA 0.6284vA rB 966.2 106 vA2 [1 (0.6284)2 ] 1.636 109 vA 52, 005 ft/s (a) v A v A vA 68,800 52,005 (b) vB rA vA (0.6284)(52,005) rB v A 16,795 ft/s vB 32,700 ft/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.103 A spacecraft traveling along a parabolic path toward the planet Jupiter is expected to reach Point A with a velocity vA of magnitude 26.9 km/s. Its engines will then be fired to slow it down, placing it into an elliptic orbit which will bring it to within 100 103 km of Jupiter. Determine the decrease in speed v at Point A which will place the spacecraft into the required orbit. The mass of Jupiter is 319 times the mass of the earth. SOLUTION Conservation of energy. Point A: 1 m(v A v A )2 2 GM J m VA rA TA GM J 319GM E 319 gRE2 RE 6.37 106 m GM J (319)(9.81 m/s 2 )(6.37 106 m)2 GM J 126.98 1015 m3 /s 2 rA 350 106 m VA (126.98 1015 m3 /s 2 )m (350 106 m) VA (362.8 106 )m Point B: 1 2 mvB 2 GM J m (126.98 1015 m3 /s 2 )m VB rB (100 106 m) TB VB (1269.8 106 )m TA VA TB VB 1 1 m(v A v A )2 362.8 106 m mvB2 1269.8 106 m 2 2 (vA vA )2 vB2 1814 106 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (1) PROBLEM 13.103 (Continued) Conservation of angular momentum. rA 350 106 m rB 100 106 m rA m(v A v A ) rB mvB r vB A (v A v A ) rB 350 (v A v A ) 100 (2) Substitute vB in (2) into (1) (v A v A ) 2 [1 (3.5)2 ] 1814 106 (v A v A ) 2 161.24 106 (v A v A ) 12.698 103 m/s (Take positive root; negative root reverses flight direction.) vA 26.9 103 m/s (given) vA (26.9 103 m/s 12.698 103 m/s) v A 14.20 km/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.104 As a first approximation to the analysis of a space flight from the earth to Mars, it is assumed that the orbits of the earth and Mars are circular and coplanar. The mean distances from the sun to the earth and to Mars are 149.6 106 km and 227.8 106 km, respectively. To place the spacecraft into an elliptical transfer orbit at Point A, its speed is increased over a short interval of time to vA which is faster than the earth’s orbital speed. When the spacecraft reaches Point B on the elliptical transfer orbit, its speed vB is increased to the orbital speed of Mars. Knowing that the mass of the sun is 332.8 103 times the mass of the earth, determine the increase in velocity required (a) at A, (b) at B. SOLUTION M mass of the sun GM 332.8(10)3 (9.81 m/s2 )(6.37 106 m)2 1.3247(10)20 m3 /s2 Circular orbits Earth vE GM 29.758 m/s 149.6(10)9 Mars vM GM 24.115 m/s 227.8(10)9 Conservation of angular momentum Elliptical orbit v A (149.6) vB (227.8) Conservation of energy 1 2 GM 1 GM vA vB2 9 2 2 149.6(10) 227.8(10)9 v A vB (227.8) 1.52273 vB (149.6) 1 1.3247(10) 20 1 2 1.3247(10)20 (1.52273) 2 vB2 vB 2 2 149.6(10)9 227.8(10)9 0.65935vB2 3.0398(10)8 vB2 4.6102(10)8 vB 21, 471 m/s, v A 32,695 m/s (a) Increase at A, (b) Increase at B, vA vE 32.695 29.758 2.94 km/s vB vM 24.115 21.471 2.64 km/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.105 The optimal way of transferring a space vehicle from an inner circular orbit to an outer coplanar circular orbit is to fire its engines as it passes through A to increase its speed and place it in an elliptic transfer orbit. Another increase in speed as it passes through B will place it in the desired circular orbit. For a vehicle in a circular orbit about the earth at an altitude h1 200 mi, which is to be transferred to a circular orbit at an altitude h2 500 mi, determine (a) the required increases in speed at A and at B, (b) the total energy per unit mass required to execute the transfer. SOLUTION Elliptical orbit between A and B Conservation of angular momentum mrAvA mrBvB vA rB 7.170 vB vB rA 6.690 rA 6370 km 320 km 6690 km, rA 6.690 106 m vA 1.0718vB rB 6370 km 800 km 7170 km, (1) rB 7.170 106 m R (6370 km) 6.37 106 m Conservation of energy GM gR 2 (9.81 m/s2 )(6.37 106 m)2 398.060 1012 m3 /s 2 Point A: TA 1 2 mv A 2 VA GMm (398.060 1012 )m rA (6.690 106 ) VA 59.501 106 m Point B: TB 1 2 mvB 2 VB GMm (398.060 1012 )m rB (7.170 106 ) VB 55.5 106 m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.105 (Continued) TA VA TB VB 1 2 1 mvA 59.501 106 m mvB2 55.5 106 m 2 2 v A2 vB2 8.002 106 From (1) vB2 [(1.0718)2 1] 8.002 106 vA 1.0718vB vB2 53.79 106 m2 /s2 , vB 7334 m/s v A (1.0718)(7334 m/s) 7861 m/s Circular orbit at A and B (Equation 12.44) (v A )C GM rA 398.060 1012 7714 m/s 6.690 106 (vB )C GM rB 398.060 1012 7451 m/s 7.170 106 (a) Increases in speed at A and B v A v A (vA )C 7861 7714 147 m/s vB (vB )C vB 7451 7334 117 m/s (b) Total energy per unit mass E/m E/m 1 [(v A )2 (v A )C2 (vB )C2 (vB )2 ] 2 1 [(7861)2 (7714)2 (7451)2 (7334)2 ] 2 E/m 2.01 106 J/kg Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.106 During a flyby of the earth, the velocity of a spacecraft is 10.4 km/s as it reaches its minimum altitude of 990 km above the surface at Point A. At Point B the spacecraft is observed to have an altitude of 8350 km. Determine (a) the magnitude of the velocity at Point B, (b) the angle B . SOLUTION At A: hA vr [1.04(10)4 m/s][6.37(10)6 m 0.990(10)6 m] hA 76.544(10)9 m2 /s 1 1 GM (TA VA ) v 2 m 2 r 1 (9.81)[6.37(10)6 ]2 0 [1.04(10) 4 ]2 2 [6.37(10)6 0.990(10)6 ] (Parabolic orbit) At B: 1 1 GM (TB VB ) vB2 0 m 2 rB 1 2 (9.81)[6.37(106 )]2 vB 2 [6.37(10)6 8.35(10)6 ] vB2 54.084(10)6 vB 7.35 km/s (a) hB vB sin B rB 76.544(10)9 sin B 76.544(10)9 7.35(10 )[6.37(10)6 8.35(10)6 ] 6 0.707483 (b) B 45.0 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.107 A space platform is in a circular orbit about the earth at an altitude of 300 km. As the platform passes through A, a rocket carrying a communications satellite is launched from the platform with a relative velocity of magnitude 3.44 km/s in a direction tangent to the orbit of the platform. This was intended to place the rocket in an elliptic transfer orbit bringing it to Point B, where the rocket would again be fired to place the satellite in a geosynchronous orbit of radius 42,140 km. After launching, it was discovered that the relative velocity imparted to the rocket was too large. Determine the angle at which the rocket will cross the intended orbit at Point C. SOLUTION R 6370 km rA 6370 km 300 km rA 6.67 106 m rC 42.14 106 m GM gR 2 GM (9.81 m/s)(6.37 106 m) 2 GM 398.1 1012 m3 /s 2 For any circular orbit: Fn man 2 mv circ r 2 mv GMm m circ 2 r r GM r Fn vcirc Velocity at A: (v A )circ GM (398.1 1012 m3/s3 ) 7.726 103 m/s rA (6.67 106 m) v A (v A )circ (v A ) R 7.726 103 3.44 103 11.165 103 m/s PROBLEM 13.107 (Continued) Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. Velocity at C: Conservation of energy: TA VA TC VC 1 GM m 1 GM m m v A2 m vC2 rA rC 2 2 1 1 vC2 v A2 2GM rC rA 1 1 (11.165 103 ) 2 2(398.1 1012 ) 6 6.67 106 42.14 10 vC2 124.67 106 100.48 106 24.19 106 m 2 /s 2 vC 4.919 103 m/s Conservation of angular momentum: rA mv A rC mvC cos cos rAv A rC vC (6.67 106 )(11.165 103 ) (42.14 106 )(4.919 103 ) cos 0.35926 68.9 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.108 A satellite is projected into space with a velocity v0 at a distance r0 from the center of the earth by the last stage of its launching rocket. The velocity v0 was designed to send the satellite into a circular orbit of radius r0. However, owing to a malfunction of control, the satellite is not projected horizontally but at an angle with the horizontal and, as a result, is propelled into an elliptic orbit. Determine the maximum and minimum values of the distance from the center of the earth to the satellite. SOLUTION For circular orbit of radius r0 F man v02 v02 GMm m r0 r02 GM r0 But v0 forms an angle with the intended circular path. For elliptic orbit. Conservation of angular momentum: r0 mv0 cos rA mvA r v A 0 cos v0 rA Conservation of energy: 1 2 GMm 1 2 GMm mv0 mv A 2 r0 2 rA r0 2GM v02 v A2 1 r0 rA Substitute for vA from (1) v02 r 2 2GM r0 1 0 cos 2 1 r0 rA rA v02 But GM , r0 2 thus r r 1 0 cos 2 2 1 0 rA rA 2 r r cos 0 2 0 1 0 rA rA 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (1) PROBLEM 13.108 (Continued) Solving for r0 rA r0 2 4 4cos 2 1 sin 2 rA 2cos 1 sin 2 (1 sin )(1 sin ) rA r0 (1 sin )r0 1 sin also valid for Point A Thus, rmax (1 sin )r0 rmin (1 sin )r0 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.109 A space vehicle is to rendezvous with an orbiting laboratory which circles the earth at a constant altitude of 360 km. The shuttle has reached an altitude of 60 km when its engine is shut off, and its velocity v0 forms an angle 0 = 50° with the vertical OB at that time. What magnitude should v0 have if the shuttle’s trajectory is to be tangent at A to the orbit of the laboratory? SOLUTION Conservation of energy 1 2 GMm 1 2 GMm mv0 mv A 2 rB 2 rA v A2 v02 So 2GM rB rB 1 rA (1) Given R 6370 km = 6.37 106 m GM gR 2 9.81 6.37 106 2 398 1012 rA 6370 360 6730 km 6.73 106 m rB 6370 60 6430 km 6.43 106 m Substitute into (1) vA2 v02 2 398 1012 6.43 106 1 6.43 106 6.73 106 v A2 v02 5.518 106 (2) We need another equation conservation of angular momentum rB mv sin rA mvA rB v0 sin 6.43 106 6 v0 sin 50 rA 6.73 10 vA 0.7319 v0 vA Substitute into (2) 0.7319 v0 2 v02 5.518 106 0.46433 v02 5.518 106 v0 3477 m/s v0 3450 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.110 A space vehicle is in a circular orbit at an altitude of 225 mi above the earth. To return to earth, it decreases its speed as it passes through A by firing its engine for a short interval of time in a direction opposite to the direction of its motion. Knowing that the velocity of the space vehicle should form an angle B 60° with the vertical as it reaches Point B at an altitude of 40 mi, determine (a) the required speed of the vehicle as it leaves its circular orbit at A, (b) its speed at Point B. SOLUTION (a) rA 3960 mi 225 mi 4185 mi rA 4185 mi 5280 ft/mi 22, 097 103 ft rB 3960 mi 40 mi 4000 mi rB 4000 5280 21,120 103 ft R 3960 mi 20,909 103 ft GM gR 2 (32.2 ft/s2 )(20,909 103 ft)2 GM 14.077 1015 ft 3 /s 2 Conservation of energy: 1 2 mv A 2 GMm VA rA TA 14.077 1015 m 22,097 103 637.1 106 m 1 2 mvB 2 GMm VB rB TB 14.077 1015 m 21,120 103 666.5 106 m TA VA TB VB 1 1 m v A2 637.1 106 m m vB2 666.5 106 m 2 2 2 v A vB2 58.94 106 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (1) PROBLEM 13.110 (Continued) Conservation of angular momentum: rA mv A rB mvB sin B vB (rA )v A 4185 1 vA (rB )(sin B ) 4000 sin 60 vB 1.208 v A (2) Substitute vB from (2) in (1) v A2 (1.208v A ) 2 58.94 106 v A2 [(1.208) 2 1] 58.94 106 v A2 128.27 106 ft 2 /s 2 vA 11.32 103 ft/s (a) (b) From (2) vB 1.208v A 1.208(11.32 106 ) 13.68 103 ft/s vB 13.68 103 ft/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.111* In Problem 13.110, the speed of the space vehicle was decreased as it passed through A by firing its engine in a direction opposite to the direction of motion. An alternative strategy for taking the space vehicle out of its circular orbit would be to turn it around so that its engine would point away from the earth and then give it an incremental velocity v A toward the center O of the earth. This would likely require a smaller expenditure of energy when firing the engine at A, but might result in too fast a descent at B. Assuming this strategy is used with only 50 percent of the energy expenditure used in Problem 13.109, determine the resulting values of B and vB . SOLUTION rA 3960 mi 225 mi rA 4185 mi 22.097 106 ft rB 3960 mi 40 mi 4000 mi rB 21.120 106 ft GM gR 2 (32.2 ft/s 2 )[(3960)(5280) ft 2 ] GM 14.077 1015 ft 3 /s 2 Velocity in circular orbit at 225 m altitude: Newton’s second law F man : (v A )circ 2 GMm m(v A )circ rA rA2 GM 14.077 1015 rA 22.097 106 25.24 103 ft/s Energy expenditure: From Problem 13.110, Energy, v A 11.32 103 ft/s 1 1 2 m(v A )circ mv A2 2 2 1 1 m(25.24 103 ) 2 m(11.32 103 )2 2 2 6 254.46 10 m ft lb E109 E109 E109 E110 (0.50)E109 (254.46 106 m) ft lb 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.111* (Continued) Thus, additional kinetic energy at A is 1 (254.46 106 m) m(v A ) 2 E110 ft lb 2 2 (1) Conservation of energy between A and B: TA 1 2 (v A )2 ] m[(v A )circ 2 TB 1 2 mvB 2 VB VA GMm rA GMm rA TA VA TB VB 1 254.46 106 m 14.077 1015 m 1 2 14.077 1015 m m(25.24 103 )2 mvB 2 2 2 22.097 106 21.120 106 vB2 637.06 106 254.46 106 1274.1 106 1333 106 vB2 950.4 103 vB 30.88 103 ft/s Conservation of angular momentum between A and B: rA m(vA )circ rB mvB sin B r (v ) (4185) (25.24 103 ) 0.8565 sin B A A circ (4000) (30.88 103 ) rB (vB ) B 58.9 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.112 Show that the values vA and vP of the speed of an earth satellite at the apogee A and the perigee P of an elliptic orbit are defined by the relations v A2 2GM rP rA rP rA vP2 2GM rA rA rP rP where M is the mass of the earth, and rA and rP represent, respectively, the maximum and minimum distances of the orbit to the center of the earth. SOLUTION Conservation of angular momentum: rA mv A rP mvP vA rP vP rA (1) Conservation of energy: 1 2 GMm 1 2 GMm mvP mv A 2 rP 2 rA (2) Substituting for vA from (1) into (2) 2 vP2 2GM rP 2 2GM vP rP rA rA r 2 1 P vP2 2GM 1 1 rA rP rA rA2 rP2 rA2 vP2 2GM rA rP rA rP rA2 rP2 (rA rP )(rA rP ) with vP2 2GM rA rP rA (3) rP Exchanging subscripts P and A v A2 2GM rP rA rP rA Q.E.D. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.113 Show that the total energy E of an earth satellite of mass m describing an elliptic orbit is E GMm /(rA rP ), where M is the mass of the earth, and rA and rP represent, respectively, the maximum and minimum distances of the orbit to the center of the earth. (Recall that the gravitational potential energy of a satellite was defined as being zero at an infinite distance from the earth.) SOLUTION See solution to Problem 13.112 (above) for derivation of Equation (3). vP2 2GM rA (rA rP ) rP Total energy at Point P is E TP VP 1 2 GMm mvP 2 rP 1 2GMm rA GMm 2 (rA r0 ) rP rP rA 1 GMm rP (rA rP ) rP (r r r ) GMm A A P rP (rA rP ) E GMm rA rP Note: Recall that gravitational potential of a satellite is defined as being zero at an infinite distance from the earth. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.114* A space probe describes a circular orbit of radius nR with a velocity v0 about a planet of radius R and center O. Show that (a) in order for the probe to leave its orbit and hit the planet at an angle with the vertical, its velocity must be reduced to v0, where sin 2(n 1) n sin 2 (b) the probe will not hit the planet if is larger than 2 2 /(1 n). SOLUTION (a) Conservation of energy: 1 m ( v0 )2 2 GMm VA nR TA At A: 1 mv 2 2 GMm VB R TB At B: M mass of planet m mass of probe TA VA TB VB 1 GMm 1 GMm m ( v0 )2 mv 2 2 nR 2 R (1) Conservation of angular momentum: nR m v0 Rmv sin v n v0 sin (2) Replacing v in (1) by (2) 2 ( v0 ) 2 2GM n v0 2GM R sin nR Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (3) PROBLEM 13.114* (Continued) For any circular orbit. an v2 r Newton’s second law 2 GMm m(v ) circ r r2 GM vcirc r v0 vcirc For r nR, GM nR Substitute for v0 in (3) GM 2GM n 2 2 GM 2GM nR nR R sin 2 nR 2 n 2 1 2 2(1 n) sin 2 2 2(1 n)(sin 2 ) 2(n 1)sin 2 2 (sin 2 n 2 ) (n sin 2 ) sin (b) 2(n 1) n sin 2 2 Q.E.D. Probe will just miss the planet if 90, sin 90 Note: 2(n 1) n sin 2 90 2 2 n 1 n2 1 (n 1)(n 1) Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.115 A missile is fired from the ground with an initial velocity v0 forming an angle 0 with the vertical. If the missile is to reach a maximum altitude equal to R , where R is the radius of the earth, (a) show that the required angle 0 is defined by the relation sin 0 (1 ) 1 vesc 1 v0 2 where vesc is the escape velocity, (b) determine the range of allowable values of v0 . SOLUTION rA R (a) Conservation of angular momentum: Rmv0 sin 0 rB mvB rB R R (1 ) R vB Rv0 sin 0 v0 sin 0 (1 ) R (1 ) (1) Conservation of energy: 1 2 GMm 1 2 GMm mvB mv0 2 R 2 (1 ) R TA VA TB VB v02 vB2 2 GMm 1 2 GMm 1 R 1 R 1 Substitute for vB from (1) sin 2 0 v02 1 (1 )2 From Equation (12.43): 2 GMm R 1 2 vesc sin 2 0 v02 1 (1 ) 2 2GM R 2 vesc 1 2 v 1 esc 2 (1 ) v0 1 sin 2 0 sin 0 (1 ) 1 vesc 1 v0 (2) 2 Q.E.D. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.115 (Continued) (b) Allowable values of v0 (for which maximum altitude R) 0 sin 2 0 1 For sin 0 0, from (2) 2 v 0 1 esc v0 1 v0 vesc 1 For sin 0 1, from (2) 2 v 1 1 esc 2 (1 ) v0 1 2 vesc 1 1 1 1 v0 v0 vesc 2 1 2 1 2 (1 ) 1 1 2 vesc 1 v0 vesc 1 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.116 A spacecraft of mass m describes a circular orbit of radius r1 around the earth. (a) Show that the additional energy E which must be imparted to the spacecraft to transfer it to a circular orbit of larger radius r2 is E GMm(r2 r1 ) 2r1r2 where M is the mass of the earth. (b) Further show that if the transfer from one circular orbit to the other is executed by placing the spacecraft on a transitional semielliptic path AB, the amounts of energy EA and EB which must be imparted at A and B are, respectively, proportional to r2 and r1 : EA r2 r1 r2 E EB r1 r1 r2 E SOLUTION (a) For a circular orbit of radius r F man : GMm v2 m r r2 GM v2 r E T V 1 2 GMm 1 GMm mv 2 r 2 r (1) Thus E required to pass from circular orbit of radius r1 to circular orbit of radius r2 is 1 GMm 1 GMm 2 r1 2 r2 GMm(r2 r1 ) Q.E.D. E 2r1r2 E E1 E2 (b) For an elliptic orbit, we recall Equation (3) derived in Problem 13.113 (with vP v1 ) v12 2Gm r2 (r1 r2 ) r1 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (2) PROBLEM 13.116 (Continued) At Point A: Initially spacecraft is in a circular orbit of radius r1. GM 2 vcirc r1 1 2 1 GM Tcirc mvcirc m r1 2 2 After the spacecraft engines are fired and it is placed on a semi-elliptic path AB, we recall and v12 2GM r2 (r1 r2 ) r1 T1 2GMr2 1 2 1 mv1 m 2 2 r1 (r1 r2 ) At Point A, the increase in energy is E A T1 Tcirc Recall Equation (2): 2GMr2 1 1 GM m m r1 2 r1 (r1 r2 ) 2 E A GMm(2r2 r1 r2 ) GMm(r2 r1 ) 2r1 (r1 r2 ) 2r1 (r1 r2 ) E A r2 r1 r2 E A r2 E (r1 r2 ) Q.E.D. r1 E (r1 r2 ) Q.E.D. GMm(r2 r1 ) 2r1r2 A similar derivation at Point B yields, EB Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.117* Using the answers obtained in Problem 13.108, show that the intended circular orbit and the resulting elliptic orbit intersect at the ends of the minor axis of the elliptic orbit. PROBLEM 13.108 A satellite is projected into space with a velocity v0 at a distance r0 from the center of the earth by the last stage of its launching rocket. The velocity v0 was designed to send the satellite into a circular orbit of radius r0. However, owing to a malfunction of control, the satellite is not projected horizontally but at an angle with the horizontal and, as a result, is propelled into an elliptic orbit. Determine the maximum and minimum values of the distance from the center of the earth to the satellite. SOLUTION If the point of intersection P0 of the circular and elliptic orbits is at an end of the minor axis, then v0 is parallel to the major axis. This will be the case only if 90 0 , that is if cos 0 sin . We must therefore prove that cos0 sin (1) We recall from Equation (12.39): 1 GM 2 C cos r h When 0, r rmin (2) and rmin r0 (1 sin ) 1 GM 2 C r0 (1 sin ) h For 180, (3) r rmax r0 (1 sin ) 1 GM 2 C r0 (1 sin ) h (4) Adding (3) and (4) and dividing by 2: GM 1 1 1 2 2r0 1 sin 1 sin h 1 r0 cos 2 Subtracting (4) from (3) and dividing by 2: 1 1 1 2r0 1 sin 1 sin sin C r0 cos 2 C 1 2r0 2sin 2 1 sin Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.117* (Continued) Substituting for GM h2 and C into Equation (2) 1 1 (1 sin cos ) r r0 cos 2 Letting r r0 and 0 in Equation (5), we have cos 2 1 sin cos 0 cos 2 1 sin sin 2 sin sin cos 0 This proves the validity of Equation (1) and thus P0 is an end of the minor axis of the elliptic orbit. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (5) PROBLEM 13.118* (a) Express in terms of rmin and vmax the angular momentum per unit mass, h, and the total energy per unit mass, E/m, of a space vehicle moving under the gravitational attraction of a planet of mass M (Figure 13.15). (b) Eliminating vmax between the equations obtained, derive the formula 1 rmin 2 GM 2 E h 1 1 m GM h2 (c) Show that the eccentricity of the trajectory of the vehicle can be expressed as 1 2E h m GM 2 (d ) Further show that the trajectory of the vehicle is a hyperbola, an ellipse, or a parabola, depending on whether E is positive, negative, or zero. SOLUTION (a) Point A: Angular momentum per unit mass. H0 m rmin mvmax m h h rmin vmax (1) Energy per unit mass E 1 (T V ) m m E 1 1 2 GMm 1 2 GM mvmax vmax m m2 rmin 2 rmin (b) From Eq. (1): vmax h/rmin substituting into (2) E 1 h 2 GM 2 m 2 rmin rmin E 2 2 1 2GM 1 m 2 0 2 rmin h h rmin Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (2) PROBLEM 13.118* (Continued) 1 Solving the quadratic: rmin 2 2 mE GM GM 2 h2 h2 h Rearranging 1 rmin (c) GM 2 h 2 1 1 2 E h m GM (3) Eccentricity of the trajectory: Eq. (12.39) 1 GM 2 (1 cos ) r h When 0, cos 1 and r rmin Thus, 1 rmin GM (1 ) h2 1 Comparing (3) and (4), (d ) (4) 2E h m GM 2 (5) Recalling discussion in section 12.12 and in view of Eq. (5) 1. Hyperbola if 1, that is, if E 0 2. Parabola if 1, that is, if E 0 3. Ellipse if 1, that is, if E 0 Note: For circular orbit 0 and 2 1 2E h 0 m GM GM r 2 or GM m , E h 2 but for circular orbit v2 thus 1 (GM )2 1 GMm E m 2 2 r GMr and h2 v 2 r 2 GMr , Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.119 A 35,000 Mg ocean liner has an initial velocity of 4 km/h. Neglecting the frictional resistance of the water, determine the time required to bring the liner to rest by using a single tugboat which exerts a constant force of 150 kN. SOLUTION m 35,000 Mg 35 106 kg F 150 103 N v1 4 km/hr 1.1111 m/s mv1 Ft 0 (35 106 kg)(1.1111 m/s) (150 103 N)t 0 t 259.26 s t 4 min19 s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.120 A 2500-lb automobile is moving at a speed of 60 mi/h when the brakes are fully applied, causing all four wheels to skid. Determine the time required to stop the automobile (a) on dry pavement ( k 0.75), (b) on an icy road ( k 0.10). SOLUTION v1 60 mph 88 ft/s mv1 kWt 0 t (a) (b) mv1 k W mv1 k mg v1 k g For k 0.75 t 88 ft/s (0.75)(32.2 ft/s2 ) t 3.64 s t 88 ft/s (0.10)(32.2 ft/s2 ) t 27.3 s For k 0.10 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.121 A sailboat weighing 980 lb with its occupants is running down wind at 8 mi/h when its spinnaker is raised to increase its speed. Determine the net force provided by the spinnaker over the 10-s interval that it takes for the boat to reach a speed of 12 mi/h. SOLUTION v1 8 mi/h 11.73 ft/s t1 2 10 sec v2 12 mi/h 17.60 ft/s m v1 imp1 2 mv2 m(11.73 ft/s) Fn (10 s) m(17.60 ft/s) Fn (980 lb)(17.60 ft/s 11.73 ft/s) (32.2 ft/s 2 )(10 s) Fn 17.86 lb Note: Fn is the net force provided by the sails. The force on the sails is actually greater and includes the force needed to overcome the water resistance on the hull. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.122 A truck is hauling a 300-kg log out of a ditch using a winch attached to the back of the truck. Knowing the winch applies a constant force of 2500 N and the coefficient of kinetic friction between the ground and the log is 0.45, determine the time for the log to reach a speed of 0.5m/s. SOLUTION Apply the principle of impulse and momentum to the log. mv1 Imp1 2 mv 2 Components in y-direction: 0 Nt mgt cos 20 0 N mg cos 20 Components in x-direction: 0 Tt mgt sin 20 k Nt mv2 (T mg sin 20 k mg cos 20)t mv2 [T mg (sin 20 k cos 20)]t mv2 Data: T 2500 N, m 300 kg, g 9.81 m/s 2 , k 0.45, v2 0.5 m/s [2500 (300)(9.81)(sin 20 0.45cos 20)] t (300)(0.5) 248.95 t 150 t 0.603 s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.123 The coefficients of friction between the load and the flatbed trailer shown are s 0.40 and k 0.35. Knowing that the speed of the rig is 55 mi/h, determine the shortest time in which the rig can be brought to a stop if the load is not to shift. SOLUTION Apply the principle impulse-momentum to the crate, knowing that, if the crate does not shift, the velocity of the crate matches that of the truck. For impending slip the friction and normal components of the contact force between the crate and the flatbed trailer satisfy the following equation: Ff s N v1 55mi h 80.667 ft s Given: s 0.40, k 0.35 Impulse Momentum Diagram: Using impulse momentum in the x-Direction m v1 μs m gt 0 t v1 80.667 ft s μs g 0.4 32.2 ft s 2 t 6.26 s Since this is the shortest time the load can be brought to rest and the load does not slide it is also the shortest time the rig can be brought to rest. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.124 Steep safety ramps are built beside mountain highways to enable vehicles with defective brakes to stop. A 10-ton truck enters a 15 ramp at a high speed v0 108 ft/s and travels for 6 s before its speed is reduced to 36 ft/s. Assuming constant deceleration, determine (a) the magnitude of the braking force, (b) the additional time required for the truck to stop. Neglect air resistance and rolling resistance. SOLUTION W 20, 000 lb m 20,000 621.118 lb s 2 /ft 32.2 Momentum in the x direction x : mv0 ( F mg sin15)t mv1 621.118(108) ( F mg sin15)6 (621.118)(36) F mg sin15 7453.4 (a) F 7453.4 20, 000 sin15 2277 lb F 2280 lb (b) mv0 ( F mg sin15)t 0 t total time 621.118(108) 7453.4 t 0; t 9.00 s Additional time 9 – 6 t 3.00 s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.125 Baggage on the floor of the baggage car of a high-speed train is not prevented from moving other than by friction. The train is travelling down a 5 percent grade when it decreases its speed at a constant rate from 120 mi/h to 60 mi/h in a time interval of 12 s. Determine the smallest allowable value of the coefficient of static friction between a trunk and the floor of the baggage car if the trunk is not to slide. SOLUTION v1 120 mi/h 176 ft/s v2 60 mi/h 88 ft/s t12 12 s Nt1 2 Wt1 2 cos m v1 s m gt1 2 cos m gt1 2 sin m v2 (176 ft/s) s (32.2 ft/s 2 )(12 s)(cos 2.86) (32.2 ft/s2 )(12 s)(sin 2.86) 88 ft/s s 176 88 (32.2)(12)(sin 2.86) (32.2)(12)(cos 2.86) s 0.278 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.126 The 18000-kg F-35B uses thrust vectoring to allow it to take off vertically. In one maneuver, the pilot reaches the top of her static hover at 200 m. The combined thrust and lift force on the airplane applied at the end of the static hover can be expressed as F= (44t + 2500t2)i + (250t2 + t + 176580)j, where F and t are expressed in newtons and seconds, respectively. Determine (a) how long it will take the airplane to reach a cruising speed of 1000 km/hr (cruising speed is defined to be in the x-direction only), (b) the altitude of the plane at this time. SOLUTION Given: y1 200 m Impulse-Momentum Diagram: m 18000 kg Fx 44t 2500t 2 Fy 250t 2 t 176580 vx,2 1000 km/hr 277.78 m/s Impulse-Momentum in the x-direction: 0 Fx dt mvx ,2 44t 2500t dt 18000 * 277.78 t 2 0 2500 3 t 22t 2 5, 000, 000 3 33 2 t3 t 6000 0 1250 t 18.162 s (a) Solve for t: Impulse-Momentum in the y-direction: 0 Fy dt mvy,2 250t t 2 0 t 176580 dt mvy,2 250 3 1 2 t t 176580t mvy,2 3 2 Solve for velocity as function of time: vy,2 1 250 3 1 2 t t 176580t m 3 2 From kinematics: vy,2 dy dt vy,2 dt dy Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.126 (Continued) Integrating: t 0 vy,2 dt y2 200 y2 250 3 1 2 t t 176580t dt dy 0 200 2 3 1 125 4 1 3 t t 88290t 2 y2 200 18000 6 6 1 m (b) Find y2 for t=18.162 s: 18.162 dy y2 1944 m y2 1.944 km Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.127 A truck is traveling down a road with a 4-percent grade at a speed of 60 mi/h when its brakes are applied to slow it down to 20 mi/h. An antiskid braking system limits the braking force to a value at which the wheels of the truck are just about to slide. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction between the road and the wheels is 0.60, determine the shortest time needed for the truck to slow down. SOLUTION tan 1 4 2.29 100 mv1 imp1 2 mv 2 mv1 Wt sin Ft mv2 v1 60 mi/h 88 ft/s N W cos W mg v2 20 mi/h 29.33 ft/s F s N sW cos ( m )(88 ft/s) ( m )(32.2 ft/s2 )(t )(sin 2.29) (0.60)( m )(32.2 ft/s 2 )(cos 2.29)(t ) ( m )(29.33 ft/s) t 88 29.33 32.2[(0.60) cos 2.29 sin 2.29] t 3.26 s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.128 In anticipation of a long 6 upgrade, a bus driver accelerates at a constant rate from 80 km/h to 100 km/h in 8 s while still on a level section of the highway. Knowing that the speed of the bus is 100 km/h as it begins to climb the grade at time t 0 and that the driver does not change the setting of the throttle or shift gears, determine (a) the speed of the bus when t 10 s, (b) the time when the speed is 60 km/h. SOLUTION Given: v2 100 km h 27.778 m s , v1 80 km h 22.222 m s , t 8 s Impulse Momentum Diagram for acceleration on level ground: Impulse-Momentum in the x-direction while on level ground: mv1 8 0 Fdt mv2 F 8 m v2 v1 F 0.6944m Impulse Momentum Diagram for acceleration on incline: Impulse-Momentum in the x-direction while on incline: mv2 10 0 F mg sin 6 dt mv3 m 0.6944 9.81 sin 6 10 m v3 27.778 v3 24.47 m/s (a) Solve for v3: mv2 v3 88.08 km h t F mg sin 6 dt mv 0 3 m 0.6944 9.81 sin 6 t m 16.667 27.778 (b) Solve for t: t 33.57 s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.129 A light train made of two cars travels at 45 mi/h. Car A weighs 18 tons, and car B weighs 13 tons. When the brakes are applied, a constant braking force of 4300 lb is applied to each car. Determine (a) the time required for the train to stop after the brakes are applied, (b) the force in the coupling between the cars while the train is slowing down. SOLUTION (a) Entire train: v1 45 mi/h 66 ft/s WA WB 18 13 31 tons 62,000 lb 0 (4300 4300)t1 2 t1 2 (b) Car A: 62, 000 (66) g (62,000 lb)(66 ft/s) (32.2 ft/s2 )(8600 lb) t1 2 14.78 s WA 18 tons 36,000 lb, t12 14.78 s 0 [(4300 lb) FC ][14.78 s] (36,000 lb) (66 ft/s) (32.2 ft/s2 ) FC 692.5 lb FC 693 lb (tension) Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.130 Solve Problem 13.129, assuming that a constant braking force of 4300 lb is applied to car B, but the brakes on car A are not applied. PROBLEM 13.129 A light train made of two cars travels at 45 mi/h. Car A weighs 18 tons, and car B weighs 13 tons. When the brakes are applied, a constant braking force of 4300 lb is applied to each car. Determine (a) the time required for the train to stop after the brakes are applied, (b) the force in the coupling between the cars while the train is slowing down. SOLUTION (a) Entire train: v1 45 mi/h 66 ft/s WA WB 18 13 31 tons 62,000 lb 0 (4300 lb)t1 2 (62, 000 lb) (66 ft/s) (32.2 ft/s 2 ) t1 2 29.55 s (b) t1 2 29.6 s Car A: 0 FC (t1 2 ) mAv1 t1 2 29.55 s FC (36,000 lb)(66 ft/s) 2497 lb (32.2 ft/s 2 )(29.55 s) FC 2500 lb (tension) Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.131 A tractor-trailer rig with a 2000-kg tractor, a 4500-kg trailer, and a 3600-kg trailer is traveling on a level road at 90 km/h. The brakes on the rear trailer fail and the antiskid system of the tractor and front trailer provide the largest possible force which will not cause the wheels to slide. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction is 0.75, determine (a) the shortest time for the rig to a come to a stop, (b) the force in the coupling between the two trailers during that time. Assume that the force exerted by the coupling on each of the two trailers is horizontal. SOLUTION v1 90 km h 25 m s , v2 0 Given: W1 6500 9.81 63765 N; W2 3600 9.81 35316 N Impulse Momentum diagram for combined cab and trailer: From Equilibrium: N1 W1; Impulse-Momentum in the x-direction: mv1 N 2 W2 F 0.75 N1 t 0.75 N dt mv 0 1 2 0.75 N1t m v2 v1 t t (a) m v1 v2 0.75N1 10,100 25 5.2798 s 0.75 63765 t 5.28 s Impulse Momentum diagram for the trailer alone: Impulse-Momentum in the x-direction: mv1 5.2798 0 Cdt mv2 5.2798C m v1 0 C (b) 3600 25 v2 5.2798 C 17046 N C 17.05 kN Compression Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.132 The system shown is at rest when a constant 150-N force is applied to collar B. Neglecting the effect of friction, determine (a) the time at which the velocity of collar B will be 2.5 m/s to the left, (b) the corresponding tension in the cable. SOLUTION Constraint of cord. When the collar B moves 1 unit to the left, the weight A moves up 2 units. Thus v A 2vB Masses and weights: vB mA 3 kg 1 vA 2 WA 29.43 N mB 8 kg Let T be the tension in the cable. Principle of impulse and momentum applied to collar B. : 0 150t 2Tt mB (vB )2 For (vB )2 2.5 m/s 150t 2Tt (8 kg)(2.5 m/s) 150t 2Tt 20 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (1) PROBLEM 13.132 (Continued) Principle of impulse and momentum applied to weight A. : 0 Tt WAt mA (v A )2 Tt WAt mA (2VB 2 ) Tt 29.43t (3 kg)(2)(2.5 m/s) Tt 29.43t 15 (2) To eliminate T multiply Eq. (2) by 2 and add to Eq. (1). (a) (b) Time: 91.14t 50 From Eq. (2), T Tension in the cable. t 0.549 s 15 29.43 t T 56.8 N Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.133 An 8-kg cylinder C rests on a 4-kg platform A supported by a cord which passes over the pulleys D and E and is attached to a 4-kg block B. Knowing that the system is released from rest, determine (a) the velocity of block B after 0.8 s, (b) the force exerted by the cylinder on the platform. SOLUTION (a) Blocks A and C: [(mA mC )v]1 T (t1 2 ) (mA mC ) gt1 2 [(mA mC )v]2 0 (12 g T )(0.8) 12v (1) Block B: [mB v]1 (T )t1 2 mB gt1 2 (mB v)2 0 (T 4 g )(0.8) 4v (2) Adding (1) and (2), (eliminating T) (12 g 4 g )(0.8) (12 4) v (b) (8 kg)(9.81 m/s2 )(0.8 s) 16 kg v 3.92 m/s Collar A: (mAv)1 0 0 ( FC mA g ) (3) From Eq. (2) with v 3.92 m/s 4v T 4g 0.8 (4 kg)(3.92 m/s) T (4 kg)(9.81 m/s 2 ) (0.8 s) T 58.84 N Solving for FC in (3) FC (4 kg)(3.92 m/s) (4 kg)(9.81 m/s 2 ) 58.84 N (0.8 s) FC 39.2 N Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.134 An estimate of the expected load on overthe-shoulder seat belts is to be made before designing prototype belts that will be evaluated in automobile crash tests. Assuming that an automobile traveling at 45 mi/h is brought to a stop in 110 ms, determine (a) the average impulsive force exerted by a 200-lb man on the belt, (b) the maximum force Fm exerted on the belt if the force-time diagram has the shape shown. SOLUTION (a) Force on the belt is opposite to the direction shown. v1 45 mi/h 66 ft/s, W 200 lb mv1 Fdt mv 2 Fdt F ave t t 0.110 s (200 lb)(66 ft/s) Fave (0.110 s) 0 (32.2 ft/s 2 ) Fave (b) (200)(66) 3727 lb (32.2)(0.110) Fave 3730 lb 1 Fm (0.110 s) 2 From (a), impulse Fave t (3727 lb)(0.110 s) Impulse area under F t diagram 1 Fm (0.110) (3727)(0.110) 2 Fm 7450 lb Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.135 A 60-g model rocket is fired vertically. The engine applies a thrust P which varies in magnitude as shown. Neglecting air resistance and the change in mass of the rocket, determine (a) the maximum speed of the rocket as it goes up, (b) the time for the rocket to reach its maximum elevation. SOLUTION m 0.060 kg Mass: mg (0.060)(9.81) 0.5886 N Weight: Forces acting on the model rocket: Thrust: P (t )(given function of t ) Weight: W (constant) Support: S (acts until P W ) Over 0 t 0.2 s: 13 t 65t 0.2 W 0.5886 N P S W P 0.5886 65t Before the rocket lifts off, S become zero when t t1. 0 0.5886 65t1 t1 0.009055 s. Impulse due to S: (t t1 ) t 0 Sdt t1 0 Sdt 1 mgt1 2 (0.5)(0.5886)(0.009055) 0.00266 N s The maximum speed occurs when dv a 0. dt At this time, W P 0, which occurs at t2 0.8 s. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.135 (Continued) (a) Maximum speed (upward motion): Apply the principle of impulse-momentum to the rocket over 0 t t2 . 0.8 0 Pdt area under the given thrust-time plot. 1 1 (0.2)(13) (0.1)(13 5) (0.8 0.3)(5) 2 2 4.7 N s 0.8 0 m1v1 Wdt (0.5886)(0.8) 0.47088 N S 0.8 0 Pdt 0.8 0 Sdt 0.8 0 Wdt mv2 0 4.7 0.00266 0.47088 0.060 v2 v2 70.5 m/s (b) Time t3 to reach maximum height: (v3 0) mv1 t3 0 Pdt t3 0 Sdt Wt3 mv3 0 4.7 0.00266 0.5886t3 0 t3 7.99 s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.136 A simplified model consisting of a single straight line is to be obtained for the variation of pressure inside the 10-mm-diameter barrel of a rifle as a 20-g bullet is fired. Knowing that it takes 1.6 ms for the bullet to travel the length of the barrel and that the velocity of the bullet upon exit is 700 m/s, determine the value of p0. SOLUTION At p p0 c1 c2 t t 0, c1 p0 At t 1.6 103 s, p0 0 c1 c2 (1.6 103 s) c2 p0 1.6 103 s m 20 103 kg 0 A 1.6 103 s 0 pdt mv2 (10 103 ) 2 A 4 A 78.54 106 m 2 0 A 1.6 103 s 0 (c1 c2 t ) dt 20 103 g (c )(1.6 103 s)2 3 (78.54 106 m 2 ) (c1 )(1.6 103 s) 2 (20 10 kg)(700 m/s) 2 1.6 103 c1 1.280 106 c2 178.25 103 (1.6 103 m 2 s) p0 (1.280 106 m 2 s 2 ) p0 178.25 103 kg m/s (1.6 103 s) p0 222.8 106 N/m 2 p0 223 MPa Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.137 A crash test is performed between an SUV A and a 2500 lb compact car B. The compact car is stationary before the impact and has its brakes applied. A transducer measures the force during the impact, and the force P varies as shown. Knowing that the coefficients of friction between the tires and road are s= 0.9 and k= 0.7, determine (a) the time at which the compact car will start moving, (b) the maximum speed of the car, (c) the time at which the car will come to a stop. SOLUTION 2500 lb 77.64 slugs 32.2 ft/s 2 s 0.9, k 0.7 mB Given: Impulse-Momentum Diagram: 0 t 0.1 P 300000t lb 0.1 t 0.2 P 300000 0.2 t lb vB,1 0 P F dt m v Impulse-Momentum in the x-direction: 0 From Equilibrium: N mB g (a) Compact car starts moving when: Ff s N s mB g f (1) B B,2 P m dt 0 or P s mB g 0 Substitute into (1): 0 Solving for P: P 2250 lbs when car starts to move For 0 t 0.1, P 300000t 2250 300000t s Bg ts 0.0075 s P Ff k N k mB g (b) Maximum Velocity will occur near the end of the impulse when: For 0.1 t 0.2, P 300000 0.2 t 0.7 2500 300000 0.2 t tm 0.19417 s Use (1) to find maximum velocity: 0 0.1 ts 300000tdt vB ,max 1 mB tm 0.1 2 150000t 300000 0.2 t dt | 0.1 ts tm ts k mB gdt mB vB,max 60000t 150000t 2 | tm 0.1 | k g tm ts vB ,max 34.26 ft/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.137 (Continued) (c) Use impulse momentum from tm until car stops at tstp: mB vB ,max P F dt 0 mB vB,max tstp tm 0.2 tm f 300000 0.2 t dt mB vB,max 60000t 150000t 2 | 0.2 tm tstp tm k mB gdt 0 t stp | k mB g tm 0 tstp 1.717 s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.138 A crash test is performed between a 4500 lb SUV A and a compact car B. A transducer measures the force during the impact, and the force P varies as shown. Knowing that the SUV is travelling 30 mph when it hits the car, determine the speed of the SUV immediately after the impact. SOLUTION Given: 4500 lb 139.75 slugs 32.2 ft/s 2 0 t 0.1 P 300000t lb m Impulse-Momentum Diagram of SUV: 0.1 t 0.2 P 300000 0.2 t lb v1 30 mph 44.0 ft/s Impulse-Momentum in the x-direction: mv1 Pdt mv2 Put in load function P(t): mv1 Integrate: mv1 150000t 2 Solve for v2: v2 v1 0.1 0 300000t 0.1 | 0 0.2 0.1 300000 0.2 t mv2 60000t 150000t 2 | 0.2 0.1 mv2 1 3000 m v2 22.533 ft/s v2 15.36 mi/h Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.139 A baseball player catching a ball can soften the impact by pulling his hand back. Assuming that a 5-oz ball reaches his glove at 90 mi/h and that the player pulls his hand back during the impact at an average speed of 30 ft/s over a distance of 6 in., bringing the ball to a stop, determine the average impulsive force exerted on the player’s hand. SOLUTION v 90 mi/h 132 ft/s 5 m /g 16 d 12 1 s 60 vav 30 6 t 0 Fav t mv Fav Wv gt Fav mv t 165 lb (132 ft/s) 1 (32.2 ft/s 2 ) 60 s Fav 76.9 lb Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.140 A 1.62 ounce golf ball is hit with a golf club and leaves it with a velocity of 100 mi/h. We assume that for 0 t t0, where t0 is the duration of the impact, the magnitude F of the force exerted on the ball can be expressed as F Fm sin ( t/t0 ). Knowing that t0 0.5 ms, determine the maximum value Fm of the force exerted on the ball. SOLUTION W 1.62 ounces 0.10125 lb m 3.1444 103 slug t 0.5 ms 0.5 103 s v 100 mi/h 146.67 ft/s The impulse applied to the ball is t0 0 Fdt t0 0 Fm sin Fm t0 t t0 dt Fm t0 (cos cos 0) cos t t0 t0 0 2 Fm t0 Principle of impulse and momentum. mv1 t0 0 F dt mv 2 with v1 0, 0 Solving for Fm, Fm 2 Fmt0 mv2 2t0 mv2 (3.1444 103 )(146.67) (2)(0.5 103 ) 1.4488 103 lb Fm 1.45 kip Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.141 The triple jump is a track-and-field event in which an athlete gets a running start and tries to leap as far as he can with a hop, step, and jump. Shown in the figure is the initial hop of the athlete. Assuming that he approaches the takeoff line from the left with a horizontal velocity of 10 m/s, remains in contact with the ground for 0.18 s, and takes off at a 50° angle with a velocity of 12 m/s, determine the vertical component of the average impulsive force exerted by the ground on his foot. Give your answer in terms of the weight W of the athlete. SOLUTION mv1 (P W)t mv 2 t 0.18 s Vertical components W (12)(sin 50) g (12)(sin 50) Pv W W (9.81)(0.18) 0 ( Pv W )(0.18) Pv 6.21W Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.142 The last segment of the triple jump track-and-field event is the jump, in which the athlete makes a final leap, landing in a sandfilled pit. Assuming that the velocity of a 80-kg athlete just before landing is 9 m/s at an angle of 35° with the horizontal and that the athlete comes to a complete stop in 0.22 s after landing, determine the horizontal component of the average impulsive force exerted on his feet during landing. SOLUTION m 80 kg t 0.22 s mv1 (P W)t mv 2 Horizontal components m(9)(cos 35) PH (0.22) 0 PH (80 kg)(9 m/s)(cos 35) 2.6809 kN (0.22 s) PH 2.68 kN Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.143 The design for a new cementless hip implant is to be studied using an instrumented implant and a fixed simulated femur. Assuming the punch applies an average force of 2 kN over a time of 2 ms to the 200 g implant determine (a) the velocity of the implant immediately after impact, (b) the average resistance of the implant to penetration if the implant moves 1 mm before coming to rest. SOLUTION m 200 g 0.200 kg Fave 2 kN 2000 N t 2 ms 0.002 s (a) Velocity immediately after impact: Use principle of impulse and momentum: v1 0 v2 ? Imp12 Fave (t ) mv1 Imp12 mv 2 0 Fave (t ) mv2 v2 (b) Fave (t ) (2000)(0.002) m 0.200 v2 20.0 m/s Average resistance to penetration: x 1 mm 0.001 m v2 20.0 ft/s v3 0 Use principle of work and energy. T2 U 23 T3 Rave or 1 2 mv2 Rave (x) 0 2 mv22 (0.200)(20.0)2 40 103 N 2(x) (2)(0.001) Rave 40.0 kN Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.144 A 28-g steel-jacketed bullet is fired with a velocity of 650 m/s toward a steel plate and ricochets along path CD with a velocity 500 m/s. Knowing that the bullet leaves a 50-mm scratch on the surface of the plate and assuming that it has an average speed of 600 m/s while in contact with the plate, determine the magnitude and direction of the impulsive force exerted by the plate on the bullet. SOLUTION Given: v1 650 m/s, m 0.028 kg, v2 500 m/s Impulse-momentum diagram of the bullet: Impulse momentum in the x-dir mv1 cos 20 Fx t mv2 cos10 So, Fx t mv1 cos 20 mv2 cos10 0.028 650 cos 20 0.028 500 cos10 3.3151 N s y -dir mv1 sin 20 Fy t mv2 sin10 So, Fy t mv2 sin10 mv1 sin 20 0.028 500 sin10 0.028 650 sin 20 8.6558 N s We need t. The average velocity is 600 m/s x vave t; t x 0.05 m 83.33 106 s vave 600 m/s So 3.3151 39.78 kN 6 83.33 10 8.6558 Fy 103.87 kN 83.33 106 Fx F 111.2 kN Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.145 A 25-ton railroad car moving at 2.5 mi/h is to be coupled to a 50 ton car which is at rest with locked wheels ( k 0.30). Determine (a) the velocity of both cars after the coupling is completed, (b) the time it takes for both cars to come to rest. SOLUTION Weight and mass: (Label cars A and B.) Car A : WA 50 tons 100, 000 lb, mA 3106 lb s 2 /ft Car B: WB 25 tons 50,000 lb, mB 1553 lb s 2 /ft Initital velocities: vA 0 vB 2.5 mi/h 3.6667 ft/s (a) v B 3.6667 ft/s The momentum of the system consisting of the two cars is conserved immediately before and after coupling. Let v be the common velocity of that cars immediately after coupling. Apply conservation of momentum. : mB vB mAv mB v v (b) mB vB (3106)(3.6667) 2.444 ft/s 4569 m A mB v 1.667 mi/h After coupling: The friction force acts only on car A. F 0 A : N A WA 0 N A WA FA k N A kWA (sliding) FB 0 (Car B is rolling.) Apply impuslse-momentum to the coupled cars. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.145 (Continued) : (mA mB )v FAt 0 t (mA mB )v11 mB vB FA k WA t (1553)(3.6667) 0.1898 (0.30)(100, 000) t 0.190 s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.146 At an intersection car B was traveling south and car A was traveling 30° north of east when they slammed into each other. Upon investigation it was found that after the crash the two cars got stuck and skidded off at an angle of 10° north of east. Each driver claimed that he was going at the speed limit of 50 km/h and that he tried to slow down but couldn’t avoid the crash because the other driver was going a lot faster. Knowing that the masses of cars A and B were 1500 kg and 1200 kg, respectively, determine (a) which car was going faster, (b) the speed of the faster of the two cars if the slower car was traveling at the speed limit. SOLUTION (a) Total momentum of the two cars is conserved. mv, x : mAvA cos 30 (mA mB )v cos 10 (1) mv, y : mAvA sin 30 mB vB (mA mB )v sin 10 (2) Dividing (1) into (2), mB v B sin 30 sin 10 cos 30 m A v A cos 30 cos 10 vB (tan 30 tan 10)(m A cos 30) vA mB vB (1500) cos 30 (0.4010) vA (1200) vB 0.434 vA v A 2.30 vB A was going faster. Thus, (b) Since vB was the slower car. vB 50 km/h vA (2.30)(50) v A 115.2 km/h Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.147 The 650-kg hammer of a drop-hammer pile driver falls from a height of 1.2 m onto the top of a 140-kg pile, driving it 110 mm into the ground. Assuming perfectly plastic impact (e 0), determine the average resistance of the ground to penetration. SOLUTION Velocity of the hammer at impact: Conservation of energy. T1 0 VH mg (1.2 m) VH (650 kg)(9.81 m/s 2 )(1.2 m) V1 7652 J 1 m 2 650 2 VH2 v 325 vH2 2 V2 0 T2 T1 V1 T2 V2 0 7652 325 v 2 v 2 23.54 m 2 /s2 v 4.852 m/s Velocity of pile after impact: Since the impact is plastic (e 0), the velocity of the pile and hammer are the same after impact. Conservation of momentum: The ground reaction and the weights are non-impulsive. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.147 (Continued) mH v H ( mH m p ) v Thus, v Work and energy: mH v H (650) (4.852 m/s) 3.992 m/s (mH m p ) (650 140) d 0.110 m T2 U 23 T3 1 (mH mH )(v) 2 2 T3 0 T2 1 (650 140)(3.992) 2 2 T2 6.295 103 J T2 U 2 3 (mH m p ) gd FAV d (650 140)(9.81)(0.110) FAV (0.110) U 2 3 852.49 (0.110) FAV T2 U 23 T3 6.295 103 852.49 (0.110) FAV 0 FAV (7147.5)/(0.110) 64.98 103 N FAV 65.0 kN Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.148 A small rivet connecting two pieces of sheet metal is being clinched by hammering. Determine the impulse exerted on the rivet and the energy absorbed by the rivet under each blow, knowing that the head of the hammer has a weight of 1.5 lbs and that it strikes the rivet with a velocity of 20 ft/s. Assume that the hammer does not rebound and that the anvil is supported by springs and (a) has an infinite mass (rigid support), (b) has a weight of 9 lb. SOLUTION Weight and mass: Hammer: WH 1.5 lb mH 0.04658 lb s 2 /ft Anvil: Part a: WA mA Part b: WA 9 lb m A 0.2795 lb s 2 /ft Kinetic energy before impact: 1 1 mH vH2 (0.04658)(20)2 9.316 ft lb 2 2 Let v2 be the velocity common to the hammer and anvil immediately after impact. Apply the principle of conservation of momentum to the hammer and anvil over the duration of the impact. T1 : mv1 mv2 mH vH (mH mA )v2 v2 mH vH mH mA TA 1 1 mH2 vH2 (mH mA )v22 2 2 mH mA T2 mH T1 mH m A (1) Kinetic energy after impact: Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (2) PROBLEM 13.148 (Continued) Impulse exerted on the hammer: : mH vH F (t ) mH v2 F t mH (vH v2 ) (a) (3) WA : By Eq. (1), v2 0 By Eq. (2), T2 0 T1 T2 9.32 ft lb Energy absorbed: By Eq. (3), F (t ) (0.04658)(20 0) 0.932 lb s The impulse exerted on the rivet the same magnitude but opposite to direction. F t 0.932 lb s (b) WA 9 lb: By Eq. (1), v2 (0.04658)(20) 2.857 ft/s 0.32608 By Eq. (2), T2 (0.04658)(9.316) 1.331 ft lb 0.32608 T1 T2 7.99 ft lb Energy absorbed: By Eq. (3), F (t ) (0.04658)(20 2.857) F (t ) 0.799 lb s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.149 Bullet B weighs 0.5 oz and blocks A and C both weigh 3 lb. The coefficient of friction between the blocks and the plane is k 0.25. Initially the bullet is moving at v0 and blocks A and C are at rest (Figure 1). After the bullet passes through A it becomes embedded in block C and all three objects come to stop in the positions shown (Figure 2). Determine the initial speed of the bullet v0. SOLUTION Masses: 0.5 970.5 106 lb s 2 /ft (16)(32.2) Bullet: mB Blocks A and C: mA mC Block C bullet: 3 93.168 103 lb s 2 /ft 32.2 mC mB 94.138 103 lb s 2 /ft Normal forces for sliding blocks from N mg 0 Block A: N A mA g 3.00 lb. Block C bullet: NC (mC mB ) g 3.03125 lb. Let v0 be the initial speed of the bullet; v1 be the speed of the bullet after it passes through block A; vA be the speed of block A immediately after the bullet passes through it; vC be the speed block C immediately after the bullet becomes embedded in it. Four separate processes and their governing equations are described below. 1. The bullet hits block A and passes through it. Use the principle of conservation of momentum. (v A ) 0 0 mB v0 mA (v A )0 mB v1 mAv A v0 v1 2. mAv A mB (1) The bullet hits block C and becomes embedded in it. Use the principle of conservation of momentum. (vC )0 0 mB v1 mC (vC )0 (mB mC )vC v1 (mB mC )vC mB Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (2) PROBLEM 13.149 (Continued) 3. Block A slides on the plane. Use principle of work and energy. T1 U12 T2 2k N A d A 1 mAvA2 k N A d A 0 or vA mA 2 4. (3) Block C with embedded bullet slides on the plane. Use principle of work and energy. dC 4 in. 0.33333 ft T1 U1 2 T2 1 (mC mB )vC2 k N C dC 0 or vC 2 2 k N C dC mC mB (4) Applying the numerical data: (2)(0.25)(3.03125)(0.33333) 94.138 103 2.3166 ft/s From Eq. (4), vC From Eq. (3), vA From Eq. (2), v1 From Eq. (1), v0 224.71 (2)(0.25)(3.00)(0.5) 93.168 103 2.8372 ft/s (94.138 103 )(2.3166) 970.5 106 224.71 ft/s (93.138 103 )(2.8372) 970.5 106 v0 497 ft/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.150 A 180-lb man and a 120-lb woman stand at opposite ends of a 300-lb boat, ready to dive, each with a 16-ft/s velocity relative to the boat. Determine the velocity of the boat after they have both dived, if (a) the woman dives first, (b) the man dives first. SOLUTION (a) Woman dives first: Conservation of momentum: 120 300 180 (16 v1 ) v1 0 g g v1 (120)(16) 3.20 ft/s 600 Man dives next. Conservation of momentum: 300 180 300 180 v1 v2 (16 v2 ) g g g v2 (b) 480v1 (180)(16) 2.80 ft/s 480 v 2 2.80 ft/s Man dives first: Conservation of momentum: 180 300 120 (16 v1 ) v1 0 g g v1 (180)(16) 4.80 ft/s 600 Woman dives next. Conservation of momentum: 300 120 300 120 v1 v2 (16 v2 ) g g g 420v1 (120)(16) v2 0.229 ft/s 420 v2 0.229 ft/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.151 A 75-g ball is projected from a height of 1.6 m with a horizontal velocity of 2 m/s and bounces from a 400-g smooth plate supported by springs. Knowing that the height of the rebound is 0.6 m, determine (a) the velocity of the plate immediately after the impact, (b) the energy lost due to the impact. SOLUTION Just after impact Just before impact vy vy 2 g (1.6) 5.603 m/s 2 g (0.6) 3.431 m/s (a) Conservation of momentum: ( y ) mballv y 0 mballvy mplatevplate (0.075)(5.603) 0 0.075(3.431) 0.4vplate vplate 1.694 m/s (b) Energy loss Initial energy Final energy (T V )1 (T V )2 1 (0.075)(2)2 0.075g (1.6) 2 1 1 (0.075)(2)2 0.075g (0.6) (0.4)(1.694)2 2 2 Energy lost (1.3272 1.1653) J 0.1619 J Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.152 A ballistic pendulum is used to measure the speed of high-speed projectiles. A 6-g bullet A is fired into a 1-kg wood block B suspended by a cord of length l= 2.2 m. The block then swings through a maximum angle of = 60o. Determine (a) the initial speed of the bullet vo, (b) the impulse imparted by the bullet on the block, (c) the force on the cord immediately after the impact SOLUTION mA 6 g 0.006 kg Given: Impulse-Momentum Diagram in x-direction: mB 1 kg l 2.2 m =60 m A v0 m A mB v1 Impulse-Momentum in the x-direction during impact: (1) Apply Work-Energy between the impact location and the maximum swing angle (Datum at the pivot, O): T1 Vg1 Ve1 U1NC 3 T2 Vg 2 Ve2 where: 1 mA mB v12 2 Vg1 mA mB gl T1 Vg1 mA mB gl cos Hence: 1 mA mB v12 mA mB g mA mB gl cos 2 Solving for v1: v1 2 gl 1 cos 4.646 m/s (a) Substitute into (1) and solve for v0: v0 mA mB mA v0 778.92 m/s v1 (b) Write the Impulse Moment Equation for the block during impact: Fdt 4.646 J 0 Fdt mB v1 (c) FBD of Block just after impact: F n man T mA mB g mA mB v12 l T 19.74 N v2 T mA mB 1 g l Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.153 A 1-oz bullet is traveling with a velocity of 1400 ft/s when it impacts and becomes embedded in a 5-lb wooden block. The block can move vertically without friction. Determine (a) the velocity of the bullet and block immediately after the impact, (b) the horizontal and vertical components of the impulse exerted by the block on the bullet. SOLUTION Weight and mass. Bullet: w 1 oz Block: W 5 lb (a) 1 lb 16 m 0.001941 lb s 2 /ft. M 0.15528 lb s 2 /ft. Use the principle of impulse and momentum applied to the bullet and the block together. m v1 Imp1 2 mv 2 mv0 cos30 0 (m M )v Components : mv0 cos30 (0.001941)(1400)cos 30° 0.157221 mM v 14.968 ft/s v v 14.97 ft/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.153 (Continued) (b) Use the principle of impulse and momentum applied to the bullet alone. x-components: mv0 sin 30 Rx t 0 Rx t mv0 sin 30 (0.001941)(1400)sin 30 1.3587 lb s y-components: Rx t 1.359 lb s mv0 cos30 Ry t mv Ry t m(v0 cos30 v) (0.001941)(1400 cos 30° 14.968) Ry t 2.32 lb s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.154 In order to test the resistance of a chain to impact, the chain is suspended from a 240-lb rigid beam supported by two columns. A rod attached to the last link is then hit by a 60-lb block dropped from a 5-ft height. Determine the initial impulse exerted on the chain and the energy absorbed by the chain, assuming that the block does not rebound from the rod and that the columns supporting the beam are (a) perfectly rigid, (b) equivalent to two perfectly elastic springs. SOLUTION Velocity of the block just before impact: T1 0 V1 Wh (60 lb)(5 ft) 300 lb ft 1 2 mv V2 0 2 T1 V1 T2 V2 T2 0 300 1 60 2 v 2 g (600)(32.2) 60 17.94 ft/s v (a) Rigid columns: mv F t 0 60 (17.94) F t g F t 33.43 lb s on the block. F t 33.4 lb s All of the kinetic energy of the block is absorbed by the chain. T 1 60 2 (17.94) 2 g 300 ft lb E 300 ft lb Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.154 (Continued) (b) Elastic columns: Momentum of system of block and beam is conserved. mv ( M m)v 60 m (17.94 ft/s) v v (m M ) 300 v 3.59 ft/s Referring to figure in part (a), mv F t mv F t m(v v ) 60 (17.94 3.59) g 1 2 1 1 mv mv2 Mv2 2 2 2 60 240 [(17.94) 2 (3.59) 2 ] (3.59) 2 2g 2g F t 26.7 lb s E E 240 ft lb Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.155 The coefficient of restitution between the two collars is known to be 0.70. Determine (a) their velocities after impact, (b) the energy loss during impact. SOLUTION Impulse-momentum principle (collars A and B): mv1 Imp12 mv 2 Horizontal components Using data, : mAvA mB vB mAvA mB vB (5)(1) (3)(1.5) 5vA 3vB 5vA 3vB 0.5 or (1) Apply coefficient of restitution. vB vA e(v A vB ) vB vA 0.70[1 (0.5)] vB vA 1.75 (a) (2) Solving Eqs. (1) and (2) simultaneously for the velocities, vA 0.59375 m/s v A 0.594 m/s vB 1.15625 m/s v B 1.156 m/s 1 1 1 1 m A v A2 mB vB2 (5)(1) 2 (3)(1.5) 2 5.875 J 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 T2 m A (vA ) mB (vB ) (5)(0.59375) 2 (3)(1.15625) 2 2.8867 J 2 2 2 2 Kinetic energies: T1 (b) Energy loss: T1 T2 2.99 J Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.156 Collars A and B, of the same mass m, are moving toward each other with identical speeds as shown. Knowing that the coefficient of restitution between the collars is e, determine the energy lost in the impact as a function of m, e and v. SOLUTION Impulse-momentum principle (collars A and B): mv1 Imp12 mv 2 Horizontal components : mAvA mB vB mAvA mB vB mv m(v) mvA mvB Using data, vA vB 0 or (1) Apply coefficient of restitution. vB vA e(v A vB ) vB vA e [v (v)] vB vA 2ev Subtracting Eq. (1) from Eq. (2), 2vA 2ev v A ev Adding Eqs. (1) and (2), (2) v A ev 2vB 2ev vB ev v B ev 1 1 1 1 m A v A2 mB vB2 mv 2 m( v)2 mv 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 T2 m A (vA )2 mB (vB ) 2 m(ev) 2 m(ev) 2 e 2 mv 2 2 2 2 2 Kinetic energies: T1 Energy loss: T1 T2 (1 e2 ) mv 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.157 One of the requirements for tennis balls to be used in official competition is that, when dropped onto a rigid surface from a height of 100 in., the height of the first bounce of the ball must be in the range 53 in. h 58 in. Determine the range of the coefficient of restitution of the tennis balls satisfying this requirement. SOLUTION Uniform accelerated motion: v 2 gh v 2 gh Coefficient of restitution: e e Height of drop Height of bounce Thus, v v h h h 100 in. 53 in. h 58 in. 53 58 e 100 100 0.728 e 0.762 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.158 Two disks sliding on a frictionless horizontal plane with opposite velocities of the same magnitude v0 hit each other squarely. Disk A is known to have a weight of 6-lb and is observed to have zero velocity after impact. Determine (a) the weight of disk B, knowing that the coefficient of restitution between the two disks is 0.5, (b) the range of possible values of the weight of disk B if the coefficient of restitution between the two disks is unknown. SOLUTION Total momentum conserved: mAvA mB vB mAvA mB v (mA )v0 mB (v0 ) 0 mB v m v A 1 v0 mB (1) Relative velocities: vB vA e(v A vB ) v 2ev0 (2) Subtracting Eq. (2) from Eq. (1) and dividing by v0 , mA 1 2e 0 mB mA 1 2e mB mB mA 1 2e WB Since weight is proportional to mass, (a) (b) WA (3) 1 2e With WA 6 lb and e 0.5, WB 6 1 (2)(0.5) WB 6 2 lb 1 (2)(1) WB 6 6 lb 1 (2)(0) WB 3.00 lb With WA 6 lb and e 1, With WA 6 lb and e 0, Range: 2.00 lb WB 6.00 lb Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.159 To apply shock loading to an artillery shell, a 20-kg pendulum A is released from a known height and strikes impactor B at a known velocity v0. Impactor B then strikes the 1-kg artillery shell C. Knowing the coefficient of restitution between all objects is e, determine the mass of B to maximize the impulse applied to the artillery shell C. SOLUTION mA 20 kg, mB ? First impact: A impacts B. mv Imp12 mv 2 Impulse-momentum: mAv0 mAvA mB vB Components directed left: 20v0 20vA mB vB (1) vB vA e(v A vB ) Coefficient of restitution: vB vA ev0 vA vB ev0 (2) Substituting Eq. (2) into Eq. (1) yields 20v0 20(vB ev0 ) mB vB 20v0 (1 e) ( mB )vB vB Second impact: B impacts C. Impulse-momentum: 20v0 (1 e) 20 mB mB ?, mC 1 kg mv 2 Imp23 mv3 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (3) PROBLEM 13.159 (Continued) Components directed left: mB vB mB vB mC vC mB vB mB vB vC (4) vC vB e(vB vC ) Coefficient of restitution: vC vB evB vB vC evC (5) Substituting Eq. (4) into Eq. (5) yields mB vB mB (vC evB ) mC vC mB vB (1 e) (1 mB )vC vC mB vB (1 e) 1 mB vC 20mB v0 (1 e) 2 (20 mB )(1 mB ) (6) Substituting Eq. (3) for vB in Eq. (6) yields The impulse applied to the shell C is mC vC (1)(20) mB v0 (1 e)2 (20 mB )(1 mB ) To maximize this impulse choose mB such that Z mB (20 mB )(1 mB ) is maximum. Set dZ /dmB equal to zero. (20 mB )(1 mB ) mB [(20 mB ) (1 mB )] dZ 0 dmB (20 mB ) 2 (1 mB )2 20 21mB mB2 mB (21 2mB ) 0 20 mB2 0 mB 4.47 kg Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.160 Packages in an automobile parts supply house are transported to the loading dock by pushing them along on a roller track with very little friction. At the instant shown, packages B and C are at rest and package A has a velocity of 2 m/s. Knowing that the coefficient of restitution between the packages is 0.3, determine (a) the velocity of package C after A hits B and B hits C, (b) the velocity of A after it hits B for the second time. SOLUTION (a) Packages A and B. Total momentum conserved. mAv A mB vB mAvA mB vB (8 kg)(2 m/s) 0 (8 kg)vA (4 kg)vB 4 2vA vB (1) Relative velocities. (v A vB )e (vB vA ) (2)(0.3) vB vA (2) Solving Equations (1) and (2) simultaneously, vA 1.133 m/s vB 1.733 m/s Packages B and C. mB vB mC vC mB vB mC vC (4 kg)(1.733 m/s) 0 4vB 6vc 6.932 4vB 6vC Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (3) PROBLEM 13.160 (Continued) Relative velocities. (vB vC )e vC vB (1.733)(0.3) 0.5199 vC vB (4) Solving equations (3) and (4) simultaneously, vC 0.901 m/s (b) Packages A and B (second time), Total momentum conserved. (8)(1.133) (4)(0.381) 8vA 4vB 10.588 8vA 4vB (5) Relative velocities. (vA vB )e vB vA (1.133 0.381)(0.3) 0.2256 vB vA (6) Solving (5) and (6) simultaneously, vA 0.807 m/s vA 0.807 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.161 Three steel spheres of equal mass are suspended from the ceiling by cords of equal length which are spaced at a distance slightly greater than the diameter of the spheres. After being pulled back and released, sphere A hits sphere B, which then hits sphere C. Denoting by e the coefficient of restitution between the spheres and by v0 the velocity of A just before it hits B, determine (a) the velocities of A and B immediately after the first collision, (b) the velocities of B and C immediately after the second collision. (c) Assuming now that n spheres are suspended from the ceiling and that the first sphere is pulled back and released as described above, determine the velocity of the last sphere after it is hit for the first time. (d) Use the result of part c to obtain the velocity of the last sphere when n 8 and e 0.9. SOLUTION (a) First collision (between A and B) The total momentum is conserved mvA mvB mvA mvB v0 vA vB (1) Relative velocities vA vB e vB vA v0e vB vA (2) Solving equations (1) and (2) simultaneously vA v0 1 e 2 vB v0 1 e 2 (b) Second collision (Between B and C) The total momentum is conserved. mvB mvC mvB mvC Using the result from (a) for vB v0 1 e 0 vB vC 2 (3) Relative velocities vB 0 e vC vB Substituting again for vB from (a) v0 1 e 2 e vC vB Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (4) PROBLEM 13.161 (Continued) Solving equations (3) and (4) simultaneously vC e 1 v0 1 e v0 1 e 2 2 2 vC vB v0 1 e 2 4 v0 1 e 2 4 (c) For n spheres n Balls n 1th collision We note from the answer to part (b), with n 3 vn v3 vC v3 or v0 1 e 2 4 3 1 v0 1 e 2 3 1 Thus for n balls vn n 1 v0 1 e 2 n 1 (d) For n 8, e 0.90 From the answer to part (c) with n 8 vB 8 1 v0 1 0.9 2 8 1 v0 1.9 7 2 7 v8 0.698v0 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.162 At an amusement park there are 200-kg bumper cars A, B, and C that have riders with masses of 40 kg, 60 kg, and 35 kg respectively. Car A is moving to the right with a velocity vA 2 m/s and car C has a velocity vB 1.5 m/s to the left, but car B is initially at rest. The coefficient of restitution between each car is 0.8. Determine the final velocity of each car, after all impacts, assuming (a) cars A and C hit car B at the same time, (b) car A hits car B before car C does. SOLUTION Assume that each car with its rider may be treated as a particle. The masses are: m A 200 40 240 kg, mB 200 60 260 kg, mC 200 35 235 kg. Assume velocities are positive to the right. The initial velocities are: v A 2 m/s vB 0 vC 1.5 m/s Let vA , vB , and vC be the final velocities. (a) Cars A and C hit B at the same time. Conservation of momentum for all three cars. m A v A mB vB mC vC m A vA mB vB mC vC (240)(2) 0 (235)(1.5) 240vA 260vB 235vC (1) Coefficient of restition for cars A and B. vB vA e(v A vB ) (0.8)(2 0) 1.6 (2) Coefficient of restitution for cars B and C. vC vB e(vB vC ) (0.8)[0 (1.5)] 1.2 (3) Solving Eqs. (1), (2), and (3) simultaneously, vA 1.288 m/s vB 0.312 m/s vC 1.512 m/s vA 1.288 m/s vB 0.312 m/s vC 1.512 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.162 (Continued) (b) Car A hits car B before C does. First impact. Car A hits car B. Let vA and vB be the velocities after this impact. Conservation of momentum for cars A and B. m A v A mB vB m A vA mB vB (240)(2) 0 240vA 260vB (4) Coefficient of restitution for cars A and B. vB vA e(v A vB ) (0.8)(2 0) 1.6 (5) Solving Eqs. (4) and (5) simultaneously, vA 0.128 m/s, vB 1.728 m/s vA 0.128 m/s vB 1.728 m/s Second impact. Cars B and C hit. Let vB and vC be the velocities after this impact. Conservation of momentum for cars B and C. mB vB mC vC mB vB mC vC (260)(1.728) (235)(1.5) 260vB 235vC (6) Coefficient of restitution for cars B and C. vC vB e(vB vC) (0.8)[1.728 (1.5)] 2.5824 (7) Solving Eqs. (6) and (7) simultaneously, vB 1.03047 m/s vC 1.55193 m/s vB 1.03047 m/s vC 1.55193 m/s Third impact. Cars A and B hit again. Let vA and vB be the velocities after this impact. Conservation of momentum for cars A and B. m A vA mB vB mA vA mB vB (240)(0.128) (260)(1.03047) 240vA 260vB (8) Coefficient of restitution for cars A and B. vB vA e(vA vB ) (0.8)[0.128 (1.03047)] 0.926776 Solving Eqs. (8) and (9) simultaneously, vA 0.95633 m/s vB 0.02955 m/s vA 0.95633 m/s vB 0.02955 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (9) PROBLEM 13.162 (Continued) There are no more impacts. The final velocities are: vA 0.956 m/s vB 0.0296 m/s vC 1.552 m/s We may check our results by considering conservation of momentum of all three cars over all three impacts. mA v A mB vB mC vC (240)(2) 0 (235)(1.5) 127.5 kg m/s mA vA mB vB mC vC (240)(0.95633) (260)(0.02955) (235)(1.55193) 127.50 kg m/s. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.163 At an amusement park there are 200-kg bumper cars A, B, and C that have riders with masses of 40 kg, 60 kg, and 35 kg respectively. Car A is moving to the right with a velocity vA 2 m/s when it hits stationary car B. The coefficient of restitution between each car is 0.8. Determine the velocity of car C so that after car B collides with car C the velocity of car B is zero. SOLUTION Assume that each car with its rider may be treated as a particle. The masses are: mA 200 40 240 kg mB 200 60 260 kg mC 200 35 235 kg Assume velocities are positive to the right. The initial velocities are: vA 2 m/s, vB 0, vC ? First impact. Car A hits car B. Let vA and vB be the velocities after this impact. Conservation of momentum for cars A and B. m A v A mB vB m A vA mB vB (240)(2) 0 240vA 260vB (1) Coefficient of restitution for cars A and B. vB vA e(v A vB ) (0.8)(2 0) 1.6 (2) Solving Eqs. (1) and (2) simultaneously, vA 0.128 m/s vB 1.728 m/s vA 0.128 m/s vB 1.728 m/s Second impact. Cars B and C hit. Let vB and vC be the velocities after this impact. vB 0. Coefficient of restitution for cars B and C. vC vB e(vB vC ) (0.8)(1.728 vC ) vC 1.3824 0.8vC Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.163 (Continued) Conservation of momentum for cars B and C. mB vB mC vC mB vB mC vC (260)(1.728) 235vC (260)(0) (235)(1.3824 0.8vC ) (235)(1.8)vC (235)(1.3824) (260)(1.728) vC 0.294 m/s vC 0.294 m/s Note: There will be another impact between cars A and B. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.164 Two identical billiard balls can move freely on a horizontal table. Ball A has a velocity v0 as shown and hits ball B, which is at rest, at a Point C defined by 45°. Knowing that the coefficient of restitution between the two balls is e 0.8 and assuming no friction, determine the velocity of each ball after impact. SOLUTION Ball A: t-dir mv0 sin mvAt vAt v0 sin Ball B: t-dir 0 mB vBt vBt 0 Balls A + B: n-dir mv0 cos 0 m vAn m vBn (1) Coefficient of restitution vBn vAn e (v An vBn ) vBn vAn e (v0 cos 0) Solve (1) and (2) 1 e 1 e vAn v0 cos ; vBn v0 cos 2 2 With numbers e 0.8; 45 vAt v0 sin 45 0.707 v0 1 0.8 vAn v0 cos 45 0.0707 v0 2 vBt 0 1 0.8 vBn v0 cos 45 0.6364 v0 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (2) PROBLEM 13.164 (Continued) (A) 1 v" A [(0.707 v0 ) 2 (0.0707v0 ) 2 ] 2 0.711v0 0.711v0 0.0707 tan 1 5.7106 0.707 So 45 5.7106 39.3 (B) vA 0.711v0 39.3° vB 0.636 v0 45° Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.165 Two identical pool balls of 2.37-in. diameter may move freely on a pool table. Ball B is at rest and ball A has an initial velocity v v0 i. (a) Knowing that b 2 in. and e 0.7, determine the velocity of each ball after impact. (b) Show that if e 1, the final velocities of the balls form a right angle for all values of b. SOLUTION Geometry at instant of impact. b 2 d 2.37 57.552 sin Directions n and t are shown in the figure. Principle of impulse and momentum. Ball B Ball A Ball A, t-direction: mv0 sin 0 m(v A )t Ball B, t-direction: 0 0 m(vB )t Balls A and B, n-direction: Coefficient of restitution. (a) (v A )t v0 sin (1) ( vB ) t 0 (2) mv0 cos 0 m(v A )n m(vB )n (v A )n (vB )n v0 cos (3) (vB )n (v A )n e [v0 cos ] (4) e 0.7. From Eqs. (1) and (2), (v A )t 0.84388v0 (1) (vB )t 0 (2) Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.165 (Continued) From Eqs. (3) and (4) , (vA )n (vB )n 0.53653v0 (3) (vB )n (vA )n (0.7)(0.53653v0 ) (4) Solving Eqs. (5) and (6) simultaneously, (v A ) n 0.08048v0 (vB )n 0.45605v0 v A (v A ) 2n (v A )t2 (0.08048v0 ) 2 (0.84388v02 0.84771v0 tan (v A ) n 0.08048v0 0.09537 (v A )t 0.84388v0 5.448 90 90 57.552 5.448 27.000 (b) v A 0.848v0 27.0 v B 0.456v0 57.6 e 1. Eqs. (3) and (4) become (vA )n (vB )n v0 cos (3) (vB )n (vA )n v0 cos (4) Solving Eqs. (3) and (4) simultaneously, (v A )n 0, (vB )t v0 cos But (vA )t v0 sin , and (vB )t 0 vA is in the t-direction and vB is in the n-direction; therefore, the velocity vectors form a right angle. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.166 A 600-g ball A is moving with a velocity of magnitude 6 m/s when it is hit as shown by a 1-kg ball B which has a velocity of magnitude 4 m/s. Knowing that the coefficient of restitution is 0.8 and assuming no friction, determine the velocity of each ball after impact. SOLUTION Before After v A 6 m/s (v A )n (6)(cos 40) 4.596 m/s (v A )t 6(sin 40°) 3.857 m/s vB (vB )n 4 m/s (vB )t 0 t-direction: Total momentum conserved: mA (v A )t mB (vB )t mA(vB )t mB (vB )t (0.6 kg)( 3.857 m/s) 0 (0.6 kg)(vA )t (1 kg)(vB )t 2.314 m/s 0.6 (vA )t (vB )t (1) Ball A alone: Momentum conserved: mA (v A )t mA (vA )t 3.857 (vA )t (vA )t 3.857 m/s Replacing (vA )t in (2) in Eq. (1) 2.314 (0.6)(3.857) (vB )t 2.314 2.314 (vB )t (vB )t 0 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (2) PROBLEM 13.166 (Continued) n-direction: Relative velocities: [(v A ) n (vB )n ]e (vB ) n (vA ) n [(4.596) (4)](0.8) (vB ) n (vA )n 6.877 (vB ) n (vA )n (3) Total momentum conserved: mA (v A )n mB (vB )n mA (vA ) n mB (vB ) n (0.6 kg)(4.596 m/s) (1 kg)( 4 m/s) (1 kg)(vB )n (0.6 kg)(vA )n 1.2424 (vB ) n 0.6(vA ) n (4) Solving Eqs. (4) and (3) simultaneously, (vA )n 5.075 m/s (vB )n 1.802 m/s Velocity of A: tan |(v A )t | |(v A ) n | 3.857 5.075 37.2 40 77.2 vA (3.857) 2 (5.075) 2 6.37 m/s vA 6.37 m/s Velocity of B: 77.2 vB 1.802 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. 40 PROBLEM 13.167 Two identical hockey pucks are moving on a hockey rink at the same speed of 3 m/s and in perpendicular directions when they strike each other as shown. Assuming a coefficient of restitution e 0.9, determine the magnitude and direction of the velocity of each puck after impact. SOLUTION Use principle of impulse-momentum: mv1 Imp12 mv 2 t-direction for puck A: mv A sin 20 0 m(vA )t (vA )t v A sin 20 3sin 20 1.0261 m/s t-direction for puck B: mvB cos 20 0 m(vB )t (vB )t vB cos 20 3cos 20 2.8191 m/s n-direction for both pucks: mvA cos 20 mvB sin 20 m(vA )n m(vB )n (vA )n (vB )n vA cos 20 vB sin 20 3cos 20 3sin 20 (1) e 0.9 Coefficient of restitution: (vB )n (vA )n e[(vA )n (vB )n ] 0.9[3cos 20 (3)sin 20] Solving Eqs. (1) and (2) simultaneously, (vA )n 0.8338 m/s (vB )n 2.6268 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (2) PROBLEM 13.167 (Continued) Summary: ( vA )n 0.8338 m/s 20 ( vA )t 1.0261 m/s 70 ( vB )n 2.6268 m/s 20 ( vB )t 2.8191 m/s 70 v A (0.8338) 2 (1.0261) 2 1.322 m/s tan 1.0261 0.8338 50.9 20 70.9 vA 1.322 m/s 70.9 vB (2.6268) 2 (2.8191)2 3.85 m/s tan 2.8191 2.6268 47.0 20 27.0 vB 3.85 m/s 27.0 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.168 The coefficient of restitution is 0.9 between the two 60-mmdiameter billiard balls A and B. Ball A is moving in the direction shown with a velocity of 1 m/s when it strikes ball B, which is at rest. Knowing that after impact B is moving in the x direction, determine (a) the angle , (b) the velocity of B after impact. SOLUTION (a) Since vB is in the x-direction and (assuming no friction), the common tangent between A and B at impact must be parallel to the y-axis tan Thus 250 150 D tan 1 250 70.20 150 60 70.2 (b) Conservation of momentum in x(n) direction mv A cos m vB n m vA n mvB 1 cos 70.20 0 vA n vB 0.3387 vA n vB (1) Relative velocities in the n direction e 0.9 vA cos vB n e vB vA n 0.3387 0 0.9 vB vA n (2) (1) (2) 2vB 0.3387 1.9 vB 0.322 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.169 A boy located at Point A halfway between the center O of a semicircular wall and the wall itself throws a ball at the wall in a direction forming an angle of 45 with OA. Knowing that after hitting the wall the ball rebounds in a direction parallel to OA, determine the coefficient of restitution between the ball and the wall. SOLUTION Law of sines: sin R 2 sin135 R 20.705 45 20.705 24.295 Conservation of momentum for ball in t-direction: v sin v sin Coefficient of restitution in n: Dividing, v(cos )e v cos tan tan e e tan 20.705 tan 24.295 e 0.837 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.170 The Mars Pathfinder spacecraft used large airbags to cushion its impact with the planet’s surface when landing. Assuming the spacecraft had an impact velocity of 18 m/s at an angle of 45° with respect to the horizontal, the coefficient of restitution is 0.85 and neglecting friction, determine (a) the height of the first bounce, (b) the length of the first bounce. (Acceleration of gravity on the Mars 3.73 m/s2.) SOLUTION Use impulse-momentum principle. mv1 Imp12 mv 2 The horizontal direction (x to the right) is the tangential direction and the vertical direction ( y upward) is the normal direction. Horizontal components: mv0 sin 45 0 mvx vx v0 sin 45. v x 12.728 m/s Vertical components, using coefficient of restitution e 0.85 v y 0 e[0 (v0 cos 45)] v y (0.85)(18cos 45) v y 10.819 m/s The motion during the first bounce is projectile motion. Vertical motion: Horizontal motion: 1 2 gt 2 v y (v y )0 gt y (v y ) 0 t x vx t Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.170 (Continued) (a) Height of first bounce: v y 0: 0 (v y )0 gt (v y ) 0 10.819 m/s 2.901 s 3.73 m/s 2 1 y (10.819)(2.901) (3.73)(2.901)2 2 t g y 15.69 m (b) Length of first bounce: y 0: 10.819t 1 (3.73) t 2 0 2 t 5.801 s x (12.728)(5.801) x 73.8 m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.171 A girl throws a ball at an inclined wall from a height of 3 ft, hitting the wall at A with a horizontal velocity v0 of magnitude 25 ft/s. Knowing that the coefficient of restitution between the ball and the wall is 0.9 and neglecting friction, determine the distance d from the foot of the wall to the Point B where the ball will hit the ground after bouncing off the wall. SOLUTION Momentum in t direction is conserved mv sin 30 mvt (25)(sin 30) vt vt 12.5 ft/s Coefficient of restitution in n-direction (v cos30)e vn (25)(cos30)(0.9) vn vn 19.49 ft/s Write v in terms of x and y components (vx )0 vn (cos30) vt (sin 30) 19.49(cos30) 12.5(sin 30) 10.63 ft/s (vy )0 vn (sin 30) vt (cos30) 19.49(sin 30) 12.5(cos30) 20.57 ft/s Projectile motion y y0 (vy )0 t 1 2 t2 gt 3 ft (20.57 ft/s)t (32.2 ft/s 2 ) 2 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.171 (Continued) At B, y 0 3 20.57tB 16.1tB2 ; tB 1.4098 s xB x0 (vx )0 t B 0 10.63(1.4098); xB 14.986 ft d xB 3cot 60 (14.986 ft) (3 ft)cot 60 13.254 ft d 13.25 ft Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.172 Rockfalls can cause major damage to roads and infrastructure. To design mitigation bridges and barriers, engineers use the coefficient of restitution to model the behavior of the rocks. The rock A falls a distance of 20 m before striking an incline with slope = 40o. Knowing that the coefficient of restitution between A and the incline is 0.2, determine the velocity of the rock after the impact. SOLUTION Given: y 20 m e 0.2 Sketch: =40 Apply Work-Energy to determine speed at impact: T1 Vg1 Ve1 U1NC 3 T2 Vg 2 Ve2 where: Vg1 mgy and T2 1 2 mvB 2 vB 40 g m/s Components in n and t directions: v B n vB cos v B t vB sin Conservation of momentum in the t-direction: n-components using coefficient of restitution: Speed of rock after impact: v'B t v B t vB sin e v B n 0 0 v'B n v'B n e v B n v'B v'B t2 v'B 2n e2 v B n v B t 2 2 vB e2 cos2 sin 2 13.09 m/s Direction after impact: tan v'B n v'B t e vB cos vB sin 13.4 v'B 13.09 m/s 26.6 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.173 From experimental tests, smaller boulders tend to have a greater coefficient of restitution than larger boulders. The rock A falls a distance of 20 meters before striking an incline with slope = 45o. Knowing that h= 30 m and d= 20 m, determine if a boulder will land on the road or beyond the road for a coefficient of restitution of (a) e= 0.2, (b) e= 0.1. SOLUTION Given: y 20 m h 30 m d 20 m =45 Sketch: Apply Work-Energy to determine speed of the rock at impact: T1 Vg1 Ve1 U1NC 3 T2 Vg 2 Ve2 where: Vg1 mgy and T2 1 2 mvB 2 vB 40 g 19.809 m/s Components in n and t directions: v B n vB cos v B t vB sin Conservation of momentum in the t-direction: v'B t v B t vB sin n-components using coefficient of restitution: e v B n 0 0 v'B n v'B n e v B n Speed of rock after impact: v'B v'B t2 v'B 2n e 2 v B n v B t 2 2 vB e2 cos2 sin 2 v'B n v'B t e vB cos Direction after impact: tan x and y components of velocity after impact: v'B x v 'B cos v'B y v 'B sin vB sin tan 1 e Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.173 (Continued) Projectile Motion in y-dir: Projectile Motion in x-dir: (a) For e=0.2: 1 2 gt 2 1 0 30 (vB ) y t gt 2 2 y y0 (vB ) y t x x0 (vB ) x t (1) (2) v'B 14.285 m/s =11.31 v'B x 11.885 m/s v'B y 7.924 m/s Solve (1) for t: t 1.7939 s or t 3.4094 s Solve (2) for x: x 21.32 m > d (b) For e=0.1: Rock will land beyond the road v'B 14.077 m/s =5.711 v'B x 10.894 m/s v'B y 8.914 m/s Solve (1) for t: t 1.7261 s or t 3.5434 s Solve (2) for x: x 18.81 m < d Rock will land on the road Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.174 Two cars of the same mass run head-on into each other at C. After the collision, the cars skid with their brakes locked and come to a stop in the positions shown in the lower part of the figure. Knowing that the speed of car A just before impact was 5 mi/h and that the coefficient of kinetic friction between the pavement and the tires of both cars is 0.30, determine (a) the speed of car B just before impact, (b) the effective coefficient of restitution between the two cars. SOLUTION (a) At C: Conservation of total momentum: m A mB m 5 mi/h 7.333 ft/s mAvA mB vB mAvA mB vB 7.333 vB vA vB Work and energy. Care A (after impact): 1 mA (vA )2 2 T2 0 T1 U1 2 F f (12) U1 2 k m A g (12 ft) T1 U1 2 T2 1 m A (vA ) 2 mk m A g (12) 0 2 (vA ) 2 (2)(12 ft)(0.3)(32.2 ft/s 2 ) 231.84 ft/s 2 vA 15.226 ft/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (1) PROBLEM 13.174 (Continued) Car B (after impact): 1 mB (vB ) 2 2 T2 0 T1 U1 2 k mB g (3) T1 U1 2 T2 1 mB (vB )2 k mB g (3) 2 vB2 (2)(3 ft)(0.3)(32.2 ft/s 2 ) (vB ) 2 57.96 ft/s 2 vB 7.613 ft/s From (1) vB 7.333 vA vB 7.333 15.226 7.613 vB 30.2 ft/s 20.6 mi/h (b) Relative velocities: (vA vB ) e vB vA (7.333 30.2) e 7.613 15.226 (7.613) e 0.2028 (37.53) e 0.203 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.175 A 1-kg block B is moving with a velocity v0 of magnitude v0 2 m/s as it hits the 0.5-kg sphere A, which is at rest and hanging from a cord attached at O. Knowing that k 0.6 between the block and the horizontal surface and e 0.8 between the block and the sphere, determine after impact (a) the maximum height h reached by the sphere, (b) the distance x traveled by the block. SOLUTION Velocities just after impact Total momentum in the horizontal direction is conserved: mA v A mB vB m A vA mB vB 0 (1 kg)(2 m/s) (0.5 kg)(vA ) (1 kg)(vB ) 4 vA 2vB (1) Relative velocities: (v A vB ) e (vB vA ) (0 2)(0.8) vB vA 1.6 vB vA (2) Solving Eqs. (1) and (2) simultaneously: vB 0.8 m/s vA 2.4 m/s (a) Conservation of energy: 1 m A v12 V1 0 2 1 T1 m A (2.4 m/s) 2 2.88 m A 2 T1 T2 0 V2 mA gh T1 V1 T2 V2 2.88 m A 0 0 m A (9.81)h h 0.294 m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.175 (Continued) (b) Work and energy: 1 1 mB v12 mB (0.8 m/s)2 0.32mB T2 0 2 2 F f x k Nx x mB gx (0.6)(mB )(9.81) x T1 U1 2 U1 2 5.886mB x T1 U1 2 T2 : 0.32mB 5.886mB x 0 x 0.0544 m x 54.4 mm Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.176 A 0.25-lb ball thrown with a horizontal velocity v0 strikes a 1.5-lb plate attached to a vertical wall at a height of 36 in. above the ground. It is observed that after rebounding, the ball hits the ground at a distance of 24 in. from the wall when the plate is rigidly attached to the wall (Figure 1) and at a distance of 10 in. when a foamrubber mat is placed between the plate and the wall (Figure 2). Determine (a) the coefficient of restitution e between the ball and the plate, (b) the initial velocity v0 of the ball. SOLUTION (a) Figure (1), ball alone relative velocities v0e (vB )1 Projectile motion t time for the ball to hit ground 2 ft v0et (1) Figure (2), ball and plate relative velocities (vB vA )e vP (vB )2 vB v0 , vP 0 v0e vP (vB )2 Conservation of momentum mBvB mPvP mBvB mPvP 0.25 0.25 1.5 v0 0 vP (vB )2 g g g Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (2) PROBLEM 13.176 (Continued) 0.25v0 0.25(vB )2 1.5vp v0 (vB )2 6vp (vB )2 Solving (2) and (3) for (vB ) 2 , (3) (6e 1) v0 7 Projectile motion 0.8333 (6e 1) v0t 7 (4) Dividing Equation (4) by Equation (1) 0.8333 6e 1 ; 2.91655e 6e 1 2 7e e 0.324 (b) From Figure (1) h Projectile motion, 1 2 1 gt ; 3 (32.2)t 2 2 2 6 32.2t 2 (5) From Equation (1), 2 v0et t 2 6.1728 0.324v0 v0 Using Equation (5) 2 6.1728 2 6 32.2 6v0 1226.947 v 0 v02 204.49 v0 14.30 ft/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.177 After having been pushed by an airline employee, an empty 40-kg luggage carrier A hits with a velocity of 5 m/s an identical carrier B containing a 15-kg suitcase equipped with rollers. The impact causes the suitcase to roll into the left wall of carrier B. Knowing that the coefficient of restitution between the two carriers is 0.80 and that the coefficient of restitution between the suitcase and the wall of carrier B is 0.30, determine (a) the velocity of carrier B after the suitcase hits its wall for the first time, (b) the total energy lost in that impact. SOLUTION (a) Impact between A and B: Total momentum conserved: mAvA mB vB mAvA mB vB mA mB 40 kg 5 m/s 0 vA vB (1) Relative velocities: (vA vB )eAB vB vA (5 0)(0.80) vB vA (2) Adding Eqs. (1) and (2) (5 m/s)(1 0.80) 2vB vB 4.5 m/s Impact between B and C (after A hits B) Total momentum conserved: mB vB mC vC mB vB mC vC (40 kg)(4.5 m/s) 0 (40 kg) vB (15 kg) vC 4.5 vB 0.375 vC (3) Relative velocities: (vB vC ) eBC vC vB (4.5 0)(0.30) vC vB Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (4) PROBLEM 13.177 (Continued) Adding Eqs. (4) and (3) (4.5)(1 0.3) (1.375)vC vC 4.2545 m/s vB 4.5 0.375(4.2545) vB 2.90 m/s (b) vB 2.90 m/s TL (TB TC ) (TB TC ) 1 40 kg (4.5 m/s) 2 405 J mB (vB )2 2 2 1 40 TC 0 TB mB (vB )2 kg (2.90)2 168.72 J 2 2 TB TC 1 15 mC (vC )2 kg (4.2545 m/s)2 135.76 J 2 2 TL (405 0) (168.72 135.76) 100.5 J TL 100.5 J Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.178 Blocks A and B each weigh 0.8 lb and block C weighs 2.4 lb. The coefficient of friction between the blocks and the plane is k 0.30. Initially block A is moving at a speed v0 15 ft/s and blocks B and C are at rest (Fig. 1). After A strikes B and B strikes C, all three blocks come to a stop in the positions shown (Fig. 2). Determine (a) the coefficients of restitution between A and B and between B and C, (b) the displacement x of block C. SOLUTION (a) Work and energy Velocity of A just before impact with B: T1 1 WA 2 v0 2 g T2 1 WA 2 vA 2 g 2 U1 2 kWA (1 ft) T1 U1 2 T2 1 WA 2 1 WA 2 v0 kWA (1) vA 2 g 2 g 2 (v A2 ) 2 v02 2 k g (15 ft/s) 2 2(0.3)(32.2 ft/s 2 )(1 ft) (v A2 ) 2 205.68 ft/s 2 , (v A ) 2 14.342 ft/s Velocity of A after impact with B: (vA )2 1 WA (vA ) 22 T3 0 2 g k WA (3/12) T2 U 2 3 T2 U 2 3 T3 , 1 WA (vA )22 ( k )(WA /4) 0 2 g 1 (vA )22 2(0.3)(32.2 ft/s 2 ) ft 4.83 ft 2 /s2 4 (v A )2 2.198 ft/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.178 (Continued) Conservation of momentum as A hits B: (v A )2 14.342 ft/s (vA )2 2.198 ft/s mA (v A )2 mB vB mB (vA ) 2 mB vB m A mB 14.342 0 2.198 vB vB 12.144 ft/s Relative velocities A and B: [(vA )2 vB ]eAB vB (vA )2 (14.342 0)eAB 12.144 2.198 eAB 0.694 Work and energy. Velocity of B just before impact with C: W 1 WB (vB ) 22 B (12.144) 2 2 g 2g W 1 WB T4 (vB ) 24 B (vB )42 2 g 2g U 2 4 kWB (1 ft) (0.3) WB (vB ) 12.144 ft/s T2 F f k WB (v ) 2 (12.144)2 0.3 B 4 2g 2g T2 U 2 4 T4 , (vB )4 11.321 ft/s Conservation of momentum as B hits C: 0.8 g 2.4 mC g mB (vB )4 11.321 ft/s mB (vB ) 4 mC vC mB (vB ) 4 mC vC 0.8 0.8 (2.4) (11.321) 0 (vB ) 4 (vC ) g g g 11.321 (vB ) 4 3vC Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.178 (Continued) Velocity of B after B hits C ,(vB )4 0. (Compare Figures (1) and (2).) vC 3.774 ft/s Relative velocities B and C: ((vB ) 4 vC )eBC vC (vB ) 4 (11.321 0)eBC 3.774 0 eBC 0.333 (b) Work and energy, Block C: 1 WC T5 0 U 4 5 kWC ( x) (vC ) 2 2 g 1 WC T5 (3.774) 2 (0.3) WC ( x) 0 2 g T4 T4 U 4 5 x (3.774) 2 0.737 ft 2 (32.2)(0.3) x 8.84 in. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.179 A 5 kg sphere is dropped from a height y=2 m to test newly designed spring floors used in gymnastics. The mass of the floor section is 10 kg, and the effective stiffness of the floor is k= 120 kN/m. Knowing that the coefficient of restitution between the ball and the platform is 0.6, determine (a) the height h reached by the sphere after rebound, (b) the maximum force in the springs. SOLUTION Given: mA 5 kg Sketch before/after impact: mB 10 kg y2m e 0.6 k 120 kN/m Apply Work-Energy to determine speed of the sphere just before impact: T1 Vg1 Ve1 U1NC 2 T2 Vg 2 Ve2 where: Vg1 mA gy and T2 1 mAvA2 2 vA 2 gy 6.264 m/s Conservation of momentum in the y-direction: mAvA mB vB mAvA mB vB Dividing by mA with ( m B /m A 2) : - 6.264 vA 2vB Coefficient of restitution: vB vA e v A vB (1) (2) 6.264e Solving Eqs. (1) and (2) simultaneously yields: vA 0.4176 m/s vB 3.341 m/s (a) Apply Work-Energy to sphere A to determine height it rises: T1 Vg1 Ve1 U1NC 2 T2 Vg 2 Ve2 h where: T1 1 mAv '2A and Vg2 mA gh 2 v '2A m/s 2g h 8.89 mm (b) Let 0 be the initial compression of the spring and hB be the additional compression of the spring after impact. In the initial equilibrium state: Fy 0: k 0 WB 0 or k 0 mB g Apply Work-Energy to determine maximum deflection of the springs (when the plate reaches its lowest point and the speed is zero): Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.179 (Continued) T1 Vg1 Ve1 U1NC 2 T2 Vg 2 Ve2 1 1 mB v '2B , Vg1 mB g 0 , Ve1 k 02 2 2 1 2 Vg2 mB g 0 hB , Ve2 k 0 hB 2 where: T1 1 1 1 1 mB v '2B mB g 0 k 02 mB g 0 hB k 02 k 0 hB khB2 2 2 2 2 1 1 Simplify: mB v '2B mB ghB k 0 hB khB2 2 2 1 1 Substitute k 0 mB g : m B v '2B mB ghB mb ghB khB2 2 2 Put in known values: 120000 hB2 111.616 0 Solving for hB: Maximum force in spring hB 0.0305 m F k 0 hB k 0 khB mB g khB Fmax 3758 N Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.180 A 5 kg sphere is dropped from a height y=3 m to test a new spring floor used in gymnastics. The mass of the floor section B is 12 kg, and the sphere bounces back upwards a distance of 44 mm. Knowing that the maximum deflection of the floor section is 33 mm from its equilibrium position, determine (a) the coefficient of restitution between the sphere and the floor, (b) the effective spring constant k of the floor section. SOLUTION Given: mA 5 kg Sketch before/after impact: mB 12 kg y 3m h 44 mm smax 33 mm Apply Work-Energy to determine speed of the sphere just before impact: T1 Vg1 Ve1 U1NC 2 T2 Vg 2 Ve2 where: Vg1 mA gy and T2 1 mAvA2 2 vA 2 gy 7.672 m/s or v A 7.672 m/s Apply Work Energy to determine the speed of the sphere just after impact: T2 Vg1 Ve1 U 2NC 3 T3 Vg 3 Ve3 where: T2 1 mAv '2A and Vg3 mA gh 2 v ' A 2 gh 0.9291 m/s (a) Conservation of momentum in the y-direction: mAvA mB vB mAvA mB vB Put in known values and solve: vB mA vA vA mB 3.584 m/s Coefficient of restitution: vB vA e v A vB e Put in known values and solve: vB vA vA e 0.588 (b) Let 0 be the initial compression of the spring and smax be the additional compression of the spring m g Fy 0: k 0 WB 0 or 0 B after impact. In the initial equilibrium state: k Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.180 (Continued) Apply Work-Energy to determine the stiffness of the springs (when the plate reaches its lowest point and the speed is zero). Take the equilibrium position as the datum. T1 Vg1 Ve1 U1NC 2 T2 Vg 2 Ve2 where: T1 1 1 mB v '2B , Ve1 k 02 2 2 Vg2 mB g smax , Ve2 m g Substitute 0 B : k 1 2 k smax 2 2 1 1 m g 1 2 mB v '2B k B mB gsmax k smax 2 2 k 2 mB v '2B k mB g 2 mB g smax k k 2 smax 2 2 k 2 smax mB v '2B 2 mB gsmax k mB g 0 2 2 Put in known values and solve for k: k 148.7 kN/m or k 85.5 N/m k 148.7 kN/m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.181 The three blocks shown are identical. Blocks B and C are at rest when block B is hit by block A, which is moving with a velocity v A of 3 ft/s. After the impact, which is assumed to be perfectly plastic (e 0), the velocity of blocks A and B decreases due to friction, while block C picks up speed, until all three blocks are moving with the same velocity v. Knowing that the coefficient of kinetic friction between all surfaces is k 0.20, determine (a) the time required for the three blocks to reach the same velocity, (b) the total distance traveled by each block during that time. SOLUTION (a) Impact between A and B, conservation of momentum mvA mvB mvC mvA mvB mvC 3 0 vA vB 0 Relative velocities (e 0) (v A vB )e vB vA 0 vB vA vA vB 3 2vB vB 1.5 ft/s v Final (common) velocity Block C: Impulse and momentum WC v g F f kWC v g v (0.2) gt WC vC F f t 0 (0.2)t Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (1) PROBLEM 13.181 (Continued) Blocks A and B: Impulse and momentum 2 W W (1.5) 4(0.2)Wt 2 v g g 1.5 0.4 gt v (2) Substitute v from Eq. (1) into Eq. (2) 1.5 0.4 gt 0.2 gt t (b) (1.5 ft/s) 0.6(32.2 ft/s 2 ) t 0.0776 s Work and energy: From Eq. (1) v (0.2)(32.2)(0.0776) 0.5 ft/s Block C: T1 0 T2 1W W (v ) 2 (0.5) 2 2 g 2g U12 Ff xC kWxC 0.2WxC T1 U1 2 T2 xC 0 (0.2)(W ) xC 1W 2 v 2 g (0.5 ft/s)2 0.01941 ft 0.2(2)(32.2 ft/s2 ) xC 0.01941 ft Blocks A and B: T1 1 W 2 2 (1.5) 2.25W 2 g T2 1 W 2 2 (0.5) 0.25W 2 g U1 2 4kWgxA 0.8WgxA T1 U1 2 T2 2.25W 4(0.2)W (32.2) xA 0.25W xA 0.07764 ft xA 0.0776 ft Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.182 Block A is released from rest and slides down the frictionless surface of B until it hits a bumper on the right end of B. Block A has a mass of 10 kg and object B has a mass of 30 kg and B can roll freely on the ground. Determine the velocities of A and B immediately after impact when (a) e 0, (b) e 0.7. SOLUTION Let the x-direction be positive to the right and the y-direction vertically upward. Let (v A ) x , (v A ) y , (v A ) x and (vB ) y be velocity components just before impact and (vA ) x ,(vA )y ,(vB ) x , and (vB ) y those just after impact. By inspection, (vA ) y (vB ) y (vA ) y (vB ) y 0 Conservation of momentum for x-direction: While block is sliding down: 0 0 mA (v A ) x mB (vB ) x (vB ) x (v A ) x (1) Impact: 0 0 mA (vA ) x mB (vB ) x (vB ) x (vA ) x (2) mA /mB where Conservation of energy during frictionless sliding: Initial potential energies: mA gh for A, 0 for B. Potential energy just before impact: V1 0 Initial kinetic energy: T0 0 (rest) Kinetic energy just before impact: 1 1 T1 mAvA2 mB vB2 2 2 T0 V0 T1 V1 1 1 1 mA v A2 mB vB2 (mA mB 2 )v A2 2 2 2 1 mA (1 ) v A2 2 mA gh v A2 (v A )2x 2 gh 1 vA 2 gh 1 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (3) PROBLEM 13.182 (Continued) Velocities just before impact: 2 gh 1 vA vB 2 gh 1 Analysis of impact. Use Eq. (2) together with coefficient of restitution. (vB ) x (vA ) x e[(v A ) x (vB ) x ] (vA ) x (vA ) x e[(v A ) x (v A ) x ] (vA ) x e(v A ) x (4) mA 10 kg Data: mB 30 kg h 0.2 m g 9.81 m/s 2 From Eq. (3), (a) e 0: 10 kg 0.33333 30 kg (2)(9.81)(0.2) 1.33333 1.71552 m/s vA (vA ) x 0 (vB ) x 0 vA 0 vB 0 (b) e 0.7: (vA ) x (0.7)(1.71552) 1.20086 m/s (vB ) x (0.33333)(1.20086) 0.40029 m/s vA 1.201 m/s vB 0.400 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.183 A 340-g ball B is hanging from an inextensible cord attached to a support C. A 170-g ball A strikes B with a velocity v 0 of magnitude 1.5 m/s at an angle of 60 with the vertical. Assuming perfectly elastic impact ( e 1 ) and no friction, determine the height h reached by ball B. SOLUTION Ball A alone Momentum in t-direction conserved m A v A t m A vA t v A t 0 vA t vA n Thus vA 60 Total momentum in the x-direction is conserved. m Av A sin 60 mB vB x m A vA sin 60 mB vB v A v0 1.5 m/s vB x 0 0.17 1.5 sin 60 0 0.17 vA sin 60 0.34 vB 0.2208 0.1472vA 0.34vB (1) Relative velocity in the n-direction v A vB e vB cos 30 vA; n 1.5 01 0.866vB vA Solving Equations (1) and (2) simultaneously vB 0.9446 m/s, vA 0.6820 m/s Conservation of energy ball B 1 2 mB vB 2 1 WB T1 3.0232 2 2 g T1 T2 0 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (2) PROBLEM 13.183 (Continued) V1 0 T1 V1 T2 V2 ; h V2 W B h 1 WB 0.9446 2 0 WB h; 2 g 0.9446 2 2 9.81 0.0455 m h 45.5 mm Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.184 A test machine that kicks soccer balls has a 5-lb simulated foot attached to the end of a 6-ft long pendulum arm of negligible mass. Knowing that the arm is released from the horizontal position and that the coefficient of restitution between the foot and the 1 lb ball is 0.8, determine the exit velocity of the ball (a) if the ball is stationary, (b) if the ball is struck when it is rolling towards the foot with a velocity of 10 ft/s. SOLUTION Given: m A 5 / 32.2 slugs Pendulum in two positions: mB 1 / 32.2 slugs l 6 ft e 0.8 Apply Work-Energy to determine speed of foot before impact: T1 Vg1 Ve1 U1NC 2 T2 Vg 2 Ve2 where: Vg1 mA gl and T2 1 mAvA2 2 vA 2 gl 19.66 ft/s m/s Impulse momentum diagrams for ball and foot: Conservation of momentum of the ball in the t-direction: vB t vB t vB cos60 (1) Conservation of momentum of the systems in the x-direction: mA vA x mB vB x mA vA x mB vB x where: therefore: vA x vA vB x vB v 'A x v 'A v 'B x v 'B n sin 60 v 'B t cos 60 mAvA mB vB mAvA mB v 'B n sin 60 vB cos2 60 (2) Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.184 (Continued) Coefficient of Restitution: v'B n vA n e vA n vB n where: v 'A n v 'A sin 60 vA n vA sin 60 vB n vB sin 60 therefore: v'B n v ' A sin 60 e vA sin 60 vB sin 60 Solving equations (2) and (3) (3) v 'B n mAvA 1 e emAvB mB vB 1 cos2 60 sin 60 2 mA mB sin 60 v 'B v 'B t2 v 'B 2n v ' B t v 'B n 30 tan 1 (a) Evaluating equations (1), (4) for vB 0 (4) (5) (6) vB t 0 vB n 26.65 ft/s 26.65 ft/s Using equations (5) and (6) yields: 30° (b) Evaluating equations (1), (4) for vB 10 ft/s vB t 5 ft/s vB n 31.54 ft/s Using equations (5) and (6) yields: 31.93 ft/s 39.0° Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.185 Ball B is hanging from an inextensible cord. An identical ball A is released from rest when it is just touching the cord and drops through the vertical distance hA 8 in. before striking ball B. Assuming e 0.9 and no friction, determine the resulting maximum vertical displacement hB of ball B. SOLUTION Ball A falls T1 0 V2 0 T1 V1 T2 V2 (Put datum at 2) h 8 in. 0.66667 ft 1 mgh mv A2 2 v A 2 gh (2)(32.2)(0.66667) 6.5524 ft/s Impact sin 1 r 30 2r Impulse-Momentum Unknowns: vB , vAt , vAn x-dir 0 0 mB vB mAvAn sin 30 mA vAt cos 30 (1) Noting that mA mB and dividing by mA vB vAn sin 30 vAt cos 30 0 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (1) PROBLEM 13.185 (Continued) Ball A alone: Momentum in t-direction: mAv A sin 30 0 mAvAt vAt vA sin 30 6.5524 sin 30 3.2762 ft/s (2) Coefficient of restitution: vAn e(v An ven ) vBn vB sin 30 vAn 0.9(vA cos 30 0) (3) With known value for vAt, Eqs. (1) and (3) become vB vAn sin 30 3.2762 cos 30 vB sin 30 vAn (0.9)(6.5524) cos 30 Solving the two equations simultaneously, vB 4.31265 ft/s vAn 2.9508 ft/s After the impact, ball B swings upward. Using B as a free body T V TB VB where 1 mB (vB ) 2 , 2 V 0, T TB 0 and VB mB ghB 1 mB (vB )2 mB ghB 2 hB 1 (vB )2 2 g 1 (4.31265)2 2 32.2 0.2888 ft hB 3.47 in. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.186 A 70 g ball B dropped from a height h0 1.5 m reaches a height h2 0.25 m after bouncing twice from identical 210-g plates. Plate A rests directly on hard ground, while plate C rests on a foam-rubber mat. Determine (a) the coefficient of restitution between the ball and the plates, (b) the height h1 of the ball’s first bounce. SOLUTION (a) Plate on hard ground (first rebound): Conservation of energy: 1 1 1 mB v 2y mB v02 mB gh0 mB vx2 2 2 2 v0 2 gh0 Relative velocities., n-direction: v0 e v1 v1 e 2 gh0 vBx vBx t-direction Plate on foam rubber support at C. Conservation of energy: V1 V3 0 Points and : 1 1 1 1 )2 ) 2 mB v12 mB (v3 ) 2B mB (vBx mB (vBx 2 2 2 2 (v3 ) B e 2 gh0 Conservation of momentum: At : mB (v3 ) B mP vP mB (v3 ) B mP vP mP 210 3 70 mB e 2 gh0 (v3 ) B 3vP Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (1) PROBLEM 13.186 (Continued) Relative velocities: [(v3 ) B (vP )]e vP (v3 ) B e2 2 gh0 0 vP (v3 ) B (2) Multiplying (2) by 3 and adding to (1) 4(v3 ) B 2 gh0 (3e 2 e) Conservation of energy at , Thus, (v3 ) B 2 gh2 4 2 gh2 2 gh0 (3e2 e) 3e2 e 4 h2 0.25 4 1.63299 1.5 h0 3e2 e 1.633 0 (b) e 0.923 Points and : Conservation of energy. 1 1 1 ) 2 mB v12 mB (vBx )2 ; mB (vBx 2 2 2 1 2 e (2 gh0 ) gh1 2 h1 e2 h0 (0.923)2 (1.5) h1 1.278 m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.187 A 2-kg sphere moving to the right with a velocity of 5 m/s strikes at A the surface of a 9-kg quarter cylinder which is initially at rest and in contact with a spring of constant 20 kN/m. The spring is held by cables so that it is initially compressed 50 mm. Neglecting friction and knowing that the coefficient of restitution is 0.6, determine (a) the velocity of the sphere immediately after impact, (b) the maximum compressive force in the spring. SOLUTION Momentum: mv1n 0 mv1n Mv2 (0.7071) (2 kg)(5 m/s)(0.7071) 2 kg v1n 9 kg v2 (0.7071) Restitution: v2 (0.7071) v1n 0.6 v1n 0.6(5)(0.7071) Solve for 16 v2 m/s, 11 17 v1n (0.7071) 11 v1n 1.092801 m/s (b) Conservation of energy – cylinder + spring: 1 2 1 1 kx0 M (v2 )2 kx22 2 2 2 2 20, 000 1 16 20, 000 2 x2 34.52 (0.05) 2 (9) 2 2 11 2 x2 0.05875 m, F kx2 20,000 N (0.0587 m) = 1175 N m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.188 When the rope is at an angle of 30 the 1-lb sphere A has a speed v0 4 ft/s. The coefficient of restitution between A and the 2-lb wedge B is 0.7 and the length of rope l 2.6 ft. The spring constant has a value of 2 lb/in. and 20. Determine (a) the velocities of A and B immediately after the impact, (b) the maximum deflection of the spring assuming A does not strike B again before this point. SOLUTION Masses: mA (1/32.2) lb s 2 /ft mB (2/32.2) lb s 2 /ft Analysis of sphere A as it swings down: Initial state: 30, h0 l (1 cos ) (2.6)(1 cos30) 0.34833 ft V0 mA gh0 (1)(0.34833) 0.34833 lb ft T0 Just before impact: 0, h1 0, V1 0 T1 Conservation of energy: 1 1 1.0 2 mAv02 (4) 0.24845 lb ft 2 2 32.2 1 1 1.0 2 1.0 2 mAv A2 vA vA 2 2 32.2 64.4 T0 V0 T1 V1 1 2 vA 0 64.4 v A2 38.433 ft 2 /s 2 0.24845 0.34833 v A 6.1994 ft/s Analysis of the impact. Use conservation of momentum together with the coefficient of restitution. e 0.7. Note that the rope does not apply an impulse since it becomes slack. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.188 (Continued) Sphere A: Momentum in t-direction: m A v A sin 0 m A (vA )t (vA )t v A sin 6.1994 sin 20 2.1203 m/s ( v A )t 2.1203 m/s 70° Both A and B: Momentum in x-direction: mA v A 0 mA (vA ) n cos mA (vA )t sin mB vB (1/32.2)(6.1994) (1/32.2)(v A )n cos 20 (1/32.2)(2.120323) sin 20 (2/32.2)vB (1/32.2)(vA ) n cos 20 (2/32.2)vB 0.17001 (1) Coefficient of restitution: (vB ) n (vA ) n e[(v A ) n (vB ) n ] vB cos (vA ) n e[v A cos 0] vB cos 20 (vA ) n (0.7)(6.1994) cos 20 (2) Solving Eqs. (1) and (2) simultaneously for (vA )n and vB , (vA ) n 1.0446 ft/s vB 3.2279 ft/s Resolve vA into horizontal and vertical components. tan (vA )t (vA ) n 2.1203 1.0446 63.77 20 83.8 vA (2.1203) 2 (1.0446) 2 2.3637 ft/s (a) vA 2.36 ft/s Velocities immediately after impact. 83.8 vB 3.23 ft/s (b) Maximum deflection of wedge B. Use conservation of energy: TB1 VB1 TB 2 VB 2 1 mB vB2 2 VB1 0 TB1 TB 2 0 VB 2 1 k (x) 2 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.188 (Continued) The maximum deflection will occur when the block comes to rest (ie, no kinetic energy) 1 1 mB vB2 k (x)2 2 2 m v2 ( x) B B k 2 2 lb 32.2 ft/s2 ( x) 0.1642118 ft (3.2279 ft/s) 2 2 lb/in (12 in/ft) ( x) 1.971 in. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.189 When the rope is at an angle of 30 the 1-kg sphere A has a speed v0 0.6 m/s. The coefficient of restitution between A and the 2-kg wedge B is 0.8 and the length of rope l 0.9 m The spring constant has a value of 1500 N/m and 20. Determine, (a) the velocities of A and B immediately after the impact (b) the maximum deflection of the spring assuming A does not strike B again before this point. SOLUTION m A 1 kg Masses: mB 2 kg Analysis of sphere A as it swings down: 30, h0 l (1 cos ) (0.9)(1 cos30) 0.12058 m Initial state: V0 mA gh0 (1)(9.81)(0.12058) 1.1829 N m T0 1 2 1 mv0 (1)(0.6) 2 0.180 N m 2 2 0, h1 0, V1 0 Just before impact: T1 Conservation of energy: 1 1 mAv A2 (1)v A2 0.5v A2 2 2 T0 V0 T1 V1 0.180 1.1829 0.5 v A2 0 v A2 2.7257 m 2 /s 2 v A 1.6510 m/s Analysis of the impact: Use conservation of momentum together with the coefficient of restitution. e 0.8. Note that the ball rebounds horizontally and that an impulse Tdt is applied by the rope. Also, an impulse Ndt is applied to B through its supports. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.189 (Continued) Both A and B: Momentum in x-direction: mA (v A ) x 0 m A (vA ) x mB (vB ) x (1)(1.6510) (1)(vA ) x (2)(vB ) x (1) (v A )n (v A ) x cos Coefficient of restitution: (vB ) n 0, (vA ) n (vA ) x cos , (vB ) x cos 30 (vB )n (vA ) n e[(v A ) n (vB ) n ] (vB ) x cos (vA ) x cos e[(v A ) x cos ] Dividing by cos and applying e 0.8 gives (vB ) x (vA ) x (0.8)(1.6510) (2) Solving Eqs. (1) and (2) simultaneously, (vA ) x 0.33020 m/s (vB ) x 0.99059 m/s (a) Velocities immediately after impact. (b) Maximum deflection of wedge B. Use conservation of energy: vA 0.330 m/s vB 0.991 m/s TB1 VB1 TB 2 VB 2 1 mB vB2 2 VB1 0 TB1 TB 2 0 VB 2 1 k (x) 2 2 The maximum deflection will occur when the block comes to rest (ie, no kinetic energy) 1 1 mB vB2 k ( x)2 2 2 ( x)2 mB vB2 (2)(0.99059 m/s) 2 1500 N/m) k ( x) 0.0362 m x 36.2 mm Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.190 A 32,000-lb airplane lands on an aircraft carrier and is caught by an arresting cable. The cable is inextensible and is paid out at A and B from mechanisms located below dock and consisting of pistons moving in long oil-filled cylinders. Knowing that the piston-cylinder system maintains a constant tension of 85 kips in the cable during the entire landing, determine the landing speed of the airplane if it travels a distance d 95 ft after being caught by the cable. SOLUTION Mass of airplaine: m W 32000 lb 993.79 lb s 2 /ft 2 g 32.2 ft/s Work of arresting cable force. Q 85 kips 85000 lb. As the cable is pulled out, the cable tension acts paralled to the cable at the airplane hook. For a small displacement U Q(l AC ) Q(lBC ) Since Q is constant, U12 Q AC BC AB d 95 ft, For AC BC (35)2 (95)2 101.24 ft U12 (85000)(101.24 101.24 70) 11.261 ft lb Principle of work and energy: T1 U12 T2 1 2 1 mv1 U12 mv22 2 2 Since v2 0, we get v12 Initial speed: 2U12 (2)(11.261) 22.663 103 ft 2 /s 2 m 993.79 v1 150.54 ft/s v1 102.6 mi/h Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.191 A 2-oz pellet shot vertically from a spring-loaded pistol on the surface of the earth rises to a height of 300 ft. The same pellet shot from the same pistol on the surface of the moon rises to a height of 1900 ft. Determine the energy dissipated by aerodynamic drag when the pellet is shot on the surface of the earth. (The acceleration of gravity on the surface of the moon is 0.165 times that on the surface of the earth.) SOLUTION Since the pellet is shot from the same pistol the initial velocity v0 is the same on the moon and on the earth. Work and energy. 1 2 mv0 2 mg E (300 ft) EL T1 Earth: U1 2 ( EL Loss of energy due to drag) 1 T1 mv02 2 Moon: T2 0 U1 2 mg M (1900) T1 300mg E EL 0 (1) T2 0 T1 1900mg M 0 Subtracting (1) from (2) (2) 1900mg M 300mg E EL 0 g M 0.165 g E m (2/16) gE EL (1900) (2/16) (2/16) (0.165 g E ) 300 gE gE gE EL 1.688 ft lb Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.192 A satellite describes an elliptic orbit about a planet of mass M. The minimum and maximum values of the distance r from the satellite to the center of the planet are, respectively, r0 and r1 . Use the principles of conservation of energy and conservation of angular momentum to derive the relation 1 1 2GM 2 r0 r1 h where h is the angular momentum per unit mass of the satellite and G is the constant of gravitation. SOLUTION Angular momentum: h r0 , v0 r1 v1 b r0 v0 r1v1 v0 h r0 v1 h r1 (1) Conservation of energy: 1 2 mv0 2 GMm VA r0 TA 1 2 mv1 2 GMm VB r1 TB TA VA TB VB 1 2 GMm 1 2 GMm mv1 mv0 2 2 r0 r1 1 1 r r v02 v12 2GM 2GM 1 0 r0 r1 r1r0 Substituting for v0 and v1 from Eq. (1) 1 r r 1 h 2 2 2 2GM 1 0 r0 r1 r1r0 r2 r2 r r h2 h 2 1 2 20 2 2 (r1 r0 )(r1 r0 ) 2GM 1 0 r1 r0 r1 r0 r1r0 1 1 h 2 2GM r0 r1 1 1 2GM 2 h r0 r1 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. Q.E.D. PROBLEM 13.193 A 60-g steel sphere attached to a 200-mm cord can swing about Point O in a vertical plane. It is subjected to its own weight and to a force F exerted by a small magnet embedded in the ground. The magnitude of that force expressed in newtons is F 3000/r 2 where r is the distance from the magnet to the sphere expressed in millimeters. Knowing that the sphere is released from rest at A, determine its speed as it passes through Point B. SOLUTION m 0.060 kg Mass and weight: W mg (0.060)(9.81) 0.5886 N Vg Wh Gravitational potential energy: where h is the elevation above level at B. Potential energy of magnetic force: 3000 dV ( F , in newtons, r in mm) 2 dr r r 3000 3000 Vm N mm 2 r r F Use conservation of energy: T1 V1 T2 V2 Position 1: (Rest at A.) v1 0 T1 0 h1 100 mm (Vg )1 (0.5886 N)(100 mm) 58.86 N mm 2 From the figure, AD 2002 1002 (mm 2 ) MD 100 12 112 mm 2 r12 AD MD 2 2002 1002 1122 42544 mm 2 r1 206.26 mm (Vr )1 3000 14.545 N mm r1 V1 58.86 14.545 44.3015 N mm 44.315 103 N m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.193 (Continued) Position 2. (Sphere at Point B.) 1 2 1 mv2 (0.060)v22 0.030 v22 2 2 (Vg )2 0 (since h2 0) T2 r2 MB 12 mm (See figure.) 3000 250 N mm 250 103 N mm 12 T1 V1 T2 V2 (Vm )2 0 44.315 103 0.030v22 250 103 v22 9.8105 m 2 /s 2 v2 3.13 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.194 A 50-lb sphere A of radius 4.5 in. moving with a velocity of magnitude v0 6 ft/s strikes a 4.6-lb sphere B of radius 2 in. which is hanging from an inextensible cord and is initially at rest. Knowing that sphere B swings to a maximum height h = 0.75 ft, determine the coefficient of restitution between the two spheres. SOLUTION Angle of impulse force from geometry of A and B 6 cos 1 22.62 6.5 Total momentum conserved Ball A: Ball B: (1) Restitution e e vB cos vA x cos vA y sin v A cos vB vA x vA y tan vA v A v0 6 ft/s vB vA x vA y 256 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.194 (Continued) A: mAv A sin mA vA x sin mA vA y cos 2.5 2.5 v A tan (vA ) x tan (vA ) y ; 6 (vA ) x (vA ) y 6 6 15 2.5 vA x 6 vA y (2) 50 50 4.6 A B : mAv A mA vA x mB vB ; (6 ft/s) (vA ) x vB g g g (3) g’s cancel From equation (1) From equation (3) vB 2(32.2 ft/s 2 )(0.75 ft) 6.9498 ft/s (50)(6) 50(vA ) x 4.6(6.9498) (vA ) x 5.3606 ft/s From equation (2) 15 2.5(5.3606) 6(vA ) y (vA ) y 0.2664 ft/s 2.5 6.9498 5.3606 0.2664 6 0.2834 e 6 e 0.283 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.195 A 300-g block is released from rest after a spring of constant k 600 N/m has been compressed 160 mm. Determine the force exerted by the loop ABCD on the block as the block passes through (a) Point A, (b) Point B, (c) Point C. Assume no friction. SOLUTION Conservation of energy to determine speeds at locations A, B, and C. Mass: m 0.300 kg Initial compression in spring: x1 0.160 m Place datum for gravitational potential energy at position 1. Position 1: v1 0 V1 T1 1 2 mv1 0 2 1 2 1 kx1 (600 N/m)(0.160 m)2 7.68 J 2 2 Position 2: T2 1 2 1 mvA (0.3)vA2 0.15vA2 2 2 V2 mgh2 (0.3 kg)(9.81 m/s 2 )(0.800 m) 2.3544 J T1 V1 T2 V2 : 0 7.68 0.15v A2 2.3544 v A2 35.504 m 2 /s 2 Position 3: T3 1 2 1 mvB (0.3)vB2 0.15vB2 2 2 V3 mgh3 (0.3 kg)(9.81 m/s 2 )(1.600 m) 4.7088 J T1 V1 T3 V3 : 0 7.68 0.15vB2 4.7088 vB2 19.808 m 2 /s 2 Position 4: T2 1 2 1 mvC (0.3)vC2 0.15vC2 2 2 V4 mgh4 (0.3 kg)(9.81 m/s)(0.800 m) 2.3544 J T1 V1 T4 V4 : 0 7.68 0.15vC2 2.3544 vC2 35.504 m 2 /s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.195 (Continued) (a) Newton’s second law at A: an v A2 35.504 m 2 /s 2 44.38 m/s 2 0.800 m an 44.38 m/s 2 F man : N A man N A (0.3 kg)(44.38 m/s 2 ) (b) N A 13.31 N Newton’s second law at B: an vB2 19.808 m 2 /s 2 24.76 m/s 2 0.800 m an 24.76 m/s2 F man : N B mg man N B m(an g ) (0.3 kg)(24.76 m/s2 9.81 m/s2 ) (c) N B 4.49 N Newton’s second law at C: an vC2 35.504 m 2 /s 2 44.38 m/s 2 0.800 m an 44.38 m/s2 F man : NC man NC (0.3 kg)(44.38 m/s2 ) NC 13.31 N Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.196 A soccer kicking machine has a 5 lb “simulated foot” attached to A “kicking” attachment goes on the front of a wheelchair, allowing athletes with mobility impairments to play soccer. The athletes load up the spring shown through a ratchet mechanism that pulls the 2 kg “foot” back to the position 1. They then release the “foot” to impact the 0.45 kg soccer ball, which is rolling towards the “foot” with a speed of 2 m/s at an angle = 30º as shown. The impact occurs with a coefficient of restitution e = 0.75 when the foot is at position 2, where the spring is unstretched. Knowing that the effective friction coefficient during rolling is k = 0.1, determine (a) the necessary spring coefficient to make the ball roll 30 meters, (b) the direction the ball will travel after it is kicked. SOLUTION mA 2 kg, mB 0.45 kg, vB 2 m/s, e 0.75, k =0.1, s 2 0 Given: Conservation of momentum of the ball in the t-direction: vB t vB t vB sin 30 1 m/s Apply Work-Energy to the ball after impact to when it comes to rest: T1 Vg1 Ve1 U1NC 2 T2 Vg 2 Ve2 where: 1 T2 mB v '2B 2 NC U12 k mB g 30 1 mB v '2B k mB g 30 =0 2 v 'B 7.672 m/s Therefore: Find v 'B n using: v 'B v 'B n v 'B 2n v 'B t2 v '2B v 'B t 2 7.607 m/s Conservation of momentum of the systems in the n-direction Impulse momentum diagrams for ball and foot: mA vA n mB vB n mA vA n mB vB n vA n 1 mA vA mB vB mB vB n n n mA (1) Coefficient of Restitution: v'B n vA n e vA n vB n (2) Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.196 (Continued) Sub (1) into (2) and solve for vA n : 1 mA vA mB vB mB vB e vA vB n n n n n mA v'B n vA n = Sub in known quantities: vA n = mA mB v'B n mB vB n emA vB n mA e 1 2 0.45 7.607 0.45 1.732 0.75 2 1.732 2 0.75 1 4.805 m/s (a) Apply Work-Energy to determine speed of foot before impact: “Foot in two positions: T1 Vg1 Ve1 U1NC 2 T2 Vg 2 Ve2 where: 1 2 1 Ve1 2 ks12 , and T2 mA v A n 2 2 s1 0.42 0.32 0.3 0.2 m mA v A n 2 Therefore: k 2s12 2 4.805 2 0.2 2 2 k 577.3 N/m (b) Direction of the ball: tan v 'B n v 'B t 7.607 1 82.5 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.197 A 300-g collar A is released from rest, slides down a frictionless rod, and strikes a 900-g collar B which is at rest and supported by a spring of constant 500 N/m. Knowing that the coefficient of restitution between the two collars is 0.9, determine (a) the maximum distance collar A moves up the rod after impact, (b) the maximum distance collar B moves down the rod after impact. SOLUTION After impact Velocity of A just before impact, v0 v0 2 gh 2(9.81 m/s 2 )(1.2 m)sin 30 2(9.81)(1.2)(0.5) 3.431 m/s Conservation of momentum mAv0 mBvB mAv A : 0.3v0 0.9vB 0.3v A (1) Restitution (vA vB ) e(v0 0) 0.9v0 (2) Substituting for vB from (2) in (1) 0.3v0 0.9(0.9v0 v A ) 0.3vA 1.2vA 0.51v0 vA 1.4582 m/s, vB 1.6297 m/s (a) A moves up the distance d where: 1 mAv A2 mA gd sin 30; 2 1 (1.4582 m/s)2 (9.81 m/s2 )d (0.5) 2 d A 0.21675 m 217 mm (b) Static deflection x0 , B moves down Conservation of energy (1) to (2) Position (1) – spring deflected, x0 k x0 mB g sin 30 T1 V1 T2 V2: T1 1 mBvB2 , T2 0 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.197 (Continued) V1 Ve Vg x dB V2 Ve Vg 0 0 1 2 kx0 mB gd B sin 30 2 kxdx 1 k d B2 2d B x0 x02 2 1 2 1 1 kx0 mgd B sin 30 mBvB2 k d B2 2d B x0 x02 0 0 2 2 2 kd B2 mBvB2 ; 500d B2 0.9(1.6297)2 d B 0.0691 m d B 69.1 mm Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.198 Blocks A and B are connected by a cord which passes over pulleys and through a collar C. The system is released from rest when x 1.7 m. As block A rises, it strikes collar C with perfectly plastic impact (e 0). After impact, the two blocks and the collar keep moving until they come to a stop and reverse their motion. As A and C move down, C hits the ledge and blocks A and B keep moving until they come to another stop. Determine (a) the velocity of the blocks and collar immediately after A hits C, (b) the distance the blocks and collar move after the impact before coming to a stop, (c) the value of x at the end of one compete cycle. SOLUTION (a) Velocity of A just before it hits C: Conservations of energy: Datum at : Position : (v A )1 (vB )1 0 T1 0 v1 0 Position : 1 1 mA (v A )2 mB vB2 2 2 v A vB (kinematics) T2 1 11 (5 6)v A2 v A2 2 2 V2 mA g (1.7) mB g (1.7) T2 (5 6)( g )(1.7) V2 1.7 g T1 V1 T2 V2 00 11 2 v A 1.7 g 2 3.4 v A2 (9.81) 11 3.032 m 2 /s 2 v A 1.741 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.198 (Continued) Velocity of A and C after A hits C: vA vC (plastic impact) Impulse-momentum A and C: mA vA T t (mA mC ) vA (5)(1.741) T t 8vA (1) vB v A ; vB vA (cord remains taut) B alone: mB v A T t mB vA (6)(1.741) T t 6vA Adding Equations (1) and (2), (2) 11(1.741) 14vA vA 1.3679 m/s vA vB vC 1.368 m/s (b) Distance A and C move before stopping: Conservations of energy: Datum at : Position : 1 (m A mB mC )(vA ) 2 14 T2 (1.3681) 2 2 T2 13.103 J T2 V2 0 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.198 (Continued) Position : T3 0 V3 (mA mC ) gd mB gd V3 (8 6) gd 2 gd T2 V2 T3 V3 13.103 0 0 2gd d (13.103)/(2)(9.81) 0.6679 m (c) d 0.668 m As the system returns to position after stopping in position , energy is conserved, and the velocities of A, B, and C before the collar at C is removed are the same as they were in Part (a) above with the directions reversed. Thus, vA vC vB 1.3679 m/s. After the collar C is removed, the velocities of A and B remain the same since there is no impulsive force acting on either. Conversation of energy: Datum at : 1 (m A mB )(vA ) 2 2 1 T2 (5 6)(1.3679)2 2 T2 10.291 J T2 V2 0 T4 0 V4 mB gx mA gx V4 (6 5) gx T2 V2 T4 V4 10.291 0 (1)(9.81) x x 1.049 m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.199 A 2-kg ball B is traveling horizontally at 10 m/s when it strikes 2-kg ball A. Ball A is initially at rest and is attached to a spring with constant 100 N/m and an unstretched length of 1.2 m. Knowing the coefficient of restitution between A and B is 0.8 and friction between all surfaces is negligible, determine the normal force between A and the ground when it is at the bottom of the hill. SOLUTION Ball B impacts on ball A. Use the principle of impulse and momentum. mv1 Imp12 mv 2 v0 10 m/s Velocity components: (v0 ) x v0 (v0 ) n v0 cos 40 (v0 )t v0 sin 40 (v A ) x v A (v A ) n v A cos 40 (vB ) x (vB ) n cos 40 (vB )t sin 40 Impulse-momentum for ball B alone. t-direction: mB (v0 )t mB (vB )t (vB )t (v0 )t 10sin 40 6.4279 m/s (1) Impulse-momentum for balls A and B. x-direction mB v0 0 mAv A mB (vB ) x mB (vB )t (2)(10) 0 2vA 2[(vB )n cos 40 6.4279sin 40] 2vA 2(vB )n cos 40 11.7365 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (1) PROBLEM 13.199 (Continued) (e 0.8) Coefficient of restitution. (vB )n (vA )n e[0 (v0 )n ] (vB )n v A cos 40 (0.8)(10) cos 40 (2) Solving Eqs. (1) and (2) simultaneously, v A 6.6566 m/s (vB )n 1.0291 m/s As ball A moves from the impact location to the lowest point on the path, the spring compresses and the elevation decreases. Since friction is negligible, energy is conserved. T1 V1 T2 V2 1 1 mAv A2 (Ve )1 (Vg )1 mAv22 (Ve )2 (Vg )2 2 2 Position 1: (Just after impact.) 1 1 mA v A2 (2)(6.6566)2 44.3101 J 2 2 (Ve )1 0 (The spring is unstretched.) T1 (Vg )1 0 (Datum) Position 2: (Lowest point on path.) T2 For the spring, 1 1 mAv22 (2)v22 v22 2 2 x2 l2 l0 0.4 m 1.2 m 0.8 m Fe kx2 (100)(0.8) 80 N (V2 )e 1 2 1 kx2 (100)(0.8)2 32 J 2 2 h2 0.4 m Elevation above datum: (V2 ) g mA g h2 (2)(9.81)(0.4) 7.848 Conservation of energy: 44.310 0 0 v22 32 7.848 v22 20.158 m2 /s2 v2 4.489 m/s Normal acceleration at lowest point on path: an v22 20.158 28.798 m/s 2 0.7 an 28.8 m/s2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.199 (Continued) Apply Newton’s second law to the ball. F man : N mg Fe man N mg Fe man (2)(9.81) 80 (2)(28.798) N 157.2 N Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.200 A 2-kg block A is pushed up against a spring compressing it a distance x. The block is then released from rest and slides down the 20 incline until it strikes a 1-kg sphere B which is suspended from a 1 m inextensible rope. The spring constant k 800 N/m, the coefficient of friction between A and the ground is 0.2, the distance A slides from the unstretched length of the spring d 1.5 m and the coefficient of restitution between A and B is 0.8. Knowing the tension in the rope is 20 N when 30, determine initial compression x of the spring. SOLUTION Data: mA 2 kg, mB 1 kg, k 800 N/m, d 1.5 m, T 20 N k 0.2, e 0.8, 20, 30, l 1.0 m Block slides down the incline: Fy 0 N mA g cos 0 N mA g cos (2)(9.81) cos 20 18.4368 N F f k N (0.2)(18.4368) 3.6874 N Use work and energy. Datum for Vg is the impact point near B. T1 0, (V1 )e 1 2 1 k x (800) x 2 400 x 2 J 2 2 (V1 ) g mA gh1 mA g ( x d )sin (2)(9.81)( x 1.5)sin 20 6.7104( x 1.5) J U12 Ff ( x d ) (3.6874)( x 1.5) J T2 1 1 mAvA2 (1)(vA2 ) 1.000 v A2 2 2 V2 0 T1 V1 U12 T2 V2 : 0 400 x 2 6.7104( x 1.5) (3.6874)( x 1.5) 1.000 v A2 0 400 x 2 3.0231x 4.5346 vA2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (1) PROBLEM 13.200 (Continued) Impact: Conservation of momentum. Both A and B, horizontal components : mA v A cos 0 mAvA cos mB vB 2v A cos 20 2vA cos 20 vB (2) (vB )n (vA )n e[(v A )n (vB )n ] Relative velocities: vB cos vA e[v A 0] vB cos 20 vA (0.8)v A (3) Solving Eqs. (2) and (3) simultaneously, 3.6cos 20 vA 2 cos 2 20 1 1.2230v A vB (4) Sphere B rises: Use conservation of energy. 1 mB (vB ) 2 V1 0 2 1 T2 mB v22 V2 mB gh2 mB gl (1 cos ) 2 T1 1 1 mB (vB ) 2 0 mB v22 mB g (1 cos) 2 2 2 2 v2 (1.2230v A ) 2 gl (1 cos ) T1 V1 T2 V2 : Tension in the rope: 1.00 m an v22 (1.2230v A )2 2 gl (1 cos ) Fn mB an : T mB g cos mB an T mB (an g cos ) T mB ((1.2230vA )2 2 gl (1 cos ) g cos ) 20 (1.0)((1.2230v A )2 2(9.81)(1)(1 cos30) 9.81cos30) Solving (5) Sub (6) into (1) Solve for x: (5) vA 3.0739 m/s (6) 400 x 2 3.0231x 4.9141 0 x 0.107 m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.201* The 2-lb ball at A is suspended by an inextensible cord and given an initial horizontal velocity of v0. If l 2 ft, xB 0.3 ft and yB 0.4 ft determine the initial velocity v so that the ball will enter in the basket. Hint: use a computer to solve the resulting set of equations. SOLUTION v1 v0 Let position 1 be at A. Let position 2 be the point described by the angle where the path of the ball changes from circular to parabolic. At position 2 the tension Q in the cord is zero. Relationship between v2 and based on Q 0. Draw the free body diagram. F 0: Q mg sin man With Q 0, v22 g sin or v2 mv22 g sin (1) Relationship among v0 , v2 , and based on conservation of energy. T1 V1 T2 V2 1 2 1 mv0 mg mv22 mg sin 2 2 v02 v22 2 g (1 sin ) Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (2) PROBLEM 13.201* (Continued) x and y coordinates at position 2: x2 cos (3) y2 sin (4) Let t2 be the time when the ball is in position 2. Motion on the parabolic path. The horizontal motion is x v2 sin x x2 (v2 sin )(t t2 ) At Point B, x xB (t B t2 ) Vertical motion: and t tB . (5) From Eq. (5), cos xB v sin (6) y v2 cos g (t t2 ) y y2 (v2 cos )(t t2 ) 1 g (t t2 )2 2 At Point B, yB sin (v2 cos )(tB t2 ) 2 ft, xB 0.3 ft, Data: 1 g (tB t2 )2 2 (7) yB 0.4 ft, g 32.2 ft/s2 With the numerical data, Eq. (1) becomes Eq. (6) becomes Eq. (7) becomes v2 64.4 sin t B t2 2 cos 0.3 v2 sin yB 2sin (v2 cos )(tB t2 ) 16.1(tB t2 )2 Method of solution. From a trial value of , calculate v2 from Eq. (1), tB t2 from Eq. (6), and yB from Eq. (7). Repeat until yB 0.4 ft as required. Try 30. v2 64.4sin 30 5.6745 ft/s 2cos30 0.3 0.50473s 5.6745sin 30 yB 2sin 30 (5.6745cos30)(0.50473) (16.1)(0.50473)2 t B t2 0.62116 ft Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (1) (6) (7) PROBLEM 13.201* (Continued) v2 64.4sin 45 6.7482 Try 45. 2cos 45 0.3 0.23351 s 6.7482sin 45 yB 2sin 45 (6.7482cos 45)(0.23351) (16.1)(0.23351)2 t B t2 1.65060 ft Try 37.5. v2 64.4sin 37.5 6.2613 ft/s t B t2 2 cos 37.5 0.3 0.33757 s 6.2613 sin 37.5 yB 2sin 37.5 (6.2613cos 37.5)(0.33757) (16.1)(0.33757) 2 1.05972 ft Let u 30. The following sets of data points have be determined: (u, yB ) (0, 0.62114 ft), (7.5, 1.05972 ft), (15, 1.65060 ft) The quadratic curve fit of this data gives yB 0.62114 0.29678 u 0.009688711 u 2 Setting yB 0.4 ft gives the quadratic equation 0.009688711 u 2 0.29678 u 1.02114 0 Solving for u, u 3.95 and 26.68 Rejecting the second value gives 30 u 33.95. Try 33.95. v2 64.4sin 33.95 5.997 ft/s t B t2 2 cos 33.95 0.3 0.40578 s 5.9971 sin 33.95 yB 2sin 33.95 (5.997 cos 33.95)(0.40578) (16.1)(0.40578) 2 0.48462 ft The new quadratic curve-fit is based on the data points (u, yB ) (0, 0.62114 ft), (3.95, 0.48462 ft), (7.5, 1.05972 ft). The quadratic curve fit of this data is yB 0.62114 0.342053907 u 0.015725232 u 2 Setting yB 0.4 ft gives 0.015725232 u 2 0.342053907 u 1.02114 0 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.201* (Continued) Solving for u, u 3.572 Try 33.572. 30 3.572 33.572 v2 64.4 sin 33.572 5.9676 ft/s t B t2 2 cos 33.572 0.3 0.41406 s 5.9676 sin 33.572 yB 2sin 33.572 (5.9676 cos 33.572)(0.41406) (16.1)(0.41406) 2 0.40445 ft which is close enough to 0.4 ft. Substituting 33.572 and v2 5.9676 ft/s into Eq. (2) along with other data gives v02 (5.9676)2 (2)(32.2)(2)(1 sin 33.572) 235.64 ft 2 /s2 v0 15.35 ft/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.CQ1 Block A is traveling with a speed v0 on a smooth surface when the surface suddenly becomes rough with a coefficient of friction of causing the block to stop after a distance d. If block A were traveling twice as fast, that is, at a speed 2v0, how far will it travel on the rough surface before stopping? (a) d/2 (b) d (c) 2d (d) 2d (e) 4d SOLUTION 1 2 mv ). The work 2 done by friction to stop the block is U Fd . This work must equal the amount of kinetic energy before the block hits the rough patch. Since the kinetic energy is 4x as much it will take 4x the distance to stop. If the block were traveling twice as fast, its kinetic energy would be 4x as much ( T Answer: (e) Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.CQ2 Two small balls A and B with masses 2m and m respectively are released from rest at a height h above the ground. Neglecting air resistance, which of the following statements are true when the two balls hit the ground? (a) The kinetic energy of A is the same as the kinetic energy of B. (b) The kinetic energy of A is half the kinetic energy of B. (c) The kinetic energy of A is twice the kinetic energy of B. (d) The kinetic energy of A is four times the kinetic energy of B. SOLUTION Since each ball accelerates due to gravity at the same rate, they have the same speed when they hit the ground. 1 Since kinetic energy, T mv2 , and ball A has twice the mass as ball B, then A will have twice the kinetic 2 energy. Answer: (c) Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.CQ3 Block A is released from rest and slides down the frictionless ramp to the loop. The maximum height h of the loop is the same as the initial height of the block. Will A make it completely around the loop without losing contact with the track? (a) Yes (b) No (c) need more information SOLUTION Answer: (b) In order for A to not maintain contact with the track, the normal force must remain greater than zero, which requires a non-zero speed at the top of the loop. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.CQ4 A large insect impacts the front windshield of a sports car traveling down a road. Which of the following statements is true during the collision? (a) The car exerts a greater force on the insect than the insect exerts on the car. (b) The insect exerts a greater force on the car than the car exerts on the insect. (c) The car exerts a force on the insect, but the insect does not exert a force on the car. (d) The car exerts the same force on the insect as the insect exerts on the car. (e) Neither exerts a force on the other; the insect gets smashed simply because it gets in the way of the car. SOLUTION Newton’s third law states that when a body exerts a force on a second body, the second body exerts a force equal in magnitude and opposite in direction on the first body. Therefore the answer is: (d) Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.CQ5 The expected damages associated with two types of perfectly plastic collisions are to be compared. In the first case, two identical cars traveling at the same speed impact each other head on. In the second case, the car impacts a massive concrete wall. In which case would you expect the car to be more damaged? (a) Case 1 (b) Case 2 (c) The same damage in each case SOLUTION In both cases the car will come to a complete stop, so the applied impulse will be the same. With the same impulse, the same damage should occur. Answer: (c) Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.CQ6 A 5 kg ball A strikes a 1 kg ball B that is initially at rest. Is it possible that after the impact A is not moving and B has a speed of 5v? (a) Yes (b) No Explain your answer. SOLUTION Answer: (b) No. Conservation of momentum is satisfied, but the coefficient of restitution equation is not. The coefficient of restitution must be less than 1. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.F1 The initial velocity of the block in position A is 30 ft/s. The coefficient of kinetic friction between the block and the plane is k 0.30. Draw impulse-momentum diagrams that could be used to determine the time it takes for the block to reach B with zero velocity, if 20°. SOLUTION Answer: Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.F2 A 4-lb collar which can slide on a frictionless vertical rod is acted upon by a force P which varies in magnitude as shown. Knowing that the collar is initially at rest, draw impulsemomentum diagrams that could be used to determine its velocity at t 3 s. SOLUTION Answer: Where ò t2 3 t1 0 Pdt is the area under the curve. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.F3 The 15-kg suitcase A has been propped up against one end of a 40-kg luggage carrier B and is prevented from sliding down by other luggage. When the luggage is unloaded and the last heavy trunk is removed from the carrier, the suitcase is free to slide down, causing the 40-kg carrier to move to the left with a velocity vB of magnitude 0.8 m/s. Neglecting friction, draw impulse-momentum diagrams that could be used to determine (a) the velocity of A as it rolls on the carrier and (b) the velocity of the carrier after the suitcase hits the right side of the carrier without bouncing back. SOLUTION Answer: (a) (b) Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.F4 Car A was traveling west at a speed of 15 m/s and car B was traveling north at an unknown speed when they slammed into each other at an intersection. Upon investigation it was found that after the crash the two cars got stuck and skidded off at an angle of 50° north of east. Knowing the masses of A and B are mA and mB respectively, draw impulse-momentum diagrams that could be used to determine the velocity of B before impact. SOLUTION Answer: Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.F5 Two identical spheres A and B, each of mass m, are attached to an inextensible inelastic cord of length L and are resting at a distance a from each other on a frictionless horizontal surface. Sphere B is given a velocity v0 in a direction perpendicular to line AB and moves it without friction until it reaches B' where the cord becomes taut. Draw impulse-momentum diagrams that could be used to determine the magnitude of the velocity of each sphere immediately after the cord has become taut. SOLUTION Answer: Where v A¢ y = vB¢ y since the cord is inextensible. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.F6 A sphere with a speed v0 rebounds after striking a frictionless inclined plane as shown. Draw impulse-momentum diagrams that could be used to find the velocity of the sphere after the impact. SOLUTION Answer: Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.F7 An 80-Mg railroad engine A coasting at 6.5 km/h strikes a 20Mg flatcar C carrying a 30-Mg load B which can slide along the floor of the car (k 0.25). The flatcar was at rest with its brakes released. Instead of A and C coupling as expected, it is observed that A rebounds with a speed of 2 km/h after the impact. Draw impulse-momentum diagrams that could be used to determine (a) the coefficient of restitution and the speed of the flatcar immediately after impact, and (b) the time it takes the load to slide to a stop relative to the car. SOLUTION Answer: (a) Look at A and C (the friction force between B and C is not impulsive) to find the velocity after impact. (b) Consider just B and C to find their final velocity. Consider just B to find the time. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.F8 Two frictionless balls strike each other as shown. The coefficient of restitution between the balls is e. Draw the impulse-momentum diagrams that could be used to find the velocities of A and B after the impact. SOLUTION Answer: Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.F9 A 10-kg ball A moving horizontally at 12 m/s strikes a 10-kg block B. The coefficient of restitution of the impact is 0.4 and the coefficient of kinetic friction between the block and the inclined surface is 0.5. Draw impulsemomentum diagrams that could be used to determine the speeds of A and B after the impact. SOLUTION Answer: Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 13.F10 Block A of mass mA strikes ball B of mass mB with a speed of vA as shown. Draw impulse-momentum diagrams that could be used to determine the speeds of A and B after the impact and the impulse during the impact. SOLUTION Answer: Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. CHAPTER 14 PROBLEM 14.1 A 30-g bullet is fired with a horizontal velocity of 450 m/s and becomes embedded in block B which has a mass of 3 kg. After the impact, block B slides on 30-kg carrier C until it impacts the end of the carrier. Knowing the impact between B and C is perfectly plastic and the coefficient of kinetic friction between B and C is 0.2, determine (a) the velocity of the bullet and B after the first impact, (b) the final velocity of the carrier. SOLUTION For convenience, label the bullet as particle A of the system of three particles A, B, and C. (a) Impact between A and B: Use conservation of linear momentum of A and B. Assume that the time period is so short that any impulse due to the friction force between B and C may be neglected. mv1 Imp12 mv 2 Components : mAv0 0 (mA mB )v v mAv0 (30 103 kg)(450 m/s) 4.4554 m/s mA mB (30 103 kg 3 kg v 4.46 m/s (b) Final velocity of the carrier: Particles A, B, and C have the same velocity v to the left. Use conservation of linear momentum of all three particles. The friction forces between B and C are internal forces. Neglect friction at the wheels of the carrier. mv 2 Imp 23 mv3 Components : (mA mB )v 0 (mA mB mC )v v mAv0 (mA mB )v mA mB mC mA mB mC (30 103 kg)(450 m/s) 0.4087 m/s 30 103 kg 3 kg 30 kg v 0.409 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.2 Two identical 1350-kg automobiles A and B are at rest with their brakes released when B is struck by a 5400-kg truck C which is moving to the left at 8 km/h. A second collision then occurs when B strikes A. Assuming the first collision is perfectly plastic and the second collision is perfectly elastic, determine the velocities of the three vehicles just after the second collision. SOLUTION Given: mA mB 1350 kg and mC 5400 kg. Let vA , vB , and vC be the sought after final velocities, positive to the left. v A 0 v B 0 Initial velocities: 0, vC 0 8 km/h 2.2222 m/s First collision. Truck C strikes car B. Plastic impact: e 0 Let vBC 0 be the common velocity of B and C after impact. Conservation of momentum for B and C : mB mC vBC m B vB 0 mC vC 0 6750 vBC 0 5400 2.2222 vBC 1.77778 m/s Second collision. Car-truck BC strikes car A. Elastic impact. e 1 v A vBC e v A 0 vBC 0 1.77778 m/s (1) Conservation of momentum for A, B, and C. m Av A m B mC v BC m A v A 0 m B mC v BC 0 1350 v A 6750 vBC 0 6750 1.77778 (2) Solving (1) and (2) simultaneously for vA and vBC , v A 2.9630 m/s, vBC 1.18519 m/s vB vC v A 10.67 km/h v B 4.27 km/h vC 4.27 km/h Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.3 An airline employee tosses two suitcases, of weight 30 lb and 40 lb, respectively, onto a 50-lb baggage carrier in rapid succession. Knowing that the carrier is initially at rest and that the employee imparts a 9-ft/s horizontal velocity to the 30-lb suitcase and a 6-ft/s horizontal velocity to the 40-lb suitcase, determine the final velocity of the baggage carrier if the first suitcase tossed onto the carrier is (a) the 30-lb suitcase, (b) the 40-lb suitcase. SOLUTION The weights are WA 30 lb, WB 40 lb, and WC 50 lb. v A 0 Initial velocities: 9 ft/s v B 0 , 6 ft/s , and vC 0 0. There are no horizontal external forces acting during the impacts, and the baggage carrier is free to coast between the impacts. (a) Suitcase A is thrown first. Let v1 be the common velocity of suitcase A and the carrier after the first impact and v2 be the common velocity of the two suitcases and the carrier after the second impact. WA v A 0 , g Initial momenta: WB vB 0 , g and 0. Suitcase A impacts carrier. Conservation of momentum: WA W W v A 0 0 A C v1 g g v1 W A v A 0 W A WC 30 9 80 3.375 ft/s Suitcase B impacts on suitcase A and carrier. Conservation of momentum: WB W W W W W vB 0 A C v1 A B C v2 g g g v2 WB vB 0 W A WC v1 W A WB WC 40 6 80 3.375 120 4.25 ft/s v 2 4.25 ft/s (b) Suitcase B is thrown first. Let v3 be the common velocity of suitcase B and the carrier after the first impact and v4 be the common velocity of all after the second impact. Suitcase B impacts the carrier. Conservation of momentum: WB W W vB 0 0 B C v3 g g v3 WB vB 0 WB WC 40 6 90 2.6667 ft/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.3 (Continued) Suitcase A impacts on suitcase B and carrier. Conservation of momentum: WA W W W W W vA 0 B C v3 A B C v4 g g g v4 W A v A 0 WB WC v3 W A WB WC 30 9 90 2.6667 120 4.25 ft/s v 4 4.25 ft/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.4 A bullet is fired with a horizontal velocity of 1500 ft/s through a 6-lb block A and becomes embedded in a 4.95-lb block B. Knowing that blocks A and B start moving with velocities of 5 ft/s and 9 ft/s, respectively, determine (a) the weight of the bullet, (b) its velocity as it travels from block A to block B. SOLUTION The masses are m for the bullet and mA and mB for the blocks. (a) The bullet passes through block A and embeds in block B. Momentum is conserved. Initial momentum: mv0 mA (0) mB (0) mv0 Final momentum: mvB mAvA mB vB Equating, mv0 mvB mAv A mB vB m mAv A mB vB (6)(5) (4.95)(9) 0.0500 lb v0 vB 1500 9 m 0.800 oz (b) The bullet passes through block A. Momentum is conserved. Initial momentum: mv0 mA (0) mv0 Final momentum: mv1 mAvA Equating, mv0 mv1 mAvA v1 mv0 mA v A (0.0500)(1500) (6)(5) 900 ft/s 0.0500 m v1 900 ft/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.5 Two swimmers A and B, of weight 190 lb and 125 lb, respectively, are at diagonally opposite corners of a floating raft when they realize that the raft has broken away from its anchor. Swimmer A immediately starts walking toward B at a speed of 2 ft/s relative to the raft. Knowing that the raft weighs 300 lb, determine (a) the speed of the raft if B does not move, (b) the speed with which B must walk toward A if the raft is not to move. SOLUTION (a) The system consists of A and B and the raft R. Momentum is conserved. (mv )1 (mv ) 2 0 m A vA mB vB mR vR v A v A/R v R v B v B/R v R B v A 2 ft/s v R A (1) B vB/R 0 vB vR 0 mA [2 v R ] mB v R mR v e A vR (b) 2 m A (2 ft/s)(190 lb) (mA mB mR ) (190 lb 125 lb 300 lb) vR 0.618 ft/s From Eq. (1), 0 mA v A mB vB 0 (vR 0) vB mAv A mB vB (2 ft/s)(190 lb) 3.04 ft/s (125 lb) 0 v A v A/R v R 2 ft/s vB 3.04 ft/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.6 A 180-lb man and a 120-lb woman stand side by side at the same end of a 300-lb boat, ready to dive, each with a 16-ft/s velocity relative to the boat. Determine the velocity of the boat after they have both dived, if (a) the woman dives first, (b) the man dives first. SOLUTION (a) Woman dives first. Conservation of momentum: 120 300 180 (16 v1 ) v1 0 g g v1 (120)(16) 3.20 ft/s 600 Man dives next. Conservation of momentum: 300 180 300 180 v1 v2 (16 v2 ) g g g v2 (b) 480v1 (180)(16) 9.20 ft/s 480 v 2 9.20 ft/s v2 9.37 ft/s Man dives first. Conservation of momentum: 180 300 120 (16 v1 ) v1 0 g g v1 (180)(16) 4.80 ft/s 600 Woman dives next. Conservation of momentum: 300 120 300 120 v1 v2 (16 v2 ) g g g v2 420v1 (120)(16) 9.37 ft/s 420 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.7 A 40-Mg boxcar A is moving in a railroad switchyard with a velocity of 9 km/h toward cars B and C, which are both at rest with their brakes off at a short distance from each other. Car B is a 25-Mg flatcar supporting a 30-Mg container, and car C is a 35-Mg boxcar. As the cars hit each other they get automatically and tightly coupled. Determine the velocity of car A immediately after each of the two couplings, assuming that the container (a) does not slide on the flatcar, (b) slides after the first coupling but hits a stop before the second coupling occurs, (c) slides and hits the stop only after the second coupling has occurred. SOLUTION Each term of the conservation of momentum equation is mass times velocity. As long as the same units are used in all terms, any unit may be used for mass and for velocity. We use Mg for mass and km/h for velocity and apply conservation of momentum. Note: Only moving masses are shown in the diagrams. Initial momentum: (a) mAv0 (40)(9) 360 Container does not slide 360 95v1 130v2 (b) v1 3.79 km/h v 2 2.77 km/h v1 5.54 km/h v 2 2.77 km/h Container slides after 1st coupling, stops before 2nd 360 65v1 130v2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.7 (Continued) (c) Container slides and stops only after 2nd coupling 360 65v1 100v2 v1 5.54 km/h v 2 3.60 km/h Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.8 Two identical cars A and B are at rest on a loading dock with brakes released. Car C, of a slightly different style but of the same weight, has been pushed by dockworkers and hits car B with a velocity of 1.5 m/s. Knowing that the coefficient of restitution is 0.8 between B and C and 0.5 between A and B, determine the velocity of each car after all collisions have taken place. SOLUTION mA mB mC m Collision between B and C: The total momentum is conserved: mvB mvC mvB mvC vB vC 0 1.5 (1) Relative velocities: (vB vC )(eBC ) (vC vB ) (1.5)(0.8) (vC vB ) 1.2 vC vB (2) Solving (1) and (2) simultaneously, vB 1.35 m/s vC 0.15 m/s vC 0.150 m/s Since vB vC , car B collides with car A. Collision between A and B: mvA mvB mv A mvB vA vB 0 1.35 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (3) PROBLEM 14.8 (Continued) Relative velocities: (v A vB )eAB (vB vA ) (0 1.35)(0.5) vB vA vA vB 0.675 (4) Solving (3) and (4) simultaneously, 2vA 1.35 0.675 vA 1.013 m/s vB 0.338 m/s Since vC vB vA , there are no further collisions. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.9 A 20-kg base satellite deploys three sub-satellites, each which has its own thrust capabilities, to perform research on tether propulsion. The weights of sub-satellite A, B, and C are 4 kg, 6 kg, and 8 kg, respectively, and their velocities expressed in m/s are given by vA = 4i - 2j + 2k, vB = i + 4j, vC = 2i + 2j + 4k. At the instant shown, what is the angular momentum HO of the system about the base satellite? SOLUTION Given: m A 4 kg, mB 6 kg, mC 8 kg v A 4i - 2 j 2k m/s, v B i 4 j m/s, v C 2i 2 j 4k m/s Linear momentum of each particle expressed in kg m/s : m A v A 16.0i 8.0 j 8.0k mB v B 6.0i 24.0 j 0k mC v C 16.0i 16.0 j 32.0k Position Vectors from point O to each satellite in meters: rA 30 j rB 15i 25 j 35k rC 40i Angular Momentum about O, kg m 2 /s : HO rA (mA v A ) rB (mB v B ) rC (mC vC ) i j k i j k i j k 0 30 0 15 25 35 40 0 0 16.0 8.0 8.0 6.0 24.0 0 16.0 16.0 32.0 (240.0i 480.0k ) (840.0i 210.0 j 210.0k ) (1280.0 j 640.0k ) 600.0i 1070.0 j 370.0k HO (600 kg m2 /s)i (1070.0 kg m2 /s) j (370.0 kg m2 /s)k Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.10 For the satellite system of Prob. 14.9, assuming that the velocity of the base satellite is zero, determine (a) the position vector r of the mass center G of the system, (b) the linear momentum mv of the system, (c) the angular momentum HG of the system about G. Also, verify that the answers to this problem and to Prob. 14.9 satisfy the equation given in Prob. 14.27. PROBLEM 14.9 A 20-kg base satellite deploys three subsatellites, each which has its own thrust capabilities, to perform research on tether propulsion. The weights of subsatellite A, B, and C are 4 kg, 6 kg, and 8 kg, respectively, and their velocities expressed in m/s are given by vA = 4i - 2j + 2k, vB = i + 4j, vC = 2i + 2j + 4k. At the instant shown, what is the angular momentum HO of the system about the base satellite? SOLUTION Given: m A 4 kg, mB 6 kg, v A 4i - 2 j 2k m/s, rA 30 j m, mC 8 kg v B 1i + 4 j m/s, v C 2i 2 j 4k m/s rB 15i 25 j 35k m, rC 40i m (a) The mass center must satisfy: n r miri i 1 n mi i 1 r mArA mBrB mC rC (mA mB mC ) r (4)(30 j) (6)(15i 25j 35k ) (8)(40i) 18 r 22.778i 15.000 j 11.667k m (b) Linear momentum of the system: mv m A v A mB v B mC v C 16.0i 8.0 j 8.0k 6.0i 24.0 j 0k 16.0i 16.0 j 32.0k mv (38.0 kg m/s)i (32.0 kg m/s)j (40.0 kg m/s)k (c) Angular Momentum about the mass center, G: n H G ri' mi v i i 1 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.10 (Continued) rA rA r 22.778i 15.000 j 11.667k ft where: rB rB r 7.778i 10.000 j 23.333k ft rC rC r 17.222i 15.000 j 11.667k ft HG rA mA v A rB mB v B rC mC vC i j k i j k i j k 22.778 15.000 11.667 7.778 10.000 23.333 17.222 15.000 11.667 8.0 16.0 8.0 6.0 24.0 0 16.0 16.0 32.0 (26.667i 4.444 j 57.778k ) (560.0i 140.0 j 246.667k ) (293.333i 737.778j 515.556k ) 826.667i 602.222 j 211.111k H G 826.667i 602.222 j 211.111k kg m 2 /s From Prob. 14.27 show that: HO HG r mv i j k r mv 22.778 15.000 11.667 38.0 32.0 40.0 226.667i 467.778 j 158.889k kg m 2 /s HG r mv 600.0i 1070.0 j 370.0k kg m 2 /s This is the identical answer to Problem 14.9. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.11 A system consists of three identical 19.32-lb particles A, B, and C. The velocities of the particles are, respectively, v A v A j, v B vB i, and vC vC k. Knowing that the angular momentum of the system about O, expressed in ft lb s is HO 1.2k , determine (a) the velocities of the particles, (b) the angular momentum of the system about its mass center G. SOLUTION 19.32 0.6 lb s 2 /ft. 32.2 The masses are mA mB mC rA 3k, Position vectors (ft): In units of ft lb s, rB 2i 2 j 3k, rC i 4 j HO rA mA v A rB mB v B rC mC vC i 0 0 j k 0 3 0.6vA 0 i j k i j 2 2 3 1 4 0 0 0.6vB 0 0 k 0 0.6vC 1.8v Ai 1.8vB j 1.2vBk 2.4vC i 0.6vC j 1.8v A 2.4vC i 1.8vB 0.6vC j 1.2vB k But, HO is given as 1.2k ft lb s. Equating the two expressions for HO and resolving into components, i: 1.8v A 2.4vC 0 (1) j: 1.8vB 0.6vC 0 (2) k: 1.2vB 1.2 (3) (a) Solving, v A 4 ft/s v A 4.00 ft/s j vB 1 ft/s v B 1.000 ft/s i vC 3 ft/s vC 3.00 ft/s k Coordinates of mass center G in ft. r mArA mBrB mC rC mA mB mC 0.6 3k 0.6 2i 2 j 3k 0.6 i 4 j 1.8 i 2 j 2k Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.11 (Continued) Position vectors relative to the mass center in ft. rA rA r 3k i 2 j 2k i 2 j k rB rB r 2i 2 j 3k i 2 j 2k i k rC rC r i 4 j i 2 j 2k 2 j 2k m A v A 0.6 4 j 2.4 lb s j mB v B 0.6 i 0.6 lb s i mC v C 0.6 3k 1.8 lb s k (b) H G rA m A v A rB mB v B rC mC v C i 2 j k 2.4 j i k 0.6i 2 j 2k 1.8k 2.4i 2.4k 0.6 j 3.6i 1.2i 0.6 j 2.4k HG 1.20 ft lb s i 0.60 ft lb s j 2.40 ft lb s k Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.12 A system consists of three identical 19.32-lb particles A, B, and C. The velocities of the particles are, respectively, v A v A j, v B vB i, and vC vC k, and the magnitude of the linear momentum L of the system is 9 lb s. Knowing that HG HO , where HG is the angular momentum of the system about its mass center G and HO is the angular momentum of the system about O, determine (a) the velocities of the particles, (b) the angular momentum of the system about O. SOLUTION The masses are mA mB mC 19.32 0.6 lb s2 /ft. 32.2 rA 3k, Position vectors (ft): rB 2i 2 j 3k, rC i 4 j Coordinates of mass center G expressed in ft. r m ArA mBrB mC rC mA mB mC 0.6 3k 0.6 2i 2 j 3k 0.6 i 4 j 1.8 i 2 j 2k Position vectors relative to the mass center expressed in ft. rA rA r 3k i 2 j 2k i 2 j k rB rB r 2i 2 j 3k i 2 j 2k i k rC rC r i 4 j i 2 j 2k 2 j 2k Angular momenta. H O rA m A v A rB mB v B rC mC v C H G rA m A v A rB mB v B rC mC v C Subtracting, HO HG rA rA mA v A rB rB mB v B rC rC mC vC 0 r m A v A r mB v B r mC v C r m A v A mB v B mC v C r L L r L is parallel to r . L L 9 32 , 2 rr 3 L L 2r r 2 2 3 lb s/ft Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.12 (Continued) mA v A mB v B mC vC r 0.6 vA j 0.6 vBi 0.6 vCk 3 i 2j 2k (a) Resolve into components and solve for vA , vB , and vC . vA 10 ft/s v A 10.00 ft/s j vB 5 ft/s v B 5.00 ft/s i vC 10.00 ft/s k vC 10 ft/s (b) Angular momentum about O expressed in ft lb s. HO rA mA v A rB mB v B rC mC vC i 0 0 j k 0 3 0.6vA 0 i j k i j 2 2 3 1 4 0 0 0.6vB 0 0 k 0 0.6vC 1.8v Ai 1.8vB j 1.2vBk 2.4vC i 0.6vC j 1.8v A 2.4vC i 1.8vB 0.6vC j 1.2vB k 6i 3j 6k HO 6.00 ft lb s i 3.00 ft lb s j 6.00 ft lb s k Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.13 A system consists of three particles A, B, and C. We know that mA 3 kg, mB 2 kg, and mC 4 kg and that the velocities of the particles expressed in m/s are, respectively, v A 4i 2 j 2k, v B 4i 3j, and vC 2i 4 j 2k. Determine the angular momentum HO of the system about O. SOLUTION Linear momentum of each particle expressed in kg m/s. m A v A 12i 6 j 6k mB v B 8i 6 j mC v C 8i 16 j 8k rA 3j, Position vectors, (meters): rB 1.2i 2.4 j 3k , rC 3.6i Angular momentum about O, kg m2 /s . H O rA mA v A rB mB v B rC mC vC i j k i j k i j k 0 3 0 1.2 2.4 3 3.6 0 0 8 16 8 12 6 6 8 6 0 18i 36k 18i 24 j 12k 28.8j 57.6k 0i 4.8j 9.6k H O 4.80 kg m 2 /s j 9.60 kg m 2 /s k Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.14 For the system of particles of Prob. 14.13, determine (a) the position vector r of the mass center G of the system, (b) the linear momentum mv of the system, (c) the angular momentum HG of the system about G. Also verify that he answers to this problem and to problem 14.13 satisfy the equation given in Prob. 14.27. SOLUTION Position vectors, (meters): (a) Mass center: rA 3j, rB 1.2i 2.4 j 3k , mA mB mC r rC 3.6i mArA mBrB mC rC 9 r 3 3j 2 1.2i 2.4 j 3k 4 3.6i r 1.86667i 1.53333j 0.66667k r 1.867 m i 1.533 m j 0.667 m k Linear momentum of each particle, kg m2/s . m A v A 12i 6 j 6k mB v B 8i 6 j mC v C 8i 16 j 8k (b) Linear momentum of the system, kg m/s. mv mA v A mB v B mC vC 12i 28j 14k mv 12.00 kg m/s i 28.0 kg m/s j 14.00 kg m/s k Position vectors relative to the mass center, (meters). rA rA r 1.86667i 1.46667 j 0.66667k rB rB r 0.66667i 0.86667 j 2.33333k rC rC r 1.73333i 1.53333j 0.66667k Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.14 (Continued) (c) Angular momentum about G, kg m2/s . HG rA mA v A rB mB v B rC mC vC i j k i j k 1.86667 1.46667 0.66667 0.66667 0.86667 2.33333 12 6 6 8 6 0 i j k 1.73333 1.53333 0.66667 8 16 8 12.8i 3.2 j 28.8k 14i 18.6667 j 10.9333k 1.6i 8.5333j 15.4667k 2.8i 13.3333j 24.2667k H G 2.80 kg m 2 /s i 13.33 kg m 2 /s j 24.3 kg m 2 /s k i j k r mv 1.86667 1.53333 0.66667 12 28 14 2.8 kg m 2 /s i 18.1333 kg m 2 /s j 33.8667 kg m 2 /s k HG r mv 4.8 kg m2/s j 9.6 kg m2/s k Angular momentum about O. HO rA mA v A rB mB v B rC mC vC i j k i j k i j k 0 3 0 1.2 2.4 3 3.6 0 0 8 16 8 12 6 6 8 6 0 18i 36k 18i 24 j 12k 28.8j 57.6k 4.8 kg m 2 /s j 9.6 kg m 2 /s k Note that HO HG r mv Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.15 A 13-kg projectile is passing through the origin O with a velocity v0 (35 m/s)i when it explodes into two fragments A and B, of mass 5 kg and 8 kg, respectively. Knowing that 3 s later the position of fragment A is (90 m, 7 m, –14 m), determine the position of fragment B at the same instant. Assume a y g 9.81 m/s2 and neglect air resistance. SOLUTION Motion of mass center: It moves as if projectile had not exploded. r v0ti 1 2 gt j 2 1 (35 m/s)(3 s)i (9.81 m/s 2 )(3 s) 2 j 2 (105 m)i (44.145 m) j Equation (14.12): m r mi ri : m r m ArA mB rB 13(105i 44.145 j) 5(90i 7 j 14k ) 8rB 8rB (13 105 5 90)i (13 44.145 5 7) j (5 14)k 915i 608.89 j 70k rB (114.4 m)i (76.1 m) j (8.75 m)k Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.16 A 300-kg space vehicle traveling with a velocity v0 (360 m/s)i passes through the origin O at t 0. Explosive charges then separate the vehicle into three parts A, B, and C, with mass, respectively, 150 kg, 100 kg, and 50 kg. Knowing that at t 4 s, the positions of parts A and B are observed to be A (1170 m, –290 m, –585 m) and B (1975 m, 365 m, 800 m), determine the corresponding position of part C. Neglect the effect of gravity. SOLUTION Motion of mass center: Since there is no external force, r v0t (360 m/s)i (4 s) (1440 m)i Equation (14.12): m r mi ri : (300)(1440i) (150)(1170i 290 j 585k ) (100)(1975i 365 j 800k ) (50)rC 50rC (300 1440 150 1170 100 1975)i (150 290 100 365) j (150 585 100 800)k 59, 000i 7, 000 j 7, 750k rC (1180 m)i (140 m) j (155 m)k Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.17 A 2-kg model rocket is launched vertically and reaches an altitude of 70 m with a speed of 30 m/s at the end of powered flight, time t 0. As the rocket approaches its maximum altitude it explodes into two parts of masses mA 0.7 kg and mB 1.3 kg. Part A is observed to strike the ground 80 m west of the launch point at t 6 s. Determine the position of part B at that time. SOLUTION Choose a planar coordinate system having coordinates x and y with the origin at the launch point on the ground and the x-axis pointing east and the y-axis vertically upward. Let subscript E refer to the point where the explosion occurs, and A and B refer to the fragments A and B. Let t be the time elapsed after the explosion. Motion of the mass center: x xE (vx )t 0 y yE (v y )t0 1 2 gt 2 yE 70 m and (v y )0 30 m/s where t 6 s, At x 0 1 y 70 (30)(6) (9.81)(6)2 73.42 m 2 Definition of mass center: mA x mA x A mB xB 0 (0.7 kg)(80 m) (1.3 kg) xB xB 43.1 m my mA y A mB yB (2 kg)(73.42 m) (0.7 kg)(0) (1.3 kg) yB yB 113.0 m Position of part B: 43.1 m (east), 113.0 m (up) Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.18 An 18-kg cannonball and a 12-kg cannonball are chained together and fired horizontally with a velocity of 165 m/s from the top of a 15-m wall. The chain breaks during the flight of the cannonballs and the 12-kg cannonball strikes the ground at t 1.5 s, at a distance of 240 m from the foot of the wall, and 7 m to the right of the line of fire. Determine the position of the other cannonball at that instant. Neglect the resistance of the air. SOLUTION Let subscript A refer to the 12-kg cannonball and B to the 18-kg cannonball. The motion of the mass center of A and B is uniform in the x-direction, uniformly accelerated with acceleration g 9.81 m/s 2 in the y-direction, and zero in the z-direction. x (v0 ) x t (165 m/s)(1.5 s) 247.5 m y y0 (v0 ) y t 1 2 gt 2 1 15 m 0 (9.81 m/s 2 )(1.55)2 3.964 m 2 z 0 r (247.5 m)i (3.964 m)j Definition of mass center: mr mArA mB rB Data: mA 12 kg, mB 18 kg, m mA mB 30 kg t 1.5 s, xA 240 m, y A 0, zA 7 m (30)(247.5i 3.964 j) (12)(240i 7k ) (18)( xB i yB j zB k ) i: (30)(247.5) (12)(240) 18 xB xB 253 m j: (30)(3.964) (12)(0) 18 yB yB 6.61 m k: (30)(0) (12)(7) 18 zB zB 4.67 m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.19 Car A was traveling east at high speed when it collided at Point O with car B, which was traveling north at 45 mi/h. Car C, which was traveling west at 60 mi/h, was 32 ft east and 10 ft north of Point O at the time of the collision. Because the pavement was wet, the driver of car C could not prevent his car from sliding into the other two cars, and the three cars, stuck together, kept sliding until they hit the utility pole P. Knowing that the weights of cars A, B, and C are, respectively, 3000 lb, 2600 lb, and 2400 lb, and neglecting the forces exerted on the cars by the wet pavement, solve the problems indicated. Knowing that the speed of car A was 75 mi/h and that the time elapsed from the first collision to the stop at P was 2.4 s, determine the coordinates of the utility pole P. SOLUTION Let t be the time elapsed since the first collision. No external forces in the xy plane act on the system consisting of cars A, B, and C during the impacts with one another. The mass center of the system moves at the velocity it had before the collision. Setting the origin at O, we can find the initial mass center r0 : at the moment of the first collision: (mA mB mC )( x0 i y0 j) mA (0) mB (0) mC ( xC i yC j) x0 0.3xC (0.3)(32) 9.6 ft, y0 0.3 yC (0.3)(10) 3 ft Given velocities: vA (75 mi/h)i (110 ft/s)i, v B (45 mi/h)i (66 ft/s)j, vC (60 mi/h)i (88 ft/s)i Velocity of mass center: (mA mB mC ) v mA v A mB v B mC vC v 0.375vA 0.325vB 0.3vC Since the collided cars hit the pole at rP xP i yP j x P i yP j x0 i y0 j vt Resolve into components. x : xP x0 0.375vAtP 0.3vC tP (1) y : yP y0 0.325vB t P (2) Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.19 (Continued) Data: t P 2.4 s From (1), xP 9.6 (0.375)(110)(2.4) (0.3)(88)(2.4) 45.240 From (2), yP 3.0 (0.325)(66)(2.4) 54.480 ft xP 45.2 ft yP 54.5 ft Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.20 Car A was traveling east at high speed when it collided at Point O with car B, which was traveling north at 45 mi/h. Car C, which was traveling west at 60 mi/h, was 32 ft east and 10 ft north of Point O at the time of the collision. Because the pavement was wet, the driver of car C could not prevent his car from sliding into the other two cars, and the three cars, stuck together, kept sliding until they hit the utility pole P. Knowing that the weights of cars A, B, and C are, respectively, 3000 lb, 2600 lb, and 2400 lb, and neglecting the forces exerted on the cars by the wet pavement, solve the problems indicated. Knowing that the coordinates of the utility pole are xP 46 ft and yP 59 ft, determine (a) the time elapsed from the first collision to the stop at P, (b) the speed of car A. SOLUTION Let t be the time elapsed since the first collision. No external forces in the xy plane act on the system consisting of cars A, B, and C during the impacts with one another. The mass center of the system moves at the velocity it had before the collision. Setting the origin at O, we can find the initial mass center r0 : at the moment of the first collision: (mA mB mC )( x0 i y0 j) mA (0) mB (0) mC ( xC i yC j) x0 0.3xC (0.3)(32) 9.6 ft, y0 0.3 yC (0.3)(10) 3 ft Given velocities: vA vAi, v B (45 mi/h)i (66 ft/s)j, vC (60 mi/h)i (88 ft/s)i Velocity of mass center: (mA mB mC ) v mA v A mB v B mC vC v 0.375vA 0.325vB 0.3vC Since the collided cars hit the pole at rP xP i yP j xP i yP j x0 i y0 j vt Resolve into components. x : xP x0 0.375vAtP 0.3vC tP (1) y : yP y0 0.325vB t P (2) Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.20 (Continued) Data: x P 46 ft, y P 59 ft ( a) From (2), 59 3 0.32566 t P t P 2.611 s (b) From (1), t P 2.61 s 46 9.6 0.375 v A 2.611 0.388 2.611 v A 107.58 ft/s v A 73.3 mi/h Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.21 An expert archer demonstrates his ability by hitting tennis balls thrown by an assistant. A 2-oz tennis ball has a velocity of (32 ft/s)i – (7 ft/s)j and is 33 ft above the ground when it is hit by a 1.2-oz arrow traveling with a velocity of (165 ft/s)j (230 ft/s)k where j is directed upwards. Determine the position P where the ball and arrow will hit the ground, relative to Point O located directly under the point of impact. SOLUTION Assume that the ball and arrow move together after the hit. Conservation of momentum of ball and arrow during the hit. mA 1.2/16 2.3292 103 slug 32.2 mB 2/16 3.8820 103 slug 32.2 mA vA mB v B (mA mB ) v 3 (2.3292 10 )(165 j 230k ) (3.8820 103 )(32i 7 j) (2.3292 103 3.8820 103 )v v (20.0 ft/s)i (57.5 ft/s) j (86.25 ft/s)k After the hit, the ball and arrow move as a projectile. 1 2 gt 2 1 y 33 57.5t (32.2)t 2 2 y y0 (v y )0 t Vertical motion: y 0 at ground. 16.1t 57.5t 33 0 2 After rejecting the negative root, t 4.0745 s Horizontal motion: x x0 (vx )0 t Solve for t. z z0 (v2 )0 t x 0 (20)(4.07448) 81.490 ft z 0 (86.25)(4.07448) 351.42 ft rP (81.5 ft)i (351 ft)k Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.22 Two spheres, each of mass m, can slide freely on a frictionless, horizontal surface. Sphere A is moving at a speed v0 16 ft/s when it strikes sphere B which is at rest and the impact causes sphere B to break into two pieces, each of mass m/2. Knowing that 0.7 s after the collision one piece reaches Point C and 0.9 s after the collision the other piece reaches Point D, determine (a) the velocity of sphere A after the collision, (b) the angle and the speeds of the two pieces after the collision. SOLUTION Velocities of pieces C and D after impact and fracture. (vC ) x xC 6.3 9 ft/s, tC 0.7 (vC ) y 9 tan 30 ft/s (vD ) x xD 6.3 7 ft/s, tD 0.9 (vD ) y 7 tan ft/s Assume that during the impact the impulse between spheres A and B is directed along the x-axis. Then, the y component of momentum of sphere A is conserved. 0 m(vA ) y Conservation of momentum of system: : mAv0 mB (0) mAvA mC (vC ) x mD (vD ) x m (16) 0 mvA m m (9) (7) 2 2 vA 8.00 ft/s (a ) : mA (0) mB (0) mA (vA ) y mC (vC ) y mD (vD ) y 000 (b) tan m m (9 tan 30) (7 tan ) 2 2 9 tan 30 0.7423 7 vC (vC )2x (vC )2y (9)2 (9 tan 30)2 vD (vD )2x (vD )2y (7)2 (7 tan 36.6)2 36.6 vC 10.39 ft/s vD 8.72 ft/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.23 In a game of pool, ball A is moving with a velocity v0 when it strikes balls B and C which are at rest and aligned as shown. Knowing that after the collision the three balls move in the directions indicated, and that v0 12 ft/s and vC 6.29 ft/s, determine the magnitude of the velocity of (a) ball A, (b) ball B. SOLUTION Conservation of linear momentum. In x direction: m(12 ft/s) cos 45 mv A sin 4.3 mvB sin 37.4 m(6.29) cos 30 0.07498vA 0.60738vB 3.0380 (1) In y direction: m(12 ft/s)sin 45 mv A cos 4.3 mvB cos 37.4 m(6.29)sin 30 0.99719vA 0.79441vB 5.3403 (a) Multiply (1) by 0.79441, (2) by 0.60738, and add: 0.66524vA 5.6570 (b) (2) vA 8.50 ft/s Multiply (1) by 0.99719, (2) by –0.07498, and add: 0.66524vB 2.6290 vB 3.95 ft/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.24 A 6-kg shell moving with a velocity v0 (12 m/s)i (9 m/s) j (360 m/s)k explodes at Point D into three fragments A, B, and C of mass, respectively, 3 kg, 2 kg, and 1 kg. Knowing that the fragments hit the vertical wall at the points indicated, determine the speed of each fragment immediately after the explosion. Assume that elevation changes due to gravity may be neglected. SOLUTION rD 4k Position vectors (m): rA 1.5i rA/D 1.5i 4k rA/D 4.272 rB 4i 2 j rB/D 4i 2 j 4k rB/D 6 rC 3j rC/D 3 j 4k rC/D 5 1 (1.5i 4k ) 4.272 1 B (4i 2 j 4k ) Along rB/D , 6 1 λ C (3 j 4k ) Along rC/D , 5 Assume that elevation changes due to gravity may be neglected. Then, the velocity vectors after the explosion have the directions of the unit vectors. Unit vectors: Along rA/D , λA vA vA λ A vB vB λ B vC vC λ C Conservation of momentum: mv0 mA vA mB vB mC vC v v 6(12i 9 j 360k ) 3 A (1.5i 4k ) 2 B (4i 2 j 4k ) 4.272 6 v 1 C (3j 4k ) 5 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.24 (Continued) Resolve into components. 72 1.0534v A 1.3333vB 54 0.66667vB 0.60000vC 2160 2.8090v A 1.3333vB 0.80000vC Solving, vA 431 m/s vB 395 m/s vC 528 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.25 A 6-kg shell moving with a velocity v0 (12 m/s)i (9 m/s) j (360 m/s)k explodes at Point D into three fragments A, B, and C of mass, respectively, 2 kg, 1 kg, and 3 kg. Knowing that the fragments hit the vertical wall at the points indicated, determine the speed of each fragment immediately after the explosion. Assume that elevation changes due to gravity may be neglected. SOLUTION rD 4k Position vectors (m): rA 1.5i rA/D 1.5i 4k rA/D 4.272 rB 4i 2 j rB/D 4i 2 j 4k rB/D 6 rC 3 j rC/D 3 j 4k rC/D 5 1 (1.5i 4k ) 4.272 1 λ B (4i 2 j 4k ) Along rB/D , 6 1 λ C (3j 4k ) Along rC/D , 5 Assume that elevation changes due to gravity may be neglected. Then the velocity vectors after the explosion have the directions of the unit vectors. vA vA A Along rA/D , Unit vectors: λA vB vB B vC vC C Conservation of momentum: mv0 mA vA mB vB mC vC Resolve into components. v v 6(12i 9 j 360k ) 2 A (1.5i 4k ) 1 B 4.272 6 v 3 C (3j 4k ) 5 (4i 2 j 4k ) Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.25 (Continued) 72 0.70225v A 0.66667vB 54 0.33333vB 1.8000vC 2160 1.8727v A 0.66667vB 2.40000vC Solving, vA 646 m/s vB 789 m/s vC 176 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.26 In a scattering experiment, an alpha particle A is projected with the velocity u0 (600 m/s)i (750 m/s) j (800 m/s)k into a stream of oxygen nuclei moving with a common velocity v0 (600 m/s) j . After colliding successively with nuclei B and C, particle A is observed to move along the path defined by the Points A1(280, 240, 120)and A2(360, 320, 160), while nuclei B and C are observed to move along paths defined, respectively, by B1(147, 220, 130), B2(114, 290, 120),and by C1(240, 232, 90) and C2(240, 280, 75). All paths are along straight lines and all coordinates are expressed in millimeters. Knowing that the mass of an oxygen nucleus is four times that of an alpha particle, determine the speed of each of the three particles after the collisions. SOLUTION Position vectors (mm): Unit vectors: A1 A2 80i 80 j 40k B1 B2 33i 70 j 10k C1C2 48 j 15k ( A1 A2 ) 120 ( B1 B2 ) 78.032 (C1C2 ) 50.289 Along A1 A2 , A 0.66667i 0.66667 j 0.33333k Along B1 B2 , B 0.42290i 0.89707 j 0.12815k Along C1C2 , C 0.95448 j 0.29828k Velocity vectors after the collisions: vA vA A vB vB B vC vC C Conservation of momentum: mu0 4mv 0 4mv0 mvA 4mvB 4mvC Divide by m and substitute data. (600i 750 j 800k ) 2400 j 2400 j vAA 4vB B 4vC C Resolving into components, i : 600 0.66667vA 1.69160vB j: 5550 0.66667vA 3.58828vB 3.81792vC k : 800 0.33333vA 0.51260vB 1.19312vC Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.26 (Continued) Solving the three equations simultaneously, vA 919.26 m/s vB 716.98 m/s vC 619.30 m/s vA 919 m/s vB 717 m/s vC 619 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.27 Derive the relation HO r mv HG between the angular momenta HO and HG defined in Eqs. (14.7) and (14.24), respectively. The vectors r and v define, respectively, the position and velocity of the mass center G of the system of particles relative to the newtonian frame of reference Oxyz, and m represents the total mass of the system. SOLUTION From Eq. (14.7), HO n (r m v ) i i i i 1 n r r m v i i i i 1 r n (mi vi ) i 1 n r m v i i i i 1 r mv HG Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.28 Show that Eq. (14.23) may be derived directly from Eq. (14.11) by substituting for HO the expression given in Problem 14.27. SOLUTION HO From Eq. (14.7), n (r m v ) i i i i 1 n r r m v i i i i 1 r n (mi vi ) i 1 n r m v i i i i 1 r mv HG r mv r mv H H O G Differentiating, M O r mv r mv H G Using Eq. (14.11), v mv r ma H G n 0 r Fi H G i 1 n n n (1) n M M r F But O i 1 G i 1 i 1 i 1 i Subtracting r in1Fi from each side of Eq. (1) gives M G H G Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.29 Consider the frame of reference Axy z in translation with respect to the newtonian frame of reference Oxyz. We define the angular momentum HA of a system of n particles about A as the sum H A n r m v i i i (1) i 1 of the moments about A of the momenta mi vi of the particles in their motion relative to the frame Axyz . Denoting by H A the sum HA n r m v i i i (2) i 1 of the moments about A of the momenta mi vi of the particles in their motion relative to the newtonian frame Oxyz, show that HA HA at a given instant if, and only if, one of the following conditions is satisfied at that instant: (a) A has zero velocity with respect to the frame Oxyz, (b) A coincides with the mass center G of the system, (c) the velocity vA relative to Oxyz is directed along the line AG. SOLUTION vi vA vi HA n r m v i i i i 1 n r m v i i A i 1 n n r m v i i A i 1 n ri mi vi i 1 m r v i i vi A H A i 1 n m (r r ) v i i A A HA i 1 m( r rA ) vA HA H A HA if, and only if, m(r rA ) vA 0 This condition is satisfied if (a) vA 0 Point A has zero velocity. or (b) r rA Point A coincides with the mass center. or (c ) vA is parallel to r rA. Velocity vA is directed along line AG. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.30 , where H is defined by Eq. (1) of Show that the relation MA H A A Problem 14.29 and where M A represents the sum of the moments about A of the external forces acting on the system of particles, is valid if, and only if, one of the following conditions is satisfied: (a) the frame Axy z is itself a newtonian frame of reference, (b) A coincides with the mass center G, (c) the acceleration aA of A relative to Oxyz is directed along the line AG. SOLUTION From equation (1), H A n r m v i i i i 1 H A n [(r r ) m ( v i A i i vA )] i 1 Differentiate with respect to time. H A n [(r r i A ) mi ( v i vA )] i 1 But ri v i v i ai rA vA and vA aA 0 H A Hence, n [(r r ) m ( v i A i i v A )] i 1 n [(r r ) m (a i A i i aA )] i 1 n [(r r ) (F m a )] i A i i A i 1 n n [(r r ) F ] [m (r r )] a i i 1 A i i i A A i 1 MA m( r rA ) aA H A MA if, and only if, m( r rA ) aA 0 This condition is satisfied if (a ) aA 0 The frame is newtonian. or (b) r rA Point A coincides with the mass center. or (c ) aA is parallel to r rA. Acceleration aA is directed along line AG. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.31 Determine the energy lost due to friction and the impacts for Problem 14.1. PROBLEM 14.1 A 30-g bullet is fired with a horizontal velocity of 450 m/s and becomes embedded in block B which has a mass of 3 kg. After the impact, block B slides on 30-kg carrier C until it impacts the end of the carrier. Knowing the impact between B and C is perfectly plastic and the coefficient of kinetic friction between B and C is 0.2, determine (a) the velocity of the bullet and B after the first impact, (b) the final velocity of the carrier. SOLUTION From the solution to Problem 4.1 the velocity of A and B after the first impact is v 4.4554 m/s and the velocity common to A, B, and C after the sliding of block B and bullet A relative to the carrier C has ceased in v 0.4087 m/s. Friction loss due to sliding: N WA WB (m A mB ) g Normal force: (0.030 kg 3 kg)(9.81 m/s) 29.724 N F f k N (0.2)(29.724) 5.945 N Friction force: Assume d 0.5 m. Relative sliding distance: Ff d (5.945)(0.5) Energy loss due to friction: F f d 2.97 J Kinetic energy of block with embedded bullet immediately after first impact: TAB 1 1 (m A mB )(v) 2 (3.03 kg)(4.4554 m/s) 2 30.07 J 2 2 Final kinetic energy of A, B, and C together TABC 1 1 (mA mB mC )(v) 2 (33.03 kg)(0.4087 m/s)2 2.76 J 2 2 TABC 30.07 2.76 27.31 J TAB Loss due to friction and stopping impact: Since 27.31 J 2.97 J, the block slides 0.5 m relative to the carrier as assumed above. Impact loss due to AB impacting the carrier: 27.31 2.97 24.34 Loss 24.3 J Initial kinetic energy of system ABC. T0 Impact loss at first impact: 1 1 mAv02 (0.030 kg)(450 m/s) 2 3037.5 J 2 2 3037.5 30.07 T0 TAB Loss 3007 J Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.32 Assuming that the airline employee of Prob. 14.3 first tosses the 30-lb suitcase on the baggage carrier, determine the energy lost (a) as the first suitcase hits the carrier, (b) as the second suitcase hits the carrier. PROBLEM 14.3 An airline employee tosses two suitcases, of weight 30 lb and 40 lb, respectively, onto a 50-lb baggage carrier in rapid succession. Knowing that the carrier is initially at rest and that the employee imparts a 9-ft/s horizontal velocity to the 30-lb suitcase and a 6-ft/s horizontal velocity to the 40-lb suitcase, determine the final velocity of the baggage carrier if the first suitcase tossed onto the carrier is (a) the 30-lb suitcase,(b) the 40-lb suitcase. SOLUTION WA 30 lb, The weights are v A 0 Initial velocities: 9 ft/s WB 40 lb, , v B 0 WC 50 lb. and 6 ft/s , vC 0 and 0. There are no horizontal external forces acting during the impacts, and the baggage carrier is free to coast between the impacts. Let v1 be the common velocity of suitcase A and the carrier after the first impact and v2 be the common velocity of the two suitcases and the carrier after the second impact. WA WB Initial momenta: and 0. v A 0 , vB 0 , g g Suitcase A impacts carrier. Conservation of momentum. WA W W v A 0 0 A C v1 g g v1 W A v A 0 W A WC 30 9 3.375 ft/s 80 Kinetic energies: T0 Before: T1 After: 1 WA 1 30 v A 02 9 2 37.733 ft lb 2 g 2 32.2 1 WA WC 2 1 30 50 v1 3.3752 14.150 ft lb 2 g 2 32.2 T0 T1 23.583 ft lb (a) Lost: energy lost 23.6 ft lb Suitcase B impacts on suitcase A and carrier. Conservation of momentum. WB W W W W W vB 0 A C v1 A B C v2 g g g v2 WB vB 0 W A WC v1 W A WB WC 40 6 80 3.375 120 4.25 ft/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.32 (Continued) Kinetic energies: Before: After: (b) Lost: T1 1 WA WC 2 1 WB 1 40 v1 vB 02 14.150 6 2 36.510 ft lb 2 2 g 2 32.2 g T2 1 WA WB WC 2 1 120 v2 4.252 33.657 ft lb 2 2 32.2 g T1 T2 2.853 ft lb energy lost 2.85 ft lb Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.33 In Problem 14.6, determine the work done by the woman and by the man as each dives from the boat, assuming that the woman dives first. PROBLEM 14.6 A 180-lb man and a 120-lb woman stand side by side at the same end of a 300-lb boat, ready to dive, each with a 16-ft/s velocity relative to the boat. Determine the velocity of the boat after they have both dived, if (a) the woman dives first, (b) the man dives first. SOLUTION Woman dives first. 120 300 180 (16 v1 ) v1 0 g g Conservation of momentum: (120)(16) 3.20 ft/s and 16 v1 12.80 ft/s 600 T0 0 Kinetic energy before dive: 1 300 180 1 120 Kinetic energy after dive: T1 (3.20)2 (12.80)2 2 32.2 2 32.2 381.61 ft lb v1 T1 T0 381.61 ft lb Work of woman: T1 T0 382 ft lb Man dives next. Conservation of momentum: 300 180 300 180 v1 v2 (16 v2 ) g g g 480v1 (180)(16) v2 9.20 ft/s 480 16 9.20 6.80 ft/s 1 300 180 (3.20)2 2 32.2 76.323 ft lb Kinetic energy before dive: T1 Kinetic energy after dive: T2 Work of man: 1 300 1 180 (9.20) 2 (6.80) 2 2 32.2 2 32.2 523.53 ft lb T2 T1 447.2 ft lb T2 T1 447 ft lb Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.34 Determine the energy lost as a result of the series of collisions described in Problem 14.8. PROBLEM 14.8 Two identical cars A and B are at rest on a loading dock with brakes released. Car C, of a slightly different style but of the same weight, has been pushed by dockworkers and hits car B with a velocity of 1.5 m/s. Knowing that the coefficient of restitution is 0.8 between B and C and 0.5 between A and B, determine the velocity of each car after all collisions have taken place. SOLUTION From the solution to Problem 14.8 v A 2 m/s, vB vC 0, vB 1.35 m/s, vC 0.15 m/s vA 1.013 m/s vB 0.338 m/s, mA mB mC m C hits B: 1 1 mC vC2 m(1.5 m/s) 2 1.125m J 2 2 1 1 T2 mB (vB )2 mC (vC )2 2 2 1 1 T m(1.35 m/s) 2 m (0.15 m/s)2 0.9m J 2 2 T1 Loss T1 T2 : B hits A: Loss 0.225m J 1 1 mB (vB ) 2 m(1.35)2 0.9113m J 2 2 1 1 2 T4 mB (vB ) mA (vA ) 2 2 2 1 1 m(0.338 m/s)2 m(1.013 m/s) 2 0.5702 m J 2 2 T3 Loss T3 T4 : Loss 0.341m J Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.35 Two automobiles A and B, of mass mA and mB , respectively, are traveling in opposite directions when they collide head on. The impact is assumed perfectly plastic, and it is further assumed that the energy absorbed by each automobile is equal to its loss of kinetic energy with respect to a moving frame of reference attached to the mass center of the two-vehicle system. Denoting by EA and EB, respectively, the energy absorbed by automobile A and by automobile B, (a) show that EA /EB mB /mA , that is, the amount of energy absorbed by each vehicle is inversely proportional to its mass, (b) compute EA and EB , knowing that mA 1600 kg and mB 900 kg and that the speeds of A and B are, respectively, 90 km/h and 60 km/h. SOLUTION Velocity of mass center: (mA mB ) v mA vA mB vB v mA vA mB vB mA mB Velocities relative to the mass center: vA vA v vA mA vA mB vB mB ( vA vB ) mA mB mA mB vB vB v vB mA vA mB vB mA ( vA vB ) mA mB mA mB Energies: (a) (b) EA m m 2 ( v v B ) ( vA vB ) 1 mA v A v A A B A 2 2( m A mB ) 2 EB m 2 m ( v vB ) ( vA vB ) 1 mB vB vB A B A 2 2( mA mB ) 2 EA mB EB mA Ratio: vA 90 km/h 25 m/s vB 60 km/h 16.667 m/s vA vB 41.667 m/s EA (1600)(900) 2 (41.667) 2 180.0 103 J 2 (2)(2500) EB (1600) 2 (900)(41.667)2 320 103 J 2 (2)(2500) EA 180.0 kJ EB 320 kJ Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.36 It is assumed that each of the two automobiles involved in the collision described in Problem 14.35 had been designed to safely withstand a test in which it crashed into a solid, immovable wall at the speed v0. The severity of the collision of Problem 14.35 may then be measured for each vehicle by the ratio of the energy it absorbed in the collision to the energy it absorbed in the test. On that basis, show that the collision described in Problem 14.35 is (mA /mB )2 times more severe for automobile B than for automobile A. SOLUTION Velocity of mass center: (mA mB ) v mA vA mB vB v mA vA mB vB mA mB Velocities relative to the mass center: vA vA v v A mA vA mB vB mB ( vA vB ) mA mB mA mB vB vB v vB mA vA mB vB m (v v ) A A B mA mB mA mB Energies: Energies from tests: Severities: Ratio: EA m m 2 ( v vB ) ( vA vB ) 1 mA v A v A A B A 2 2(mA mB ) 2 EB m 2 m ( v vB ) ( vA vB ) 1 mB vB vB A B A 2 2(mA mB ) 2 ( E A )0 1 1 mA v02 , ( EB )0 mB v02 2 2 SA EA m 2 ( v vB ) ( vA vB ) B A ( E A )0 (m A mB ) 2 v02 SB EB m 2 ( v vB ) ( vA vB ) A A ( EB )0 (mA mB ) 2 v02 SA mB2 SB m A2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.37 Solve Sample Problem 14.5, assuming that cart A is given an initial horizontal velocity v0 while ball B is at rest. SOLUTION (a) Velocity of B at maximum elevation: At maximum elevation, ball B is at rest relative to cart A. vB vA Use impulse-momentum principle. mA v0 0 m A vA mB vB x components: (mA mB )vB vB (b) mA v0 mA mB Conservation of energy: 1 m A v02 , V1 0 2 1 1 T2 m A v A2 mB vB2 2 2 1 (m A mB )vB2 2 m A2 v02 2(mA mB ) T1 V2 mB gh T2 V2 T1 V1 m A2 v02 2(mA mB ) mB gh h 1 m A v02 2 mA2 v02 1 2 mAv0 mA mB 2mB g h v02 mA mA mB 2 g Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.38 Two hemispheres are held together by a cord which maintains a spring under compression (the spring is not attached to the hemispheres). The potential energy of the compressed spring is 120 J and the assembly has an initial velocity v 0 of magnitude v0 8 m/s. Knowing that the cord is severed when 30, causing the hemispheres to fly apart, determine the resulting velocity of each hemisphere. SOLUTION Use a frame of reference moving with the mass center. Conservation of momentum: 0 mAvA mB vB vA mB vB mA V 1 1 mA (vA )2 mB (vB )2 2 2 Conservation of energy: 2 m 1 1 mA B vB mB (vB )2 m 2 2 A m (m mB ) B A (vB )2 2m A vB 2mAV mB (mA mB ) mA 2.5 kg mB 1.5 kg Data: V 120 J vB vA (2)(2.5)(120) 10 (1.5)(4.0) 1.5 (10) 6 2.5 vB 10 m/s vA 6 m/s 30 30 Velocities of A and B. vA [8 m/s ] [6 m/s vB [8 m/s ] [10 m/s 30] 30] vA 4.11 m/s vB 17.39 m/s 46.9 16.7 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.39 A 15-lb block B starts from rest and slides on the 25-lb wedge A, which is supported by a horizontal surface. Neglecting friction, determine (a) the velocity of B relative to A after it has slid 3 ft down the inclined surface of the wedge, (b) the corresponding velocity of A. SOLUTION Kinematics: v B v A v B/A Law of cosines: vB2 vA2 vB2/A 2vAvB/A cos30 Principle of impulse and momentum: mv0 Ft mv Components : 0 0 mA v A mB (v A vB/A cos 30) vA mB vB /A cos 30 15cos 30 vB/A m A mB 25 15 0.32476 vB/A From Eq. (1) vB2 (0.32476) 2 vB2/A vB2/A (2)(0.32476) cos 30vB2/A 0.54297 vB2/A Principle of conservation of energy: T0 V0 T1 V1 1 1 mA v A2 mB vB2 WB d sin 30 2 2 W 1 A 1 WB (0.32476vB/A ) 2 (0.54297) vB2/A WB d sin 30 2 g 2 g 00 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (1) PROBLEM 14.39 (Continued) 1 15 1 25 2 2 2 32.2 (0.32476) 2 32.2 (0.54297) vB/A (15)(3)sin 30 0.16741vB2/A 22.5 v B/A 11.59 ft/s (a) (b) vA (0.32476)(11.59) v A 3.76 ft/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. 30 PROBLEM 14.40 A 40-lb block B is suspended from a 6-ft cord attached to a 60-lb cart A, which may roll freely on a frictionless, horizontal track. If the system is released from rest in the position shown, determine the velocities of A and B as B passes directly under A. SOLUTION Conservation of linear momentum: Since block and cart are initially at rest, L0 0 Thus, as B passes under A, L mA vA mB vB 0 mAv A mB vB 0 mB vB mA vA (1) Conservation of energy: Initially, T0 0 V0 mB gl (1 cos ) As B passes under A, Thus, 1 1 m A v A2 mB vB2 2 2 V 0 T T0 V0 T V : mB gl (1 cos ) 1 1 m A v A2 mB vB2 2 2 Substituting for vA from (1) and multiplying by 2: m2 2mB gl (1 cos ) mA B2 vB2 mB vB2 m A m2 m mA 2 B mB vB2 mB B vB m mA A vB 2m A gl (1 cos ) mA mB Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (2) PROBLEM 14.40 (Continued) Given data: wA 60 lb wB 40 lb, l 6 ft g 32.2 ft/s 2 25 2mA 2 wA (2)(60) 1.2 mA mB wA wB 60 40 From Eq. (2), v B (1.2)(32.2)(6)(1 cos 25) v B 4.66 ft/s From Eq. (1), vA wB 40 vB (4.66) wA 60 vA 3.11 ft/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.41 In a game of pool, ball A is moving with a velocity v0 of magnitude v0 15 ft/s when it strikes balls B and C, which are at rest and aligned as shown. Knowing that after the collision the three balls move in the directions indicated and assuming frictionless surfaces and perfectly elastic impact (that is, conservation of energy), determine the magnitudes of the velocities v A , v B , and vC . SOLUTION v 0 v0 cos30 i sin 30j Velocity vectors: v0 15 ft/s v A v A j v B vB sin 30 i cos 30 j v C vC cos 30 i sin 30 j Conservation of momentum: mv0 mv A mv B mvC Divide by m and resolve into components. i: v0 cos30 vB sin 30 vC cos30 j: v0 sin 30 v A vB cos30 vC sin 30 Solving for vB and vC , vB 1 2 vC 1 v0 vA 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 mv0 mv A mvB mvC 2 2 2 2 Conservation of energy: Divide by 3 v0 vA 2 m and substitute for vB and vC . v02 vA2 3 1 v0 vA 2 v0 vA 2 4 4 2vA2 v02 v0vA vA 1 v0 7.5 ft/s 2 3 15 7.5 6.4952 ft/s 2 1 vC 15 7.5 11.25 ft/s 2 vB v A 7.50 ft/s vB 6.50 ft/s vC 11.25 ft/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.42 In a game of pool, ball A is moving with a velocity v0 of magnitude v0 15 ft/s when it strikes balls B and C, which are at rest and aligned as shown. Knowing that after the collision the three balls move in the directions indicated and assuming frictionless surfaces and perfectly elastic impact (that is, conservation of energy), determine the magnitudes of the velocities vA, vB and vC. SOLUTION v 0 v0 cos 45 i sin 45j Velocity vectors: v0 15 ft/s v A vA j v B vB sin 60 i cos 60 j v C vC cos 60 i sin 60 j Conservation of momentum: mv0 mv A mv B mvC Divide by m and resolve into components. i: v0 cos 45 vB sin 60 vC cos 60 j: v0 sin 45 vA vB cos 60 vC sin 60 Solving for vB and vC , vB 0.25882v0 0.5vA Conservation of energy: vC 0.96593v0 0.86603vA 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 mv0 mv A mvB mvC 2 2 2 2 Divide by m and substitute for vB and vC . v02 v A2 0.25882v0 0.5v A 0.96593v0 0.86603v A 2 2 v02 1.4142v0v A 2v A2 vA 0.70711v0 10.607 ft/s vA 10.61 ft/s vB 0.61237v0 9.1856 ft/s vB 9.19 ft/s vC 0.35356v0 5.303 ft/s vC 5.30 ft/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.43 Three spheres, each of mass m, can slide freely on a frictionless, horizontal surface. Spheres A and B are attached to an inextensible, inelastic cord of length l and are at rest in the position shown when sphere B is struck squarely by sphere C which is moving with a velocity v 0. Knowing that the cord is taut when sphere B is struck by sphere C and assuming perfectly elastic impact between B and C, and thus conservation of energy for the entire system, determine the velocity of each sphere immediately after impact. SOLUTION sin 1 , 3 8 , 3 cos 19.471 v 0 v0 j Velocity vectors v A v A cos i sin j v B/ A u B sin i cos j v B v A v B/ A vC vC j mv 0 mv A mv B mvC 2mv A mv B/ A mvC Conservation of momentum: Divide by m and resolve into components. i: 0 2v A cos uB sin j : v0 2vA sin uB cos vC vA Solving for v A and uB , Conservation of energy: 1 v0 vC uB 0.94281 v0 vC 6 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 mv0 mv A mvB mvC 2 2 2 2 Divide by 1 2 1 2 1 1 mv A m v A2 u B2 mvC2 2 2 2 m and substitute for v A and uB . 2 2 2 2 1 v02 2 v0 vC 0.94281 v0 vC vC2 6 v02 vC2 0.94445 v0 vC v A 0.17143v0 2 vC 0.02857v0 v A 0.17143v0 u B 0.96975v0 19.471 , v B/ A 0.96975v0 v B v A v B/ A vC 0.0286v0 v A 0.1714v0 19.5 19.471 v B 0.985 80.1 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.44 In a game of pool, ball A is moving with the velocity v0 v0 i when it strikes balls B and C, which are at rest side by side. Assuming frictionless surfaces and perfectly elastic impact (i.e., conservation of energy), determine the final velocity of each ball, assuming that the path of A is (a) perfectly centered and that A strikes B and C simultaneously, (b) not perfectly centered and that A strikes B slightly before it strikes C. SOLUTION (a) A strikes B and C simultaneously: During the impact, the contact impulses make 30 angles with the velocity v0. v B vB (cos 30i sin 30 j) Thus, v C vC (cos 30i sin 30 j) vA vAi By symmetry, Conservation of momentum: mv0 mv A mv B mvC y component: 0 0 mvB sin 30 mvC sin 30 x component: mv0 mvA mvB cos30 mvC cos30 vC vB v0 vA 2 (v0 vA ) cos30 3 v v vB vC 0 A 3 vB vC Conservation of energy: 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 mv0 mvA mvB mvC 2 2 2 2 2 v02 v A2 (v0 vA ) 2 3 2 v02 v A2 (v0 vA )(v0 vA ) (v0 vA )2 3 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.44 (Continued) 2 1 5 (v0 vA ) v0 v A 3 3 3 6 2 3 vB vC v0 v0 5 5 3 v0 vA 1 vA v0 5 vA 0.200v0 (b) vB 0.693v0 30 vC 0.693v0 30 A strikes B before it strikes C: First impact: A strikes B. During the impact, the contact impulse makes a 30 angle with the velocity v 0 . Thus, Conservation of momentum: v B vB (cos30i sin 30 j) mv 0 mvA mvB y component: 0 m(vA ) y mvB sin 30 x component: v0 m(vA ) x mvB cos30 (vA ) y vB sin 30 (vA ) x v0 vB cos30 Conservation of energy: 1 2 1 1 1 mv0 m(vA )2x m(vA ) 2y mvB2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 m(v0 vB cos 30)2 (vB sin 30) 2 vB2 2 2 2 1 m v02 2v0 vB vB2 cos 2 30 vB2 sin 2 30 vB2 2 3 1 v0 , (vA ) x v0 sin 2 30 v0 , 2 4 3 (vA ) y v0 cos30 sin 30 v0 4 vB v0 cos30 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.44 (Continued) Second impact: A strikes C. During the impact, the contact impulse makes a 30 angle with the velocity v 0 . vC vC (cos30i sin 30 j) Thus, Conservation of momentum: x component: y component: mvA mvA mvC m(vA ) x m(vA ) x mvC cos 30, 1 (vA ) x (vA ) x vC cos 30 v0 vC cos 30 4 m(vA ) y m(vA ) y mvC sin 30 (vA ) y (vA ) y vC sin 30 3 v0 vC sin 30 4 Conservation of energy: 1 1 1 1 1 m(vA )2x m(vA )2y m(v A ) 2x m(v A ) 2y mvC2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 3 2 1 1 3 m v0 v0 m v0 vC cos 30 v0 vC sin 30 vC2 2 16 16 2 4 4 1 1 2 1 m v0 v0 vC cos 30 vC2 cos 2 30 2 16 2 3 2 3 v0 v0 vC sin 30 vC2 sin 2 30 vC2 16 2 1 3 0 v0 vC cos 30 sin 30 2vC2 2 2 1 3 3 vC v0 cos 30 v0 sin 30 4 4 4 1 3 1 v0 cos 30 v0 (v A ) x v0 4 4 8 3 3 3 v0 v0 sin 30 v0 (v A ) y 4 4 8 vA 0.250v0 60° vB 0.866v0 30° vC 0.433v0 30° Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.45 The 2-kg sub-satellite B has an initial velocity vB = 3 m/s j. It is connected to the 20-kg base-satellite A by a 500-m space tether. Determine the velocity of the base satellite and sub-satellite immediately after the tether becomes taut (assuming no rebound). SOLUTION mA 20 kg, mB 2 kg Given: v A 0 0, v B 0 3j m/s Because the cord is inextensible, after it becomes taut, the component of vB along AB must be equal to vA. Impulse-Momentum Diagram: Linear momentum is conserved: x-components: 0 mAv A cos mBv A cos mBvB / A sin 0 13.2v A 1.6vB / A y-components: 2 kg 3 m/s mAv A sin mBv A sin mBvB / A cos 6 17.6v A 1.2vB / A Solving (1) and (2) simultaneously: (1) (2) v A 0.2182 m/s, vB / A 1.8 m/s v A 0.218 m/s 53.1 vB vA vB /A v A cos vB / A sin i v A sin vB / A cos j 1.3091i 1.2545 j m/s v B 1.813 m/s 43.8 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.46 A 900-lb space vehicle traveling with a velocity v 0 (1500 ft/s) k passes through the origin O. Explosive charges then separate the vehicle into three parts A, B, and C, with masses of 150 lb, 300 lb, and 450 lb, respectively. Knowing that shortly thereafter the positions of the three parts are, respectively, A(250, 250, 2250), B (600, 1300, 3200), and C (–475, –950, 1900), where the coordinates are expressed in ft, that the velocity of B is vB (500 ft/s)i (1100 ft/s) j (2100 ft/s) k , and that the x component of the velocity of C is 400 ft/s, determine the velocity of part A. SOLUTION rA 250i 250 j 2250 k Position vectors (ft): rB 600i 1300 j 3200 k rC 475i 950 j 1900 k Since there are no external forces, linear momentum is conserved. (mA mB mC ) v 0 mA v A mB v B mC vC vA mA mB mC m m v0 B vB C vC 6 v0 2 vB 3vC mA mA mA (6)(1500k ) (2)(500i 1100 j 2100k ) (3)[400i (vC ) y j (vC ) z k ] 3(vC ) y j 3(vC ) z k 200i 2200 j 4800 k (v A ) x 200, (vC ) y 3(vC ) y 2200, (v A ) z 3(vC ) z 4800 Conservation of angular momentum about O: (HO )2 (HO )1 Since the vehicle passes through the origin, (HO )1 0. (HO )2 rA (mA vA ) rB (mB vB ) rC (mC vC ) 0 Divide by mA. rA vA m mB rB vB C rC vC rA vA 2rB vB 3rC vC mA mA rA (6 v 0 2 v B 3vC ) 2rB v B 3rC vC 3(rC rA ) vC 6rA v0 2(rB rA ) vB (2175 i 3600 j 1050 k ) vC (1500 i 1500 j 13500 k ) v0 (700i 2100 j 1900k ) v B 0 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (1) PROBLEM 14.46 (Continued) i j k i j k i j k 2175 3600 1050 1500 1500 13500 700 2100 1900 0 (vC ) x (vC ) y (vC ) z 0 0 1500 500 1100 2100 Resolve into components. i: 1050(vC ) y 3600(vC ) z 2, 250, 000 2,320,000 0 (2) j: 2175(vC ) z 1050(vC ) x 2, 250,000 520,000 0 (3) k: 3600(vC ) x 2175(vC ) y 0 280, 000 0 (4) Set (vC ) x 400 ft/s From Eq. (4), (vC ) y 790.80 ft/s From Eq. (3), (vC ) z 1080.5 ft/s From Eq. (1), vA (6)(1500k ) (2)(500 i 1100 j 2100 k ) (3)[400 i (790.80) j (1080.5) k ] 200 i 172.4 j 1558.6 k vA (200 ft/s) i (172 ft/s)j (1560 ft/s) k Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.47 Four small disks A, B, C, and D can slide freely on a frictionless horizontal surface. Disks B, C, and D are connected by light rods and are at rest in the position shown when disk B is struck squarely by disk A, which is moving to the right with a velocity v0 (38.5 ft/s)i. The weights of the disks are WA WB WC 15 lb, and WD 30 lb. Knowing that the velocities of the disks immediately after the impact are v A v B (8.25 ft/s)i, vC vC i, and v D vD i, determine (a) the speeds vC and vD , (b) the fraction of the initial kinetic energy of the system which is dissipated during the collision. SOLUTION There are no external forces. Momentum is conserved. (a) Moments about D vC 3mA 3(mA mB ) v0 vB (0.5)(38.5) (8.25) 11 6mC 6mC Moments about C vD 3mAv0 6mC vC 3(mA mB )vB : vC 11.00 ft/s 3mAv0 3(mA mB )vB 6mDvD : 3mAv0 3(mA mB ) vB (0.25)(38.5) (0.5)(8.25) 5.5 ft/s 6mD 6mD vD 5.50 ft/s (b) Initial kinetic energy: T1 1 WA 2 1 15 v0 (38.5) 2 345.24 ft lb 2 g 2 32.2 Final kinetic energy: T2 1 WA WB 2 1 WC 2 1 WD 2 vB vC vD 2 g 2 g 2 g 1 30 1 15 1 30 (8.25) 2 (11.00) 2 (5.50) 2 73.98 ft lb 2 32.2 2 32.2 2 32.2 345.24 73.98 271.26 ft lb Energy lost: Fraction of energy lost 271.26 0.786 345.24 (T1 T2 ) 0.786 T1 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.48 In the scattering experiment of Problem 14.26, it is known that the alpha particle is projected from A0 (300, 0, 300) and that it collides with the oxygen nucleus C at Q(240, 200, 100), where all coordinates are expressed in millimeters. Determine the coordinates of Point B0 where the original path of nucleus B intersects the zx plane. (Hint: Express that the angular momentum of the three particles about Q is conserved.) PROBLEM 14.26 In a scattering experiment, an alpha particle A is projected with the velocity u0 (600 m/s)i (750 m/s) j (800 m/s)k into a stream of oxygen nuclei moving with a common velocity v0 (600 m/s) j . After colliding successively with nuclei B and C, particle A is observed to move along the path defined by the Points A1 (280, 240, 120) and A2 (360, 320, 160), while nuclei B and C are observed to move along paths defined, respectively, by B1 (147, 220, 130), B2 (114, 290, 120), and by C1(240, 232, 90) and C2 (240, 280, 75). All paths are along straight lines and all coordinates are expressed in millimeters. Knowing that the mass of an oxygen nucleus is four times that of an alpha particle, determine the speed of each of the three particles after the collisions. SOLUTION Conservation of angular momentum about Q: QA0 ( mu 0 ) QB 0 (4 m v0 ) QC 0 (4 mv0 ) QA1 ( mvA ) QB1 (4 mvB ) QC 1 (4 mvC ) QA0 ( m u 0 ) QB 0 (4 mv 0) 0 0 QB1 (4 mvB ) 0 QA0 rA0 rQ (300i 300 k ) (240 i 200 j 100 k ) where (60 mm)i (200 mm) j (200 mm)k QB 0 (x)i (y ) j (z )k QB1 rB1 rQ (147i 220 j 130 k ) (240i 200 j 100 k ) (93 mm)i (20 mm)j (30 mm)k u 0 (600 m/s)i (750 m/s)j (800 m/s)k v 0 (600 m/s)j and from the solution to Problem 14.26, vB vB B (716.98)(0.42290i 0.89707 j 0.12815 k ) (303.21 m/s) i (643.18 m/s) j (91.88 m/s)k Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (1) PROBLEM 14.48 (Continued) Calculating each term and dividing by m, i j k QA0 u 0 60 200 200 10, 000 i 72, 000 j 75, 000 k 600 750 800 QB 0 (4 v 0 ) [( x )i ( y ) j ( z ) k ] (2400 j) 2400( z )i 2400( x ) k QB1 (4 vB ) i j k 93 84,532 i 70,565 j 215, 006 k 20 30 1212.84 2572.72 367.52 Collect terms and resolve into components. Coordinates: i: 10,000 2400(z ) 84,532 k: 75,000 2400(x) 215, 006 z 39.388 mm x 58.336 mm xB0 xQ x 240 58.336 xB0 181.7 mm yB0 0 zB0 zQ z 100 39.388 zB0 139.4 mm Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.49 Three identical small spheres, each of weight 2 lb, can slide freely on a horizontal frictionless surface. Spheres B and C are connected by a light rod and are at rest in the position shown when sphere B is struck squarely by sphere A which is moving to the right with a velocity v0 (8 ft/s)i. Knowing that θ = 45° and that the velocities of spheres A and B immediately after the impact are v A 0 and v B (6 ft/s)i ( v B ) y j, determine (v B ) y and the velocity of C immediately after impact. SOLUTION Let m be the mass of one ball. Conservation of linear momentum: (mv) (mv)0 mv A mv B mvC m( v A )0 (mv B )0 (mvC )0 Dividing by m and applying numerical data, 0 [(6 ft/s)i (vB ) y j] [(vC ) x i (vC ) y j] (8 ft/s)i 0 0 Components: x: 6 (vC ) x 8 (vC ) x 2 ft/s y: (vB ) y (vC ) y 0 (1) Conservation of angular momentum about O: [r (mv)] [r (mv0 )] where rA = 0, rB = 0, rC (1.5 ft)(cos 45i sin 45j) (1.5)(cos 45i sin 45 j) [m(vC ) x i m(vC ) y j] 0 Since their cross product is zero, the two vectors are parallel. (vC ) y (vC ) x tan 45 2 tan 45 2 ft/s From (1), (vB ) y 2 ft/s (vB ) y 2.00 ft/s vC (2.00 ft/s)i + (2.00 ft/s) j Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.50 Three small spheres A, B, and C, each of mass m, are connected to a small ring D of negligible mass by means of three inextensible, inelastic cords of length l. The spheres can slide freely on a frictionless horizontal surface and are rotating initially at a speed v0 about ring D which is at rest. Suddenly the cord CD breaks. After the other two cords have again become taut, determine (a) the speed of ring D, (b) the relative speed at which spheres A and B rotate about D, (c) the fraction of the original energy of spheres A and B that is dissipated when cords AD and BD again became taut. SOLUTION Let the system consist of spheres A and B. State 1: Instant cord DC breaks. 3 1 m ( v A )1 mv0 i j 2 2 3 1 i j m( v B )1 mv0 2 2 L1 m ( v A )1 m( v B )1 mv0 j v L1 1 v0 j 2m 2 Mass center lies at Point G midway between balls A and B. 3 3 lj (mv A )1 lj (mv B )1 2 2 3 lmv0k 2 1 1 T1 mv02 mv02 mv02 2 2 (H G )1 State 2: The cord is taut. Conservation of linear momentum: 1 v D v v0 j 2 (a) Let ( v A )2 v u A vD 0.500v0 and v B v uB L2 2mv mu A mu B L1 u B u A uB u A (HG )2 lmu Ak lmuBk 2lmu Ak Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.50 (Continued) (b) Conservation of angular momentum: (HG )2 (HG )1 2lmu Ak 3 lmv0k 2 u A uB 3 v0 4 u 0.750v0 1 1 1 (2m)v 2 mu A2 muB2 2 2 2 1 9 9 13 2 1 mv02 mv0 2 2 16 16 16 T2 (c) Fraction of energy lost: 13 T1 T2 1 16 3 T1 1 16 T1 T2 0.1875 T1 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.51 In a game of billiards, ball A is given an initial velocity v0 along the longitudinal axis of the table. It hits ball B and then ball C, which are both at rest. Balls A and C are observed to hit the sides of the table squarely at A and C , respectively, and ball B is observed to hit the side obliquely at B. Knowing that v0 4 m/s, v A 1.92 m/s, and a 1.65 m, determine (a) the velocities v B and vC of balls B and C, (b) the Point C where ball C hits the side of the table. Assume frictionless surfaces and perfectly elastic impacts (that is, conservation of energy). SOLUTION Velocities in m/s. Lengths in meters. Assume masses are 1.0 for each ball. ( v A )0 v0i 4i, Before impacts: v A 1.92 j, After impacts: (v B )0 ( vC )0 0 v B (vB ) x i (vB ) y j, vC vC i v 0 v A v B vC Conservation of linear momentum: i: 4 0 (vB ) x vC j: 0 1.92 (vB ) y 0 (vB ) x 4 vC (vB ) y 1.92 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 v0 v A vB vC 2 2 2 2 Conservation of energy: 1 2 1 1 1 1 (4) (1.92) 2 (1.92) 2 (4 vC ) 2 vC2 2 2 2 2 2 vC2 4vC 3.6864 0 vC 4 (4) 2 (4)(3.6864) 2 0.56 2.56 2 or 1.44 Conservation of angular momentum about B : 0.75v0 (1.8 a)v A cvC cvC (0.75)(4) (1.8 1.65)(1.92) 2.712 c 2.712 vC If vC 1.44, c 1.8833 If vC 2.56, c 1.059 off the table. Reject. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.51 (Continued) (vB ) x 4 2.56 1.44, Then, v B 1.44i 1.92j Summary. v B 2.40 m/s (a) (b) 53.1 vC 2.56 m/s c 1.059 m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.52 For the game of billiards of Problem 14.51, it is now assumed that v0 5 m/s, vC 3.2 m/s, and c 1.22 m. Determine (a) the velocities v A and v B of balls A and B, (b) the Point A where ball A hits the side of the table. PROBLEM 14.51 In a game of billiards, ball A is given an initial velocity v0 along the longitudinal axis of the table. It hits ball B and then ball C, which are both at rest. Balls A and C are observed to hit the sides of the table squarely at A and C , respectively, and ball B is observed to hit the side obliquely at B. Knowing that v0 4 m/s, v A 1.92 m/s, and a 1.65 m, determine (a) the velocities v B and vC of balls B and C, (b) the Point C where ball C hits the side of the table. Assume frictionless surfaces and perfectly elastic impacts (that is, conservation of energy). SOLUTION Velocities in m/s. Lengths in meters. Assume masses are 1.0 for each ball. ( v A )0 v0i 5i, Before impacts: v A v A j, After impacts: (v B )0 ( vC )0 0 v B (vB ) x i (vB ) y j, vC 3.2i v 0 v A v B vC Conservation of linear momentum: i: 5 0 (vB ) x 3.2 (vB ) x 1.8 j: 0 v A (vB ) y 0 (vB ) y v A 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 v0 v A vB vC 2 2 2 2 Conservation of energy: 1 2 1 1 1 1 (5) (v A )2 (1.8) 2 (v A )2 (3.2) 2 2 2 2 2 2 (a) v A2 11.52 (vB ) y 2.4 v A 2.40 m/s v A 2.4 v B 1.8i 2.4 j v B 3.00 m/s 53.1 Conservation of angular momentum about B : 0.75v0 (1.8 a)vA cvC avA 1.8v A cvC 0.75v0 (1.8)(2.4) (1.22)(3.2) (0.75)(5) 4.474 (b) a 4.474 4.474 2.4 vA a 1.864 m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.53 Two small disks A and B, of mass 3 kg and 1.5 kg, respectively, may slide on a horizontal, frictionless surface. They are connected by a cord, 600 mm, long, and spin counterclockwise about their mass center G at the rate of 10 rad/s. At t 0, the coordinates of G are x0 0, y0 2 m, and its velocity is v0 (1.2 m/s)i (0.96 m/s) j . Shortly thereafter, the cord breaks; disk A is then observed to move along a path parallel to the y axis and disk B along a path which intersects the x axis at a distance b 7.5 m from O. Determine (a) the velocities of A and B after the cord breaks, (b) the distance a from the y-axis to the path of A. SOLUTION Initial conditions. Location of G: AG BG AG GB AB 0.6 m mB mA mB mA m 4.5 kg 0.6 AG 1.5 0.2 m 4.5 BG 0.4 m Linear momentum: L0 m v0 (4.5 kg)(1.2 i 0.96 j) 5.4i 4.32 j Angular momentum: About G: (H G )0 GA m A vA GB mB vB (0.2 m)(3 kg)(0.2 m 10 rad/s)k (0.4 m)(1.5 kg)(0.4 m 10 rad/s)k (H G )0 (3.6 kg m 2 /s)k About O: Using formula derived in Problem 14.27, (HO )0 r mv 0 (HG )0 2 j (5.4i 4.32 j) 3.6k 10.8k 3.6k (7.2 kg m2 /s)k Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.53 (Continued) Kinetic energy: Using Eq. (14.29), 1 1 1 1 1 mv02 m : vi2 mv02 m A vA2 mB vB2 2 2i 2 2 2 1 1 1 (4.5)[(1.2) 2 (0.96) 2 ] (3)(0.2 10)2 (1.5)(0.4 10) 2 2 2 2 (5.3136 6 12) 23.314 J T0 (a) Conservation of linear momentum: L0 L 5.4i 4.32 j mA v A mB v B 3(v A j) 1.5[(vB ) z i (vB ) y j] Equating coefficients of i: 5.4 1.5(vB ) x (vB ) x 3.6 m/s (1) Equating coefficients of j: 4.32 3v A 1.5(vB ) y (vB ) y 2.88 2vA (2) Conservation of energy: T0 T : T0 23.314 J 1 1 m Av A2 mB vB2 2 2 1 1 (3) v A2 (1.5)[(vB ) 2x (vB )2y ] 2 2 Substituting from Eqs. (1) and (2): 23.314 1.5v A2 0.75(3.6) 2 0.75(2.88 2v A ) 2 4.5v A2 8.64vA 7.373 0 v A2 1.92vA 1.6389 0 vA 0.96 1.60 2.56 m/s vA 2.56 m/s and vA 0.96 1.60 0.64 m/s (rejected, since vA is shown directed up) From Eqs. (1) and (2): (vB ) x 3.6 m/s (vB ) y 2.88 2(2.56) 2.24 m/s vB 3.6 i 2.24 j (b) vB 4.24 m/s 31.9° Conservation of angular momentum about O: (HO )0 HO : 7.2k ai mA vA bi mB vB 7.2k ai 3(2.56 j) 7.5i 1.5(3.6i 2.24 j) 7.2k 7.68ak 25.2k a 2.34 m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.54 Two small disks A and B, of mass 2 kg and 1 kg, respectively, may slide on a horizontal and frictionless surface. They are connected by a cord of negligible mass and spin about their mass center G. At t 0, G is moving with the velocity v 0 and its coordinates are x0 0, y0 1.89 m. Shortly thereafter, the cord breaks and disk A is observed to move with a velocity v A (5 m/s) j in a straight line and at a distance a 2.56 m from the y-axis, while B moves with a velocity v B (7.2 m/s)i (4.6 m/s) j along a path intersecting the x-axis at a distance b 7.48 m from the origin O. Determine (a) the initial velocity v 0 of the mass center G of the two disks, (b) the length of the cord initially connecting the two disks, (c) the rate in rad/s at which the disks were spinning about G. SOLUTION Initial conditions. Location of G: AG BG AG GB l mB m A mB m A m m 1 AG B l l m 3 mA 2 BG l l m 3 Linear momentum: L0 mv0 3 v0 Angular momentum about G: (HG )0 GA mA vA GB mB vB 1 1 2 2 l (2 kg) l k l (1 kg) l k 3 3 3 3 2 l 2 k 2 3 Kinetic energy: Using Eq. (14.29), T0 1 1 1 1 1 mv02 mi vi2 mv02 mA vA2 mB vB2 2 2i 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 1 (3)v02 (2) l (1) l 2 2 3 2 3 3 1 T0 v02 l 2 2 2 3 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.54 (Continued) Conservation of linear momentum: m v 0 m A v A mB v B 3v 0 (2)(5 j) (1)(7.2i 4.6 j) 7.2i 5.4 j v0 (2.4 m/s)i (1.8 m/s) j (a) Conservation of angular momentum about O: : (1.89 j) mv0 (HG )0 (2.56i ) mA vA (7.48 i) mB vA Substituting for v0 , (HG )0 , vA , vB and masses: 2 (1.89 j) 3(2.4i 1.8 j) l 2 k (2.56i ) 2(5 j) (7.48i ) (7.2i 4.6 j) 3 2 13.608k l 2 k 25.6k 34.408k 3 2 2 l 4.80 3 l 2 7.20 (1) Conservation of energy: T0 T : 3 2 1 2 2 1 1 v0 l mA v A2 mB vB2 2 3 2 2 3 1 1 1 [(2.4)2 (1.8)2 ] l 2 2 (2)(5)2 (1)[(7.2)2 (4.6)2 ] 2 3 2 2 1 13.5 l 2 2 25 36.5 3 l 2 2 144.0 (2) Dividing Eq. (2) by Eq. (1), member by member: 144.0 20.0 rad/s 7.20 Original rate of spin 20.0 rad/s (c) Substituting for into Eq. (1): l 2 (20.0) 7.20 (b) l 2 0.360 l 0.600 m Length of cord 600 mm Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.55 Three small identical spheres A, B, and C, which can slide on a horizontal, frictionless surface, are attached to three 9-in-long strings, which are tied to a ring G. Initially, the spheres rotate clockwise about the ring with a relative velocity of 2.6 ft/s and the ring moves along the x-axis with a velocity v0 (1.3 ft/s)i. Suddenly, the ring breaks and the three spheres move freely in the xy plane with A and B, following paths parallel to the y-axis at a distance a 1.0 ft from each other and C following a path parallel to the x-axis. Determine (a) the velocity of each sphere, (b) the distance d. SOLUTION Conservation of linear momentum: L0 (3 m) v 3m (1.3i ) m (3.9 ft/s)i Before break: L mv A j mvB j mvC i After break: L L0 : mvC i m(vA vB ) j m(3.9 ft/s)i Therefore, vA vB (1) vC 3.9000 ft/s vC 3.90 ft/s (2) Conservation of angular momentum: Before break: ( H O )0 3mlv 3m (0.75ft)(2.6 ft/s) 5.85m After break: H O mv A x A mv A ( x A 0.346) mvC d H O mA xA mv A ( xA 1.0) mvC d H O ( H O )0 : 1.0mvA mvC d 5.85m Recalling Eq. (2): vA 3.9d 5.85 d 1.5 0.25641vA Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (3) PROBLEM 14.55 (Continued) Conservation of energy. Before break: 1 1 (3 m)v 2 3 mv2 2 2 3 3 m v02 v2 [(1.3)2 (2.6) 2 ]m 12.675m 2 2 T0 After break: T 1 2 1 2 1 2 mv A mvB mvC 2 2 2 T T0 : Substituting for vB from Eq. (1) and vC from Eq. (2), 1 2 v A v A2 (3.900)2 12.675 2 v A2 5.0700 vA vB 2.2517 ft/s (a) Velocities: vA 2.25 ft/s ; v B 2.25 ft/s ; vC 3.9 ft/s (b) Distance d: From Eq. (3): d 1.5 0.25641(2.2517) 0.92265 ft d 11.1 in. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.56 Three small identical spheres A, B, and C, which can slide on a horizontal, frictionless surface, are attached to three strings of length l which are tied to a ring G. Initially, the spheres rotate clockwise about the ring which moves along the x axis with a velocity v0. Suddenly the ring breaks and the three spheres move freely in the xy plane. Knowing that vA (3.5 ft/s) j, vC (6.0 ft/s)i, a 16 in. and d 9 in., determine (a) the initial velocity of the ring, (b) the length l of the strings, (c) the rate in rad/s at which the spheres were rotating about G. SOLUTION Conservation of linear momentum: (3m) v mvA mvB mv C 3mv0 i m(3.5 ft/s) j mvB j m(6.0 ft/s)i Equating coefficients of unit vectors: 3v0 6.00 ft/s 0 3.5 ft/s vB vB 3.5 ft/s (1) v0 2.00 ft/s (a) Conservation of angular momentum: Before break: After break: ( H O )0 3ml 2 H O mv A xA mv A ( x A 16/12) mvC (9/12) m(3.5)(16/12) m(6.0)(9/12) m(9.1667) ( H O )0 H 0 : 3ml 2 m(9.1667) l 2 3.0556 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (2) PROBLEM 14.56 (Continued) Conservation of energy: Before break: 1 3 1 3 (3m)v 2 3 mv2 mv02 m(l) 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 m(2.0)2 ml 2 2 2 2 T0 After break: 1 2 1 2 1 2 mv A mvB mvC 2 2 2 1 1 m [(3.5)2 (6.0)2 ] m (60.5) 2 2 T T T0 : 1 3 3 m(60.5) m(2.0) 2 ml 2 2 2 2 2 l 2 2 16.167 (3) 16.167 5.2909 Dividing Eq. (3) by Eq. (2): 3.0556 (b) From Eq. (2): l2 3.0556 5.2909 l 0.75994 ft l 0.76 ft (c) Rate of rotation: 5.29 rad/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.57 A stream of water with density = 1000 kg/m3 is discharged from a nozzle at the rate of 0.06 m3/s. Using Bernoulli’s equation the gage pressure P in the pipe just upstream from the nozzle is P v 2 2 2 v12 . Knowing the nozzle is held to the pipe by six flange bolts, determine the tension in each bolt, neglecting the initial tension caused by the tightening of the nuts. SOLUTION Given: 1000 kg/m3 FBD of pipe: Q 0.06 m /s d1 0.150 m 3 d 2 0.05 m Fp Force in the pipe wall Mass flow rates. dm1 dm2 Q 60 kg/s dt dt Velocity of fluid upstream and downstream from the nozzle: Q A1v1 v1 Q A2 v2 4Q d12 v2 v1 3.395 m/s 4Q d 22 v2 30.56 m/s The gauge pressure in the pipe upstream of the nozzle is: P 2 v 2 2 v12 461.12 kN/m2 Apply principle of Impulse-momentum in x-direction F dm v2 v1 where: dt Fp 461.12 4 6519.0 N Force per bolt: Fb Fp 6 F PA F 1 p 0.15 2 60 30.56 3.395 Fb 1086.5 N Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.58 A jet ski is placed in a channel and is tethered so that it is stationary. Water enters the jet ski with velocity v1 and exits with velocity v2. Knowing the inlet area is A1 and the exit area is A2, determine the tension in the tether. SOLUTION Mass flow rates. Consider a cylindrical portion of the fluid lying in a section of pipe of cross sectional area A and length l. The volume and mass are m A(l ) m l A Av t t Then At the pipe inlet and outlet, we get m1 A1v1 , t m2 A2 v2 t Impulse and momentum principle: mv1 Imp12 mv 2 Using horizontal components ( ), (m1 )v1 cos P(t ) (m2 )v2 m1 m v2 1 v1 cos t t 2 A2 v2 A1v12 cos P P A2 v22 A1v12 cos Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.59 The nozzle shown discharges a stream of water at a flow rate Q 475 gal/min with a velocity v of magnitude 60 ft/s. The stream is split into two streams with equal flow rates by a wedge that is kept in a fixed position. Determine the components (drag and lift) of the force exerted by the stream on the wedge. (1 ft3 7.48 gal.) SOLUTION Let F be the force that the wedge exerts on the stream. Assume that the fluid speed is constant. v 60 ft/s. Q 475 gal/min ft 3/s Volumetric flow rate: dm 62.4 slug/ft 3 1.0584 ft 3/s 2.051 slug/s Q 32.2 dt Mass flow rate: v v i, Velocity vectors: v1 v cos30 i sin 30 j v 2 v cos 45 i sin 45 j Impulse – momentum principle: m v F t F m m v1 v2 2 2 m 1 1 v1 v 2 v t 2 2 dm 1 1 v cos 30 i sin 30 j cos 45 i sin 45 j i dt 2 2 2.051 60 ft/s 0.21343i 0.10355 j 26.26 lb i 12.74 lb j Force that the stream exerts on the wedge: F 26.26 lb i 12.74 lb j drag 26.3 lb lift 12.74 lb Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.60 The nozzle shown discharges a stream of water at a flow rate Q 500 gal/min with a velocity v of magnitude 48 ft/s. The stream is split into two streams of equal flow rates by a wedge that is moving to the left at a constant speed of 12 ft/s. Determine the components (drag and lift) of the force exerted by the stream on the wedge. (1ft3 = 7.48 gal.) SOLUTION For a fixed observer, the upstream velocity is v 48 ft/s i. Volumetric flow rate: Q 500 gal/min ft 3/s dm 62.4 Q slug/ft 3 1.1141 ft 3/s 2.1590 slug/s dt 32.2 Use a frame of reference that is moving with the wedge to the left at 12 ft/s. In this frame of reference the upstream velocity vector is u 48i 12i 60 ft/s i. Mass flow rate: For the moving frame of reference the mass flow rate is u u i, Velocity vectors: dm u dm 60 2.1590 2.6987 slug/s. dt v dt 48 u1 u cos30 i sin 30 j u 2 u cos 45 i sin 45 j Let F be the force that the wedge exerts on the stream. Impulse-momentum principle: m u F t F m m u1 u2 2 2 m 1 1 u1 u 2 u t 2 2 dm 1 1 u cos30 i sin 30 j cos 45 i sin 45 j i dt 2 2 2.6987 60 0.21343 i 0.10355 j 34.6 lb i 16.76 lb j Force that the stream exerts on the wedge F 34.6 lb i 16.76 lb j drag 34.6 lb lift 16.76 lb Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.61 A rotary power plow is used to remove snow from a level section of railroad track. The plow car is placed ahead of an engine that propels it at a constant speed of 20 km/h. The plow car clears 160 Mg of snow per minute, projecting it in the direction shown with a velocity of 12 m/s relative to the plow car. Neglecting friction, determine (a) the force exerted by the engine on the plow car, (b) the lateral force exerted by the track on the plow. SOLUTION Velocity of the plow: vP 20 km/h 5.5556 m/s Velocity of thrown snow: v s (12 m/s)(cos30i sin 30 j) (5.5556 m/s)k Mass flow rate: dm (160000 kg/min) 2666.7 kg/s dt (60 s/min) Let F be the force exerted on the plow and the snow. Apply impulse-momentum, noting that the snow is initially at rest and that the velocity of the plow is constant. Neglect gravity. F(t ) (m) v s dm F vs (2.666.7)(12cos30i 12sin 30 j 5.5556k ) dt (27713 N)i (16000 N) j (14815 N)k (a) Force exerted by engine. Fz 14.8 kN (b) Lateral force exerted by track. Fx 27.7 kN Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.62 Tree limbs and branches are being fed at A at the rate of 5 kg/s into a shredder which spews the resulting wood chips at C with a velocity of 20 m/s. Determine the horizontal component of the force exerted by the shredder on the truck hitch at D. SOLUTION Eq. (14.38): ( m) vA F t ( m) vC F Force exerted on chips F 100 N m vC (5 kg/s)(20 m/s t 25) 25 Free body: shredder: Fx 0: Fx (100 N)cos 25 0 Fx 90.6 N On hitch: Fx 90.6 N Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.63 Sand falls from three hoppers onto a conveyor belt at a rate of 90 lb/s for each hopper. The sand hits the belt with a vertical velocity v1 10 ft/s and is discharged at A with a horizontal velocity v2 13 ft/s. Knowing that the combined mass of the beam, belt system, and the sand it supports is 1300 lb with a mass center at G, determine the reaction at E. SOLUTION Principle of impulse and momentum: Moments about F: (m)v1(3a) mv1 (2a) (m) v1 a (W t )c ( Rt ) L 3(m)v2h R Data: L 20 ft, R 1 L c 13 ft, m m cW 6av1 t 3hv2 t a 5 ft, h 2.5 ft, m W /g 1 dW 2.7950 slug/s t dt g dt 1 13(1300) (6)(5)(10)(2.7950) (3)(2.5)(13)(2.7950) 20 R 873 lb Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.64 The stream of water shown flows at a rate of 550 liters/min and moves with a velocity of magnitude 18 m/s at both A and B. The vane is supported by a pin and bracket at C and by a load cell at D that can exert only a horizontal force. Neglecting the weight of the vane, determine the components of the reactions at C and D. SOLUTION dm (1000 kg/m3 )(550 liters/min)(1 min) Q dt (1000 liters/m3 )(60 sec) dm 9.1667 kg/s dt Mass flow rate: vA 18 m/s Velocity vectors: v B 18 m/s 40 Apply the impulse-momentum principle. Moments about C : 0.040(m)v A 0.150 D(t ) 0.200(m)vB cos 40 0.165(m)vB sin 40 1 m [0.200vB cos 40 0.165vB sin 40 0.040v A ] 0.150 t 1 (9.1667)[(0.200)(18) cos 40 0.165(18)sin 40 0.040(18)] 0.150 Dx 329 N 329.20 N D Dy 0 x components: Cx (t ) D(t ) (m)vB cos 40 m Cx vB cos 40 D (9.1667)(18cos 40) 329.20 202.79 N t y components: Cx 203 N (m)v A C y (t ) (m)vB sin 40 m m Cy vA vB sin 40 (9.1667)(18 18sin 40) 271.06 N t t C y 271 N Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.65 The nozzle shown discharges water at the rate of 40 ft 3/min. Knowing that at both A and B the stream of water moves with a velocity of magnitude 75 ft/s and neglecting the weight of the vane, determine the components of the reactions at C and D. SOLUTION dm 62.4 lb/ft 3 40 ft 3/min Q 1.29193 lb s/ft dt g 32.2 ft/s 2 60 s/min Mass flow rate: v A vB 75 ft/s Use impulse - momentum principle. moments about D : 15 23 15 m v A sin 60 m v A cos 60 C t 12 12 12 3 m vB 12 15 23 3 m 15 cos 60 1.29193 75 0.37420 C v A sin 60 12 12 12 t 12 C 29.006 lb Cx 0, C y 29.0 lb m vA cos 60 Dx t m vB x component: m Dx vB v A cos 60 1.29193 75 75cos 60 t m v A sin 60 C t D y t y component: Dy C Dx 48.4 lb 0 m v A sin 60 29.006 1.29193 75 sin 60 t D y 54.9 lb Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.66 A stream of water flowing at a rate of 1.2 m3/min and moving with a velocity of magnitude 30 m/s at both A and B is deflected by a vane welded to a hinged plate. Knowing that the combined mass of the vane and plate is 20 kg with the mass center at point G, determine (a) the angle , (b) the reaction at C. SOLUTION dm kg Q 1000 3 dt m Mass flow rate: m3 1 min 1.2 20 kg/s min 60 s vA vB 30 m/s Use the impulse-momentum principle. m v A a m g t Moments about C: cos (a) l cos m vB b 30 0.110 30 0.030 0.81549 m v A a v B b 20 m p gl t 20 9.81 0.300 35.364 35.4 m vA Cx t m vB cos x components: Cx 0 C y t m p g t m vB sin y components: Cy mp g (b) m vB cos vA 20 30cos 30 110.70 N t m vB sin 20 9.81 20 30 sin 151.06 N t C 110.70 N 151.06 N C 187.3 N Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. 53.8 PROBLEM 14.67 A stream of water flowing at a rate of 1.2 m3/min and moving with a velocity of magnitude v at both A and B is deflected by a vane welded to a hinged plate. The combined mass of the vane and plate is 20 kg with the mass center at point G. Knowing that 45, determine (a) the speed v of the flow, (b) the reaction at C. SOLUTION dm kg Q 1000 3 dt m Mass flow rate: vA vA v, m3 1 min 1.2 20 kg/s min 60 s 45 Use the impulse-momentum principle. m v Aa m p g t l cos moments about C: v A vB (a) m p g l cos a b m / t m vBb 20 9.81 0.300 cos 45 0.110 0.030 20 26.013m/s v 26.0 m/s m vA Cx t m vB cos x components: Cx m vB cos vA 20 26.013cos 45 26.013 152.38 N t 0 C y t m p g t m vB sin y components: Cy mp g (b) m vB sin 20 9.81 20 26.013 sin 45 171.68 N t C 152.38 N 171.68 N C 230 N 48.4 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.68 Coal is being discharged from a first conveyor belt at the rate of 120 kg/s. It is received at A by a second belt that discharges it again at B. Knowing that v1 3 m/s and v 2 4.25 m/s and that the second belt assembly and the coal it supports have a total mass of 472 kg, determine the components of the reactions at C and D. SOLUTION Velocity before impact at A: (vA ) x v1 3 m/s (vA )2y 2 g (y) (2)(9.81)(0.545) 10.693 m2 /s2 tan Slope of belt: 2.4 1.2 , 2.25 (vA ) y 3.270 m/s 28.07 v 2 4.25 (cos i sin j) Velocity of coal leaving at B: Apply the impulse-momentum principle. (m)(vA ) x Cx (t ) (m)v2 cos x components: Cx m [v2 cos (v A ) x ] (120)(4.25cos 28.07 3) t Cx 90.0 N moments about C: (m)[1.2(v A ) x 0.75(v A ) y ] 3.00 D(t ) 1.8W (t ) (m)[2.4 v2 cos 3v2 sin ] m [(1.2)(3) (0.75)(3.270)] 3D (1.8)(472)(9.81) t m [(2.4)(4.25cos ) (3)(4.25sin )] t D 2775 1.0168 dm 2775 (1.0168)(120) 2897 N dt Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.68 (Continued) y components: (m)(v A ) y (C y D W )(t ) (m)v2 sin Cy D W m (3.270 4.25sin ) t (120)(5.268) 632.2 N C y 4625.6 2897 632.2 C y 2361 N Cx 90.0 N, C y 2360 N Dx 0, Dy 2900 N Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.69 The total drag due to air friction on a jet airplane traveling at 900 km/h is 35 kN. Knowing that the exhaust velocity is 600 m/s relative to the airplane, determine the mass of air that must pass through the engine per second to maintain the speed of 900 km/h in level flight. SOLUTION dm mass flow rate dt u exhaust relative to the airplane v speed of airplane D drag force Symbols: Principle of impulse and momentum: (m)v D(t ) (m)u m dm D t dt uv Data: v 900 km/h = 250 m/s u 600 m/s D 35 kN 35000 N dm 35000 dt 600 250 dm 100 kg/s dt Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.70 While cruising in level flight at a speed of 600 mi/h, a jet plane scoops in air at the rate of 200 lb/s and discharges it with a velocity of 2100 ft/s relative to the airplane. Determine the total drag due to air friction on the airplane. SOLUTION Flight speed: v 600 mi/h 880 ft/s Mass flow rate: dm 200 lb/s 6.2112 slug/s dt 32.2 ft/s 2 F D dm (u v ) dt or D dm (v u ) dt where, for a frame of reference moving with the plane, v is the free stream velocity (equal to the air speed) and u is the relative exhaust velocity. D (6.2112)(2100 880) 7577.6 lb D 7580 lb Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.71 In order to shorten the distance required for landing, a jet airplane is equipped with movable vanes, that partially reverse the direction of the air discharged by each of its engines. Each engine scoops in the air at a rate of 120 kg/s and discharges it with a velocity of 600 m/s relative to the engine. At an instant when the speed of the airplane is 270 km/h, determine the reverse thrust provided by each of the engines. SOLUTION Apply the impulse-momentum principle to the moving air. Use a frame of reference that is moving with the airplane. Let F be the force on the air. v 270 km/h 75 m/s u 600 m/s (m)v F(t ) 2 (m) u sin 20 2 m dm (v u sin 20) (v u sin 20) t dt F (120)(75 600sin 20) 33.6 103 N F Force on airplane is F. F 33.6 kN Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.72 The helicopter shown can produce a maximum downward air speed of 80 ft/s in a 30-ft-diameter slipstream. Knowing that the weight of the helicopter and its crew is 3500 lb and assuming 0.076 lb/ft 3 for air, determine the maximum load that the helicopter can lift while hovering in midair. SOLUTION F The thrust is Calculation of dm . dt dm ( vB v A ) dt mass density volume density area length m AB (l ) AB vB (t ) m dm AB vB AB vB t g dt where AB is the area of the slipstream well below the helicopter and vB is the corresponding velocity in the slipstream. Well above the blade, vA 0. F Hence, g AB vB2 0.076 lb/ft 3 2 2 2 4 (30 ft) (80 ft/s) 32.2 ft/s 10,678 lb F 10, 678 lb The force on the helicopter is 10,678 lb . Weight of helicopter: WH 3500 lb Weight of payload: WP WP Statics: Fy F WH WP 0 WP F WH 10,678 3500 7178 lb W = 7180 lb Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.73 Prior to take-off the pilot of a 3000-kg twin-engine airplane tests the reversible-pitch propellers by increasing the reverse thrust with the brakes at point B locked. Knowing that point G is the center of gravity of the airplane, determine the velocity of the air in the two 2.2-meter-diameter slipstreams when the nose wheel A begins to lift off the ground. Assume 1.21 kg/m3 and neglect the approach velocity of the air. SOLUTION Let F be the force exerted on the slipstream of one engine. Then, the force exerted on the airplane is 2F as shown. Statics. M B 0 0.3 mg 1.6 2F 0 F 0.3 3000 9.81 2 1.6 2.5791 103 N Calculation of dm . dt mass density volume density area length m AB l ABvB t m dm ABvB t dt F Force exerted on the slipstream: dm vB vA dt Assume that v A , the speed far upstream, is negligible. F ABvB vB 0 D 2 vB2 4 vB2 4 2.5791 103 4F 599.8 m 2 /s 2 2 D2 2.2 1.21 v B 24.5 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.74 The jet engine shown scoops in air at A at a rate of 200 lb/s and discharges it at B with a velocity of 2000 ft/s relative to the airplane. Determine the magnitude and line of action of the propulsive thrust developed by the engine when the speed of the airplane is (a) 300 mi/h, (b) 600 mi/h. SOLUTION Use a frame of reference moving with the plane. Apply the impulse-momentum principle. Let F be the force that the plane exerts on the air. x components: (m)u A F (t ) (m) uB F moments about B: m dm (u B u A ) (u B u A ) t dt (1) e(m)u A M B (t ) 0 MB e dm uA dt (2) Let d be the distance that the line of action is below B. Fd M B d MB eu A F uB u A (3) dm 200 200 lb/s 6.2112 slugs/s, uB 2000 ft/s, e 12 ft dt 32.2 Data: u A 300 mi/h 440 ft/s (a) From Eq. (1), F (6.2112)(2000 440) From Eq. (3), d (12)(440) 2000 440 F 9690 lb d 3.38 ft u A 600 mi/h 880 ft/s (b) From Eq. (1), F (6.2112)(2000 880) From Eq. (3), d (12)(880) 2000 880 F 6960 lb d 9.43 ft Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.75 A jet airliner is cruising at a speed of 900 km/h with each of its three engines discharging air with a velocity of 800 m/s relative to the plane. Determine the speed of the airliner after it has lost the use of (a) one of its engines, (b) two of its engines. Assume that the drag due to air friction is proportional to the square of the speed and that the remaining engines keep operating at the same rate. SOLUTION Let v be the airliner speed and u be the discharge relative velocity. u 800 m/s. dm (u v) dt Thrust formula for one engine: F Drag formula: D kv 2 Three engines working. Cruising speed v0 900 km/h 250 m/s 3F D 3 dm (u v0 ) kv02 0 dt kv02 dm k (250) 2 37.879k dt 3(u v0 ) 3(800 250) (a) One engine fails. Two engines working. Cruising speed v1 2F D 2 dm (u v1 ) kv12 0 dt (2)(37.879k )(800 v1 ) kv12 0 v12 75.758v1 60.606 103 0 v1 211.20 m/s (b) v1 760 km/h Two engines fail. One engine working. Cruising speed v2 FD dm (u v2 ) kv22 0 dt (37.879k )(800 v2 ) kv22 0 v22 37.879v2 30.303 103 0 v2 156.17 m/s v2 562 km/h Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.76 A 16-Mg jet airplane maintains a constant speed of 774 km/h while climbing at an angle 18. The airplane scoops in air at a rate of 300 kg/s and discharges it with a velocity of 665 m/s relative to the airplane. If the pilot changes to a horizontal flight while maintaining the same engine setting, determine (a) the initial acceleration of the plane, (b) the maximum horizontal speed that will be attained. Assume that the drag due to air friction is proportional to the square of the speed. SOLUTION Calculate the propulsive force using velocities relative to the airplane. F dm ( vB v A ) dt dm 300 kg/s dt v A 774 km/h Data: 215 m/s vB 665 m/s F (300)(665 215) 135, 000 N Since there is no acceleration while the airplane is climbing, the forces are in equilibrium. 18F 0: F D mg sin 0 F D mg sin (16,000)(9.8)sin18 48, 454 N (a) Initial acceleration of airplane in horizontal flight: ma F D : 16, 000a 48.454 103 Corresponding drag force: D 135, 000 48, 454 86,546 N Drag force factor: D k v A2 or k a 3.03 m/s2 D v A2 86,546 (215)2 1.87228 N s 2 /m 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. 18° PROBLEM 14.76 (Continued) (b) Maximum speed in horizontal flight: Since the acceleration is zero, the forces are in equilibrium. F D0 dm dm dm (vB v A ) k v A2 0 k v A2 vA vB 0 dt dt dt 1.87228v A2 300v A (300)(665) 0 vA 256.0 m/s v A 922 km/h Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.77 The propeller of a small airplane has a 2-m-diameter slipstream and produces a thrust of 3600 N when the airplane is at rest on the ground. Assuming 1.225 kg/m3 for air, determine (a) the speed of the air in the slipstream, (b) the volume of air passing through the propeller per second, (c) the kinetic energy imparted per second to the air in the slipstream. SOLUTION Calculation of dm dt at a section in the airstream: mass density volume density area length m A(l ) Av t m dm Av t dt (a) Thrust dm dt ( vB vA ) where vB is the velocity just downstream of propeller and vA is the velocity far upstream. Assume vA is negligible. Thrust ( Av)v D 2 v 2 4 3600 1.225 (2)2 v 2 4 v 2 935.44 v 30.585 m/s (b) (c) Q 1 dm dt Av D 2 v (2)2 (30.585) 96.086 4 4 v 30.6 m/s Q 96.1 m3 /s Kinetic energy of mass m : 1 1 1 (m)v 2 A(l )v 2 Av(t )v3 2 2 2 T dT dt t 1 Av3 2 1 D 2 v3 2 4 1 (1.225) (2) 2 (30.585)3 2 4 55,053 N m/s T dT 55,100 N m/s dt Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.78 The wind turbine-generator shown has an output-power rating of 1.5 MW for a wind speed of 36 km/h. For the given wind speed, determine (a) the kinetic energy of the air particles entering the 82.5-m-diameter circle per second, (b) the efficiency of this energy conversion system. Assume 1.21 kg/m3 for air. SOLUTION (a) Rate of kinetic energy in the slipstream. Let m be the mass moving through the slipstream of area A in the time t. Then, m A(l ) Av(t ) The kinetic energy carried by this mass is t 1 1 (m)v 2 Av3 (t ) 2 2 dT T 1 Av3 dt t 2 Data: A d2 (82.5 m) 2 5345.6 m 2 4 4 v 36 km/h 10 m/s dT 1 (1.21 kg/m3 )(5345.6 m 2 )(10 m/s)3 dt 2 3.234 106 kg m 2 /s3 dT 3.234 MW dt (b) Efficiency n: output power 1.5 MW available input power 3.234 MW 0.464 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.79 A wind turbine-generator system having a diameter of 82.5 m produces 1.5 MW at a wind speed of 12 m/s. Determine the diameter of blade necessary to produce 10 MW of power assuming the efficiency is the same for both designs and 1.21 kg/m3 for air. SOLUTION Rate of kinetic energy in the slipstream. Let m be the mass moving through the slipstream of area A in time t. Then m A(l ) Av(t ) The kinetic energy carried by this mass is 1 1 (m) v 2 Av3 (t ) 2 2 dT T 1 Av3 dt t 2 T This is the available input power for the wind turbine. For a wind turbine of efficiency , the output power P is P dT Av3 dt 2 We want to compare two turbines having P1 1.5 MW and P2 10 MW, respectively. Then P2 2 2 A2 v23 P1 1 1 A1v13 Since 2 1 , 2 1 , and v2 v1 , we get P2 A2 d 22 10 6.6667 P1 A1 d12 1.5 d 22 6.6667 d12 (6.6667)(82.5 in) 2 d 2 213 m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.80 While cruising in level flight at a speed of 570 mi/h, a jet airplane scoops in air at a rate of 240 lb/s and discharges it with a velocity of 2200 ft/s relative to the airplane. Determine (a) the power actually used to propel the airplane, (b) the total power developed by the engine, (c) the mechanical efficiency of the airplane. SOLUTION dm 240 7.4534 slugs/s dt 32.2 u 2200 ft/s Data: v 570 mi/h 836 ft/s dm F (u v) dt (7.4534)(2200 836) 10,166 lb (a) Power used to propel airplane: P1 Fv (10,166)(836) 8.499 106 ft lb/s Propulsion power 15, 450 hp Power of kinetic energy of exhaust: 1 (m)(u v)2 2 1 dm (u v)2 P2 2 dt 1 (7.4534)(2200 836)2 2 6.934 106 ft lb/s P2 (t ) (b) Total power: P P1 P2 15.433 106 ft lb/s Total power 28, 060 hp (c) Mechanical efficiency: P1 8.499 106 P 15.433 106 0.551 Mechanical efficiency 0.551 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.81 In a Pelton-wheel turbine, a stream of water is deflected by a series of blades so that the rate at which water is deflected by the blades is equal to the rate at which water issues from the nozzle (m/t A v A ). Using the same notation as in Sample Problem 14.8, (a) determine the velocity V of the blades for which maximum power is developed, (b) derive an expression for the maximum power, (c) derive an expression for the mechanical efficiency. SOLUTION Let u be the velocity of the stream relative to the velocity of the blade. u (v V ) m AvA t Mass flow rate: Principle of impulse and momentum: (m)u Ft (t ) (m)u cos m Ft u (1 cos ) t Av A (v A V )(1 cos ) where Ft is the tangential force on the fluid. The force Ft on the fluid is directed to the left as shown. By Newton’s law of action and reaction, the tangential force on the blade is Ft to the right. Output power: Pout FV t Av A (v A V )V (1 cos ) (a) V for maximum power output: dPout A (v A 2V )(1 cos ) 0 dV (b) vA 1 V 2 Maximum power: 1 1 ( Pout ) max Av A v A v A v A (1 cos ) 2 2 ( Pout ) max 1 Av3A (1 cos ) 4 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.81 (Continued) Input power rate of supply of kinetic energy of the stream 1 1 (m)v A2 t 2 1 m 2 vA 2 t 1 Av3A 2 Pin (c) Efficiency: Pout Pin Av A (v A V )V (1 cos ) 1 Av3A 2 2 1 V vA V (1 cos ) vA Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.82 A circular reentrant orifice (also called Borda’s mouthpiece) of diameter D is placed at a depth h below the surface of a tank. Knowing that the speed of the issuing stream is v 2 gh and assuming that the speed of approach v1 is zero, show that the diameter of the stream is d D/ 2. (Hint: Consider the section of water indicated, and note that P is equal to the pressure at a depth h multiplied by the area of the orifice). SOLUTION From hydrostatics, the pressure at section 1 is p1 h gh. The pressure at section 2 is p2 0. Calculate the mass flow rate using section 2. mass density volume density area length m A2 (l ) A2 v(t ) dm m A2 v dt t Apply the impulse-momentum principle to fluid between sections 1 and 2. (m)v1 p1 A1 (t ) (m)v dm dm v1 p1 A1 v dt dt dm p1 A1 (v v1 ) dt A2 v(v v1 ) p1 gh and v 2 gh But v1 is negligible, ghA1 A2 (2 gh) or A1 2 A2 D2 2 d 2 4 4 d Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. D 2 PROBLEM 14.83 A railroad car of length L and mass m0 when empty is moving freely on a horizontal track while being loaded with sand from a stationary chute at a rate dm/dt q. Knowing that the car was approaching the chute at a speed v0 , determine (a) the mass of the car and its load after the car has cleared the chute, (b) the speed of the car at that time. SOLUTION Consider the conservation of the horizontal component of momentum of the railroad car of mass m0 and the sand mass qt. m0v0 m0 qt v v m0v0 m0 qt (1) dx m0v0 v dt m0 qt x0 0 Integrating, using x L when t t L , and t t L 0L vdt 0L ln m0v0 mv dt 0 0 ln m0 qt L ln m0 m0 qt q m0v0 m0 qt L ln q m0 m0 qtL qL m0 m0v0 m0 qt L eqL/m0v0 m0 m0 qt L m0eqL/m0v0 (a) Final mass of railroad car and sand (b) Using (1), vL m0v0 mv 0 0 e qL/m0v0 m0 qt L m0 vL v0eqL/m0v0 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.84* The depth of water flowing in a rectangular channel of width b at a speed v1 and a depth d1 increases to a depth d2 at a hydraulic jump. Express the rate of flow Q in terms of b, d1, and d2. SOLUTION mass density volume density area length m bd (l ) bdv(t ) Mass flow rate: dm m bdv dt t 1 dm bdv Q dt Q1 Q2 Q Continuity of flow: v1 Q bd1 v2 Q bd 2 Resultant pressure forces: p1 d1 p2 d 2 1 1 p1bd1 bd12 2 2 1 1 F2 p2 bd 2 bd 22 2 2 F1 Apply impulse-momentum principle to water between sections 1 and 2. (m)v1 F1 (t ) F2 (t ) (m)v2 m (v1 v2 ) F2 F1 t Q 2 (d 2 d1 ) bd1d 2 Noting that g , Q Q 1 2 2 b d 2 d1 bd1 bd 2 2 Q 1 b(d1 d 2 )(d 2 d1 ) 2 Qb 1 gd1d 2 (d1 d 2 ) 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.85* Determine the rate of flow in the channel of Problem 14.84, knowing that b 12 ft, d1 4 ft, and d2 5 ft. PROBLEM 14.84 The depth of water flowing in a rectangular channel of width b at a speed v1 and a depth d1 increases to a depth d2 at a hydraulic jump. Express the rate of flow Q in terms of b, d1, and d2. SOLUTION mass density volume density area length m bd (l ) bdv(t ) Mass flow rate: dm m bdv dt t 1 dm bdv Q dt Q1 Q2 Q Continuity of flow: v1 Resultant pressure forces: Q bd1 p1 d1 v2 Q bd 2 p2 d 2 1 1 p1bd1 bd12 2 2 1 1 F2 p2 bd 2 bd 22 2 2 F1 Apply impulse-momentum principle to water between sections 1 and 2. (m)v1 F1 (t ) F2 (t ) (m)v2 m (v1 v2 ) F2 F1 t Q 2 (d 2 d1 ) bd1d 2 Q Q 1 2 2 b d 2 d1 bd bd 2 2 1 Q 1 b(d1 d 2 )(d 2 d1 ) 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.85* (Continued) 1 gd1d 2 (d1 d 2 ) 2 Noting that g , Qb Data: g 32.2 ft/s,2 Q 12 b 12 ft, d1 4 ft, d 2 5 ft 1 (32.2)(4)(5)(9) 2 Q 646 ft 3 /s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.86 A chain of length l and mass m lies in a pile on the floor. If its end A is raised vertically at a constant speed v, express in terms of the length y of chain that is off the floor at any given instant (a) the magnitude of the force P applied at A, (b) the reaction of the floor. SOLUTION Let be the mass per unit length of chain. Apply the impulse-momentum to the entire chain. Assume that the reaction from the floor is equal to the weight of chain still in contact with the floor. Calculate the floor reaction. R g (l y ) y R mg 1 l Apply the impulse-momentum principle. yv P(t ) R(t ) gL(t ) ( y y)v Pt (y )v gL(t ) R(t ) P (a) y v gL ( L y ) g t v 2 gy Let (b) From above, P m 2 (v gy ) l y dy v t dt y R mg 1 l Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.87 Solve Problem 14.86, assuming that the chain is being lowered to the floor at a constant speed v. PROBLEM 14.86 A chain of length l and mass m lies in a pile on the floor. If its end A is raised vertically at a constant speed v, express in terms of the length y of chain that is off the floor at any given instant (a) the magnitude of the force P applied at A, (b) the reaction of the floor. SOLUTION (a) Let be the mass per unit length of chain. The force P supports the weight of chain still off the floor. P gy (b) P mgy l Apply the impulse-momentum principle to the entire chain. yv P (t ) R (t ) gL(t ) g ( y y )v R (t ) gL(t ) P (t ) g (y )v R gL gy Let t 0. Then y v t y dy v t dt R g ( L y) v2 R m [ g ( L y ) v 2 ] l Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.88 The ends of a chain lie in piles at A and C. When released from rest at time t 0, the chain moves over the pulley at B, which has a negligible mass. Denoting by L the length of chain connecting the two piles and neglecting friction, determine the speed v of the chain at time t. SOLUTION Let m be the mass of the portion of the chain between the two piles. This is the portion of the chain that is moving with speed v. The remainder of the chain lies in either of the two piles. Consider the time period between t and t t and apply the principle impulse and momentum. Let m be the amount of chain that is picket up at A and deposited at C during the time period t. At time t, m is still in pile A while m has a downward at speed v just above pile C. The remaining mass (m m) is moving with speed v. At time t t , m is moving with speed v v just above pile A and m is at rest in pile C. Over the time period an unbalanced weight of chain acts on the system. The weight is mgh L Apply the impulse-momentum principle to the system. W Consider moments about the pulley axle. r[(m)v (m m)v] rW (t ) r[(m)(v v) (m m)(v v)] Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.88 (Continued) Dividing by r and canceling the terms (m)v and (m m)v 0 mgh (t ) (m)(v v) (m m)(v) L v(m) m(v) m v ( t ) L But m Hence, mgh mv 2 (t ) (t ) m(v) L L Solving for t , t L(v) gh v 2 Letting c 2 gh, and considering the limit as t and v become infinitesimal, gives dt L dv c v2 2 Integrate, noting that v 0 when t 0 tL tanh v 0 v dv L v tanh 1 2 2 c c0 c v ct v L c v gh gh tanh t L Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.89 A toy car is propelled by water that squirts from an internal tank at a constant 6 ft/s relative to the car. The weight of the empty car is 0.4 lb and it holds 2 lb of water. Neglecting other tangential forces, determine the top speed of the car. SOLUTION Consider a time interval t. Let m be the mass of the car plus the water in the tank at the beginning of the interval and (m m) the corresponding mass at the end of the interval. m0 is the initial value of m. Let v be the velocity of the car. Apply the impulse and momentum principle over the time interval. Horizontal components : mv 0 (m)( v u cos 20) ( m m)( v v) m v u cos 20 m m Let v be replaced by differential dv and m be replaced by the small differential dm, the minus sign meaning that dm is the infinitesimal increase in m. dv u cos 20 dm m Integrating, v v0 u cos 20 ln Since v0 0, v u cos 20 ln m m0 m0 m The velocity is maximum when m m f , the value of m when all of the water is expelled. vmax u cos 20 ln m0 mf vmax (6 ft/s) cos 20 ln 0.4 2 0.4 vmax 10.10 ft/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.90 A toy car is propelled by water that squirts from an internal tank. The weight of the empty car is 0.4 lb and it holds 2 lb of water. Knowing the top speed of the car is 8 ft/s, determine the relative velocity of the water that is being ejected. SOLUTION Consider a time interval t. Let m be the mass of the car plus the water in the tank at the beginning of the interval and (m m) the corresponding mass at the end of the interval. m0 is the initial value of m. Let v be the velocity of the car. Apply the impulse and momentum principle over the time interval. Horizontal components : mv 0 (m)( v u cos 20) ( m m)( v v) m v u cos 20 m m Let v be replaced by differential dv and m be replaced by the small differential dm, the minus sign meaning that dm is the infinitesimal increase in m. dv u cos 20 dm m Integrating, v v0 u cos 20 ln Since v0 0, v u cos 20 ln m m0 m0 m The velocity is maximum when m m f , the value of m when all of the water is expelled. vmax u cos 20 ln 8 ft/s u cos 20 ln m0 mf 0.4 2 0.4 u 4.75 ft/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.91 The main propulsion system of a space shuttle consists of three identical rocket engines which provide a total thrust of 6 MN. Determine the rate at that the hydrogen-oxygen propellant is burned by each of the three engines, knowing that it is ejected with a relative velocity of 3750 m/s. SOLUTION Thrust of each engine: Eq. (14.44): 1 P (6 MN) 2 106 N 3 dm u dt dm 2 106 N (3750 m/s) dt P dm 2 106 N dt 3750 m/s dm 533 kg/s dt Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.92 The main propulsion system of a space shuttle consists of three identical rocket engines, each of which burns the hydrogen-oxygen propellant at the rate of 750 lb/s and ejects it with a relative velocity of 12000 ft/s. Determine the total thrust provided by the three engines. SOLUTION From Eq. (14.44) for each engine: dm u dt (750 lb/s) (12000 ft/s) 32.2 ft/s 2 279.50 103 lb P For the 3 engines: Total thrust 3(279.50 103 lb) Total thrust 839, 000 lb Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.93 A rocket sled burns fuel at the constant rate of 120 lb/s. The initial weight of the sled is 1800 lb, including 360 lb of fuel. Assume that the track is lubricated and the sled is aerodynamically designed so that air resistance and friction are negligible. (a) Derive a formula for the acceleration a of the sled as a function of time t and the exhaust velocity vex of the burned fuel relative to the sled. Plot the ratio a/vex versus time t for the range 0 < t < 4 s, and check the slope of the graph at t = 0 and t = 4 s using the formula for a. (b) Determine the ratio of the velocity vb of the sled at burnout to the exhaust velocity vex. SOLUTION Given: dm 120 / 32.2 3.727 slug/s dt mi 1800 / 32.2 55.90 slugs, m f 1800 360 / 32.2 44.72 slugs Mass of rocket sled over time: m mi dm t 55.90 3.727t dt From Equation 14.42 applied to the direction of motion: dm F ma dt u or a (a) Putting in known values: a where: F 0, u v ex 1 dm vex m dt 3.727vex 55.90 3.727t a / vex 1 15 t Plot of a/vex vs. time: Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.93 (Continued Slope of graph from figure: Find slope analytically: at t=0 s : slope 0.004 at t=4 s: slope 0.008 d a 1 dt vex 15 t 2 Evaluating the function: at t=0 s : slope 0.00444 at t=4 s: slope 0.00826 (b) Burnout of fuel occurs when m=mf: dm tf dt 44.72 55.90 3.727t f m f mi t f 3.0 s Velocity of sled: a tf 0 dv adt dv dt adt vb dv 0 vb vex dt dv 0 15 t 0 15 vb ln 15 t f vex Evaluate with t f 3.0 s tf vb 0.223 vex Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.94 A space vehicle describing a circular orbit at a speed of 24 103 km/h releases its front end, a capsule that has a gross mass of 600 kg, including 400 kg of fuel. If the fuel is consumed at the rate of 18 kg/s and ejected with a relative velocity of 3000 m/s, determine (a) the tangential acceleration of the capsule as the engine is fired, (b) the maximum speed attained by the capsule. SOLUTION dm u dt (18 kg/s)(3000 m/s) P Thrust: 54 103 N (at )0 (a ) (b) P 54 103 90 m/s 2 m0 600 (at )0 90.0 m/s 2 Maximum speed is attained when all the fuel is used up: v1 v0 v0 t1 0 at dt v0 t1 u dm dt 0 m t1 0 P dt m dt v0 u m1 m0 dm m m m v1 v0 u ln 1 v0 u ln 0 m0 m1 Data: v0 24 103 km/h 6.6667 103 m/s u 3000 m/s m0 600 kg m1 600 400 200 kg v1 6.6667 103 3000 ln 9.9625 103 m/s 600 200 v1 35.9 103 km/h Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.95 A 540-kg spacecraft is mounted on top of a rocket with a mass of 19 Mg, including 17.8 Mg of fuel. Knowing that the fuel is consumed at a rate of 225 kg/s and ejected with a relative velocity of 3600 m/s, determine the maximum speed imparted to the spacecraft if the rocket is fired vertically from the ground. SOLUTION See sample Problem 14.8 for derivation of v u ln m0 gt m0 qt (1) u 3600 m/s q 225 kg/s, mfuel 17,800 kg Data: m0 19,000 kg 540 kg 19,540 kg We have mfuel qt , 17,800 kg (225 kg/s)t t 17,800 kg 79.111 s 225 kg/s Maximum velocity is reached when all fuel has been consumed, that is, when qt mfuel. Eq. (1) yields vm u ln m0 gt m0 mfuel 19,540 (9.81 m/s 2 )(79.111 s) 19,540 17,800 (3600 m/s) ln 11.230 776.1 m/s vm 7930 m/s 7930.8 m/s (3600 m/s) ln Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.96 The rocket used to launch the 540-kg spacecraft of Problem 14.95 is redesigned to include two stages A and B, each of mass 9.5 Mg, including 8.9 Mg of fuel. The fuel is again consumed at a rate of 225 kg/s and ejected with a relative velocity of 3600 m/s. Knowing that when stage A expels its last particle of fuel its casing is released and jettisoned, determine (a) the speed of the rocket at that instant, (b) the maximum speed imparted to the spacecraft. SOLUTION dm uq dt Thrust force: Pu Mass of rocket unspent fuel: m m0 qt Corresponding weight force: W mg a Acceleration: F P W P uq g g m m m m0 qt Integrating with respect to time to obtain the velocity, v v0 t 0 adt v0 u v0 u ln For each stage, qdt gt 0 m qt 0 t m0 qt gt m0 mfuel 8900 kg q 225 kg/s For the first stage, v0 0 (a) v1 0 3600 ln (1) u 3600 m/s mfuel 8900 39.556 s 225 q t m0 540 (2)(9500) 19,540 kg 19,540 8900 (9.81)(39.556) 1800.1 m/s 19,540 v1 1800 m/s For the second stage, (b) v0 1800.1 m/s, m0 540 9500 10,040 kg v2 1800.1 3600 ln 10,040 8900 (9.81)(39.556) 9244 m/s 10, 040 v2 9240 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.97 The weight of a spacecraft, including fuel, is 11,600 lb when the rocket engines are fired to increase its velocity by 360 ft/s. Knowing that 1000 lb of fuel is consumed, determine the relative velocity of the fuel ejected. SOLUTION Apply conservation of momentum to the rocket plus the fuel. mv m m v v m v v v mv m v m v m v m v m v m v m v u m 0 m dm t dt v dv u dm t dt m dt u dm dm v1 t1 m1 v0 dv 0 m dt dt m0 u m v1 v0 u ln Data: m1 m W u ln 0 u ln 0 m0 m1 W1 v1 v0 360 ft/s W0 11, 600 lb, 360 u ln 11, 600 10, 600 W1 11, 600 1000 10,600 lb u 3990 ft/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.98 The rocket engines of a spacecraft are fired to increase its velocity by 450 ft/s. Knowing that 1200 lb of fuel is ejected at a relative velocity of 5400 ft/s, determine the weight of the spacecraft after the firing. SOLUTION Apply conservation of momentum to the rocket plus the fuel. mv m m v v m v v v mv m v m v m v m v m v m v m v u m 0 m dm t dt v dv u dm t dt m dt u dm dm v1 t1 m1 v0 dv 0 m dt dt m0 u m v1 v0 u ln m1 m u ln 0 m0 m1 m0 v v0 W0 exp 1 m1 u W1 Data: v1 v0 450 ft/s, u 5400 ft/s W0 W1 Wfuel W1 1200 lb W1 1200 450 exp 1.08690 W1 5400 1200 0.08690 W1 W1 13810 lb Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.99 Determine the distance traveled by the spacecraft of Prob. 14.97 during the rocket engine firing, knowing that its initial speed was 7500 ft/s and the duration of the firing was 60 s. SOLUTION dm uq dt m m0 qt P uq a m m0 qt Pu Thrust force Mass of rocket plus unspent fuel Acceleration: Integrating with respect to time to obtain the velocity, v v0 q t t 0 adt v0 u 0 m qt dt 0 v0 u ln m0 qt ln m0 v0 u ln m0 qt m0 (1) Integrating again to obtain the displacement, m qt t s s0 v0t u 0 ln 0 dt m0 Let z m0 qt m0 s s0 v0t dz q dt m0 or dt m0 dz q m0u z m0u z ln zdz q z ln z z z0 q z0 s0 v0t m0 m0 m0u m0 qt m0 qt 1 1 ln ln q m0 m0 m0 m0 s0 v0t m0u qt m0 qt 1 1 1 ln q mo m0 s0 v0t m qt m0u m0 qt 1 1 ut ln 0 1 ln q m0 m 0 m u m qt s0 v0t ut 0 ut ln 0 m0 q m m0 s s0 v0t u t 0 t ln m0 qt q Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (2) PROBLEM 14.99 (Continued) v0 7500 ft/s Data: t 60 s m0 m0 qt v 7500 360 7860 ft/s q mfuel Wfuel 1000 0.5176 slug/s t gt 32.2 60 W0 11600 360.25 slugs g 32.2 11600 1000 329.19 slugs 32.2 32.2 s0 0 From (1), 7860 7500 u ln 360 u ln From (2), 329.19 360.25 360.25 329.19 u 3993 ft/s 360.25 360.25 60 ln s 0 7500 60 3993 60 0.5176 329.19 460.6 106 ft s 87.2 mi Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.100 A rocket weighs 2600 lb, including 2200 lb of fuel, which is consumed at the rate of 25 lb/s and ejected with a relative velocity of 13000 ft/s. Knowing that the rocket is fired vertically from the ground, determine (a) its acceleration as it is fired, (b) its acceleration as the last particle of fuel is being consumed, (c) the altitude at which all the fuel has been consumed, (d) the velocity of the rocket at that time. SOLUTION Given initial conditions: W W0 2600 lb g 32.2 ft/s 2 m 2600 80.745 slug 32.2 dm u dt (25 lb/s) (13000 ft/s) 32.2 ft/s 2 10.093 103 lb F ma P mg ma P a g m 10.093 103 lb (a) Initial Acceleration: a 32.2 92.80 ft/s 2 80.745 slug (b) As the last particle of fuel is consumed: W 2600 2200 400 lb 400 m 12.422 slug 32.2 10.093 103 lb a 32.2 780.30 ft/s 2 From (1): 12.422 See Sample Problem 14.8 for derivation of m0 m qt v u ln gt u ln 0 gt m0 qt m0 P Thrust Force: Set dy dt (1) a 92.8 ft/s 2 a 780 ft/s 2 (2) v in Eq. (2) and integrate with respect to time: m0 gt dt u ln m0 qt t m qt 1 u ln 0 dt gt 2 0 m0 2 h h dy 0 t 0 vdt t 0 Making the following substitutions: z m0 qt m0 dz q dt m0 or dt m0 dz q Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.100 (Continued) h m0u q z z0 ln z dz 1 2 m0 u 1 gt [( z ln z z )]zz0 gt 2 q 2 2 1 m0u m0 qt m0 qt m0 m0 1 1 gt 2 ln ln q m0 m0 m0 m0 2 m0u qt m0 qt 1 2 1 1 gt 1 ln q m0 m0 2 m qt 1 2 m0u m0 qt 1 1 ut ln 0 1 gt ln q m0 m0 2 m u m qt 1 2 ut 0 ut ln 0 gt m0 2 q m m0 1 2 h u t 0 t ln gt m0 qt 2 q (c) From Eq. (3), (3) 1 2600 2600 2 88 ln h (13000) 88 (32.2)(88) 25 2600 2200 2 (13000)(88 16 ln 6.5) 124680 630, 000 ft h 119.3 mi (d) From Eq. (2), 2600 2200 (32.2)(88) 2600 13000 ln 6.5 2834 v 13000 ln 21500 ft/s v 14, 660 mi/h Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.101 Determine the altitude reached by the spacecraft of Problem 14.95 when all the fuel of its launching rocket has been consumed. SOLUTION See Sample Problem 14.8 for derivation of v u ln m0 m qt gt u ln 0 gt m0 qt m0 (1) Note that g is assumed to be constant. Set dy dt v in Eq. (1) and integrate with respect to time. m0 gt dt u ln 0 0 0 m0 qt t m0 qt 1 2 dt gt u ln 0 2 m0 h h dy t vdt t Let z m0 qt m0 q dt m0 or dt m0 dz q 1 2 m0u 1 gt ( z ln z z )zz0 2 gt 2 2 q m m 1 m u m qt m0 qt 0 0 1 0 ln 0 1 gt 2 ln q m0 m0 m0 m0 2 h m0u q dz z z0 ln z dz 1 m0u qt m0 qt 1 1 gt 2 1 ln q m0 m0 2 m qt 1 2 m0u m0 qt 1 1 ut ln 0 1 gt ln q m0 m0 2 m u m qt 1 2 ut 0 ut ln 0 gt 2 m0 q m m0 1 2 h u t 0 t ln gt m0 qt 2 q Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (2) PROBLEM 14.101 (Continued) u 3600 m/s Data: q 225 kg/s m0 19, 000 540 19,540 kg mfuel 17,800 kg mfuel 17,800 79.111 s 225 q m0 qt 1740 kg t From Eq. (2), g 9.81 m/s 2 19,540 19,540 1 2 79.111 ln h (3600) 79.111 (9.81)(79.111) 1740 2 225 186,766 m h 186.8 km Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.102 For the spacecraft and the two-stage launching rocket of Problem 14.96, determine the altitude at which (a) stage A of the rocket is released, (b) the fuel of both stages has been consumed. SOLUTION dm uq dt Thrust force: Pu Mass of rocket unspent fuel: m m0 qt Corresponding weight force: W mg a Acceleration: F P W P uq g g m m m m0 qt Integrating with respect to time to obtain velocity, v v0 t 0 adt v0 u v0 u ln Integrating again to obtain the displacement, s s0 v0t u m0 qt m0 Let z Then s s0 v0t t ln 0 qdt gt 0 m qt 0 t m0 qt gt m0 (1) m0 qt 1 dt gt 2 m0 2 dz q dt m0 dt m0 dz q m0u z 1 ln z dz gt 2 q z0 2 mu 1 z s0 v0t 0 ( z ln z z ) z gt 2 0 q 2 s0 v0t m0u m0 qt m0 qt m0 qt m0 m m 1 ln ln 0 0 gt 2 q m0 m0 m0 m0 m0 m0 2 m m qt 1 2 s0 v0t u t 0 t ln 0 gt m0 2 q Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (2) PROBLEM 14.102 (Continued) For each stage, mfuel 8900 kg u 3600 m/s q 225 kg/s For the first stage, v0 0 t mfuel 8900 39.556 s q 225 s0 0 m0 540 (2)(9500) 19,540 kg From Eq. (1), v1 0 3600 ln 19,540 8900 (9.81)(39.556) 19,540 1800.1 m/s From Eq. (2), (a) 19,540 19,540 8900 1 2 s1 0 0 3600 39.556 39.556 ln (9.81)(39.556) 225 19,540 2 h1 31.2 km 31, 249 m For the second stage, v0 1800.1 m/s s0 31, 249 m m0 540 9500 10, 040 kg From Eq. (2), (b) 10, 040 10,040 8900 s2 31, 249 (1800.1)(39.556) 3600 39.556 39.556 ln 10,040 225 1 (9.81)(39.556)2 2 197,502 m h2 197.5 km Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.103 In a jet airplane, the kinetic energy imparted to the exhaust gases is wasted as far as propelling the airplane is concerned. The useful power is equal to the product of the force available to propel the airplane and the speed of the airplane. If v is the speed of the airplane and u is the relative speed of the expelled gases, show that the mechanical efficiency of the airplane is 2v/(u v). Explain why 1 when u v. SOLUTION Let F be the thrust force, and dm dt be the mass flow rate. Absolute velocity of exhaust: ve u v Thrust force: F Power of thrust force: P1 Fv Power associated with exhaust: Total power supplied by engine: dm (u v) dt dm (u v)v dt 1 1 (m)ve2 (m)(u v) 2 2 2 1 dm (u v)2 P2 2 dt P2 (t ) P P1 P2 dm 1 (u v)v (u v)2 dt 2 1 dm 2 (u v 2 ) 2 dt P Mechanical efficiency: useful power P1 P total power 2(u v)v 2 2 u v 2v (u v) 1 when u v. The exhaust, having zero velocity, carries no power away. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.104 In a rocket, the kinetic energy imparted to the consumed and ejected fuel is wasted as far as propelling the rocket is concerned. The useful power is equal to the product of the force available to propel the rocket and the speed of the rocket. If v is the speed of the rocket and u is the relative speed of the expelled fuel, show that the mechanical efficiency of the rocket is 2uv/(u 2 v 2 ). Explain why 1 when u v. SOLUTION Let F be the thrust force and dm dt be the mass flow rate. Absolute velocity of exhaust: ve u v Thrust force: F Power of thrust force: P1 Fv Power associated with exhaust: Total power supplied by engine: Mechanical efficiency: dm u dt dm uv dt 1 1 (m)ve2 (m)(u v) 2 2 2 1 dm (u v)2 P2 2 dt P2 (t ) P P1 P2 P dm 1 1 dm 2 uv (u v) 2 (u v 2 ) dt dt 2 2 useful power P1 total power P 2uv (u v 2 ) 2 1 when u v. The exhaust, having zero velocity, carries no power away. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.105 Three identical cars are being unloaded from an automobile carrier. Cars B and C have just been unloaded and are at rest with their brakes off when car A leaves the unloading ramp with a velocity of 5.76 ft/s and hits car B, which hits car C. Car A then again hits car B. Knowing that the velocity of car B is 5.04 ft/s after the first collision, 0.630 ft/s after the second collision, and 0.709 ft/s after the third collision, determine (a) the final velocities of cars A and C, (b) the coefficient of restitution for each of the collisions. SOLUTION There are no horizontal forces acting. Horizontal momentum is conserved. (a) Velocities: Event 1 2: Car A hits car B. m(5.76) 0 m(v A )2 m(5.04) Event 2 3: Car B hits car C. m (5.04) 0 m (0.630) m(vC )3 Event 3 ( vC )3 4.41 ft/s (v A )4 0.641 ft/s 4: Car A hits car B again. m(0.720) m(0.630) m(vA )4 m(0.709) (b) ( v A )2 0.720 ft/s Coefficients of restitution: Event 1 2: e1 2 Event 2 3: Event 3 4: e3 4 e2 3 (v A ) 2 (v B ) 2 5.04 0.720 (v A )1 (vB )1 5.76 0 e1 2 0.750 (vB )3 (vC )3 4.41 0.630 (vB )2 (vC )2 5.04 0 e2 3 0.750 (vA )4 (vB )4 0.709 0.641 (vA )3 (vB )3 0.720 0.630 e3 4 0.756 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.106 A 30-g bullet is fired with a velocity of 480 m/s into block A, which has a mass of 5 kg. The coefficient of kinetic friction between block A and cart BC is 0.50. Knowing that the cart has a mass of 4 kg and can roll freely, determine (a) the final velocity of the cart and block, (b) the final position of the block on the cart. SOLUTION (a) Conservation of linear momentum: m0 v0 (m0 mA )v (m0 mA mC )vf (0.030 kg)(480 m/s) (5.030 kg)v (9.030 kg)vf 0.030 (480 m/s) 2.863 m/s 5.030 0.030 (480 m/s) 1.5947 m/s vf 9.030 v (b) v f 1.595 m/s Work-energy principle: Just after impact: Final kinetic energy: Work of friction force: 1 (m0 m A )v2 2 1 (5.030 kg)(2.863 m/s)2 2 20.615 J 1 1 Tf (m0 m A mC ) v 2f 2 2 1 (9.030 kg)(1.5947 m/s)2 2 11.482 J T F k N k (m0 mA ) g 0.50(5.030)(9.81) 24.672 N Work U Fx 24.672 x T U T f : 20.615 24.672 x 11.482 x 0.370 m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.107 An 80-Mg railroad engine A coasting at 6.5 km/h strikes a 20-Mg flatcar C carrying a 30-Mg load B that can slide along the floor of the car ( k 0.25). Knowing that the car was at rest with its brakes released and that it automatically coupled with the engine upon impact, determine the velocity of the car (a) immediately after impact, (b) after the load has slid to a stop relative to the car. SOLUTION The masses are the engine (mA 80 103 kg), the load (mB 30 103 kg), and the flat car (mC 20 103 kg). (v A )0 6.5 km/h Initial velocities: 1.80556 m/s (vB )0 (vC )0 0. No horizontal external forces act on the system during the impact and while the load is sliding relative to the flat car. Momentum is conserved. mA (vA )0 mB (0) mC (0) mA (v A )0 Initial momentum: (a) (1) Let v be the common velocity of the engine and flat car immediately after impact. Assume that the impact takes place before the load has time to acquire velocity. Momentum immediately after impact: mAv mB (0) mC v (mA mC )v (2) Equating (1) and (2) and solving for v, v m A (v A ) 0 mA mC (80 103 )(1.80556) (100 103 ) 1.44444 m/s v 5.20 km/h (b) Let vf be the common velocity of all three masses after the load has slid to a stop relative to the car. Corresponding momentum: mAv f mB v f mC v f (mA mB mC )vf Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (3) PROBLEM 14.107 (Continued) Equating (1) and (3) and solving for vf , vf m A (v A ) 0 mA mB mC (80 103 )(1.80556) (130 103 ) 1.11111 m/s vf 4.00 km/h Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.108 In a game of pool, ball A is moving with a velocity v0 when it strikes balls B and C which are at rest and aligned as shown. Knowing that after the collision the three balls move in the directions indicated and that v0 12 ft/s and vC 6.29 ft/s, determine the magnitude of the velocity of (a) ball A, (b) ball B. SOLUTION Conservation of linear momentum. In x direction: m(12 ft/s) cos 30 mv A sin 7.4 mvB sin 49.3 m(6.29) cos 45 0.12880vA 0.75813vB 5.9446 (1) In y direction: m(12 ft/s)sin 30 mvA cos 7.4 mvB cos 49.3 m(6.29)sin 45 0.99167vA 0.65210vB 1.5523 (a) Multiply (1) by 0.65210, (2) by 0.75813, and add: 0.83581 vA 5.0533 (b) (2) vA 6.05 ft/s Multiply (1) by 0.99167, (2) by –0.12880, and add: 0.83581 vB 5.6951 vB 6.81 ft/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.109 Mass C, which has a mass of 4 kg, is suspended from a cord attached to cart A, which has a mass of 5 kg and can roll freely on a frictionless horizontal track. A 60-g bullet is fired with a speed v0 500 m/s and gets lodged in block C. Determine (a) the velocity of C as it reaches its maximum elevation, (b) the maximum vertical distance h through which C will rise. SOLUTION Consider the impact as bullet B hits mass C. Apply the principle of impulse-momentum to the two particle system. mv1 Imp12 mv 2 Using both B and C and taking horizontal components gives mB v0 cos O (mB mC )v mBC v v mB v0 cos mBC (0.060 kg)(500 m/s) cos 20 6.9435 m/s (4.06 kg) Now consider the system of mA and mBC after the impact, and apply to impulse momentum principle. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.109 (Continued) mv 2 Imp 23 mv3 Horizontal components: mBC v 0 mA vA mBC vcx vA mBC (v vcx ) mA 4.06 (6.9435 vcx ) 5 vA 5.6381 0.812vcx (a) in m/s (1) At maximum elevation. Both particles have the same velocity, thus vcx v A v A 5.6381 0.812 v A vA 3.1115 m/s (b) Conservation of energy: v A 3.11 m/s T2 V2 T3 V3 1 1 mA (0) mBC (v)2 2 2 1 (4.06)(6.9435)2 97.871 J 2 (datum) V2 0 T2 1 1 2 2 2 ) m A v A2 mBC (vBx vBy 2 2 1 1 (5)(3.1115)2 (4.06)[(3.1115)2 0] 43.857 J 2 2 V3 mBC gh (4.06)(9.81) h 39.829 h T3 97.871 0 43.857 39.829 h h 1.356 m Another method: We observe that no external horizontal forces are exerted on the system consisting of A, B, and C. Thus the horizontal component of the velocity of the mass center remains constant. m mA mB mC 5 0.06 4 9.06 kg vx (a) mB v0 cos (0.060 kg)(500 m/s) cos 20° 3.1115 m/s mA mB mC 9.06 kg At maximum elevation, vA and vBC are equal. vA 3.1115 m/s v A 3.11 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.109 (Continued) Immediately after the impact of B on C, the velocity vA is zero. (mB mC )v (mA mB mC )vx v (b) Principle of work and energy: mA mB mC 9.06 vx (3.1115 m/s) 6.9435 m/s mB mC 4.06 T2 V2 T3 V3 T2 , V2 , and V3 are calculated as before. For T3 we note that the velocities vA and v BC relative to the mass center are zero. Thus, T3 is given by T3 As before, h is found to be 1 1 mv 2 (9.06)(3.1115)2 43.857 J 2 2 h 1.356 m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.110 A 15-lb block B is at rest and a spring of constant k 72 lb/in. is held compressed 3 in. by a cord. After 5-lb block A is placed against the end of the spring, the cord is cut causing A and B to move. Neglecting friction, determine the velocities of blocks A and B immediately after A leaves B. SOLUTION 5 0.15528 lb s 2 /ft 32.2 15 mB 0.46584 lb s 2 /ft 32.2 k 72 lb/in 864 lb/ft e 3 in. 0.25 ft h 6 in. 0.5 ft mA Conservation of linear momentum: Horizontal components 0 0 mAvA mB vB : vB mA 1 vA vA 3 mB Conservation of energy: State 1: 1 2 1 ke (864)(0.25) 2 27 ft lb 2 2 V1g 0 V1e T1 0 State 2: V2e 0 V2 g WA h (5)(0.5) 2.5 ft lb T2 1 1 m A v A2 mB vB2 2 2 2 1 1 v (0.15528)v A2 (0.46584) A 0.10352v A2 2 2 3 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.110 (Continued) T1 V1 T2 V2 : 0 27 0.10352v A2 2.5 v A2 236.67 ft 2 vA 15.38 ft/s vB 5.13 ft/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.111 Car A of mass 1800 kg and car B of mass 1700 kg are at rest on a 20-Mg flatcar which is also at rest. Cars A and B then accelerate and quickly reach constant speeds relative to the flatcar of 2.35 m/s and 1.175 m/s, respectively, before decelerating to a stop at the opposite end of the flatcar. Neglecting friction and rolling resistance, determine the velocity of the flatcar when the cars are moving at constant speeds. SOLUTION The masses are mA 1800 kg, mB 1700 kg, and mF 20 103 kg. Let vA , vB , and vF be the sought after velocities in m/s, positive to the right. v A 0 Initial values: vB 0 vF 0 0. m A v A 0 m B vB 0 mF vF 0 0. Initial momentum of system: There are no horizontal external forces acting during the time period under consideration. Momentum is conserved. 0 mAv A mBvB mF vF 1800v A 1700vB 20 103 vF 0 (1) The relative velocities are given as v A/F v A vF 2.35 m/s (2) vB/F vB vF 1.117 m/s (3) Solving (1), (2), and (3) simultaneously, v A 2.085 m/s, vB 0.910 m/s, vF 0.265 m/s v F 0.265 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.112 The nozzle shown discharges water at the rate of 200 gal/min. Knowing that at both B and C the stream of water moves with a velocity of magnitude 100 ft/s, and neglecting the weight of the vane, determine the force-couple system that must be applied at A to hold the vane in place (1 ft 3 7.48 gal). SOLUTION Q 200 gal/min (7.48 gal/ft 3 )(60 s/min) 0.44563 ft 3 /s dm Q dt g (62.4 lb/ft 3 )(0.44563 ft 3 /s) 32.2 ft/s 2 0.8636 lb s/ft vB (100 ft/s) j vC (100 ft/s)(sin 40 i cos 40 j) Apply the impulse-momentum principle. x components: 0 Ax (t ) (m)(100 sin 40) m (100sin 40) t (0.8636)(100 sin 40) Ax y components: Ax 55.5 lb (m)(100) Ay (t ) (m)(100 cos 40) m (100)(cos 40 1) t (0.8636)(100)(cos 40 1) 20.2 lb Ay Ay 20.2 lb Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.112 (Continued) Moments about A: 3 9 12 (m)(100) M A (t ) 12 (m)(100 cos 40) 15 (m)(100 sin 40) 12 m MA (75 cos 40 125 sin 40 25) t (0.8636)(47.895) 41.36 lb ft MA 41.4 lb ft A 59.1 lb 20.0° Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.113 An airplane with weight W and total wing span b flies horizontally at a constant speed v. Use the airplane as a reference frame; that is, consider the airplane to be motionless and the air to flow past it with speed v. Suppose that a cylinder of air with diameter b is deflected downward by the wing (the cross section of the cylinder is the dashed circle in in the figure). Show that the angle through which the cylinder stream is deflected (called the downwash angle) is determined by the formula 4 / where is the mass density of the air. SOLUTION Given: W Weight, b wing span, v speed, mass density of air At constant speed, mass flow is steady: dm vA dt where: A b2 4 dm v b 2 dt 4 Velocity of the airstream after the plane in the vertical direction: v2, y v sin For equilibrium of the plane in vertical direction the lift provided by the wings equals the weight of the plane. This is also the downward force on the airstream F y W Apply Impulse-Momentum in the vertical direction: dm v2, y v1, y dt v b 2 v sin W 4 F y or sin 4W b2 v2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.114 The final component of a conveyor system receives sand at a rate of 100 kg/s at A and discharges it at B. The sand is moving horizontally at A and B with a velocity of magnitude vA vB 4.5 m/s. Knowing that the combined weight of the component and of the sand it supports is W 4 kN, determine the reactions at C and D. SOLUTION Apply the impulse-momentum principle. 0.9 m v A 3D t 1.8W t 1.65 m vB Moments about C : D 1.8 1 m W 0.9vA 1.65vB 3 3 t 1.8 4000 1 3 3 100 0.9 4.5 1.65 4.5 2287.5 N D 2.29 kN x components: m vA Cx t m vB m Cx vB v A 100 4.5 4.5 0 t y components: 0 C y t D t W t 0 C y W D 4000 2287.5 1712.5 N C 1.712 kN Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.115 A garden sprinkler has four rotating arms, each of which consists of two horizontal straight sections of pipe forming an angle of 120° with each other. Each arm discharges water at a rate of 20 L/min with a velocity of 18 m/s relative to the arm. Knowing that the friction between the moving and stationary parts of the sprinkler is equivalent to a couple of magnitude M 0.375 N m, determine the constant rate at which the sprinkler rotates. SOLUTION The flow through each arm is 20 L/min. Q 20 L/min 1min 333.33 106 m3 /s 3 60 s 1000 L/m dm Q (1000 kg/m3 )(333.33 106 ) dt 0.33333 kg/s Consider the moment about O exerted on the fluid stream of one arm. Apply the impulse-momentum principle. Compute moments about O. First, consider the geometry of triangle OAB. Using first the law of cosines, (OA) 2 1502 1002 (2)(150)(100) cos120 OA 217.95 mm 0.21795 m Law of sines: sin sin120 100 217.95 23.413, 60 36.587 Moments about O: (m)(vO )(0) M O (t ) (OA)(m)vs sin (OA)(m)(OA) m [(OA)vs sin (OA) 2 ] t (0.33333)[(0.21795)(18)sin 36.587 (0.21795) 2 ] 0.77945 0.015834 MO Moment that the stream exerts on the arm is M O . Balance of the friction couple and the four streams MF 4 M O 0 0.375 4(0.77945 0.015834 ) 0 43.305 rad/s 414 rpm Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 14.116 A chain of length l and mass m falls through a small hole in a plate. Initially, when y is very small, the chain is at rest. In each case shown, determine (a) the acceleration of the first link A as a function of y, (b) the velocity of the chain as the last link passes through the hole. In case 1, assume that the individual links are at rest until they fall through the hole; in case 2, assume that at any instant all links have the same speed. Ignore the effect of friction. SOLUTION Let be the mass per unit length of chain. Assume that the weight of any chain above the hole is supported by the floor. It and the corresponding upward reaction of the floor are not shown in the diagrams. Case 1: Apply the impulse-momentum principle to the entire chain. yv gy t ( y y )(v v) yv (y )v y (v) (y )(v) gy dy dv v y dt dt d ( yv ) dt gy Let t 0. Multiply both sides by yv. Let v dy on left hand side. dt Integrate with respect to time. y v (y )(v) v y t t t gy 2 v yv d ( yv) dt gy 2 dy d yv ( yv) dt dt g y 2 dy ( yv) d ( yv) 1 1 gy 3 ( yv)2 3 2 Differentiate with respect to time. 2v or v2 2 gy 3 dv 2 dy 2 g gv dt 3 dt 3 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (1) PROBLEM 14.116 (Continued) a (a) (b) v2 Set y l in Eq. (1). dv 1 g dt 3 a 0.333g 2 gl 3 v 0.817 gl Case 2: Apply conservation of energy using the floor as the level from which the potential energy is measured. T1 0 V1 0 1 2 y mv V2 gy 2 2 T1 V1 T2 V2 T2 0 Differentiating with respect to y, (a) Acceleration: (b) Setting y l in Eq. (2), 2v 1 2 1 mv gy 2 2 2 v2 gy 2 m gy 2 l (2) dv 2 gy dy l av dv gy dy l v 2 gl a gy l gl v Note: The impulse-momentum principle may be used to obtain the force that the edge of the hole exerts on the chain. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. CHAPTER 15 PROBLEM 15.1 The brake drum is attached to a larger flywheel that is not shown. The motion of the brake drum is defined by the relation 36t 1.6t 2 , where is expressed in radians and t in seconds. Determine (a) the angular velocity at t 2 s, (b) the number of revolutions executed by the brake drum before coming to rest. SOLUTION 36t 1.6t 2 Given: radians Differentiate to obtain the angular velocity. d 36 3.2t dt (a) At t 2 s, 36 (3.2)(2) (b) When the rotor stops, 0. 0 36 3.2t rad/s 29.6 rad/s t 11.25 s (36)(11.25) (1.6)(11.25)2 202.5 radians In revolutions, 202.5 2 32.2 rev Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.2 The motion of an oscillating flywheel is defined by the relation 0 e 3 t cos 4 t , where is expressed in radians and t in seconds. Knowing that 0 0.5 rad, determine the angular coordinate, the angular velocity, and the angular acceleration of the flywheel when (a) t 0, (b) t 0.125 s. SOLUTION 0.5 e3 t cos 4 t d 0.5 3 e 3 t cos 4 t 4 e 3 t sin 4 t dt d 0.5 9 2e3 t cos 4 t 12 2e3 t sin 4 t 12 2e3 t sin 4 t 16 2e3 t cos 4 t dt 0.5 24 e 2 3 t (a) sin 4 t 7 2e3 t cos 4 t 0.5 t 0, 0.500 rad 0.5 3 4.71 4.71 rad/s 0.5 7 2 34.5 (b) t 0.125 s, cos 4 t cos 2 sin 4 t sin 0, 2 34.5 rad/s 2 1 e 3 t 0.30786 0.5 0.30786 0 0 0.5 0.30786 4 1.93437 0.5 0.30786 24 2 36.461 0 1.934 rad/s 36.5 rad/s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.3 The motion of an oscillating flywheel is defined by the relation 0 e 7 t / 6 sin 4 t , where is expressed in radians and t in seconds. Knowing that 0 0.4 rad, determine the angular coordinate, the angular velocity, and the angular acceleration of the flywheel when (a) t 0.125 s, (b) t . SOLUTION 0e 7 t/6 sin 4 t d 7 7 t/6 e sin 4 t 4 e 7 t/6 cos 4 t 0 dt 6 49 2 7 t/6 d 28 2 7 t/6 28 2 7 t/6 e sin 4 t e cos 4 t e cos 4 t 16 2e7 t/6 sin 4 t 0 dt 6 6 36 49 2 28 2 0e7 t/6 16 cos 4 t sin 4 t 36 3 (a) 0 0.4 rad, t 0.125 s e 7 (0.125)/6 0.63245, 4 t 2 , sin 2 1, cos 0.4 0.63245 1 0.25298 radians 7 1 0.92722 rad/s 6 0.4 0.63245 0.4 0.63245 16 (b) t , e 7 t/6 0 49 2 1 36.551 rad/s 2 36 2 0 0.253 rad 0.927 rad/s 36.6 rad/s 2 0 0 0 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.4 The rotor of a gas turbine is rotating at a speed of 6900 rpm when the turbine is shut down. It is observed that 4 min is required for the rotor to coast to rest. Assuming uniformly accelerated motion, determine (a) the angular acceleration, (b) the number of revolutions that the rotor executes before coming to rest. SOLUTION 0 6900 rpm 722.57 rad/s t 4 min 240 s (a) 0 t ; 0 722.57 (240) 3.0107 rad/s (b) 3.01 rad/s 2 1 1 2 2 173, 416 86, 708 86, 708 rad 0 t t 2 (722.57)(240) (3.0107)(240) 2 1 rev 2 rad 86, 708 rad 13,800 rev Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.5 A small grinding wheel is attached to the shaft of an electric motor which has a rated speed of 3600 rpm. When the power is turned on, the unit reaches its rated speed in 5 s, and when the power is turned off, the unit coasts to rest in 70 s. Assuming uniformly accelerated motion, determine the number of revolutions that the motor executes (a) in reaching its rated speed, (b) in coasting to rest. SOLUTION For uniformly accelerated motion, 0 t (1) 1 2 0 0 t t 2 (a) Data for start up: 0 0, 0 0, At t 5 s, 3600 rpm From Eq. (1), (b) 120 (5) (2) 2 (3600) 120 rad/s 60 24 rad/s 2 1 2 From Eq. (2), 0 0 (24 )(5)2 300 radians In revolutions, 300 2 150 rev Data for coasting to rest: 0 0, 0 120 rad/s At t 70 s, 0 From Eq. (1), 0 120 (70) From Eq. (2), 0 (120 )(70) In revolutions, 4200 2 120 rad/s 70 (120 )(70) 2 4200 radians 2(70) 2100 rev Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.6 A connecting rod is supported by a knife-edge at Point A. For small oscillations the angular acceleration of the connecting rod is governed by the relation 6 where is expressed in rad/s2 and in radians. Knowing that the connecting rod is released from rest when 20, determine (a) the maximum angular velocity, (b) the angular position when t 2 s. SOLUTION Angular motion relations: d d 6 dt d (1) Separation of variables and gives d 6 d Integrating, using 0 when 0 , 0 d 6 d 0 1 2 3( 2 02 ) 3( 02 2 ) 2 2 6(02 2 ) (a) 6(02 2 ) is maximum when 0. 0 20 0.34907 radians Data: 2 max 6(0.34907 2 0) 0.73108 rad 2 /s (b) From d we get dt dt d 1 6 max 0.855 rad/s d 02 2 Integrating, using t 0 when 0 , t 0 dt t d 1 6 1 6 0 02 cos 2 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 cos 1 0 cos 0 0 6 6 0 cos( 6t ) 0.34907 cos[( 6)2] (0.34907)(0.18551) 0.064756 radians 3.71 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.7 When studying whiplash resulting from rear end collisions, the rotation of the head is of primary interest. An impact test was performed, and it was found that the angular acceleration of the head is defined by the relation 700cos 70sin where is expressed in rad/s2 and in radians. Knowing that the head is initially at rest, determine the angular velocity of the head when 30°. SOLUTION Angular motion relations: d d 700 cos 70sin dt d Separating variables and gives d (700cos 70sin )d Integrating, using 0 when 0, 0 d 0 (700 cos 70sin ) d 1 2 (700sin 70 cos ) 2 0 700sin 70(1 cos ) 1400sin 140(1 cos ) Data: 30 6 rad With calculator set to “degrees” for trigonometric functions, 1400sin 30 140(1 cos 30) 26.8 rad/s 26.8 rad/s With calculator set to “radians” for trigonometric functions, 1400sin( /6) 140(1 cos( /6)) 26.8 rad/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.8 The angular acceleration of an oscillating disk is defined by the relation k . Determine (a) the value of k for which 12 rad/s when 0 and 6 rad when 0, (b) the angular velocity of the disk when 3 rad. SOLUTION k and = Given: d d d d d k d 0 6 12 d k 0 d Integrating, 0 k (a) 62 122 k 0 2 2 122 9 s 2 62 k 9.00 s 2 3 12 d k 0 d 2 2 (b) 32 122 9 0 2 2 2 122 9 3 63 rad 2/s2 2 7.94 rad/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.9 The angular acceleration of a shaft is defined by the relation 0.5 , where is expressed in rad/s 2 and in rad/s. Knowing that at t 0 the angular velocity of the shaft is 30 rad/s, determine (a) the number of revolutions the shaft will execute before coming to rest, (b) the time required for the shaft to come to rest, (c) the time required for the angular velocity of the shaft to reduce to 2 percent of its initial value. SOLUTION (a) Given: 0.5 , Integrating, d 0.5 d d 0.5 dt Integrating, d 0.5d 30 0.5 60 9.55 rev dt 2 9.55 rev d d t 0 0 dt 2 30 t 2 ln (c) 0 30 d 0.5 0 d 60 radians (b) d d 0 30 t 0.02 30 0.6 rad/s d t 0.6 0 dt 2 30 t 2 ln 0.6 2 ln 50 30 t 7.82 s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.10 The bent rod ABCDE rotates about a line joining Points A and E with a constant angular velocity of 9 rad/s. Knowing that the rotation is clockwise as viewed from E, determine the velocity and acceleration of corner C. SOLUTION EA2 0.42 0.42 0.22 EA 0.6 m rC/E (0.4 m)i (0.15 m) j EA (0.4 m)i (0.4 m) j (0.2 m)k EA 1 1 EA (0.4i 0.4 j 0.2k ) (2i 2 j k ) EA 0.6 3 1 AE EA (9 rad/s) (2i 2 j k ) 3 (6 rad/s)i (6 rad/s) j (3 rad/s)k vC rC/E i j k 6 6 3 0.45i 1.2 j ( 0.9 2.4)k 0.4 0.15 0 v C (0.45 m/s)i (1.2 m/s) j (1.5 m/s)k aC AC rC/E ( rC/E ) AC rC/E v C i j k 6 3 a C 0 6 0.45 1.2 1.5 (9 3.6)i (1.35 9) j (7.2 2.7)k aC (12.60 m/s 2 )i (7.65 m/s 2 ) j (9.90 m/s 2 )k Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.11 In Problem 15.10, determine the velocity and acceleration of corner B, assuming that the angular velocity is 9 rad/s and increases at the rate of 45 rad/s 2 . PROBLEM 15.10 The bent rod ABCDE rotates about a line joining Points A and E with a constant angular velocity of 9 rad/s. Knowing that the rotation is clockwise as viewed from E, determine the velocity and acceleration of corner C. SOLUTION EA2 0.42 0.42 0.22 EA 0.6 m rB/A (0.25 m) j EA (0.4 m)i (0.4 m) j (0.2 m)k EA 0.4i 0.4 j 0.2k 1 EA (2i 2 j k ) EA 0.6 3 1 AE EA (9 rad/s) (2 i 2 j k ) 3 (6 rad/s)i (6 rad/s) j (3 rad/s)k v B rB/A (6i 6 j 3k ) (0.25) j 1.5k 0.75i v B (0.75 m/s)i (1.5 m/s)k 1 AE EA (45 rad/s 2 ) (2i 2 j k ) 3 2 (30 rad/s )i (30 rad/s2 ) j (15 rad/s 2 )k a B rB/A ( rB/A ) rB/A v B i j k i j k a B 30 30 15 6 6 3 0 0.25 0 0.75 0 1.5 3.75i 7.5k 9i (2.25 9) j 4.5k a B (12.75 m/s 2 )i (11.25 m/s 2 ) j (3.00 m/s 2 )k Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.12 The rectangular block shown rotates about the diagonal OA with a constant angular velocity of 6.76 rad/s. Knowing that the rotation is counterclockwise as viewed from A, determine the velocity and acceleration of point B at the instant shown. SOLUTION 6.76 rad/s Given: rA/O 5 in. i 31.2 in. j 12 in. k rB/O 5 in. i 15.6 in. j lOA 52 31.2 2 12 2 33.8 in. Angular velocity: lOA rA/O 6.76 5i 31.2 j 12k 33.8 1.0 rad/s i 6.24 rad/s j 2.4 rad/s k Velocity of point B: v B rB/O i j k v B 1.0 6.24 2.4 37.44i 12 j 15.6k 5 15.6 0 v B 37.4 in./s i 12.00 in./s j 15.60 in./s k Acceleration of point B: aB vB i j k 2.4 126.1i 74.26 j 245.6k a B 1.0 6.24 37.4 12 15.60 a B 126.1 in./s 2 i 74.3 in./s 2 j 246 in./s 2 k Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.13 The rectangular block shown rotates about the diagonal OA with an angular velocity of 3.38 rad/s that is decreasing at the rate of 5.07 rad/s2. Knowing that the rotation is counterclockwise as viewed from A, determine the velocity and acceleration of point B at the instant shown. SOLUTION 3.38 rad/s, 5.07 rad/s2 Given: rA/O 5 in. i 31.2 in. j 12 in. k rB/O 5 in. i 15.6 in. j 52 31.2 2 12 2 lOA 33.8 in. Angular velocity: lOA rA/O 3.38 5i 31.2 j 12k 33.8 0.5 rad/s i 3.12 rad/s j 1.2 rad/s k Velocity of point B: v B rB/O i j k v B 0.5 3.12 1.2 18.72i 6 j 7.80k 5 15.6 0 v B 18.72 in./s i 6.00 in./s j 7.80 in./s k Angular Acceleration: lOA rA/O 5.07 5i 31.2 j 12k 33.8 0.75 rad/s 2 i 4.68 rad/s 2 j 1.8 rad/s 2 k Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.13 (Continued) Acceleration of point B: a B rB/O v B i j k i a B 0.75 4.68 1.8 5 15.6 0 j k 0.5 3.12 1.2 18.72 6 7.8 28.08i 9 j 11.7k 31.536i 18.564 j 61.406k a B 3.46 in./s 2 i 27.6 in./s 2 j 73.1 in./s 2 k Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.14 A circular plate of 120 mm radius is supported by two bearings A and B as shown. The plate rotates about the rod joining A and B with a constant angular velocity of 26 rad/s. Knowing that, at the instant considered, the velocity of Point C is directed to the right, determine the velocity and acceleration of Point E. SOLUTION BA (100 mm) j (240 mm)k BA 260 mm BA (100) j (240)k BA 0 , BA 260 1 BA 26 ((100) j (240)k ) 260 Point E: rE /A (120 mm)i (80 mm) j (120 mm)k v E rE /A i j k 0 10 24 120 80 120 (3120 mm/s)i (2880 mm/s) j (1200 mm/s)k v E (3.12 m/s)i (2.88 m/s) j (1.200 m/s)k a E rE/A ( rE/A ) 0 ω v B aE v B i 0 j 10 k 24 3120 2880 1200 (81120 mm/s 2 )i (74880 mm/s 2 ) j (31200 mm/s 2 ) a E (81.1 m/s 2 )i (74.9 m/s 2 ) j (31.2 m/s 2 )k Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.15 In Problem 15.14, determine the velocity and acceleration of Point E, assuming that the angular velocity is 26 rad/s and increases at the rate of 65 rad/s2. SOLUTION See Problem 15.14 for BA and (100) j (240)k 260 (10 rad/s)j (24 rad/s)k BA α 65 rad/s 2 ; 1 α αBA (65 rad/s 2 ) (100) j (240)k 260 α (25 rad/s 2 ) j (60 rad/s 2 )k rE /A (120 mm)i (80) j (120)k Point E: v E rE /A i j k 0 10 24 120 80 120 (3120 mm/s)i (2880 mm/s) j (1200 mm/s)k v E (3.12 m/s)i (2.88 m/s) j (1.200 m/s)k a D rE/A ( rE/A ) rE/A v E aD i j k i j k 0 25 60 0 10 24 120 80 120 3120 2880 1200 (7800 mm/s 2 )i (7200 mm/s 2 ) j (3000 mm/s 2 )k (81120 mm/s 2 )i (74880 mm/s 2 ) j (31200 mm/s 2 )k a B (73320 mm/s 2 )i (82080 mm/s 2 ) j (34200 mm/s 2 )k (73.3 m/s 2 )i (82.1 m/s 2 ) j (34.2 m/s2 )k Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.16 The earth makes one complete revolution around the sun in 365.24 days. Assuming that the orbit of the earth is circular and has a radius of 93,000,000 mi, determine the velocity and acceleration of the earth. SOLUTION 2 rad (365.24 days) 24 h day 3600 s h 199.11 109 rad/s v r 5280 ft 9 (93 106 mi) (199.11 10 rad/s) mi v 97,770 ft/s v 66,700 mi/h a r 2 (93 106 )(5280)(199.11 109 rad/s)2 a 19.47 10 3 ft/s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.17 The earth makes one complete revolution on its axis in 23 h 56 min. Knowing that the mean radius of the earth is 3960 mi, determine the linear velocity and acceleration of a point on the surface of the earth (a) at the equator, (b) at Philadelphia, latitude 40° north, (c) at the North Pole. SOLUTION 23 h 56 m 23.933 h 2 rad s (23.933 h) 3600 h 72.925 106 rad/s 5280 ft R (3960 mi) mi 20.91 106 ft r radius of path R cos (a) Equator: Latitude 0 v r R (cos 0) (20.91 106 ft)(1)(72.925 106 rad/s) v 1525 ft/s a r 2 R(cos 0) 2 (20.91 106 ft)(1)(72.925 106 rad/s) 2 (b) a 0.1112 ft/s 2 Philadelphia: Latitude 40 v r R (cos 40) (20.91 106 ft)( cos 40)(72.925 10 6 rad/s) v 1168 ft/s a r 2 R(cos 40) 2 (20.91 106 ft)(cos 40°)(72.925 106 rad/s) 2 (c) a 0.0852 ft/s 2 North Pole: Latitude 0 r R cos 0 0 v a 0 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.18 A series of small machine components being moved by a conveyor belt pass over a 120 mm radius idler pulley. At the instant shown, the velocity of Point A is 300 mm/s to the left and its acceleration is 180 mm/s2 to the right. Determine (a) the angular velocity and angular acceleration of the idler pulley, (b) the total acceleration of the machine component at B. SOLUTION vB v A 300 mm/s rB 120 mm ( a B )t a A 180 mm/s (a) (b) vB rB , vB 300 2.5 rad/s rB 120 ( a B )t rB , (aB )t 180 1.5 rad/s rB 120 2.50 rad/s 1.500 rad/s 2 ( aB ) n rB 2 (120)(2.5)2 750 mm/s 2 aB (aB )t2 (aB ) 2n (180) 2 (750)2 771 mm/s 2 tan 750 , 180 76.5 a B 771 mm/s 2 76.5 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.19 A series of small machine components being moved by a conveyor belt pass over a 120-mm-radius idler pulley. At the instant shown, the angular velocity of the idler pulley is 4 rad/s clockwise. Determine the angular acceleration of the pulley for which the magnitude of the total acceleration of the machine component at B is 2400 mm/s 2. SOLUTION B 4 rad/s , rB 120 mm (aB ) n rB B2 (120)(4) 2 1920 mm/s 2 aB 2400 mm/s 2 (a B )t aB2 (aB ) 2n (aB )t rB , 24002 19202 1440 mm/s 2 ( a B )t 1440 12 rad/s 2 rB 120 12.00 rad/s 2 or Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.20 The belt sander shown is initially at rest. If the driving drum B has a constant angular acceleration of 120 rad/s2 counterclockwise, determine the magnitude of the acceleration of the belt at Point C when (a) t 0.5 s, (b) t 2 s. SOLUTION at r (0.025 m)(120 rad/s 2 ) at 3 m/s 2 (a) t 0.5 s: t (120 rad/s2 )(0.5 s) 60 rad/s an r 2 (0.025 m)(60 rad/s)2 a n 90 m/s 2 aB2 at2 an2 32 902 (b) t 2 s: aB 90.05 m/s 2 t (120 rad/s2 )(2 s) 240 rad/s an r 2 (0.025 m)(240 rad/s)2 an 1440 m/s 2 aB2 at2 an2 32 14402 aB 1440 m/s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.21 The rated speed of drum B of the belt sander shown is 2400 rpm. When the power is turned off, it is observed that the sander coasts from its rated speed to rest in 10 s. Assuming uniformly decelerated motion, determine the velocity and acceleration of Point C of the belt, (a) immediately before the power is turned off, (b) 9 s later. SOLUTION 0 2400 rpm 251.3 rad/s r 0.025 m vC r (0.025 m)(251.3 rad/s) (a) aC r 2 (0.025 m)(251.3 rad/s) 2 (b) When t 10 s: vC 6.28 m/s aC 1579 m/s 2 0. 0 t 0 251.3 rad/s (10 s) 25.13 rad/s 2 When t 9 s: 0 t 9 251.3 rad/s (25.13 rad/s 2 )(9 s) 25.13 rad/s vC r9 (0.025 m)(25.13 rad/s) v9 0.628 m/s (aC )t r n (0.025 m)(25.13 rad/s 2 ) (aC )t 0.628 m/s 2 (aC )n r92 (0.025 m)(25.13 rad/s)2 (aC )n 15.79 m/s 2 aC2 (aC )t2 (aC )2n (0.628 m/s 2 ) 2 (15.79 m/s 2 ) 2 aC 15.80 m/s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.22 The two pulleys shown may be operated with the V belt in any of three positions. If the angular acceleration of shaft A is 6 rad/s2 and if the system is initially at rest, determine the time required for shaft B to reach a speed of 400 rpm with the belt in each of the three positions. SOLUTION Angular velocity of shaft A: Belt speed: Angular speed of shaft B: Solving for t, Data: A 6 rad/s, A At v rA A rB B B t v rA At rB rB rB B rA A B 400 rpm 41.889 rad/s t rB 41.889 r d 6.9813 B 6.9813 B 6 rA rA dA Belt at left: d B 2 in. d A 4 in. t 3.49 s Belt in middle: d B 3 in. d A 3 in. t 6.98 s Belt at right: d B 4 in. d A 2 in. t 13.96 s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.23 Three belts move over two pulleys without slipping in the speed reduction system shown. At the instant shown the velocity of Point A on the input belt is 2 ft/s to the right, decreasing at the rate of 6 ft/s2. Determine, at this instant, (a) the velocity and acceleration of Point C on the output belt, (b) the acceleration of Point B on the output pulley. SOLUTION Left pulley. Inner radius r1 2 in. Outer radius r2 4 in. v A 2 ft/s (a A )t 6 ft/s 2 6 ft/s 2 1 vA 2 6 rad/s r2 124 1 ( a A )t 6 4 18 rad/s 2 r2 12 Intermediate belt. 2 v1 r11 (6) 1 ft/s 12 2 (a1)t r11 (18) 3 ft/s 2 12 Right pulley. Inner radius r3 2 in. Outer radius r4 4 in. 2 v1 1 3 rad/s r4 124 2 ( a1 )t 3 4 9 rad/s 2 r4 12 PROBLEM 15.23 (Continued) Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (a) Velocity and acceleration of Point C. 2 vC r32 (3) 0.5 ft/s 12 2 (aC )t r3 2 (9) 1.5 ft/s 2 12 (b) v C 0.5 ft/s aC 1.5 ft/s 2 Acceleration of Point B. 4 (aB ) n r422 (3) 2 3 ft/s 2 12 4 ( aB )t r4 2 (9) 3 ft/s 2 12 (a B ) n 3 ft/s 2 (a B )t 3 ft/s 2 a B 4.24 ft/s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. 45 PROBLEM 15.24 A gear reduction system consists of three gears A, B, and C. Knowing that gear A rotates clockwise with a constant angular velocity A 600 rpm, determine (a) the angular velocities of gears B and C, (b) the accelerations of the points on gears B and C which are in contact. SOLUTION A 600 rpm (a) (600)(2 ) 20 rad/s. 60 Let Points A, B, and C lie at the axles of gears A, B, and C, respectively. Let D be the contact point between gears A and B. vD rD/ A A (2)(20 ) 40 in./s B vD 40 60 10 rad/s 10 300 rpm rD/B 4 2 B 300 rpm Let E be the contact point between gears B and C. vE rE/BB (2)(10 ) 20 in./s C vE 20 60 3.333 rad/s (3.333 ) 100 rpm rE/C 6 2 C 100 rpm (b) Accelerations at Point E. On gear B : On gear C : aB aC vE2 (20 )2 1973.9 in./s 2 rE/B 2 a B 1974 in./s 2 aC 658 in./s 2 vE2 (20 ) 2 658 in./s2 rE/C 6 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.25 A belt is pulled to the right between cylinders A and B. Knowing that the speed of the belt is a constant 5 ft/s and no slippage occurs, determine (a) the angular velocities of A and B, (b) the accelerations of the points which are in contact with the belt. SOLUTION (a) (b) Angular velocities. Disk A: A vP 5 ft/s rA (4/12) ft ω A 15.00 rad/s Disk B: B vP 5 ft/s rB (8/12) ft ω B 7.50 rad/s Accelerations of contact points. Disk A: a A A2 rA (15.00 rad/s) 2 ((4/12) ft) Disk B: aB B2 rB (7.50 rad/s) 2 ((8/12) ft) a A 75.00 rad/s 2 a B 37.5 rad/s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.26 Ring C has an inside radius of 55 mm and an outside radius of 60 mm and is positioned between two wheels A and B, each of 24-mm outside radius. Knowing that wheel A rotates with a constant angular velocity of 300 rpm and that no slipping occurs, determine (a) the angular velocity of the ring C and of wheel B, (b) the acceleration of the Points on A and B that are in contact with C. SOLUTION 2 60 31.416 rad/s A 300 rpm rA 24 mm rB 24 mm r1 60 mm r2 55 mm [We assume senses of rotation shown for our computations.] (a) Velocities: Point 1 (Point of contact of A and C) v1 rA A r1C C rA A r1 24 mm (300 rpm) 60 mm 120 rpm C 120 rpm Point 2 (Point of contact of B and C) v2 rB B r2C B r2 C rB r2 rA A rB r1 55 mm 24 mm 24 mm 300 rpm 60 mm B 275 mm B 275 rpm Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.26 (Continued) (b) Accelerations: Point on rim of A: rA 24 mm 0.024 m a A rA A2 (0.024 m)(31.416 rad/s) 2 23.687 m/s 2 Point on rim of B: a A 23.7 m/s 2 2 60 28.798 rad/s B 275 rpm aB rB B2 (0.024 m)(28.798 rad/s) 2 19.904 m/s 2 a B 19.90 m/s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.27 Ring B has an inside radius r2 and hangs from the horizontal shaft A as shown. Shaft A rotates with a constant angular velocity of 25 rad/s and no slipping occurs. Knowing that r1 12 mm, r2 30 mm, and r3 40 mm, determine (a) the angular velocity of ring B, (b) the accelerations of the points of shaft A and ring B which are in contact, (c) the magnitude of the acceleration of point D. SOLUTION Let Point C be the point of contact between the shaft and the ring. vC r1 A B vC r2 r1 A r2 B On shaft A: a A r1 A2 On ring B: r aB r2B2 r2 1 A r2 r1 A r2 a A r1 A2 2 aB r12 A2 r2 Acceleration of Point D on outside of ring. r aD r3B2 r3 1 A r2 2 2 r aD r3 1 A2 r2 Data: A 25 rad/s r1 12 mm r2 30 mm r3 40 mm (a) r1 A r2 12 mm (25 rad/s) 30 mm B B 10 rad/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.27 (Continued) (b) a A r1 A2 (12 mm)(25 rad/s)2 7.5 103 mm/s 2 aB a A 7.50 m/s 2 a B 3.00 m/s 2 a D 4.00 m/s 2 r12 2 A r2 (12 mm)2 (25 rad/s)2 (30 mm) 3 103 mm/s 2 2 (c) r aD r3 1 A2 r2 2 12 mm 2 (40 mm) (25 rad/s) 30 mm aD 4 103 mm/s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.28 A plastic film moves over two drums. During a 4-s interval the speed of the tape is increased uniformly from v0 2 ft/s to v1 4 ft/s. Knowing that the tape does not slip on the drums, determine (a) the angular acceleration of drum B, (b) the number of revolutions executed by drum B during the 4-s interval. SOLUTION Belt motion: v v0 a t 4 ft/s 2 ft/s a (4 s) a 4 ft/s 2 ft/s 0.5 ft/s 2 6 in./s 2 4s Since the belt does not slip relative to the periphery of the drum, the tangential acceleration at the periphery of the drum is at 6 in./s 2 (a) Angular acceleration of drum B. B (b) at 6 in./s 2 15 in. rB α B 0.400 rad/s 2 Angular displacement of drum B. At t 0, 0 v0 24 in./s 1.6 rad/s 15 in. rB At t 4 s, 1 v1 48 in./s 3.2 rad/s rB 15 in. 12 02 2 B B In revolutions, B 12 02 (3.2)2 (1.6)2 9.6 radians 2 B (2)(0.400) B 9.6 2 B 1.528 rev Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.29 Cylinder A is moving downward with a velocity of 3 m/s when the brake is suddenly applied to the drum. Knowing that the cylinder moves 6 m downward before coming to rest and assuming uniformly accelerated motion, determine (a) the angular acceleration of the drum, (b) the time required for the cylinder to come to rest. SOLUTION Given: v A 0 3 m/s, Constant Acceleration: vA 12 2 aA (a) At the surface of the drum, vA 02 2 vA 1 0, s A 1 s A 0 6m a A s A 1 s A 0 vA 12 vA 02 2 s A 1 s A 0 0 32 0.75 m/s 2 6 r 250 mm 0.25 m at r at 0.75 3.00 rad/s 2 r 0.25 3.00 rad/s 2 (b) 0 v A 0 r 3 12 rad/s 0.25 1 0 0 t t 1 0 0 12 4.00 s 3.00 t 4.00 s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.30 The system shown is held at rest by the brake-and-drum system shown. After the brake is partially released at t 0, it is observed that the cylinder moves 5 m in 4.5 s. Assuming uniformly accelerated motion, determine (a) the angular acceleration of the drum, (b) the angular velocity of the drum at t 3.5 s. SOLUTION sA (a) Assume uniformly accelerated motion. aA For the drum, 1 aA t 2 2 2 5 0.49383 m/s2 2s A 2 4.52 t at a A 0.49383 m/s 2 , at r , r 250 mm 0.25 m at 0.49383 r 0.25 1.97531 rad/s 2 , (b) 1.975 rad/s 2 6.91 rad/s 0 t 0 1.97531 3.5 6.91 rad/s, Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.31 A load is to be raised 20 ft by the hoisting system shown. Assuming gear A is initially at rest, accelerates uniformly to a speed of 120 rpm in 5 s, and then maintains a constant speed of 120 rpm, determine (a) the number of revolutions executed by gear A in raising the load, (b) the time required to raise the load. SOLUTION The load is raised a distance h 20 ft 240 in. For gear-pulley B, radius to rope groove is r1 15 in. Required angle change for B: B h 240 16 radians r1 15 Circumferential travel of gears A and B: s r2 B rA A where r2 18 in. and rA 3 in. s (18 in.)(16 radians) 288 in. (a) (b) Angle change of gear A: A s 288 96 radians rA 3 In revolutions, A 96 2 Motion of gear A. 0 0, f 120 rpm 4 rad/s A 15.28 rev Gear A is uniformly accelerated over the first 5 seconds. f 0 t 1 2 4 rad/s 2.5133 rad/s 2 5s 1 2 A t 2 (2.5133)(5) 2 31.416 radians The angle change over the constant speed phase is A 96 31.416 64.584 radians For uniform motion, f (t ) t Total time elapsed: f 64.584 5.139 s 4 t f 5 s t t f 10.14 s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.32 A simple friction drive consists of two disks A and B. Initially, disk B has a clockwise angular velocity of 500 rpm, and disk A is at rest. It is known that disk B will coast to rest in 60 s. However, rather than waiting until both disks are at rest to bring them together, disk A is given a constant angular acceleration of 3 rad/s2 counterclockwise. Determine (a) at what time the disks can be brought together if they are not to slip, (b) the angular velocity of each disk as contact is made. SOLUTION Motion of disk B: B 0 500 rpm 52.360 rad/s Assume that the angular acceleration of disk B is constant. B B 0 B t At t 60 s, B 0 B B B 0 t 0 52.360 0.87266 rad/s 2 60 vB rB B 3 52.360 0.87266 t 157.08 2.618 t in./s Motion of disk A: A 0 0, A 3 rad/s 2 A A 0 At 3 t v A rA A 2.5 3 t 7.5 t in./s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.32 (Continued) If disks are not to slip, v A vB 7.5 t 157.08 2.618 t t 15.52 s (a) (b) A 315.52 46.6 rad/s B 52.360 0.87266 15.52 38.8 rad/s A 445 rpm , B 371 rpm Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.33 Two friction wheels A and B are both rotating freely at 300 rpm counterclockwise when they are brought into contact. After 12 s of slippage, during which time each wheel has a constant angular acceleration, wheel B reaches a final angular velocity of 75 rpm counterclockwise. Determine (a) the angular acceleration of each wheel during the period of slippage, (b) the time at which the angular velocity of wheel A is equal to zero. SOLUTION B 0 300 rpm 31.416 rad/s Motion of disk B: t 12s, B 75 rpm = 7.854 rad/s At Angular acceleration. B B 0 7.854 31.416 1.9635 rad/s 12 t Velocity at contact point with disk A at t 12 s: B vB rB B 3 7.854 23.562 in./s Motion of disk A: A 0 300 rpm = 31.416 rad/s Assume that slipping ends when t 12 s. v A 23.562 in./s Then, A v A 23.562 9.4248 rad/s rA 2.5 A 9.4248 rad/s A (a) A A 0 t 9.4248 rad/s 9.4248 31.416 3.4034 rad/s 2 12 A 3.40 rad/s 2 B 1.963 rad/s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.33 (Continued) (b) Time when A is zero. A A 0 A t 0 t A A 0 A 0 31.416 3.4034 t 9.23 s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.34 Two friction disks A and B are to be brought into contact without slipping when the angular velocity of disk A is 240 rpm counterclockwise. Disk A starts from rest at time t 0 and is given a constant angular acceleration of magnitude . Disk B starts from rest at time t 2 s and is given a constant clockwise angular acceleration, also of magnitude . Determine (a) the required angular acceleration magnitude , (b) the time at which the contact occurs. SOLUTION When contact is made: A 240 rpm 8 rad/s Let C be the contact point between the two gears. vC rA A 0.15 8 1.2 m/s 2 B vC 1.2 6 rad/s rB 0.2 A 8 t rad/s B 6 t 2 rad/s Subtracting, 2 2 3.14 rad/s 2 (a) (b) rad/s 2 t 8 8 8s t 8.00 s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.35 Two friction disks A and B are brought into contact when the angular velocity of disk A is 240 rpm counterclockwise and disk B is at rest. A period of slipping follows and disk B makes 2 revolutions before reaching its final angular velocity. Assuming that the angular acceleration of each disk is constant and inversely proportional to the cube of its radius, determine (a) the angular acceleration of each disk, (b) the time during which the disks slip. SOLUTION A 0 Given: A 1 8 240 rpm 8 rad/s A t1 3 B 4 3 1 1r 1 0.15 B t12 A A t12 A t12 2 2 rB 2 0.2 3 A t12 B 1 0.2 8 59.574 radians 0.15 3 0.15 B t1 A t1 0.421875 A t1 0.2 Let vC be the velocity at the contact point. vC rA A 0.15 8 A t1 1.2 0.15 A t1 vC rB B 0.2 0.421875 A t1 0.084375 A t1 and Equating the two expressions for vC , 1.2 0.15 A t1 0.084375 A t1 t1 Then, A (a) or A t1 16.0850 rad/s A t12 59.574 3.7037 s A t1 16.0850 16.0850 4.3429 rad/s 2 3.7037 0.15 B 1.832 rad/s 2 3 2 B 4.3429 1.83218 rad/s 0.2 (b) From above, A 4.34 rad/s 2 t1 3.70 s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.36* Steel tape is being wound onto a spool that rotates with a constant angular velocity 0 . Denoting by r the radius of the spool and tape at any given time and by b the thickness of the tape, derive an expression for the acceleration of the tape as it approaches the spool. SOLUTION Let one layer of tape be wound and let v be the tape speed. vt 2 r and r b r bv b t 2 r 2 For the spool: d d v 1 dv d 1 v dt dt r r dt dt r a v dr a v b r r 2 dt r r 2 2 1 b 2 a 0 2 r a b02 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.37* In a continuous printing process, paper is drawn into the presses at a constant speed v. Denoting by r the radius of the paper roll at any given time and by b the thickness of the paper, derive an expression for the angular acceleration of the paper roll. SOLUTION Let one layer of paper be unrolled. vt 2 r and r b r bv dr t 2 r dt d dt d v dt r 1 dv d 1 v r dt dt r v dr 0 2 r dt v bv 2 r 2 r bv 2 2 r 3 bv 2 2 r 3 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.38 An automobile travels to the right at a constant speed of 48 mi/h. If the diameter of a wheel is 22 in., determine the velocities of Points B, C, D, and E on the rim of the wheel. SOLUTION vA 48 mi/h 70.4 ft/s d 22 in. r vC 0 d 11 in. 0.91667 ft 2 vA 70.4 76.8 rad/s 0.91667 r vB/A vD/A vE/A r (0.91667)(76.8) 70.4 ft/s vB vA vB/A [70.4 ft/s ] [70.4 ft/s ] vB 140.8 ft/s vD vA vD/A [70.4 ft/s vE vA vE/A [70.4 ft/s ] [70.4 ft/s 30] vD 136.0 ft/s 15.0 vE 99.6 ft/s 45.0 ] [70.4 ft/s ] Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.39 The motion of rod AB is guided by pins attached at A and B which slide in the slots shown. At the instant shown, 40 and the pin at B moves upward to the left with a constant velocity of 6 in./s. Determine (a) the angular velocity of the rod, (b) the velocity of the pin at end A. SOLUTION vA vB vA/B [ vA] [6 in./s 15] [v A/B 40] Law of sines. v vA 6 in./s A/ B sin 55 sin 75 sin 50 vA 6.42 in./s (b) vA/B 7.566 in./s vA/B ( AB ) AB 40 AB 20 in. 7.566 in./s (20 in.) AB (a) AB 0.3783 rad/s AB 0.378 rad/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.40 A painter is halfway up a 10-m ladder when the bottom starts sliding out from under him. Knowing that point A has a velocity vA = 2 m/s directed to the left when = 60°, determine (a) the angular velocity of the ladder, (b) the velocity of the painter. SOLUTION v A 2i m/s, =60 Given: rB / A 10 cos 60i 10sin 60 j Geometry: rP / A 5cos 60i 5sin 60 j v B v A v B / A v A AB k rB /A Relative Velocity: vB j 2i AB k 5i 8.660 j 2 8.660 AB i 5 AB j Equate Components: (a) i: 0 2 8.660 AB AB 0.231 rad/s AB 0.231 rad/s Velocity of Painter (point P): v P v A v P / A v A AB k rP/A 2i 0.231k 2.5i 4.330 j (b) v P 1.00 m/s i 0.577 m/s j Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.41 Rod AB can slide freely along the floor and the inclined plane. At the instant shown the velocity of end A is 1.4 m/s to the left. Determine (a) the angular velocity of the rod, (b) the velocity of end B of the rod. SOLUTION Geometry: sin tan 0.3 , 0.5 36.87 0.3 , 0.125 67.38 Velocity analysis: v A 1.4 m/s v B/ A r AB 0.5 AB v B vB Plane motion Translation with A Rotation about A. v B v A v B/ A Draw velocity vector diagram. 180 90 59.49 Law of sines: vB/ A sin (a) (b) vB v A sin 90 sin vB/ A v A sin 1.4sin 67.38 1.5 m/s sin sin 59.49 AB 1.5 3.00 rad/s 0.5 vB AB 3.00 rad/s v A cos 1.4 cos36.87 1.3 m/s sin sin 59.49 v B 1.300 m/s 67.4 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.42 Rod AB can slide freely along the floor and the inclined plane. At the instant shown the angular velocity of the rod is 4.2 rad/s counterclockwise. Determine (a) the velocity of end A of the rod, (b) the velocity of end B of the rod. SOLUTION Geometry: sin 0.3 , 0.5 0.3 , 0.125 tan 36.87 67.38 Velocity analysis: AB 4.2 rad/s v B/ A rB/ A AB 0.5 4.2 2.1 m/s v B vB v A vA Plane motion Translation with A Rotation about A. v B v A v B/ A Draw velocity vector diagram. 180 90 59.49 Law of sines: (a) vB/ A vA vB sin sin 90 sin vA vB/ A sin sin 2.1sin 59.49 1.96 m/s sin 67.38 v A 1.960 m/s (b) vB vB/ A cos sin 2.1cos 36.87 1.82 m/s sin 67.38 v B 1.820 m/s 67.4 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.43 Rod AB moves over a small wheel at C while end A moves to the right with a constant velocity of 25 in./s. At the instant shown, determine (a) the angular velocity of the rod, (b) the velocity of end B of the rod. SOLUTION Slope angle of rod. tan AC 7 0.7, 10 35 10 12.2066 in. cos CB 20 AC 7.7934 in. Velocity analysis. v A 25 in./s , v C /A AC AB v C vC v C v A vC/A Draw corresponding vector diagram. vC/A v A sin 25sin 35 14.34 in./s (a) AB vC/A AC 14.34 1.175 rad/s 12.2066 AB 1.175 rad/s vC v A cos 25cos 20.479 in./s v B/ C CB AB (7.7934)(1.175) 9.1551 in./s vB/C has same direction as vC/A. v B v C v B/C Draw corresponding vector diagram. vB/C 9.1551 tan , 24.09 vC 20.479 (b) vB vC 20.479 22.4 in./s 1.869 ft/s cos cos 24.09 59.1 v B 1.869 ft/s 59.1 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.44 The disk shown moves in the xy plane. Knowing that (v A ) y 7 m/s, (vB ) x = 7.4 m/s, and (vC ) x 1.4 m/s, determine (a) the angular velocity of the disk, (b) the velocity of point B. SOLUTION In units of m/s, v B/ A k rB/ A k 0.6i 0.6 j 0.6 i 0.6 j v C/ A k rC/ A k 1.2i 1.2 j v B v A v B/ A 7.4i vB y j v A x i 7 j 0.6 i 0.6 j i : 7.4 v A x 0.6 Components. j: vB y (1) 7 0.6 (2) v C v A v C/ A 1.4i vC y j v A x i 7 j 1.2 j i : 1.4 v A x Components. j: From (3), (a) From (1), From (2), (b) vB y vC y 7 1.2 vA x 1.4 m/s 7.4 1.4 10 rad/s, 0.6 (3) (4) 10.00 rad/s 7 0.6 10 1 m/s v B 7.40 m/s i 1.000 m/s j Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.45 The disk shown moves in the xy plane. Knowing that (v A ) y 7 m/s, (vB ) x = 7.4 m/s, and (vC ) x 1.4 m/s, , determine (a) the velocity of point O, (b) the point of the disk with zero velocity. SOLUTION In units of m/s, v B/ A k rB/ A k 0.6i 0.6 j 0.6 i 0.6 j v C/ A k rC/ A k 1.2i 1.2 j v B v A v B/ A 7.4i vB y j v A x i 7 j 0.6 i 0.6 j i : 7.4 v A x 0.6 Components. j: vB y (1) 7 0.6 (2) v C v A v C/ A 1.4i vC y v A x i 7 j 1.2 j i : 1.4 v A x Components. j: vA x From (3), From (1), vC y (3) 7 1.2 1.4 m/s, (4) v A 1.4i 7 j 7.4 1.4 10 rad/s, 0.6 10.00 rad/s k vO v A vO/ A v A rO/ A v A 10k 0.6i (a) 1.4i 7 j 6 j 1.4i 1j v O 1.400 m/s i 1.000 m/s j 0 v O xi yj (b) 0 1.4i 1j 10k xi yj 1.4i 1j 10 xj 10 yj Components. i : 0 1.4 10 y, y 0.14 m j : 0 1 10 x, x 0.1 m y 140.0 mm x 100.0 mm Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.46 The plate shown moves in the xy plane. Knowing that (v A ) x 250 mm/s, (vB ) x 450 mm/s, and (vC ) x 500 mm/s, determine (a) the angular velocity of the plate, (b) the velocity of Point A. SOLUTION k Angular velocity: rB/A (150 mm)i Relative position vectors: rC/A (200 mm)i (150 mm) j v A (250 mm/s)i (v A ) y j Velocity vectors: v B (vB ) x i (450 mm/s) j vC (500 mm/s)i (vC ) y j Unknowns are ω, (v A ) y , (vB ) x , and (vC ) y . v B v A v B/A v A k rB/A (vB ) x i 450 j 250i (v A ) y j k 150i 250i (v A ) y j 150 j i: (vB ) x 250 (1) j: 450 (v A ) y 150 (2) v C v A v C/A v A k rC/A 500i (vC ) y j 250i (v A ) y j k (200i 150 j) 250i (v A ) y j 200 j 150 i (a) i: 500 250 150 (3) j: (vC ) y (v A ) y 150 (4) Angular velocity of the plate. From Eq. (3), 750 5 150 ω (5.00 rad/s)k 5.00 rad/s (b) Velocity of Point A. From Eq. (2), (v A ) y 450 150 450 (150)(5) 300 mm/s v A (250 mm/s)i (300 mm/s) j Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.47 Velocity sensors are placed on a satellite that is moving only in the xy plane. Knowing that at the instant shown the uni-directional sensors measure (vA)x = 2 ft/s, (vB)x = 0.333 ft/s, and (vC)y = 2 ft/s, determine (a) the angular velocity of the satellite, (b) the velocity of point B. SOLUTION Given: vA x 2 ft/s, vB x 0.333 ft/s, vC y 2 ft/s Geometry: rB / A 2 ft i 4 ft j rB / C 6 ft i 2 ft j v B v A ABC k rB /A Relative Velocity: 0.333i vB y j 2i v A y j ABC k 2i 4 j Equate Components: (c) i: 0.333 2 4 ABC ABC 0.583 rad/s ABC 0.583 rad/s v B v C ABC k rB/C Relative Velocity: 0.333i vB y j vC x i 2 j 0.583k 6i 2 j Equate Components: (d) j: vB y 1.500 ft/s v B 0.333 ft/s i 1.500 ft/s j v B 1.537 ft/s 77.48º Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.48 In the planetary gear system shown, the radius of gears A, B, C, and D is a and the radius of the outer gear E is 3a. Knowing that the angular velocity of gear A is A clockwise and that the outer gear E is stationary, determine (a) the angular velocity of each planetary gear, (b) the angular velocity of the spider connecting the planetary gears. SOLUTION Gear E is stationary. vE 0 Let A be the center of gear A and the spider. Since the motions of gears B, C, and D are similar, only gear B is considered. Let H be the effective contact point between gears A and B. Gear A: v H a A (a ) v H v E v H /E Planetary gears B, C, and D: 1 2 B A : a A 0 (2 a ) B 1 B ωC ω D A 2 v B v E v B/E 1 : vB 0 a A 2 (b) Spider. vB 1 a A 2 (1) v B (2 a ) s (2) Equating expressions (1) and (2) for vB, 1 a A (2a )s 2 1 4 s A 1 s A 4 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.49 In the planetary gear system shown, the radius of gears A, B, C, and D is 30 mm and the radius of the outer gear E is 90 mm. Knowing that gear E has an angular velocity of 180 rpm clockwise and that the central gear A has an angular velocity of 240 rpm clockwise, determine (a) the angular velocity of each planetary gear, (b) the angular velocity of the spider connecting the planetary gears. SOLUTION Since the motions of the planetary gears B, C, and D are similar, only gear B is considered. Let Point H be the effect contact point between gears A and B and let Point E be the effective contact point between gears B and E. Given angular velocities: Outer gear E: ω E 180 rpm 6 rad/s ω A 240 rpm 8 rad/s radius rE 90 mm vE rE E (90 mm)(6 rad/s) 540 mm/s v E 540 mm/s Gear A: radius rA 30 mm vH rA A (30 mm)(8 rad/s) 240 mm/s v H 240 mm/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.49 (Continued) Planetary gear B: radius rB 30 mm, ω B B v H v E v H /E ] [540 mm/s [(30 mm) A ] [(60 mm) B ] 30 A 540 60B B (a) 540 30 A 1 1 9 A 9 (8 ) 5 rad/s 60 2 2 Angular velocity of planetary gears: ω B ω C ω D 5 rad/s v B v H vB/H [(30 mm) A ] [30 mm B 150 rpm 195 rpm ] vB (30 mm)(8 rad/s) (30 mm)(5 rad/s) 390 mm/s (b) Spider: arm rs 60 mm, ω s s vB rss s vB 390 mm/s 6.5 rad/s 60 mm rs s 6.5 rad/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.50 Arm AB rotates with an angular velocity of 20 rad/s counterclockwise. Knowing that the outer gear C is stationary, determine (a) the angular velocity of gear B, (b) the velocity of the gear tooth located at Point D. SOLUTION Arm AB: Gear B: (a) BE 0.05 m: v B vD vB/E 0 ( BE ) B 2.4 m/s 0 (0.05 m) B B 48 rad/s (b) DE (0.05 2 ): B 48 rad/s vD vE vD/E 0 ( DE )B vD 0 (0.05 2)(48) vD 3.39 m/s vD 3.39 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. 45° PROBLEM 15.51 In the simplified sketch of a ball bearing shown, the diameter of the inner race A is 60 mm and the diameter of each ball is 12 mm. The outer race B is stationary while the inner race has an angular velocity of 3600 rpm. Determine (a) the speed of the center of each ball, (b) the angular velocity of each ball, (c) the number of times per minute each ball describes a complete circle. SOLUTION Data: A 3600 rpm 376.99 rad/s, rA B 0 1 d A 30 mm 2 d diameter of ball 12 mm Velocity of point on inner race in contact with a ball. v A rA A (30)(376.99) 11310 mm/s Consider a ball with its center at Point C. v A v B v A /B v A 0 C d C v A 11310 d 12 942.48 rad/s vC vB vC/B 0 1 d (6)(942.48) 5654.9 mm/s 2 vC 5.65 m/s (a) (b ) Angular velocity of ball. C 942.48 rad/s (c ) C 9000 rpm Distance traveled by center of ball in 1 minute. lC vC t 5654.9(60) 339290 mm Circumference of circle: 2 r 2 (30 6) 226.19 mm Number of circles completed in 1 minute: n l 2 r 339290 226.19 n 1500 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.52 A simplified gear system for a mechanical watch is shown. Knowing that gear A has a constant angular velocity of 1 rev/h and gear C has a constant angular velocity of 1 rpm, determine (a) the radius r, (b) the magnitudes of the accelerations of the points on gear B that are in contact with gears A and C. SOLUTION Point where A contacts B: v1 rA A r B B rA A r (1) v2 rB B rC C rB B r (2) Point where B contacts C: From Eqs. (1) and (2), C rA rB r2 r 2 rA rB r2 A 1 rev/h 1 C 1 rev/m 60 (0.6 in.)(0.36 in.) 0.0036 in 2 60 r 0.0600 in. Radius r: Angular velocity of B. (b) A C rA 0.6 in., rB 0.36 in. Data: (a) A Point where B contacts A. 2 rad/s 60 r 0.060 2 B C 0.017453 rad/s rB 0.36 60 C 1 rpm an r B2 (0.0600 in.)(0.017453 rad/s) 2 an 18.28 10 6 in./s 2 Point where B contacts C. an rB B2 (0.36 in.)(0.017453 rad/s) 2 an 109.7 10 6 in./s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.53 Arm ACB rotates about Point C with an angular velocity of 40 rad/s counterclockwise. Two friction disks A and B are pinned at their centers to arm ACB as shown. Knowing that the disks roll without slipping at surfaces of contact, determine the angular velocity of (a) disk A, (b) disk B. SOLUTION Arm ACB : Fixed axis rotation. rA/C 24 mm, vA rA/C AB (24)(40) 960 mm/s rB/C 18 mm, vB rB/C AB (18)(40) 720 mm/s Disk B: Plane motion Translation with B Rotation about B. rB 30 mm, v D v B v D/B 0 720 30 B B mm/s 720 24 rad/s 30 vE vB vE/B 720 (30)(24) 1440 mm/s Disk A: Plane motion Translation with A Rotation about A. rA 12 mm, vE vA vE/ A 1440 960 12 A A 1440 960 200 rad/s 12 (a ) ω A 200 rad/s (b) ω B 24.0 rad/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.54 Arm ACB rotates about Point C with an angular velocity of 40 rad/s counterclockwise. Two friction disks A and B are pinned at their centers to arm ACB as shown. Knowing that the disks roll without slipping at surfaces of contact, determine the angular velocity of (a) disk A, (b) disk B. SOLUTION Arm ACB : Fixed axis rotation. rA/C 0.3 in., vA rA/C AB (0.3)(40) 12 in./s rB/C 1.8 in., vB rB/C AB (1.8)(40) 72 in./s Disk B: Plane motion Translation with B Rotation about B. rB 0.6 in., vD vB vB/A 0 72 0.6 B B 72 120 rad/s 0.6 vE vB vE/B 72 (0.6)(120) 144 in./s Disk A: Plane motion Translation with A Rotation about A. rA 1.5 in., vE vA vE/A 144 12 1.5 A A 144 12 104 rad/s 1.5 (a ) A 104.0 rad/s (b) B 120.0 rad/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.55 Knowing that at the instant shown the velocity of collar A is 900 mm/s to the left, determine (a) the angular velocity of rod ADB, (b) the velocity of Point B. SOLUTION Consider rod ADB. v D vD j, v A (900 mm/s)i rD /A (80 mm)i (150 mm) j v D /A ω AD rD /A AD k (80i 150 j) 150 AD i 80 AD j v 0 v A v D /A vD j 900i 150 AD i 80 AD j Equate components. i: 0 900 150 AD (a) AD 6 rad/s ω AD (6.00 rad/s)k 6.00 rad/s Angular velocity of ADB. By proportions, 150 60 rD/A 1.4 rD/A 150 (112 mm)i (210 mm) j rB /A v B v A AD k rB/A 900i 6k (112i 210 j) 900i 672 j 1260i (b) Velocity of B. v B (360 mm/s)i (672 mm/s) j 762 mm/s 61.8° Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.56 Knowing that at the instant shown the angular velocity of rod DE is 2.4 rad/s clockwise, determine (a) the velocity A, (b) the velocity of Point B. SOLUTION ω DE 2.4 rad Rod DE: Point E is fixed. vD DB rDE (2.4 rad/s)(120 mm) 288 mm/s v D 288 mm/s (288 mm/s) j rA /D (80 mm)i (150 mm) j, ω AD ω AD k , v A v A i Rod ADB: v A v D v D/A v D AD k rA/D v A i (288 mm/s) j AD k [(80 mm)i (150 mm) j] v A i 288 j 80 AD j 150 AD i Equate components. i: j: From Eq. (2), From Eq. (1), (a) Velocity of collar A. (b) Velocity of Point B. By proportions v A 150 AD (1) 0 288 80 AD AD 288 80 (2) ω AD ( 3.6 rad/s)k v A (150)( 3.6) 540 mm/s v A 540 mm/s rB/D 60 rA/D (32 mm)i 60 mm j 150 v B v D v B/D v D ω AD rB/D (288 mm/s) j [(3.6 rad/s)k ] [(32 mm)i (60 mm) j] (288 mm/s) j (115.2 mm/s) j (216 mm/s)i v B (216 mm/s)i (403.2 mm/s) j v B 457 mm/s 61.8° Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.57 Knowing that the disk has a constant angular velocity of 15 rad/s clockwise, determine the angular velocity of bar BD and the velocity of collar D when (a) 0, (b) 90, (c) 180. SOLUTION A 15 rad/s , Disk A AB 2.8 in. Rotation about a fixed axis. vB AB A 2.8 15 42 in./s (a) 0. v B 42 in./s 2.8 , 10 sin 16.260 v D v B v D/B 42 vD Bar BD : vD/B DB vD/B DB vD/B 42 43.75 in./s cos 43.75 , 10 DB 4.38 rad/s vD vB tan , (b) 90. v D 12.25 in./s v B 42 in./s sin 5.6 , 34.06 10 v D v B v D/B Bar BD : vD Components: 42 vD/B : vD/B 0 : vD vB DB 0 v D 42.0 in./s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.57 (Continued) (c) 180. vB 42 in./s sin 2.8 , 10 16.26 v D v B v D/B Bar BD : v D 42 vD/B vD/B DB vD/B DB 42 43.75 cos 43.75 10 DB 4.38 rad/s vD vB tan v D 12.25 in./s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.58 The disk has a constant angular velocity of 20 rad/s clockwise. (a) Determine the two values of the angle for which the velocity of collar D is zero. (b) For each of these values of , determine the corresponding value of the angular velocity of bar BD. SOLUTION rA 2.8 in., lBD 10 in. lBD sin rA rA sin From geometry, (1) v B is tangent to the circular path of B, v B rA A thus v B/D lBD BD For rod BD v B v D v B/D 0 v B/D v B/D v B (a) For matching direction For , sin sin sin or so that rA 2.8 , lBD rA 10 2.8 For 180 , 180 lBD sin rA rA sin 22.9, 22.9 sin sin , lBD sin rA rA sin sin rA 2.8 , lBD rA 10 2.8 12.6 192.6 (b) For matching magnitudes vD/B vB lBD BD rA A , BD 2.8 20 5.6 rad/s rA A lBD 10 For 22.9, BD 5.60 rad/s For 192.6, BD 5.60 rad/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.59 The test rig shown was developed to perform fatigue testing on fitness trampolines. A motor drives the 9-in radius flywheel AB, which is pinned at its center point A, in a counterclockwise direction. The flywheel is attached to slider CD by the 18-in connecting rod BC. Knowing that the “feet” at D should hit the trampoline twice every second, at the instant when = 30°, determine (a) the angular velocity of the connecting rod BC, (b) the velocity of D, (c) the velocity of midpoint CB. SOLUTION rB / A 9 in, rC / B 18 in, =30 Given: Re v 2 rad 4 rad/s s Re v 0, v D vC AB 2 vC x 9cos 18cos =64.341 Geometry: rB / A 9cos in i 9sin j 7.794i 4.5 j rC / B 18cos in i 18sin in j 7.794i 16.225 j rE / C 9cos in i 9sin in j 3.897i 8.112 j Relative Velocity: v B v A AB k rB /A (1) v C v B BC k rC/B (2) v C AB k rB /A BC k rC/B Sub (1) into (2): vC y j 4 k 7.794i 4.5 j BC k 7.794i 16.225 j (a) Equate Components: i: 0 18 i 16.225 BC j (b) j: vC y 97.945 3.485 7.794 vC y 125.110 in/s (c) Relative Velocity: BC 3.485 rad/s v D 125.11 in/s v E v C BC k rE/C 125.11j 3.485k 3.897i 8.112 j 28.274i 111.527 j in/s v E 115.056 in/s 75.77º Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.60 In the eccentric shown, a disk of 2-in.-radius revolves about shaft O that is located 0.5 in. from the center A of the disk. The distance between the center A of the disk and the pin at B is 8 in. Knowing that the angular velocity of the disk is 900 rpm clockwise, determine the velocity of the block when 30. SOLUTION (OA)sin ( AB )sin Geometry. (OA)sin AB 0.5 sin 30 , 8 sin 1.79 Shaft and eccentric disk. (Rotation about O) OA 900 rpm 30 rad/s vA (OA) OA (0.5)(30 ) 15 in/s Rod AB. (Plane motion Translation with A Rotation about A.) vB vA vB/ A Draw velocity vector diagram. Law of sines. [v B ] [v A 60] [v A/B ] 90 88.21 180 60 88.21 31.79 vB vA sin sin(90 ) v A sin vB sin (90 ) (15 )sin 31.79 sin 88.21 24.837 in./s vB 24.8 in./s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.61 In the engine system shown, l 160 mm and b 60 mm. Knowing that the crank AB rotates with a constant angular velocity of 1000 rpm clockwise, determine the velocity of the piston P and the angular velocity of the connecting rod when (a) 0, (b) 90. SOLUTION AB 1000 rpm (a) 0. Crank AB. (Rotation about A) (1000)(2 ) 104.72 rad/s 60 rB/A 0.06 m vB vB/A AB (0.06)(104.72) 6.2832 m/s Rod BD. (Plane motion = Translation with B + Rotation about B) vD vB vD/B vD [6.2832 ] [ v D/ B ] vD 0 vD/B 6.2832 m/s vP vD BD (b) vP 0 vB 6.2832 0.16 l 90. Crank AB. (Rotation about A) BD 39.3 rad/s rB/ A 0.06 m vB rB/ A AB (0.06)(104.72) 6.2832 m/s Rod BD. (Plane motion Translation with B + Rotation about B.) vD vB vD/B [vD ] ] [6.2832] vD /B vD/B 0, BD vD 6.2832 m/s vD/B l v P v D 6.2832 m/s BD 0 vP 6.28 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.62 In the engine system shown l 160 mm and b 60 mm. Knowing that crank AB rotates with a constant angular velocity of 1000 rpm clockwise, determine the velocity of the piston P and the angular velocity of the connecting rod when 60. SOLUTION AB 1000 rpm 60. Crank AB. (Rotation about A) (1000)(2 ) 104.72 rad/s 60 rB/A 3 in. 30° vB rB /A AB (0.06)(104.72) 6.2832 m/s 60° Rod BD. (Plane motion Translation with B Rotation about B.) Geometry. l sin r sin r 0.06 sin sin sin 60 l 0.16 18.95 vD vB vD/B [vD ] [314.16 60] [vD /B ] Draw velocity vector diagram. 180 30 (90 ) 78.95 Law of sines. vD/B vD vB sin sin 30 sin (90 ) vB sin cos 6.2832 sin 78.95 cos18.95 6.52 m/s vD vP vD vP 6.52 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.62 (Continued) vB sin 30 cos 6.2832sin 30 cos18.95 3.3216 m/s vD/B BD vD/B l 3.3216 0.16 BD 20.8 rad/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.63 Knowing that at the instant shown the angular velocity of rod AB is 15 rad/s clockwise, determine (a) the angular velocity of rod BD, (b) the velocity of the midpoint of rod BD. SOLUTION ω AB 15 rad/s Rod AB: vB ( AB ) AB (0.200)(15) 3 m/s vB (3 m/s)i, Rod BD: vB 3 m/s v D vD j, ω BD BD k rB /D (0.6 m)i (0.25 m) j v B v D v B /D v D ω BD rB /D 3i vD j BD k (0.6i 0.25 j) vD j 0.6BD j 0.25BD i Equate components. i: 3 0.25 BD 0 vD 0.6 BD j: (a) (2) Angular velocity of rod BD. From Eq. (1), From Eq. (2), (b) (1) 3 0.25 BD 12.00 rad/s vD 0.6 BD vD 7.2 m/s BD Velocity of midpoint M of rod BD. 1 rB /D (0.3 m)i (0.125 m) j 2 v D v M /D vD j BD k rM /D rM /D vM 7.2 j 12.00k (0.3i 0.125 j) (1.500 m/s)i (3.60 m/s) j vM 3.90 m/s 67.4 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.64 In the position shown, bar AB has an angular velocity of 4 rad/s clockwise. Determine the angular velocity of bars BD and DE. SOLUTION AB 4 rad/s Bar AB: (Rotation about A) (4 rad/s)k rB /A (175 mm)i vB AB rB /A ( 4k ) (175i ) vB (700 mm/s)j Bar BD: (Plane motion Translation with B Rotation about B.) BD BD k rD /B (200 mm)j vD vB BD rD /B 700 j (BD k ) (200 j) vD 700 j 200BD i DE DE k Bar DE: (Rotation about E ) rD /E (275 mm)i (75 mm)j vD DE rD /E (DE k ) (275i 75 j) vD 275DE j 75DE i Equating components of the two expressions for vD , 700 275 DE DE 2.5455 rad/s i : 200 BD 75 DE BD BD j: 3 DE 2.55 rad/s 3 8 BD (2.5455) 0.95455 rad/s 8 BD 0.955 rad/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.65 Linkage DBEF is part of a windshield wiper mechanism, where points O, F and D are fixed pinned connections. At the position shown, = 60° and link EB is horizontal. Knowing that link EF has a counterclockwise angular velocity of 4 rad/s at the instant shown, determine the angular velocity of links EB and DB. SOLUTION Given: =60 EF 4 rad/s Geometry: 30cos 20cos =41.41 rE / F 20sin i 20cos j rB / E 13.229i 15.0 j mm 85.0i mm rB / D 30sin i 30cos j 25.981i 15.0 j mm Relative Velocity: v E v F EF k rE/F (1) v B v E EB k rB/E (2) v B v D BD k rB/D (3) Sub (1) into (2) = (3): EF k rE/F EB k rB/E = BD k rB/D Put in known values: 4k 13.229i 15.0 j EB k 85.0i =BD k 25.981i 15.0 j Equate Components: i: 60 15 BD BD 4 rad/s j: 52.915 85.0EB 25.981 4 EB 0.600 rad/s BD 4.000 rad/s EB 0.600 rad/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.66 Robert’s linkage is named after Richard Robert (1789–1864) and can be used to draw a close approximation to a straight line by locating a pen at Point F. The distance AB is the same as BF, DF and DE. Knowing that the angular velocity of bar AB is 5 rad/s clockwise in the position shown, determine (a) the angular velocity of bar DE, (b) the velocity of Point F. SOLUTION Bar AB: ω AB 5 rad/s In inches, rB /A 3i 122 32 j 3i 135 j (5 rad/s)k v B ω AB rB /A 5k (3i 135 j) 5 135i 15 j rD /B (6 in.)i, rF /B 3i 135 j (in.), ω BD BD k Object BDF: v D v B v B /D v B BD k rD /B 5 135i 15 j BD k 6i 5 135i 15 j 6BD j (1) ω DE DE k , rD /E (3 in.)i ( 135 in.) j, Bar DE: Point E is fixed so v E 0 v D ω DE rD /E DE k (3i 135 j) 135DE i 3DE j (2) Equating like components of vD from Eqs. (1) and (2), i: j: (a) 5 135 135 DE (3) 15 6BD 3DE (4) Angular velocity of bar DE. From Eq. (3), DE 5 rad/s From Eq. (4), BD (15 3DE ) (15 15) 1 6 DE 5.00 rad/s 1 6 ωBD 5.00 rad/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.66 (Continued) (b) Velocity of Point F. vF /B 3i 135 j vF v B v F /B v B BD k rF /B 5 135i 15 j 5k (3i 135 j) 5 135i 15 j 15 j 5 135i 10 135i vF 116.2 in./s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.67 Robert’s linkage is named after Richard Robert (1789–1864) and can be used to draw a close approximation to a straight line by locating a pen at Point F. The distance AB is the same as BF, DF and DE. Knowing that the angular velocity of plate BDF is 2 rad/s counterclockwise when 90°, determine (a) the angular velocities of bars AB and DE, (b) the velocity of Point F. When 90, point F may be assumed to coincide with point E, with negligible error in the velocity analysis. SOLUTION When 90, the configuration of the linkage is close to that shown at the right. Bar AB: ω AB ABk In inches, rB/A 6i 6 3 j v B ω AB rB/A AB k (6i 6 3 j) 6 3 AB i 6 AB j Object BDF: rD/B 6i 6(2 3) j rF /B 6i 6 3 j ω BD (2 rad/s)k v D v B v D/B v B BD k rD/B 6 3 AB i 6 AB j 2k [6i 6(2 3) j] 6 3 AB i 6 AB j 24i 12 3i 12 j Bar DE: ωDE DE k, (1) rD/E 12 j v D ω DE rD/E DE k 12 j 12 DE i (2) Equating like components of vD from Eqs. (1) and (2), i: j: 6 3 AB 12 6 3 12 DE 6AB 12 0 AB 2 rad/s From Eq. (3), (3) AB 2.00 rad/s DE 1.464 rad/s 12 DE (6 3)( 2) 24 12 3 DE 2 2 3 1.4641 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.67 (Continued) v D (12)(1.4641)i 17.569i v F v D BD k rF /D 17.569i 2k (12 j) (41.569 in./s)i v F 41.6 in./s Note: The exact configuration of the linkage when 90 may be calculated from trigonometry using the figure given below. Applying the law of cosines to triangle ADB gives 13.5 so that angle EAB is 45 13.5 58.5. We used 60° in the approximate analysis. Point F then lies about 0.53 in. to the right of Point E. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.68 In the position shown, bar DE has a constant angular velocity of 10 rad/s clockwise. Knowing that h 500 mm, determine (a) the angular velocity of bar FBD, (b) the velocity of Point F. SOLUTION Bar DE: (Rotation about E) DE 10 rad/s (10 rad/s)k rD/E (0.1 m)i (0.2 m)j vD DE rD/E (10k ) (0.1i 0.2 j) (1 m/s)j (2 m/s)i Bar FBD: (Plane motion Translation with D Rotation about D.) BD BDk rB/D (0.3 m)i (0.1 m)j vB vD BD rB/D j 2i (BD k ) ( 0.3i 0.1j) j 2i 0.3 BD j 0.1BD i Bar AB: (Rotation about A) AB AB k rB/A (0.42 m)j vB AB rB/A (AB k ) (0.42 j) 0.42AB i Equating components of the two expressions for vB , (a) j: 1 0.3BD 0 BD 3.3333 rad/s i: 2 0.1BD 0.42AB rF/D CrB/D 2 (0.1)(3.3333) 0.42AB AB 3.9683 rad/s Bar FBD: BD 3.33 rad/s AB 3.97 rad/s where C h 0.3 0.3 vF vB BD rF/D j 2i C (0.3BD j 0.1BD i ) With (b) j 2i C ( j 0.33333i ) 0.8 h 500 mm 0.5 m, C 2.6667 0.3 vF j 2i 2.6667 j 0.88889i vF (1.11111 m/s)i (1.66667 m/s)j vF 2.00 m/s 56.3 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.69 In the position shown, bar DE has a constant angular velocity of 10 rad/s clockwise. Determine (a) the distance h for which the velocity of Point F is vertical, (b) the corresponding velocity of Point F. SOLUTION Bar DE: (Rotation about E ) DE 10 rad/s (10 rad/s)k rD/E (0.1 m)i (0.2 m)j vD DE rD /E (10k ) ( 0.1i 0.2 j) (1 m/s)j (2 m/s)i Bar FBD: (Plane motion Translation with D Rotation about D.) BD BDk rB/D (0.3 m)i (0.1 m)j vB vD BD rB/D j 2i (BD k ) (0.3i 0.1j) j 2i 0.3BD j 0.1BD i Bar AB: (Rotation about A) AB AB k rB/A (0.42 m)j vB AB rB/A (AB k ) (0.42 j) 0.42AB i Equating components of the two expressions for vB , (a) j: 1 0.3BD 0 BD 3.3333 rad/s i: 2 0.1BD 0.42AB 2 (0.1)(3.3333) 0.42AB AB 3.9683 rad/s Bar FBD: rF/D CrB/D AB 3.97 rad/s where C h 0.3 0.3 vF vB BD rF/D j 2i C (0.3BD j 0.1BD i ) j 2i C ( j 0.33333i ) Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.69 (Continued) But vF vF j. Equating components of the two expressions for vF , i: (a) (b) 0 2 0.33333C C6 h 0.3C 0.3 (0.3)(6) 0.3 j: vF j Cj (1 6) j h 1.500 m vF 5.00 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.70 Both 6-in.-radius wheels roll without slipping on the horizontal surface. Knowing that the distance AD is 5 in., the distance BE is 4 in. and D has a velocity of 6 in./s to the right, determine the velocity of Point E. SOLUTION Disk D: Velocity at the contact Point P with the ground is zero. v0 6 in./s D vD 6 in./s 1 rad/s rD/P 6 in. D 1 rad/s vA rA/PD (6 in. 5 in.)(1 rad/s) 11in./s At Point A, v A 11 in./s Disk E: Velocity at the contact Point Q with the ground is zero. ωE E E k. rB /Q (4 in.)i (6 in.) j v B v B /Q ω E rB /Q E k (4i 6 j) v B 6E i 4E j (1) rB /A ( 142 52 )i 5 j in inches. Connecting rod AB: v B /A 171i 5 j ω AB AB k v B v A v B /A v A AB k ( 171i 5 j) 11i 5 AB i 171 AB j (2) Equating expressions (1) and (2) for vB gives 6E i 4E j 11i 5 AB i 171 AB j Equating like components and transposing terms, 5AB 6E 11 i: j: (3) 171 AB 4E 0 (4) Solving the simultaneous equations (3) and (4), AB 0.75265 rad/s, Velocity of Point E. E 2.4605 rad/s v E E k rE /Q 2.4605k 6 j v E 14.76 in./s i 14.76 in./s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.71 The 80-mm-radius wheel shown rolls to the left with a velocity of 900 mm/s. Knowing that the distance AD is 50 mm, determine the velocity of the collar and the angular velocity of rod AB when (a) 0, (b) 90. SOLUTION (a) 0. vC 0, Wheel AD. AD vD 45 in./s vD 900 11.25 rad/s CD 80 CA (CD ) ( DA) 80 50 30 mm vA (CA)AD (30)(11.25) 337.5 mm/s vB vA vB/ A Rod AB. ] [337.5 [ vB ] [vB/ A ] Wheel AD. vC 0, tan CA AD 11.25 rad/s DA 50 , DC 80 32.005 DC 94.34 mm cos vA (CA) AD (94.34)(11.25) 1061.3 mm/s v A [1061.3 mm/s Rod AB. 32.005] v B vB sin AB 0 vB/ A 0 (b) 90. v B 338 mm/s 80 , 18.663 250 Plane motion Translation with A Rotation about A. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.71 (Continued) vB vA vB/ A ] [vA [vB ] [vB/A ] Draw velocity vector diagram. 180 (90 ) 90 32.005 18.663 39.332 Law of sines. vB/ A vB vA sin sin sin (90 ) vB v A sin (1061.3)sin 39.332 sin (90 ) sin 108.663 710 mm/s vB/ A vB 710 mm/s AB 2.37 rad/s v A sin (1061.3) sin 32.005 sin (90 ) sin108.663 593.8 mm/s AB vB/ A AB 593.8 2.37 rad/s 250 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.72* For the gearing shown, derive an expression for the angular velocity C of gear C and show that C is independent of the radius of gear B. Assume that Point A is fixed and denote the angular velocities of rod ABC and gear A by ABC and A respectively. SOLUTION Label the contact point between gears A and B as 1 and that between gears B and C as 2. Rod ABC: ABC ABC Assume for sketch. vA 0 vB (rA rB )ABC vC (rA 2rB rC )ABC Gear A: Gear B: A 0, vA 0, v1 0 v1 vB rB B 0 (rA rB )ABC rB B 0 rA rB rB B ABC v2 vB rB B 2(rA rB )ABC Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.72* (Continued) v2 vC rC C Gear C: 2(rA rB ) ABC (rA 2rB rC ) ABC rCC C (rA rC ) ABC rC C C 1 rA ABC rC Note that the result is independent of rB . Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.73 A juggling club is thrown vertically into the air. The center of gravity G of the 20 in. club is located 12 in. from the knob. Knowing that at the instant shown G has a velocity of 4 ft/s upwards and the club has an angular velocity of 30 rad/s counterclockwise, determine (a) the speeds of Point A and B, (b) the location of the instantaneous center of rotation. SOLUTION Unit vectors: Relative positions: i 1 , j 1 , k 1 8 rA/G (1 ft)i, rB/A ft i 12 Angular velocity: ω 30 rad/s Velocity at A: vA v G v A /G v G ω rA /G (30 rad/s)k (4 ft/s) j (30 rad/s)k ( 1 ft)i (4 ft/s) j (30 ft/s) j (26 ft/s) j 26 ft/s vA 26.0 ft/s Velocity at B: vB v G v B/G v G ω rB/G 8 (4 ft/s) j (30 rad/s)k ft i 12 (4 ft/s) j (20 ft/s) j (24 ft/s) j 24 ft/s vB 24.0 ft/s Let rC/ G x i bet the position of the instantaneous center C relative to G. vC vG vC/G vG ω ( x i ) (4 ft/s) j (30 rad/s)k ( x i ) (4 ft/s) j (30 ft/s) x j 0 x 4 ft/s 4 ft 1.6 in. 30 rad/s 30 Point C lies 1.6 in. to the left of G. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.74 At the instant shown during deceleration, the velocity of an automobile is 40 ft/s to the right. Knowing that the velocity of the contact point A of the wheel with the ground is 5 ft/s to the right, determine (a) the instantaneous center of rotation of the wheel, (b) the velocity of point B, (c) the velocity of point D. SOLUTION (a) vO vA 40 5 35 rad/s l AO 1 lCA vA 5 1 ft 35 7 1.714 in. C lies 1.714 in. below A. (b) lCB 2 1 15 ft 7 7 vB lCB 15 35 75 ft/s 7 v B 75.0 ft/s (c) lOD 1 ft, lCO 1 1 8 ft 7 7 2 8 lCD 12 1.5186 ft 7 vD lCD 1.5186 35 53.2 ft/s tan lOD 7 , lCO 8 41.2 v D 53.2 ft/s 41.2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.75 A helicopter moves horizontally in the x direction at a speed of 120 mi/h. Knowing that the main blades rotate clockwise with an angular velocity of 180 rpm, determine the instantaneous axis of rotation of the main blades. SOLUTION v0 120 mi/h 176 ft/s 180 rpm (180)(2 ) 18.85 rad/s 60 Top view v0 z z v0 176 9.34 ft 18.85 Instantaneous axis is parallel to the y axis and passes through the point x0 z 9.34 ft Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.76 A 60-mm-radius drum is rigidly attached to a 100-mm-radius drum as shown. One of the drums rolls without sliding on the surface shown, and a cord is wound around the other drum. Knowing that end E of the cord is pulled to the left with a velocity of 120 mm/s, determine (a) the angular velocity of the drums, (b) the velocity of the center of the drums, (c) the length of cord wound or unwound per second. SOLUTION Since the drum rolls without sliding, its instantaneous center lies at D. v E v B 120 mm/s v A v A /D , (a) vB rB/D vB 120 3 rad/s vB/D 100 60 ω 3.00 rad/s (b) vA (100)(3) 300 mm/s v A 300 mm/s Since vA is greater than vB , cord is being wound. vA vB 300 120 180 mm/s (c) Cord wound per second 180.0 mm Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.77 A 60-mm-radius drum is rigidly attached to a 100-mm-radius drum as shown. One of the drums rolls without sliding on the surface shown, and a cord is wound around the other drum. Knowing that end E of the cord is pulled to the left with a velocity of 120 mm/s, determine (a) the angular velocity of the drums, (b) the velocity of the center of the drums, (c) the length of cord wound or unwound per second. SOLUTION Since the drum rolls without sliding, its instantaneous center lies at B. v E v D 120 mm/s vA rA/B, vD rD /B (a) vD 120 3 rad/s rD /B 100 60 ω 3.00 rad/s (b) vA (60)(3.00) 180 mm/s v A 180 mm/s Since v A is to the right and v D is to the left, cord is being unwound. vA vE 180 120 300 mm/s (c) Cord unwound per second 300 mm Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.78 The spool of tape shown and its frame assembly are pulled upward at a speed vA 750 mm/s. Knowing that the 80-mm-radius spool has an angular velocity of 15 rad/s clockwise and that at the instant shown the total thickness of the tape on the spool is 20 mm, determine (a) the instantaneous center of rotation of the spool, (b) the velocities of Points B and D. SOLUTION v A 750 mm/s 15 rad/s x (a) vA 750 50 mm 15 The instantaneous center lies 50 mm to the right of the axle. CB 80 20 50 50 mm (b) vB (CB) (50)(15) 750 mm/s vB 750 mm/s CD 80 50 130 mm vD (CD) (130)(15) 1950 mm/s vD 1.950 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.79 The spool of tape shown and its frame assembly are pulled upward at a speed vA 100 mm/s. Knowing that end B of the tape is pulled downward with a velocity of 300 mm/s and that at the instant shown the total thickness of the tape on the spool is 20 mm, determine (a) the instantaneous center of rotation of the spool, (b) the velocity of Point D of the spool. SOLUTION vD vA 100 mm/s (a) Since v0 and vB are parallel, instantaneous center C is located at intersection of BC and line joining end points of vD and vB . Similar triangles. OC BC OC BC v0 vB v0 vB OC v0 (OC BC ) v0 vB OC 100 mm/s (100 mm) (100 300) mm/s 25 mm (b) v vD 0 ; ( DO) (OC ) (OC ) vD 100 mm/s (80 25) mm 25 mm vD 420 mm/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.80 The arm ABC rotates with an angular velocity of 4 rad/s counterclockwise. Knowing that the angular velocity of the intermediate gear B is 8 rad/s counterclockwise, determine (a) the instantaneous centers of rotation of gears A and C, (b) the angular velocities of gears A and C. SOLUTION Contact points: 1 between gears A and B. 2 between gears B and C. ABC 4 rad/s Arm ABC: vA (0.300)(4) 1.2 m/s vC (0.300)(4) 1.2 m/s B 8 rad/s Gear B: v1 (0.200)(8) 1.6 m/s v2 (0.100)(8) 0.8 m/s Gear A: A v1 v A 1.6 1.2 0.100 0.100 A 4 rad/s A vA A 1.2 0.3 m 300 mm 4 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.80 (Continued) Gear C: C vC v2 1.2 0.8 0.200 0.2 C 2 rad/s C vC C 1.2 0.6 m 2 (a) Instantaneous centers. Gear A: 300 mm left of A Gear C: 600 mm left of C (b) Angular velocities. A 4.00 rad/s C 2.00 rad/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.81 The double gear rolls on the stationary left rack R. Knowing that the rack on the right has a constant velocity of 2 ft/s, determine (a) the angular velocity of the gear, (b) the velocities of Points A and D. SOLUTION Since the rack R is stationary, Point C is the instantaneous center of the double gear. v B 2 ft/s 24 in./s Given: Make a diagram showing the locations of Points A, B, C, and D on the double gear. vB lCB vB 24 in./s 2.40 rad/s 10 in. lCB ω 2.40 rad/s (a) Angular velocity of the gear. (b) Velocity of Point A. vA l AC (4 in.)(2.40 rad/s) Geometry: lCD (4 in.)2 (6 in.) 2 52 in. tan Velocity of Point D. 4 in. 6 in. vA 9.60 in./s 0.800 ft/s 33.7 v D lCD 52(2.40) 17.31 in./s vD 1.442 ft/s 33.7° Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.82 An overhead door is guided by wheels at A and B that roll in horizontal and vertical tracks. Knowing that when 40 the velocity of wheel B is 1.5 ft/s upward, determine (a) the angular velocity of the door, (b) the velocity of end D of the door. SOLUTION Locate instantaneous center at intersection of lines drawn perpendicular to vA and vB. (a) Angular velocity. vB ( BC ) 1.5 ft/s (3.214 ft) 0.4667 rad/s (b) 0.467 rad/s Velocity of D: In CDE: 6.427 59.2 3.83 6.427 CD 7.482 ft sin vD (CD) tan 1 (7.482 ft)(0.4667 rad/s) 3.49 ft/s vD 3.49 ft/s 59.2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.83 Rod ABD is guided by wheels at A and B that roll in horizontal and vertical tracks. Knowing that at the instant shown 60 and the velocity of wheel B is 40 in./s downward, determine (a) the angular velocity of the rod, (b) the velocity of Point D. SOLUTION Rod ABD: We locate the instantaneous center by drawing lines perpendicular to vA and vD. (a) Angular velocity. vB ( BC ) 40 in./s (12.99 in.) 3.079 rad/s (b) 3.08 rad/s Velocity of D: In CDE: tan 1 7.5 25.98 16.1; CD 27.04 in. 25.98 cos vD (CD) (27.04 in.)(3.079 rad/s) 83.3 in./s vD 83.3 in./s 16.1 vD 83.3 in./s 73.9 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.84 Rod BDE is partially guided by a roller at D that moves in a vertical track. Knowing that at the instant shown the angular velocity of crank AB is 5 rad/s clockwise and that 25, determine (a) the angular velocity of the rod, (b) the velocity of Point E. SOLUTION Crank AB: ω AB 5 rad/s rB /A 120 mm vB AB rB /A (5)(0.120) v B 0.6 m/s Rod BDE: Draw a diagram of the geometry of the rod and note that v B 0.6 m/s and v D v D . Locate Point C, the instantaneous center, by noting that BC is perpendicular to v B and DC is perpendicular to vD. Calculate lengths of BC and CD. lBC 500sin 25 211.31 mm lCD 500 cos 25 453.15. (a) Angular velocity of the rod. BCD vB 0.6 m/s 2.8394 rad/s lBC 0.21131 m BCD 2.84 rad/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.84 (Continued) (b) Velocity of Point E. Locate Point F on the diagram. CF 700 cos 25 mm FE 200sin 25 FE 200sin 25 2 tan 25 0.13323 CF 700 cos 25 7 7.6 90 82.4 tan lCE (CF ) 2 ( FE )2 640.02 mm 0.64002 m vE lCE (0.64002)(2.8394) v E 1.817 m/s 82.4° Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.85 Rod BDE is partially guided by a roller at D which moves in a vertical track. Knowing that at the instant shown 30, Point E has a velocity of 2 m/s down and to the right, determine the angular velocities of rod BDE and crank AB. SOLUTION Crank AB: When AB is vertical, the velocity v B at Point B is horizontal. Rod BDE: Draw a diagram of the geometry of the rod and note that v B is horizontal and vD is vertical. Locate Point C, the instantaneous center C, by noting that CB is vertical and CD is horizontal. From the diagram, with Point F added, CF 700cos 30 mm FE 200sin 30 mm CE (CF ) 2 ( FE ) 2 614.41 mm 0.61441 m Angular velocity of rod BDE BDE vE 2 m/s 3.2552 rad/s (CE ) 0.61441 m BDE 3.26 rad/s Velocity of B. CB 500sin 30 mm 250 mm 0.250 m vB (CB)BDE (0.250)(3.2552) v B 0.81379 m/s Angular velocity of crank AB: AB 120 mm 0.120 m AB vB 0.81379 m/s ( AB ) 0.120 m ω AB 6.78 rad/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.86 A motor at O drives the windshield wiper mechanism so that OA has a constant angular velocity of 15 rpm. Knowing that at the instant shown linkage OA is vertical, = 30°, and = 15°, determine (a) the angular velocity of bar AB, (b) the velocity of the center of the center of bar AB. SOLUTION =30, =15, OA 15 Given: Geometry: rev min 2 rad rad/s min 60 s rev 2 Perpendiculars to vA and vB intersect at the instantaneous center, C, of link AB. lBE 100 cos 96.593 mm lBE lBC cos 30 lBC 111.536 mm EAB 75 ECB 60 Therefore: l AC lBC cos 60 l AB cos 75 81.650 mm Using Law of Cosines for Triangle ACG 2 2 2 lCG l AC l AG 2l AC l AG cos 75 81.652 502 2 81.65 50 cos 75 lCG 83.984 (a) Velocities: v A lOAOA l AC AB AB lOAOA AB 0.2886 rad/s l AC AB 0.289 rad/s (b) vG lCG AB vG 24.236 mm/s vG 24.236 mm/s 30 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.87 A motor at O drives the windshield wiper mechanism so that point B has a speed of 20 mm/s. Knowing that at the instant shown linkage OA is vertical, = 40°, and = 15°, determine (a) the angular velocity of bar OA, (b) the velocity of the center of the center of bar AB. SOLUTION =40, =15 Given: vB 20 mm/s Geometry: Perpendiculars to vA and vB intersect at the instantaneous center, C, of link AB. lBE 100 cos 96.593 mm lBE lBC cos 40 lBC 126.093 mm Law of cosines: 2 2 2 lCG lBC lBG 2lBC lBG cos 65 lCG 105.674 mm (a) Velocities: v B lBC AB AB vB lBC 0.159 rad/s AB 0.159 rad/s (b) vG lCG AB 16.761 mm/s vG 16.761 mm/s 25 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.88 Rod AB can slide freely along the floor and the inclined plane. Denoting by vA the velocity of Point A, derive an expression for (a) the angular velocity of the rod, (b) the velocity of end B. SOLUTION Locate the instantaneous center at intersection of lines drawn perpendicular to vA and vB . Law of sines. AC BC sin[90 ( )] sin(90 ) l sin AC BC cos( ) cos l sin cos( ) AC l sin cos BC l sin (a) Angular velocity: vA ( AC ) l cos( ) sin (b) Velocity of B: vB ( BC ) l cos sin vB vA v sin l cos( ) vA sin l cos( ) cos cos( ) Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.89 Small wheels have been attached to the ends of bar AB and roll freely along the surfaces shown. Knowing that the velocity of wheel B is 7.5 ft/s to the right at the instant shown, determine (a) the velocity of end A of the bar, (b) the angular velocity of the bar, (c) the velocity of the midpoint of the bar. SOLUTION Given: v A vA v B 7.5 ft/s 45, Locate the instantaneous center (point C) of rod AB by noting that velocity directions at points A and B are known. Draw AC perpendicular to v A and BC perpendicular to v B. l AB 24 in. 2 ft Let Law of sines for triangle ABC. b a l 2.8284 ft sin 75 sin 60 sin 45 a 2.4495 ft, (a) b 2.73205 ft vB 7.5 2.7452 rad/s 2.73205 b v A a 2.4495 2.7452 6.724 ft/s v A 6.72 ft/s 2.75 rad/s (b) (c) 45.0 Let M be the midpoint of AB. Law of cosines for triangle CMB. 2 l l m2 b 2 2b cos 60 2 2 2.73205 1 2 2.732051 cos 60 2 2 m 2.3942 ft Law of sines. sin l 2 sin 60 , m sin 1sin 60 , 2.3942 21.2 vM m 2.3942 2.7452 6.573 ft/s, v M 6.57 ft/s 21.2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.90 Two slots have been cut in plate FG and the plate has been placed so that the slots fit two fixed pins A and B. Knowing that at the instant shown the angular velocity of crank DE is 6 rad/s clockwise, determine (a) the velocity of Point F, (b) the velocity of Point G. SOLUTION vE ( DE )DE (72 mm)(6 rad/s) Crank DE: vE 432 mm/s (vF ) y vE 432 mm/s Rod EF: Plate FG: vA and vB are velocities of points on the plate next to the pins A and B. We draw lines perpendicular to vA and vB to locate the instantaneous center C. (a) Velocity of Point F: vF (CF ) (vF ) y [(CF ) ]cos [(CF ) cos ] But (vF ) y 432 mm/s and (CF ) cos 480 mm: 432 mm/s (480 mm) 0.9 rad/s 0.9 rad/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.90 (Continued) CF 487.97 mm 10.37 vF (CF ) (487.97 mm)(0.9 rad/s) 439.18 mm/s vF 439 mm/s (b) 10.4° v F 439 mm/s 79.6° vG 411 mm/s 20.5° Velocity of Point G: CG 456.78 mm 20.50 vG (CG ) (456.78 in.)(0.9 rad/s) vG 411.11 mm/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.91 The disk is released from rest and rolls down the incline. Knowing that the speed of A is 1.2 m/s when 0, determine at that instant (a) the angular velocity of the rod, (b) the velocity of B. Only portions of the two tracks are shown. SOLUTION Draw the slider, rod, and disk at 0. Let Point P be the contact point between the disk and the incline. It is the instantaneous center of the disk. vA is parallel to the incline. So that vA vA 30° Constraint of slider: vB vB To locate the instantaneous center C of the rod AB, extend the line AP to meet the vertical line through B at Point C. l AC l AB / sin 30 lBC l AB / tan 30 (a) Angular velocity of rod AB. AB vA v A sin 30 (1.2 m/s)sin 30 l AC l AB 0.6 m ω AB 1.000 rad/s (b) Velocity of Point B. vB lBC AB vB l AB v A sin 30 v A cos 30 1.2 cos 30 tan 30 l AB v B 1.039 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.92 The pin at B is attached to member ABD and can slide freely along the slot cut in the fixed plate. Knowing that at the instant shown the angular velocity of arm DE is 3 rad/s clockwise, determine (a) the angular velocity of member ABD, (b) the velocity of point A. SOLUTION DE 3 rad/s vD DE DE 160 3 480 mm/s v D is perpendicular to DE. v B vB Locate the instantaneous center (point C) of bar ABD by noting that velocity directions at points B and D are known. Draw BC perpendicular to v B and DC perpendicular to v D . BD 120 mm, cos DK 120 cos30 , ED 160 DK BD cos 30 120 cos 30 49.495, 180 30 100.505 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.92 (Continued) Law of sines for triangle BCD. CD BC BD sin 30 sin sin CD BC BD sin 30 sin BD sin sin Law of sines. (a) 120 sin 30 78.911 mm sin 120 sin 155.177 mm sin AC 2 BC 2 AB 2 2 AB BC cos150 Law of cosines for triangle ABC. AC 2 155.177 2 2002 2 155.177 200 cos150, sin sin150 AB AC ABD sin AC 343.27 mm 200 sin150 , 343.27 16.9 vD 480 6.0828 rad/s CD 78.911 ABD 6.08 rad/s (b) v A AC ABD 343.27 6.0828 2088 mm/s v A 2.09 m/s 73.1 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.93 Two identical rods ABF and DBE are connected by a pin at B. Knowing that at the instant shown the velocity of point D is 200 mm/s upward, determine the velocity of (a) point E, (b) point F. SOLUTION vB AB ABF , v B vB 75 v D 200 mm/s Locate the instantaneous center (point C) of bar DBE by noting that the velocity directions at points B and D are known. Draw BC perpendicular to v B and DC perpendicular to v D . CD BC BD sin150 sin15 sin15 Law of sines for triangle BCD. BC BD 180 mm DBE CD 180sin150 347.73 mm sin15 vD 200 0.57515 rad/s CD 347.73 vB BC DBE 180 0.57515 103.528 mm/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.93 (Continued) ABF vB 103.528 0.57515 rad/s AB 180 vF AF ABF 300 0.57515 172.546 mm/s CE 2 CD 2 DE 2 2 CD DE cos15 Law of cosines for triangle DCE. CE 2 347.732 3002 2 347.73 300 cos15, CE 96.889 mm EH DE sin 15 300 sin15 cos (a) (b) EH 300 sin15 CE 96.889 36.7 vE CE BCD 96.889 0.57515 55.7 mm/s, v E 55.7 mm/s 36.7 v F 172.5 mm/s 75.0 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.94 Arm ABD is connected by pins to a collar at B and to crank DE. Knowing that the velocity of collar B is 16 in./s upward, determine (a) the angular velocity of arm ABD, (b) the velocity of point A. SOLUTION v B 16 in./s tan EF 5 DF 12 v D vD Locate the instantaneous center (point C) of bar ABD by noting that velocity directions at points B and D are known. Draw BC perpendicular to v B and DC perpendicular to v D . 5 CJ DJ tan 6.4 2.6667 in., 12 CB JB CJ 12.8 2.6667 10.1333 in. (a) ABD vB 16 1.57895 rad/s CB 10.1333 ABD 1.579 rad/s CK CB BK 10.1333 7.2 17.3333 in. tan KA 3.6 , 11.733, CK 17.3333 AC (b) 90 78.3 CK 17.3333 17.7032 in. cos cos11.733 v A AC ABD 17.7032 1.57895 28.0 in./s, v A 28.0 in./s 78.3 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.95 Two 25-in. rods are pin-connected at D as shown. Knowing that B moves to the left with a constant velocity of 24 in./s, determine at the instant shown (a) the angular velocity of each rod, (b) the velocity of E. SOLUTION Rod AB: Draw lines perpendicular to vA and vB to locate instantaneous center CAB . vB ( BC AB ) AB 24 in./s (20 in.) AB Velocity of D: AB 1.200 rad/s DC AB 12.5 in. vD ( DC AB ) AB (12.5 in.)(1.2 rad/s) vD 15 in./s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.95 (Continued) Rod DE: Draw lines perpendicular to vD and vE to locate instantaneous center CDE . DCDE (20) 2 (26.667) 2 33.333 in. vD ( DCDE ) DE (a) 15 in./s (33.333 in.)DE ; DE 0.45 rad/s DE 0.450 rad/s vE ( ECDE )DE (11.667 in.)(0.45 rad/s) (b) vE 5.25 in./s vE 5.25 in./s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.96 Two rods ABD and DE are connected to three collars as shown. Knowing that the angular velocity of ABD is 5 rad/s clockwise, determine at the instant shown (a) the angular velocity of DE, (b) the velocity of collar E. SOLUTION ABC 5 rad/s v B vB v A vA v E vE Locate Point I, the instantaneous center of rod ABD by drawing IA perpendicular to vA and IB perpendicular to vB. 200 26.565 400 400 I ID 447.21 mm cos vD ABD lID (5)(447.21 mm) tan vD 2236.1 mm/s Locate Point J, the instantaneous center of rod DE by drawing JD perpendicular to vD and JE perpendicular to vE. l JD DE 400 447.21 mm cos vD 2236.1 mm/s 5 rad/s 447.21 lJD DE 5.00 rad/s (a) lJE 200 lJD cos 600 mm vE lJE DE (600)(5) 3000 mm/s (b) v E 3.00 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.97 At the instant shown, the velocity of collar A is 0.4 m/s to the right and the velocity of collar B is 1 m/s to the left. Determine (a) the angular velocity of bar AD, (b) the angular velocity of bar BD, (c) the velocity of point D. SOLUTION Method 1 Assume v D has the direction indicated by the angle as shown. Draw CDI perpendicular to v D. Then, point C is the instantaneous center of rod AD and point I is the instantaneous center of rod BD. 0.27 2 0.36 2 AD Geometry. BD sin 0.182 0.1352 0.27 0.6, 0.45 c 0.45 0.45 sin sin 90 cos c 0.225 m sin 0.18 0.8 0.225 d 0.225 0.225 sin sin 90 cos 0.45sin cos d a 0.36 0.27 tan 0.45 m 0.225sin cos b 0.135 0.18 tan Kinematics. vA 0.4 m/s, vB 1 m/s vA v v v D, BD B D a c b d cv dv vD A B a b cv 0.45sin cos 0.4 a Ab b 0.6b dvB cos 0.225sin 1 AD 0.36 0.27 tan 0.6 0.135 0.18 tan 0.279 0.378 tan , tan 0.73809, 36.43 a 0.36 0.27 0.73809 0.1607 m b 0.135 0.18 0.73809 0.2679 m c 0.45 0.6 cos 0.3356 m d 0.225 0.8 cos 0.2237 m Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.97 (Continued) (a ) AD vA 0.4 2.4891 rad/s a 0.1607 AD 2.49 rad/s (b) BD vB 1 3.733 rad/s b 0.2679 BD 3.73 rad/s (c) vD c AD 0.3356 2.4891 0.835 m/s, v D 0.835 m/s 53.6 Method 2 Consider the motion using a frame of reference that is translating with collar A. For motion relative to this frame. v A 0.4 m/s v B 1 m/s v A/ A 0, v B/ A 1.4 m/s 0.27 36.87 , 0.36 0.36 0.45 m AD cos v D/ A 0.45 AD tan Locate the instantaneous center (point C) for the relative motion of bar BD by noting that the relative velocity directions at points B and D are known. Draw BC perpendicular to v B/A and DC perpendicular to v D/A. 0.18 0.3 m sin BC CD cos 0.135 0.375 m CD BD vB/ A CB 1.4 3.73 rad/s 0.375 vD/ A CD BD 0.3 3.73 1.120 m/s (a ) AD vD/ A AD 1.120 0.45 (b) (c) v D v A v D/ A 0.4 m/s 0.835 m/s 53.6 AD 2.49 rad/s BD 3.73 rad/s 1.120 v D 0.835 m/s 53.6 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.98 Two rods AB and DE are connected as shown. Knowing that Point D moves to the left with a velocity of 40 in./s, determine (a) the angular velocity of each rod, (b) the velocity of Point A. SOLUTION We locate two instantaneous centers at intersections of lines drawn as follows: C 1: For rod DE, draw lines perpendicular to vD and vE. C 2: For rod AB, draw lines perpendicular to vA and vB. Geometry: BC1 (8 in.) 2 8 2 in. DC1 16 in. BC2 (9 in. 8 in.) 2 17 2 in. AC2 25 in. (a) Rod DE: vD ( DC1 ) DE 40 in./s (16 in.) DE DE 2.5 rad/s DE 2.5 rad/s vB ( BC ) DE (8 2 in.)(2.5 rad/s) vB 20 2 in./s 45° Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.98 (Continued) Rod AB: vB ( BC2 ) AB 20 2 in./s (17 2 in.) AB AB 20 rad/s 1.1765 rad/s 17 AB 1.177 rad/s (b) vA ( AC2 ) AB (25 in.)(1.1765 rad/s) vA 29.41in./s vA 29.4 in./s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.99 Describe the space centrode and the body centrode of rod ABD of Problem 15.83. (Hint: The body centrode need not lie on a physical portion of the rod.) PROBLEM 15.83 Rod ABD is guided by wheels at A and B that roll in horizontal and vertical tracks. Knowing that at the instant shown 60 and the velocity of wheel B is 40 in./s downward, determine (a) the angular velocity of the rod, (b) the velocity of Point D. SOLUTION Draw x and y axes as shown with origin at the intersection of the two slots. These axes are fixed in space. vA vA vB vB , Locate the space centrode (Point C ) by noting that velocity directions at Points A and B are known. Draw AC perpendicular to vA and BC perpendicular to vB. The coordinates of Point C are xC l sin and yC l cos xC2 yC2 l 2 (15 in.)2 The space centrode is a quarter circle of 15 in. radius centered at O. Redraw the figure, but use axes x and y that move with the body. Place origin at A. xC ( AC ) cos l cos 2 yC ( AC )sin l (1 cos 2 ) 2 l cos sin 2 l sin 2 2 2 l l 2 2 2 2 xC 2 yC 2 ( xC 7.5) yC 7.5 The body centrode is a semicircle of 7.5 in. radius centered midway between A and B. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.100 Describe the space centrode and the body centrode of the gear of Sample Problem 15.6 as the gear rolls on the stationary horizontal rack. SOLUTION Let Points, A, B, and C move to A, B, and C as shown. Since the instantaneous center always lies on the fixed lower rack, the space centrode is the lower rack. space centrode: lower rack Since the point of contact of the gear with the lower rack is always a point on the circumference of the gear, the body centrode is the circumference of the gear. body centrode: circumference of gear Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.101 Using the method of Section 15.3, solve Problem 15.60. PROBLEM 15.60 In the eccentric shown, a disk of 2-in.-radius revolves about shaft O that is located 0.5 in. from the center A of the disk. The distance between the center A of the disk and the pin at B is 8 in. Knowing that the angular velocity of the disk is 900 rpm clockwise, determine the velocity of the block when 30. SOLUTION (OA) 0.5 in. OA 900 rpm 30 rad/s vA (OA)OA (0.5)(30 ) 15 in./s vA vA 60, vB vA Locate the instantaneous center (Point C ) of bar BD by noting that velocity directions at Point B and A are known. Draw BC perpendicular to vB and AC perpendicular to vA. sin (OA)sin 30 0.5sin 30 , 1.79 AB 8 OB (OA) cos30 ( AB) cos 0.5cos30 8cos 8.4291 in. AC OB 8.4291 OA 0.5 9.2331 in. cos30 cos30 BC (OB ) tan 30 4.8665 in. AB vA v B AC BC (4.8665)(15 ) BC 24.84 in./s vB vA AC 9.2331 vB 24.8 in./s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.102 Using the method of Section 15.3, solve Problem 15.64. PROBLEM 15.64 In the position shown, bar AB has an angular velocity of 4 rad/s clockwise. Determine the angular velocity of bars BD and DE. SOLUTION ω AB 4 rad/s Bar AB: (Rotation about A) vB AB ( AB ) (4)(175) AB 175 mm v B 700 mm/s ωDE DE Bar DE: (Rotation about E ) DE (275) 2 (75) 2 285.04 mm v D 285.04DE tan 75 mm 0.27273 275 mm v B 700 mm/s , Bar BD: v D 285.04DE Locate the instantaneous center of bar BD by drawing line BC perpendicular to vB and line DC perpendicular to vD. BD 200 mm CB BD (200)(275) 733.3 mm tan 75 CD BD (200)(285.04) 760.11 mm sin 75 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.102 (Continued) BD vB 700 mm/s 0.95455 rad/s CB 733.33 mm vD BD (CD ) (0.95455 rad/s)(760.11 mm) 725.56 mm/s DE Angular velocities: vD 725.56 2.5455 rad/s 285.04 285.04 BD 0.955 rad/s DE 2.55 rad/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.103 Using the method of Section 15.3, solve Problem 15.65. PROBLEM 15.65 Linkage DBEF is part of a windshield wiper mechanism, where points O, F and D are fixed pinned connections. At the position shown, = 60° and link EB is horizontal. Knowing that link EF has a counterclockwise angular velocity of 4 rad/s at the instant shown, determine the angular velocity of links EB and DB. SOLUTION Given: =60 EF 4 rad/s Geometry: 30cos 20cos =41.41 90 =30.0 90 =48.59 CEB 180 CEB 131.41 180 131.41 30.0 18.590 Law of sines: lBC lEC 85 mm sin131.41 sin sin 30.0 lBC 199.97 mm lEC 133.31 mm Velocity of E: v E lEF EF lEC EB EB lEF EF lEC 0.600 rad/s EB 0.600 rad/s Velocity of B: v B lBD BD lBC EB BD lBC EB lBD 4.000 rad/s BD 4.000 rad/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.104 Using the method of section 15.3, solve Problem 15.38. PROBLEM 15.38 An automobile travels to the right at a constant speed of 48 mi/h. If the diameter of a wheel is 22 in., determine the velocities of Points B, C, D, and E on the rim of the wheel. SOLUTION vA 48 mi/h 70.4 ft/s vC 0 d 22 in., r 1 d 11 in. 0.91667 ft 2 Point C is the instantaneous center. vA 70.4 76.8 rad/s r 9.1667 CB 2r 1.8333 ft vB (CB ) (1.8333)(76.8) 140.8 ft/s vB 140.8 ft/s 1 2 (30) 15 CD 2r cos15 (2)(0.91667) cos15 1.7709 ft vD (CD) (1.7709)(76.8) 136.0 ft/s vD 136.0 ft/s 15.0° CE r 2 0.91667 2 1.2964 ft vE (CE ) (1.2964)(76.8) 99.56 ft/s vE 99.6 ft/s 45.0° Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.105 A 5-m steel beam is lowered by means of two cables unwinding at the same speed from overhead cranes. As the beam approaches the ground, the crane operators apply brakes to slow the unwinding motion. At the instant considered the deceleration of the cable attached at B is 2.5 m/s 2 , while that of the cable attached at D is 1.5 m/s 2. Determine (a) the angular acceleration of the beam, (b) the acceleration of points A and E. SOLUTION 0, , a B 2.5 m/s 2 , a D 1.5 m/s 2 a D aB a D/B 1.5 (a ) (b) 2.5 rD / B 2 m t aD/B n 2 2 0 2 1.5 2.5 2 a A a B a A/B 2.5 0.500 rad/s 2 t a A/B n 1.5 0.5 0 3.25 m/s2 a A 3.25 m/s 2 a E a B a E/ B 2.5 t a E/B n 2 1.5 0.5 0 0.75 m/s2 a E 0.750 m/s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.106 For a 5-m steel beam AE the acceleration of point A is 2 m/s 2 downward and the angular acceleration of the beam is 1.2 rad/s 2 counterclockwise. Knowing that at the instant considered the angular velocity of the beam is zero, determine the acceleration (a) of cable B, (b) of cable D. SOLUTION a A 2 m/s 2 , rB/ A 1.5 m 1.2 rad/s 2 , rD/ A 3.5 m 0 (a ) a B a A a B/ A 2 t a B/A n 1.51.2 2 1.5 0 0.2 m/s2 a B 0.200 m/s 2 (b) a D a A a D/ A 2 t a D/A n 3.51.2 3.5 0 2 2.2 m/s2 a D 2.20 m/s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.107 A 900-mm rod rests on a horizontal table. A force P applied as shown produces the following accelerations: aA 3.6 m/s 2 to the right, 6 rad/s 2 counterclockwise as viewed from above. Determine the acceleration (a) of Point G, (b) of Point B. SOLUTION ] aG [3.6 m/s 2 ] [(0.45 m)(6 rad/s 2 ) aG [3.6 m/s 2 ] [2.7 m/s 2 aG 0.9 m/s 2 a B 1.8 m/s 2 ] a B [3.6 m/s 2 ] [(0.9 m)(6 rad/s 2 ) a B [3.6 m/s 2 ] [5.4 m/s 2 ] ] ] [( AB ) a B a A a B/ A [a A (b) ] [( AG ) a G a A a G/ A [ a A (a) ] ] Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.108 In Problem 15.107, determine the point of the rod that (a) has no acceleration, (b) has an acceleration of 2.4 m/s2 to the right. SOLUTION (a) For aQ 0: ( AQ ) aQ a A aQ/A a A 0 3.6 m/s2 y ( y )(6 rad/s 2 ) 3.6 m/s 2 0.6 m 6 rad/s a 0 at 0.6 m from A (b) For aQ 2.4 m/s 2 : ] [( AQ ) ] ] [( y )(6 rad/s 2 ) ] aQ a A aQ /A [aA 2.4 m/s2 [3.6 m/s 2 1.2 m/s2 ( y )(6 rad/s 2 ) y 0.2 m a 2.4 m/s2 at 0.2 m from A Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.109 Knowing that at the instant shown crank BC has a constant angular velocity of 45 rpm clockwise, determine the acceleration (a) of Point A, (b) of Point D. SOLUTION Geometry. Let be angle BAC. sin Velocity analysis. 4 in. 30 8 in. BC 45 rpm 4.7124 rad/s vA vA vB ( BC )BC (4)(4.7124) 18.8496 in./s vB 18.8496 in./s vA and vB are parallel; hence, the instantaneous center of rotation of rod AD lies at infinity. AD 0 Acceleration analysis. Crank BC: vA vB 18.8496 in./s BC 0 ( aB )t ( BC ) 0 2 ( aB ) n ( BC ) BC (4)(4.7124) 2 a B 88.827 in./s 2 Rod ABD: AD AD a A aA a A a B (a A/B )t (a A/B ) A [a A ] [88.827 ] [8 AD 2 30] [8 AD 60] Resolve into components. : (a) 0 88.827 8 AD cos 30 0 AD 12.821 rad/s 2 : a A 8 AD sin 30 (8)( 12.821)sin 30 51.284 in./s 2 a A 51.3 in./s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.109 (Continued) (b) a D a B (a D/B )t (a D/B )t [88.827 ] [8 BD [88.827 ] [(8)(12.821) [88.827 ] [102.568 2 30] [8BD [ 60] 30] 0 30] [177.653 51.284 ] a D 184.9 in./s 2 16.1 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.110 End A of rod AB moves to the right with a constant velocity of 6 ft/s. For the position shown, determine (a) the angular acceleration of rod AB, (b) the acceleration of the midpoint G of rod AB. SOLUTION Use units of ft and seconds. i 1 Geometry and unit vectors: , j 1 , k 1 rB /A (10 cos 30)i (10sin 30) j rB/D 4 j Velocity analysis. v A 6 ft/s Rod AB: , v B vB Since vA and vB are parallel, the instantaneous center lies at infinity, so AB 0 and vB v A . Acceleration analysis. α AB AB Rod AB: a A 0 since vA is constant. AB k 2 a B a A a B /A a A a AB rB /A AB rB /A 0 AB k (10cos 30i 5 j) 0 a B (10 cos 30) AB j 5 AB j Rod BD: (1) a D 0, α BD BDk 2 a B a D a B /D 0 α BD rB /D BD rB /D BD k (4 j) (1.5)2 (4 j) 4 BD i 9 j (2) Equating the coefficients of j in the expressions (1) and (2) for a B . (10cos30) AB 9 AB 1.0392 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.110 (Continued) (a) Angular acceleration of rod AB: (b) Acceleration of midpoint G of rod AB. α AB 1.039 rad/s 2 2 aG a A aG /A a A α AB k rG /A AB rG /A 0 1.0392k ( 5cos 30i 5sin 30 j) aG (2.60 ft/s 2 )i (4.50 ft/s 2 ) j 5.20 ft/s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. 60° PROBLEM 15.111 An automobile travels to the left at a constant speed of 72 km/h. Knowing that the diameter of the wheel is 560 mm, determine the acceleration (a) of Point B, (b) of Point C, (c) of Point D. SOLUTION vA 72 km/h h 1000 m 20 m/s 3600 s km Rolling with no sliding, instantaneous center is at C. vA ( AC ) ; 20 m/s (0.28 m) 71.429 rad/s Acceleration. Plane motion Trans. with A Rotation about A aB /A aC /A aD /A r 2 (0.280 m)(71.429 rad/s) 2 1428.6 m/s 2 (a) a B a A a B /A 0 1428.6 m/s 2 a B 1430 m/s 2 (b) aC a A aC /A 0 1428.6 m/s 2 aC 1430 m/s 2 (c) a D a A a D /A 0 1428.6 m/s 2 60 a D 1430 m/s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. 60 PROBLEM 15.112 The 18-in.-radius flywheel is rigidly attached to a 1.5-in. -radius shaft that can roll along parallel rails. Knowing that at the instant shown the center of the shaft has a velocity of 1.2 in./s and an acceleration of 0.5 in./s2 , both directed down to the left, determine the acceleration (a) of Point A, (b) of Point B. SOLUTION Velocity analysis. Let Point G be the center of the shaft and Point C be the point of contact with the rails. Point C is the instantaneous center of the wheel and shaft since that point does not slip on the rails. vG r , vG 1.2 0.8 rad/s r 1.5 Acceleration analysis. Since the shaft does not slip on the rails, aC aC 20 aG [0.5 in./s 2 Also, 20] aC aG (aC/G )t (aC/G )n [aC Components (a) 20] [0.5 in./s 2 20: 0.5 1.5 20] [1.5 20] [1.5 2 20] 0.33333 rad/s 2 Acceleration of Point A. aA aG (aA/G )t (aA/G )n [0.5 (b) 20] [18 ] [18 2 ] [0.4698 ] [0.1710 ] [6 [6.4698 ] [11.670 ] ] [11.52 ] a A 13.35 in./s 2 61.0 Acceleration of Point B. a B aG (a B/G )t (a B/G )n [0.5 20] [18 ] [18 2 ] [0.4698 ] [0.1710 ] [6 [5.5302 ] [11.349 ] ] [11.52 ] a B 12.62 in./s 2 64.0 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.113 A 3-in.-radius drum is rigidly attached to a 5-in.-radius drum as shown. One of the drums rolls without sliding on the surface shown, and a cord is wound around the other drum. Knowing that at the instant shown end D of the cord has a velocity of 8 in./s and an acceleration of 30 in./s2, both directed to the left, determine the accelerations of Points A, B, and C of the drums. SOLUTION Velocity analysis. v D vA 8 in./s Instantaneous center is at Point B. vA ( AB), 8 (5 3) 4 rad/s Acceleration analysis. a B [aB ] for no slipping. a A [30 in./s 2 aG [aG ] [(aA )n ] ] aB a A (aB/A )t (aB/A )n [aB ] [30 Components : ] [(aA )n ] [(5 3) 0 30 2 ] [5 3) 2 ] 15 rad/s2 aB aG (a B /G )t (a B / G )n [aB ] [aG Components : : ] [5 0 aG 5 ] [5 2 ] aG 5 75 in./s 2 aB (5)(4)2 80 in./s 2 a B 80.0 in./s 2 a A aG (a A/G )t (a A/G )n [75 ] [3 ] [3 2 ] [75 ] [45 ] [48 ] [30 in./s 2 ] [48 in./s 2 ] a A 56.6 in./s 2 58.0 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.113 (Continued) aC aG (aC/G )t (aC/G )n [75 ] [5 ] [5 2 [75 ] [75 ] [80 [155 in./s 2 ] ] ] [75 in./s 2 ] aC 172.2 in./s 2 25.8 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.114 A 3-in.-radius drum is rigidly attached to a 5-in.-radius drum as shown. One of the drums rolls without sliding on the surface shown, and a cord is wound around the other drum. Knowing that at the instant shown end D of the cord has a velocity of 8 in./s and an acceleration of 30 in./s2 , both directed to the left, determine the accelerations of Points A, B, and C of the drums. SOLUTION Velocity analysis. vD vB 8 in./s Instantaneous center is at Point A. vB ( AB), 8 (5 3) 4 rad/s Acceleration analysis. a A [a A ] for no slipping. a B [30 in./s 2 aG [aG ] [(aB )n ] ] a A a B (a A/B )t (a A/B )n [a A ] [30 Components : ] [(aB )n ] [(5 3) 0 30 2 ] [(5 3)] 2 ] 15 rad/s2 a A aG (a A/G )t (a A/G )n aA [aG Components : : ] [3 0 aG 3 ] [3 2 ] aG 3 45 in./s 2 a A 3 2 (3)(4) 2 48 in./s 2 a A 48.0 in./s 2 a B aG (a B/G )t (a B/G )n [45 ] [5 ] [5 2 ] [45 ] [75 ] [80 ] [30 in./s 2 ] [80 in./s 2 ] a B 85.4 in./s 2 69.4 PROBLEM 15.114 (Continued) Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. aC aG (aC/G )t (aC/G )n [45 ] [5 ] [5 2 [45 ] [75 ] [80 [35 in./s 2 ] ] ] [75 in./s 2 ] aC 82.8 in./s 2 65.0 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.115 A heavy crate is being moved a short distance using three identical cylinders as rollers. Knowing that at the instant shown the crate has a velocity of 200 mm/s and an acceleration of 2 400 mm/s , both directed to the right, determine (a) the angular acceleration of the center cylinder, (b) the acceleration of point A on the center cylinder. SOLUTION Geometry. Let point C be the center of the center cylinder, B its contact point with the crate, and D its contact point with the ground. Let r be the radius of the cylinder. r 100 mm. Since the contacts at B and D are rolling contacts without slipping, vB 200 mm/s and v D 0. Point D is the instantaneous center of rotation. Velocity analysis. vB 200 mm/s 1 rad/s 2r 200 mm Point C moves on a horizontal line. Acceleration analysis. aC [aC a D aC (a D/C )t (a D/C ) n [aC Component ] [r ] [r 2 ] aC r : a B aC (a B/C )t (a B/C ) n [aC Component ] ] [r (1) ] [r 2 ] 400 mm/s 2 aC r : (2) Solving (1) and (2) simultaneously, aC 200 mm/s 2 r 200 mm/s 2 (a) 200 mm/s 2 100 mm 2.00 rad/s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.115 (Continued) a A aC (a A/C )t (a A/C ) n [aC (b) ] [r ] [r 2 ] [200 mm/s 2 ] [200 mm/s 2 ] + [(100 mm) (1 rad/s) 2 [100 mm/s 2 ] [200 mm/s 2 ] aA 223.6 mm/s ] a A 0.224 m/s 2 63.4 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.116 A wheel rolls without slipping on a fixed cylinder. Knowing that at the instant shown the angular velocity of the wheel is 10 rad/s clockwise and its angular acceleration is 30 rad/ s 2 counterclockwise, determine the acceleration of (a) Point A, (b) Point B, (c) Point C. SOLUTION r 0.04 m Velocity analysis. ω 10 rad/s Point C is the instantaneous center of the wheel. v A [(r ) ] [(0.04)(10) ] 0.4 m/s ] 30 rad/s2 Acceleration analysis. R r 0.16 0.04 0.2 m. Point A moves on a circle of radius aC aC Since the wheel does not slip, a C a A (a C / A ) t (a C / A ) n [aC ] [(aA )t v2 ] A [r [(0.04)(30) [(aA )t (0.4) 2 ] 0.2 [(aA )t ] [0.8 ] [1.2 Components. ] [r 2 ] ] [(0.04)(10) 2 ] ] [4 ] : ( a A )t 1.2 0 (a A )t 1.2 m/s 2 : aC 0.8 4.0 aC 3.2 m/s 2 (a) Acceleration of Point A. a A [1.2 m/s 2 ] [0.8 m/s 2 ] a A 1.442 m/s 2 33.7 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.116 (Continued) a B a A (a B/ A )t (a B/ A ) n (b) Acceleration of Point B. aB [1.2 [1.2 ] [0.8 ] [r ] [r 2 ] ] [0.8 ] [(0.04)(30) ] [(0.04)(10)2 [2.8 m/s 2 ] [2 m/s 2 ] (c) Acceleration of Point C. aC aC ] a B 3.44 m/s 2 35.5 aC 3.20 m/s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.117 The 100 mm radius drum rolls without slipping on a portion of a belt that moves downward to the left with a constant velocity of 120 mm/s. Knowing that at a given instant the velocity and acceleration of the center A of the drum are as shown, determine the acceleration of Point D. SOLUTION Velocity analysis. v A v B v A/B [180 mm/s Components ] [(100 mm) ] [120 mm/s ] : 180 120 100 3 rad/s Acceleration analysis. Point A moves on a path parallel to the belt. The path is assumed to be straight. a A 720 mm/s 2 30 Since the drum rolls without slipping on the belt, the component of acceleration of Point B on the drum parallel to the belt is the same as the belt acceleration. Since the belt moves at constant velocity, this component of acceleration is zero. Thus a B aB Let the angular acceleration of the drum be 60 . a B a A (a B/ A )t (a B/ A ) n [aB Components : ] [720 ] [r ] [r 2 ] 0 720 100 7.2 rad/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.117 (Continued) Acceleration of Point D. a D a A (a D/ A )t (a D/ A ) n [a A 30] [r [720 Components: 30: Components: 60: 60] [r 2 30] [(100)(7.2) 30] 60] [(100) (3) 2 30] 720 900 180 mm/s 2 720 mm/s 2 aD 1802 7202 742.16 mm/s 2 tan 720 180 76.0 30 46.0 a D 742 mm/s 2 46.0 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.118 In the planetary gear system shown the radius of gears A, B, C, and D is 3 in. and the radius of the outer gear E is 9 in. Knowing that gear A has a constant angular velocity of 150 rpm clockwise and that the outer gear E is stationary, determine the magnitude of the acceleration of the tooth of gear D that is in contact with (a) gear A, (b) gear E. SOLUTION Velocity. T Tooth of gear D in contact with gear A vT rA (3 in.)A Gears: Since vE 0, E is instantaneous center of gear D. vT 2rD (3 in.)A 2(3 in.)D 1 2 D A 1 vD rD (3 in.) A (1.5 in.)A 2 Spider: vD (6 in.)S (1.5 in.)A (6 in.)S 1 4 S A A 150 rpm 15.708 rad/s 1 D A 7.854 rad/s 2 1 S A 3.927 rad/s 4 Acceleration. Spider: S 3.927 rad/s aD ( AD )S2 (6 in.)(3.927 rad/s) 2 a D 92.53 in./s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.118 (Continued) Gear D: Plane motion (a) Trans. with D Rotation about D Tooth T in contact with gear A. aT a D aT/D aD ( DT )D2 92.53 in./s2 (3 in.)(7.854 rad/s) 2 92.53 in./s2 185.06 in./s2 aT 92.53 in./s 2 aT 92.5 in./s 2 (b) Tooth E in contact with gear E. a E a D a E/D a D ( ED )D2 92.53 in./s2 (3 in.)(7.854 rad/s) 2 92.53 in./s2 185.06 in./s2 a E 277.6 in./s 2 aE 278 in./s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.119 The 200-mm-radius disk rolls without sliding on the surface shown. Knowing that the distance BG is 160 mm and that at the instant shown the disk has an angular velocity of 8 rad/s counterclockwise and an angular acceleration of 2 rad/s2 clockwise, determine the acceleration of A. SOLUTION m, m/s, m/s 2 Units: Unit vectors: i 1 , j 1 , k 1 Geometric analysis. Let P be the point where the disk contacts the flat surface. rG /A 0.200 j rB / G 0.16i rA /B 0.600i 0.200 j Velocity analysis. ωG (8 rad/s)k , v P 0, v A vAi v B v P v G /P v P ωG rG /P 0 8k (0.160i 0.200 j) 1.6i 1.28 j v A v B v A /B v B ω AB rA /B v A i 1.6i 1.28 j AB k ( 0.600i 0.200 j) 1.6i 1.28 j 0.77460 AB j 0.2 AB i Resolve into components and transpose terms. j: Acceleration analysis: 0.77460AB 1.28 AB 1.6525 rad/s a A a A j, aG 2 rad/s 2 k a P (G2 r ) j (8)2 (0.2) j (12.8 m/s 2 ) j a B a P a B /P a P aG rB /P G2 rB /P 12.8 j (2k ) (0.160i 0.200 j) (8) 2 (0.160i 0.200 j) 12.8 j 0.32 j 0.4i 10.24i 12.8 j 10.64i 0.32 j 2 a A a B a A /B a B AB k rA /B AB rA /B 10.64i 0.32 j AB k ( 0.600i 0.200 j) (1.6525) 2 ( 0.600i 0.200 j) 10.64i 0.32 j 0.77460 AB j 0.2 AB i 2.115i 0.54615 j a A i 12.755i 0.86615 j 0.2 AB i 0.77460 AB j Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.119 (Continued) Resolve into components and transpose terms. j: i: 0 0.86615 0.77460 AB AB 1.1182 aA 12.755 0.2 AB 12.755 (0.2)(1.1182) 12.98 a A (12.98 m/s 2 )i 12.98 m/s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.120 Knowing that crank AB rotates about Point A with a constant angular velocity of 900 rpm clockwise, determine the acceleration of the piston P when 60. SOLUTION sin sin 60 0.05 0.15 Law of sines. 16.779 AB 900 rpm 30 rad/s Velocity analysis. v B 0.05AB 1.5 m/s v D vD 60 BD BD v D/B 0.15 BD v D v B v D/B [vD ] [1.5 Components : ] 0 1.5 cos60 0.15BD cos BD Acceleration analysis. 60] [0.15BD 1.5 cos 60 16.4065 rad/s 0.15 cos AB 0 2 a B 0.05 AB (0.05)(30 ) 2 444.13 m/s 2 aD aD a D/B [0.15 AB [0.15 BD a D a B a D/B 30 BD BD 2 ] [0.15 BD ] [40.376 ] ] Resolve into components. PROBLEM 15.120 (Continued) Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. : 0 444.13 cos 30 0.15 BD cos 40.376 sin BD 2597.0 rad/s 2 : aD 444.13 sin 30 (0.15)(2597.0)sin 40.376 cos 148.27 m/s 2 aP aD a P 148.3 m/s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.121 Knowing that crank AB rotates about Point A with a constant angular velocity of 900 rpm clockwise, determine the acceleration of the piston P when 120. SOLUTION sin sin120 , 0.05 0.15 Law of sines. 16.779 AB 900 rpm 30 rad/s Velocity analysis. v B 0.05AB 1.5 m/s v D vD 60 BD BD v D/B 0.15BD v D v B v D/B 60] [0.15BD [vD ] [1.5 Components : 0 1.5 cos 60 0.15BD cos BD Acceleration analysis. ] 1.5 cos 60 16.4065 rad/s 0.15 cos AB 0 2 a B 0.05 AB (0.05)(30 ) 2 444.13 m/s 2 aD aD 30 BD BD a D/B [0.15 AB [6 BD a D a B a D/B ] 2 ] [0.15 BD ] [40.376 ] Resolve into components. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.121 (Continued) : 0 444.13 cos 30 0.15 BD cos 40.376 sin BD 2597.0 rad/s 2 : aD 444.13 sin 30 (0.15)(2597.0)sin 40.376 cos 296 m/s 2 aP aD a P 296 m/s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.122 In the two-cylinder air compressor shown, the connecting rods BD and BE are each 190 mm long and crank AB rotates about the fixed Point A with a constant angular velocity of 1500 rpm clockwise. Determine the acceleration of each piston when 0. SOLUTION Crank AB. vA 0, a A 0, AB 1500 rpm 157.08 rad/s , AB 0 vB vA vB/ A 0 [0.05 AB 45°] [7.854 m/s 45] a B aA (a B/ A )t (a B/ A ) n 0 [0.05AB 2 45°] [0.05 AB [(0.05)(157.08) 2 v D vD Rod BD. 45° 45°] 45°] 1233.7 m/s 2 45° BD BD v D v B v B/D vD Components 45] [0.19BD 45 [7.854 0 7.854 0.19BD 45: aD aD 45] BD 41.337 rad/s 45 a D a B (a D/B )t (a D/B ) n [aD 45] [1233.7 45] [0.19 BD 2 45] [0.19 BD 45] Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.122 (Continued) Components aD 1233.7 (0.19)(41.337)2 1558.4 m/s 2 45: a D 1558 m/s 2 sin Rod BE. 45° 0.05 , 15.258, 45 29.742 0.19 v E vE 45° BE 0. Since v E is parallel to v B , a E aE 2 0 45° (aB/E )n 0.19BE (a E /B )t (aE /B )t aE aB (aB /E )t Draw vector addition diagram. 45 15.258 aE aB tan 1233.7 tan 336.52 m/s 2 a E 337 m/s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. 45° PROBLEM 15.123 The disk shown has a constant angular velocity of 500 rpm counter-clockwise. Knowing that rod BD is 10 in. long, determine the acceleration of collar D when (a) 90, (b) 180. SOLUTION A 500 rpm Disk A. 52.36 rad/s A 0, ( AB) 2 in. vB ( AB) A (2)(52.36) 104.72 in./s aB ( AB) A2 (2)(52.36) 2 5483.1 in./s 2 (a) 90. v B 104.72 m/s , v D vD sin 2 in. 0.4 5 in. 23.58 vD and vB are parallel. BD 0 a B 5483.1 in./s 2 a D/B [( BD) BD [10 BD aD a B aD/B : : , aD aD , 2 ] [( BD ) BD BD BD ] ] 0 Resolve into components. 0 5483.1 (10 cos ) BD BD 598.26 rad/s 2 aD 0 (10 sin )( 598.26) 0 2393.0 in./s 2 a D 199.4 ft/s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.123 (Continued) (b) 180. vB 104.72 in./s sin 6 in. 0.6 10 in. vB 104.72 in./s , vD vD 36.87 , vD vD Instantaneous center of bar BD lies at Point C. BD vB 104.72 13.09 rad/s ( BD ) 10 cos a B 5483.1 in./s 2 , a D aD , BD BD a D/B [( BD) BD [10BD a D a B a D/B : 2 ] [( BD ) BD ] [1713.5 ] ] Resolve in components. 0 0 (10 cos ) BD 1713.5 sin BD 128.51 rad/s 2 : aD 5483.1 (10 sin )( 128.51) 1713.5cos 7625.0 in./s2 a D 635 ft/s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.124 Arm AB has a constant angular velocity of 16 rad/s counterclockwise. At the instant when 90, determine the acceleration (a) of collar D, (b) of the midpoint G of bar BD. SOLUTION 2 aB ( AB) AB Rod AB: (3 in.)(16 rad/s)2 a B 768 in./s 2 Rod BD: instantaneous center is at OD; BD 0 sin (3 in.)/(10 in.) 0.3; 17.46 Acceleration. Plane motion Trans. with B Rotation about B a D a B a D/B aB (a D/B )t (a D/B ) n (a) [aB ] [( BD ) 2 ] [( BD ) BD [768 in./s 2 ] [(10 in.) a D [768 in./s ] [(10 in.) ] ] [(10 in.)(0) 2 ] ] Vector diagram: a D (768 in./s 2 ) tan17.46 241.62 in./s 2 a D 242 in./s 2 (10 in.) (768 in./s 2 )/cos17.46 (10 in.) 805.08 in./s 2 α 80.5 rad/s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.124 (Continued) aG a B aG /B a B (aG /B )t (aG /B )n (b) [aB ] [( BG ) [768 in./s 2 aG [768 in./s 2 components: 2 ] [( BG ) BD ] [(5 in.)(80.5 rad/s 2 ) ] [402.5 in./s 2 ] ] [( BG )(0) 2 ] 17.46] (aG ) x (402.5 in./s 2 )sin 17.46 (aG ) x 120.77 in./s 2 components: (aG ) y 768 in./s 2 (402.5 in./s 2 ) cos 17.46 768 in./s 2 384 in./s 2 (aG ) y 384 in./s2 aG 403 in./s 2 72.5° Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.125 Arm AB has a constant angular velocity of 16 rad/s counterclockwise. At the instant when 60, determine the acceleration of collar D. SOLUTION sin 1 3.403 in. 10 in. 19.89 Velocity. v B ( AB)AB (3 in.)(16 rad/s) 48 in./s 30° Rod BD: Plane motion Trans. with B Rotation about B v D v B v D/B v B [( BD ) BD v D [48 in./s components: ] 30] [(10 in.)BD 19.89] (48 in./s)sin 30 (10 in.)BD cos19.89 ωBD (48 in./s)sin 30 2.552 rad/s (10 in.) cos19.890 Acceleration. Rod AB: 2 a B [( AB ) AB 60] [(3 in.)(16 rad/s)2 a B 768 in./s 2 60° 60] Rod BD: Plane motion Trans. with B Rotation about B Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.125 (Continued) a D a B a B/D a B (a D/B )t (a D/B ) n aD [aB 60] [( BD) BD [768 in./s 2 aD [768 in./s 2 2 ] [( BD ) DB 60] [(10 in.) BD ] [(10 in.) BD ] ] [(10 in.)(2.552 rad/s 2 ) 19.89] [65.14 in./s 2 ] 19.89] Vector diagram. y components: 768sin 60 65.14sin19.89 10 BD cos19.89 0 : BD 73.09 rad/s 2 x components: : aD 768cos60 65.14cos19.89 (10)(73.09)sin19.89 aD 693.9 in./s 2 a D 694 in./s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.126 A straight rack rests on a gear of radius r 3 in. and is attached to a block B as shown. Knowing that at the instant shown 20°, the angular velocity of gear D is 3 rad/s clockwise, and it is speeding up at a rate of 2 rad/s2, determine (a) the angular acceleration of AB, (b) the acceleration of block B. SOLUTION Let Point P on the gear and Point Q on the rack be located at the contact point between them. Units: inches, in./s, in./s2 i 1 Unit vectors: , j 1 , k 1 rP /D 3(sin i cos j) Geometry: 3 (cos i sin j) tan 20 rB /Q αgear 2 rad/s2 ωgear 3 rad/s Gear D: v P 9 in./s vP gear r (3)(3) 9 in./s 2 (aP )n gear r (3)2 (3) 27 in./s2 (a P ) n 27 in./s 2 (aP )t gear r (2)(3) 6 in./s2 (a P )t 6 in./s 2 Velocity analysis. Gear to rack contact: Rack AQB: v Q v P 9 in./s ω AB AB , v B vB , α AB AB αB B v B vQ v B /Q vQ AB k rB /Q vB i 9(cos i sin j) AB k (7.74535i 2.81908 j) (9 cos 2.81907 AB )i (9sin 2.81907 AB ) j Equating like components, j: 0 9sin 7.74535AB AB 0.39742 AB 0.39742 rad/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.126 (Continued) Acceleration analysis. Gear to rack contact: (aQ )t (a P )t 6 in./s2 2 (aQ )n (a P )n rrd ωrd ω AB ωD 3.39742 rad/s where (aQ )n 27 in./s2 20 (3)(3.39742) 2 7.6274 in./s 2 20° 20° aQ 6(cos i sin j) 7.6274(sin i cos j) Then, (8.2469 in./s 2 )i (5.1153 in./s2 ) j 2 a B aQ a B /Q aQ AB k rB /Q AB rB /Q aB i 8.2469i 5.1153j AB k (7.74535i 2.81908 j) (0.39742) 2 (7.74535i 2.81908 j) (8.2469 2.81908 AB 1.22332)i (5.1153 7.74535 AB 0.44526) j Equating like components of aB , j: 0 5.1153 7.74535 AB 0.44526 AB 0.71792 rad/s 2 i: aB 8.2469 (2.81908)(0.71792) 1.22332 aB 5.00 in./s 2 (a) Angular acceleration of AB: (b) Acceleration of block B: α AB 0.718 rad/s 2 a B 5.00 in./s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.127 The elliptical exercise machine has fixed axes of rotation at points A and E. Knowing that at the instant shown the flywheel AB has a constant angular velocity of 6 rad/s clockwise, determine the acceleration of point D. SOLUTION Given: AB 6k rad/s, AB 0 rad/s 2 Geometry: rB / A 0.2 j m rD / B 1.2i 0.2 j m rD / E 0.12i 0.8 j m Relative Velocity: v B v A AB k rB / A (1) v D v B BD k rD / B (2) v D v E DEF k rD / E (3) Sub (1) into (2) = (3): AB k rB / A BD k rD / B DEF k rD / E Put in known values: 6k 0.2 j BD k 1.2i 0.2 j =DEF k 0.12i 0.8 j Equate components: i: 1.2 0.2 BD 0.8 DEF j: 1.2 BD 0.12 DEF Solve simultaneously: BD 0.1463 rad/s, DEF 1.463 rad/s Relative acceleration: 2 a B a A AB k rB / A AB rB / A (4) 2 a D a B BD k rD / B BD rD / B (5) a D a E DEF k 2 rD / E DEF rD / E (6) Sub (4) into (5) = (6): 2 2 2 AB rB / A BD k rD / B BD rD / B DEF k rD / E DEF rD / E Put in known values: 6 0.2 j BD k 1.2i 0.2 j 0.1463 1.2i 0.2 j = 2 2 DEF k 0.12i 0.8 j 1.463 0.12i 0.8 j 2 Equate components: Solve simultaneously: i: 0.2 BD 0.02570 0.8 DEF 0.2570 j: 7.2 1.2 BD 0.004283 0.12 DEF 1.7132 BD 7.278 rad/s2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.127 (Continued) Relative acceleration: 2 a D a E DEF k rD/ E DEF rD/ E 1.466k 0.12i 0.8 j 1.463 0.12i 0.8 j 2 a D 1.430i 1.537 j m/s 2 a F 2.099 m/s2 47.08 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.128 The elliptical exercise machine has fixed axes of rotation at points A and E. Knowing that at the instant shown the flywheel AB has a constant angular velocity of 6 rad/s clockwise, determine (a) the angular acceleration of bar DEF, (b) the acceleration of point F. SOLUTION Given: AB 6k rad/s, AB 0 rad/s 2 Geometry: rB / A 0.2 j m rD / B 1.2i 0.2 j m rD / E 0.12i 0.8 j m rF / E 0.09i 0.6 j m Relative Velocity: v B v A AB k rB / A (1) v D v B BD k rD / B (2) v D v E DEF k rD / E (3) Sub (1) into (2) = (3): AB k rB / A BD k rD / B DEF k rD / E Put in known values: 6k 0.2 j BD k 1.2i 0.2 j = DEF k 0.12i 0.8 j Equate components: i: 1.2 0.2 BD 0.8 DEF j: 1.2BD 0.12DEF Solve simultaneously: BD 0.1463 rad/s, DEF 1.463 rad/s Relative acceleration: 2 a B a A AB k rB / A AB rB / A (4) 2 a D a B BD k rD / B BD rD / B (5) a D a E DEF k 2 rD / E DEF rD / E (6) Sub (4) into (5) = (6): 2 2 2 AB rB / A BD k rD / B BD rD / B DEF k rD / E DEF rD / E Put in known values: 6 0.2 j BD k 1.2i 0.2 j 0.1463 1.2i 0.2 j = 2 2 DEF k 0.12i 0.8 j 1.463 0.12i 0.8 j 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.128 (Continued) Equate components: i: 0.2 BD 0.02570 0.8 DEF 0.2570 j: 7.2 1.2 BD 0.004283 0.12 DEF 1.7132 (a) Solve simultaneously: DEF 1.466 rad/s 2 (b) Relative acceleration: 2 a F a E DEF k rF/ E DEF rF/ E α DEF 1.466 rad/s 2 1.466k 0.09i 0.6 j 1.463 0.09i 0.6 j 2 a F 1.0724i 1.153 j m/s 2 a F 1.575 m/s 2 47.08 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.129 Knowing that at the instant shown bar AB has a constant angular velocity of 19 rad/s clockwise, determine (a) the angular acceleration of bar BGD, (b) the angular acceleration of bar DE. SOLUTION Velocity analysis. AB 19 rad/s vB ( AB ) AB (8)(19) 152 in./s v B vB , v D vD Instantaneous center of bar BD lies at C. BD vB 152 19 rad/s 8 BC vD (CD ) BD (19.2)(19) 364.8 in./s DE Acceleration analysis. vD 364.8 24 rad/s 2 15.2 DE AB 0. 2 a B [( AB) AB ] [(8)(19)2 ] 2888 in./s a D [( DE ) DE [15.2 DE 2 ] [( DE ) DE ] [8755.2 in./s 2 (a D/B )t [19.2 BD ] [8 DB 2 (a D/B )n [19.2BD [6931.2 in./s 2 (b) ] ] [2888 in./s 2 ] Resolve into components. 8755.2 0 8 BD 6931.2 (a) : ] 2 ] ] [8BD a D a B (a D/B )t (aD/B ) n : ] BD 228 rad/s 2 DE 92.0 rad/s 2 15.2 DE 2888 (19.2)(228) 2888 DE 92 rad/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.130 Knowing that at the instant shown bar DE has a constant angular velocity of 18 rad/s clockwise, determine (a) the acceleration of Point B, (b) the acceleration of Point G. SOLUTION Velocity analysis. DE 18 rad/s v D ( DE ) DE (15.2)(18) 273.6 in./s v D vD , v B v B Point C is the instantaneous center of bar BD. BD vD 273.6 14.25 rad/s 19.2 CD vB (CB ) BD (8)(14.25) 114 in./s AB Acceleration analysis. vB 114 14.25 rad/s 8 AB DE 0 2 a D [( DE ) DE ] [(15.2)(18) 2 a B [( AB) AB 2 ] ] [( AB) AB [8 AB ] ] [1624.5 in./s 2 ] (a D/B )t [19.2 BD ] [8 BD 2 (a D/B )n [19.2BD ] [4924.8 in./s 2 ] 2 ] ] [8BD a D a B (a D/B )t (a D/B ) n Resolve into components. Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.130 (Continued) : 0 1624.5 19.2 BD 1624.5, BD 169.21875 rad/s 2 : 4924.8 8 AB (8)(169.21875) 3898.8 AB 40.96875 rad/s 2 (a) [327.75 in./s 2 (b) ] [1624.5 in./s 2 ] a B [(8)(40.96875) a G a B a G/ B a B aB ] [1624.5 in./s 2 ], a B 138.1 ft/s 2 78.6 aG 203 ft/s 2 19.5 1 a D/B 2 1 1 (a D a B ) (a B a D ) 2 2 327.75 4924.8 2 [2298.5 in./s 2 ] 1624.5 2 [812.25 in./s 2 ] Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.131 Knowing that at the instant shown bar AB has a constant angular velocity of 4 rad/s clockwise, determine the angular acceleration (a) of bar BD, (b) of bar DE. SOLUTION rB /A (20 in.)i (40 in.) j Relative position vectors. rD /B (40 in.)i rD /E (20 in.)i (25 in.) j Velocity analysis. Bar AB (Rotation about A): ω AB 4 rad/s (4 rad/s)k rB /A (20 in.)i (40 in.) j v B ω AB rB /A ( 4k ) ( 20i 40 j) v B (160 in./s)i (80 in./s) j (Plane motion Translation with B + Rotation about B): Bar BD ω BD BD k rD /B (40 in.)i v D v B ω BD rD /B v B ( BD k ) (40i ) v D (160 in/s)i (40BD 80 in./s) j Bar DE (Rotation about E): ω DE DE k rD /E (20 in.)i (25 in.) j v D ω DE rD /E (DE k ) (20i 25 j) v D 20DE j 25DE i Equating components of the two expression for vD, i: 160 25 DE DE 6.4 rad/s j: 40 BE 80 20 DE 40 BD 80 20( 6.4) BD 5.2 rad/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.131 (Continued) Summary of angular velocities: ω AB 4 rad/s Acceleration analysis. AB 0, BD BD k , DE DE k Bar AB (Rotation about A): ω DE 6.4 rad/s ω BD 5.2 rad/s 2 a B AB rB /A AB rB /A 0 (4)2 (20i 40 j) (320 in./s 2 )i (640 in./s 2 ) j Bar BD (Translation with B Rotation about B): 2 a D a B BD rD /B BD rD /B 320i 640 j BD k (40i ) (5.2) 2 (40)i 320i 640 j 40 BD j 1081.6i 761.60i (640 40 BD ) j (1) Bar DE (Rotation about E): 2 a D DE rD /E DE rD /E DE k (20i 25 j) (6.4) 2 (20i 25 j) 20 DE j 25 DE i 819.20i 1024 j (25 DE 819.20)i (20 DE 1024) j (2) Equate like components of aD expressed by Eqs. (1) and (2). i: 761.60 25 DE 819.20 DE 2.3040 rad/s 2 j: 640 40 BD (20)(2.304) 1024 BD 10.752 rad/s 2 (a) Angular acceleration of bar BD. α BD 10.75 rad/s 2 (b) Angular acceleration of bar DE. α DE 2.30 rad/s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.132 Knowing that at the instant shown bar AB has a constant angular velocity of 4 rad/s clockwise, determine the angular acceleration (a) of bar BD, (b) of bar DE. SOLUTION Velocity analysis. Bar AB (Rotation about A): AB 4 rad/s (4 rad/s)k rB /A (175 mm)i vB AB rB /A ( 4k ) (175i ) vB (700 mm/s)j Bar BD (Plane motion Translation with B Rotation about B): BD BD k rD /B (200 mm)j vD vB BD rD /B 700 j ( BD k ) (200 j) vD 700 j 200 BD i Bar DE (Rotation about E ): DE DE k rD /E (275 mm)i (75 mm)j vD DE rD /E (DE k ) (275i 75 j) vD 275DE j 75DE i Equating components of the two expressions for vD , j: 700 275 DE i : 200 BD 75 BD DE 2.5455 rad/s 3 8 DE BD 3 BD (2.5455) 0.95455 rad/s 8 Acceleration analysis. Bar AB: Bar BD: DE 2.55 rad/s BD 0.955 rad/s AB 0 2 a B AB rB /A (4) 2 (175i ) (2800 mm/s 2 )i BD BD k 2 a D a B BD rD /B BD rD /B 2800i BD k (200 j) (0.95455) 2 (200 j) (2800 200 BD )i 182.23 j Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (1) PROBLEM 15.132 (Continued) DE DE k Bar DE: 2 a D DE rD /E DE rD /E DE k (275i 75 j) (2.5455) 2 (275i 75 j) 275 DE j 75 DE i 1781.8i 485.95 j ( 75 DE 1781.8)i (275 DE 485.95) j (2) Equate like components of aD expressed by Eqs. (1) and (2). j: i: 182.23 (275 DE 485.95) (2800 200 BD ) [ (75)( 2.4298) 1781.8] DE 2.4298 rad/s 2 BD 4.1795 rad/s 2 (a) Angular acceleration of bar BD. BD 4.18 rad/s 2 (b) Angular acceleration of bar DE. DE 2.43 rad/s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.133 Knowing that at the instant shown bar AB has an angular velocity of 4 rad/s and an angular acceleration of 2 rad/s2, both clockwise, determine the angular acceleration (a) of bar BD, (b) of bar DE by using the vector approach as is done in Sample Problem 15.16. SOLUTION Relative position vectors. rB /A (20 in.)i (40 in.) j rD /B (40 in.)i rD /E (20 in.)i (25 in.) j Velocity analysis. Bar AB (Rotation about A): ω AB 4 rad/s (4 rad/s)k rB /A (20 in.)i (40 in.) j v B ω AB rB /A ( 4k ) ( 20i 40 j) v B (160 in./s)i (80 in./s) j (Plane motion Translation with B Rotation about B): Bar BD ω BD BD k rD /B (40 in.)i v D v B ω BD rD /B v B ( BD k ) (40i ) v D (160 in/s)i (40BD 80 in./s) j Bar DE (Rotation about E): ω DE DE k rD /E (20 in.)i (25in.) j v D ω DE rD /E (DE k ) (20i 25 j) v D 20DE j 25DE i Equating components of the two expression for vD, i: 160 25 DE DE 6.4 rad/s j: 40 BE 80 20 DE 40 BD 80 20( 6.4) BD 5.2 rad/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.133 (Continued) Summary of angular velocities: ω AB 4 rad/s Acceleration analysis. AB (2 rad/s 2 )k , BD BD k , DE DE k Bar AB (Rotation about A) ω DE 6.4 rad/s ω BD 5.2 rad/s 2 a B AB rB /A AB rB /A (2k ) (20i 40 j) (4)2 (20i 40 j) (80 in./s 2 )i (40 in./s 2 ) j (320 in./s 2 )i (640 in./s 2 ) j (240 in./s 2 )i (680 in./s 2 ) j Bar BD (Translation with B Rotation about B): 2 a D a B BD rD /B BD rD /B 240i 680 j BD k (40i ) (5.2)2 (40)i 240i 680 j 40 BD j 1081.6i 841.60i (680 40 BD ) j Bar DE (1) (Rotation about E): 2 a D DE rD /E DE rD /E DE k (20i 25 j) (6.4) 2 (20i 25 j) 20 DE j 25 DE i 819.20i 1024 j (25 DE 819.20)i (20 DE 1024) j (2) Equate like components of aD expressed by Eqs. (1) and (2). i: 841.60 25 DE 819.20 j: 680 40 BD (20)( 0.896) 1024 DE 0.896 rad/s 2 BD 8.152 rad/s 2 (a) Angular acceleration of bar BD. α BD 8.15 rad/s 2 (b) Angular acceleration of bar DE. α DE 0.896 rad/s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.134 Knowing that at the instant shown bar AB has an angular velocity of 4 rad/s and an angular acceleration of 2 rad/s2, both clockwise, determine the angular acceleration (a) of bar BD, (b) of bar DE by using the vector approach as is done in Sample Problem 15.16. SOLUTION Velocity analysis. (4 rad/s)k rB /A (175 mm)i vB AB rB /A (4k ) (175i ) vB (700 mm/s)j AB 4 rad/s Bar AB (Rotation about A): Bar BD (Plane motion Translation with B Rotation about B ): BD BD k rD /B (200 mm)j vD vB BD rD /B 700 j ( BD k ) (200 j) vD 700 j 200 BD i DE rD /E vD vD Bar DE (Rotation about E ): DE k (275 mm)i (75 mm)j DE rD /E ( DE k ) ( 275i 75 j) 275 DE j 75 DE i Equating components of the two expressions for vD , j: 700 275 DE i : 200 BD 75 DE DE 2.5455 rad/s 3 BD DE 8 3 BD (2.5455) 0.95455 rad/s 8 Acceleration analysis. Bar AB: Bar BD: DE 2.55 rad/s BD 0.955 rad/s AB 2 rad/s 2 (2 rad/s 2 )k 2 a B AB rB /A AB rB /A BD ( 2k ) ( 175i ) (4) 2 (175i ) 2800 mm/s 2 i 350 mm/s 2 j BD k 2 a D a B BD rD /B BD rD /B 2800i 350 j BD k (200 j) (0.95455) 2 (200 j) (2800 200 BD )i 532.23 j Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (1) PROBLEM 15.134 (Continued) DE DE k Bar DE: 2 a D DE rD /E DE rD /E DE k (275i 75 j) (2.5455) 2 (275i 75 j) 275 DE j 75 DE i 1781.8i 485.95 j ( 75 DE 1781.8)i (275 DE 485.95) j (2) Equate like components of a D expressed by Eqs. (1) and (2). j: i: 532.23 (275 DE 485.95) (2800 200 BD ) [ (75)( 3.7025) 1781.8] DE 3.7025 rad/s 2 BD 3.7025 rad/s 2 (a) Angular acceleration of bar BD. BD 3.70 rad/s 2 (b) Angular acceleration of bar DE. DE 3.70 rad/s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.135 Robert’s linkage is named after Richard Robert (1789–1864) and can be used to draw a close approximation to a straight line by locating a pen at Point F. The distance AB is the same as BF, DF and DE. Knowing that at the instant shown bar AB has a constant angular velocity of 4 rad/s clockwise, determine (a) the angular acceleration of bar DE, (b) the acceleration of Point F. SOLUTION inches, in./s, in./s2 Units: Unit vectors: i 1 , j 1 , k 1 . Geometry: rB /A 3i 122 32 j 3i 135 j rD /B 6i rF /B 3i 135 j rD /E 3i 135 j AB 4 rad/s 2 Velocity analysis: 4 k Bar AB: vB AB rB /A 4k (3i 135 j) 4 135i 12 j Object BDF: vD v B v D /B v B ω BD rD /B 4 135i 12 j BD k 6i 4 135i 12 j 6 BD j (1) v D DE rD /E DE k ( 3i 135 j) Bar DE: 135 DE i 3 DE j (2) Equating like components of v D from Eqs. (1) and (2), i: j: 4 135 135 DE (3) 12 6 BD 3 DE From Eq. (3), DE 4 From Eq. (4), BD (12 3 DE ) 5 1 6 (4) DE 5 rad/s BD 4 rad/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.135 (Continued) α AB 0 Acceleration Analysis: 2 a B α AB rB /A AB rB /A Bar AB: 0 (4)2 (3i 135 j) 48i 16 135 j 2 a D a B a D /B a B α BD rD /B BD rD /B Object BDF: a D 48i 16 135 j BD k (6i ) (4) 2 (6i ) 144i 16 135 j 6 BD j (5) 2 a D α DE rD /E DE rD /E Bar DE: a D DE k (3i 135 j) (4) 2 (3i 135 j) 135 DE i 3 DE j 48i 16 135 j (6) Equating like components of aD from Eqs. (5) and (6), i : 144 135 DE 48 (7) j: 16 135 6 BD 3 DE 16 135 (8) 192 From Eq. (7), DE From Eq. (8), BD BD 135 1 2 (a) Angular acceleration of bar DE: (b) Acceleration of Point F: 96 135 α DE 16.53 rad/s 2 2 a F a B a F /B a B BD rF /B BD rF /B 96 48i 16 135 j k (3i 135 j) (4) 2 (3i 135 j) 135 288 48i 16 135 j j 96i 48i 16 135 j 135 288 192i j 135 a F (192.0 in./s 2 )i (24.8 in./s 2 ) j 193.6 in./s 2 7.36° Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.136 For the oil pump rig shown, link AB causes the beam BCE to oscillate as the crank OA revolves. Knowing that OA has a radius of 0.6 m and a constant clockwise angular velocity of 20 rpm, determine the velocity and acceleration of Point D at the instant shown. SOLUTION Units: meters, m/s, m/s2 Unit vectors: i 1 Crank OA: rOA 0.6 m, ω OA 20 rpm 2.0944 rad/s v A OA rOA (2.0944)(0.6) v A 1.25664 m/s , k 1 . j 1 , α OA 0 ( a A )t 0 2 (a A ) n OA rOA (2.0944)2 (0.6) 2.6319 m/s 2 a A 2.6319 m/s 2 v B vA , Rod AB: Since v B and v A are parallel, v A v B and AB 0. v B 1.25664 m/s 2 a B a A a B /A a A AB k rB /A AB rB /A 2.6319i AB k (0.6i 2 j) 0 (2.6319 2 AB )i 0.6 AB j (1) Beam BCE: Point C is a pivot. vB BCE rBC BCE vB 1.25664 0.41888 rBC 3 vE BCE rCE (0.41888)(3.3) 1.38230 ω BCE 0.41888 rad/s v E 1.38230 m/s 2 a B α BCE rB /C BCE rB /C BCE k (3i ) (0.41888)2 (3i ) 0.52638i 3 BCE j Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. (2) PROBLEM 15.136 (Continued) Equating like components of α B expressed by Eqs. (1) and (2), i: 2.6319 2 AB 0.52638 AB 1.05276 rad/s j: 0.6 AB 3 BCE BCE 0.21055 rad/s 2 α AB 1.055276 rad/s α BCE 0.21055 rad/s 2 a E (a E /C )t (a E /C ) n (a E /C )t α BCE rE /C (0.21055k ) (3.3i ) (0.69482 m/s 2 ) j String ED: vD vE a D (a E /C )t (0.69482 m/s 2 ) j v D 1.382 m/s a D 0.695 m/s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.137 Denoting by rA the position vector of Point A of a rigid slab that is in plane motion, show that (a) the position vector rC of the instantaneous center of rotation is rC rA ω vA 2 where is the angular velocity of the slab and vA is the velocity of Point A, (b) the acceleration of the instantaneous center of rotation is zero if, and only if, aA v ω vA A where k is the angular acceleration of the slab. SOLUTION (a) At the instantaneous center C, vC 0 vA vC rA /C rA /C vA ( rA /C ) 2rA /C rA /C rC rA vA 2 rC/ A or rC/ A vA vA 2 rC rA 2 vA 2 aA aC rA /C vA/ C (b) aC k vA 2 ( vA vC ) k (k vA ) vA 2 aC vA vA aC Set a C 0. aA v vA A Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.138* The drive disk of the scotch crosshead mechanism shown has an angular velocity and an angular acceleration , both directed counterclockwise. Using the method of Section 15.4 B, derive expressions for the velocity and acceleration of Point B. SOLUTION Origin at A. yB l yP l b sin v y b cos b cos B B vB b cos aB yB d vB dt d (b cos ) dt aB b sin 2 b cos aB b cos b 2 sin Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.139* The wheels attached to the ends of rod AB roll along the surfaces shown. Using the method of Section 15.4 B, derive an expression for the angular velocity of the rod in terms of vB , , l , and . SOLUTION Law of sines. dB l sin sin l dB sin sin d (d B ) dt l d cos dt sin l cos sin vB vB sin l cos Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.140* The wheels attached to the ends of rod AB roll along the surfaces shown. Using the method of Section 15.4 B and knowing that the acceleration of wheel B is zero, derive an expression for the angular acceleration of the rod in terms of vB , , l , and . SOLUTION Law of sines. dB l sin sin l dB sin sin d (d B ) dt l d cos sin dt l cos sin v sin B l cos vB Note that dvB 0. dt d vB sin sin d dt l cos 2 dt aB vB sin sin vB sin l cos l cos 2 2 vB sin sin cos3 l Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.141* A disk of radius r rolls to the right with a constant velocity v. Denoting by P the point of the rim in contact with the ground at t 0, derive expressions for the horizontal and vertical components of the velocity of P at any time t. SOLUTION x A r , yA r xP x A r sin r r sin yP y A r cos r r cos x A r v y A 0, r vt x A vt , r x A v, vt v xP vx r r cos r 1 cos r r vt v y P v y r sin r sin r r vt vx v 1 cos r v y v sin Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. vt r PROBLEM 15.142* Rod AB moves over a small wheel at C while end A moves to the right with a constant velocity vA. Using the method of Section 15.4 B, derive expressions for the angular velocity and angular acceleration of the rod. SOLUTION tan b xA cot xA u b cot 1 u u 1 u2 (2uu )u But (1 u ) and u Then u 1 u2 2 2 xA x v v , u A A , u A 0 b b b b vA b 1 xA b 1 2 xA b vA b xA b bvA 2 2 2 b x A2 , bvA b x A2 2 2 2 0 2bxAv A2 b 2 x A2 2 , 2bxA v A2 b 2 x A2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. 2 PROBLEM 15.143* Rod AB moves over a small wheel at C while end A moves to the right with a constant velocity vA. Using the method of Section 15.4 B, derive expressions for the horizontal and vertical components of the velocity of Point B. SOLUTION sin b b 2 x A2 1/ 2 cos , b xA 2 x A2 1/ 2 xB l cos x A lx A b 2 x A2 yB l sin xB lx A b 2 x A2 b y B But 1/ 2 lb b 2 1/ 2 lb 2 x A 2 b x A2 xA 3/ 2 x A2 lx A x A x A 1/ 2 b 2 x A2 3/ 2 x A x A lbx A x A 2 x A v A , x A2 3/ 2 x B (vB ) x , y B (vB ) y (vB ) x v A b (vB ) y lb 2v A 2 x A2 3/ 2 lbx Av A 2 b x A2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. 3/ 2 PROBLEM 15.144 Crank AB rotates with a constant clockwise angular velocity ω. Using the method of Section 15.4 B, derive expressions for the angular velocity of rod BD and the velocity of the point on the rod coinciding with Point E in terms of , , b, and l. SOLUTION Law of cosines for triangle ABE. u 2 l 2 b2 2bl cos(180 ) l 2 b2 2bl cos l b cos u b sin tan l b cos cos d (l b cos )(b cos ) (b sin )(b cos ) (tan ) sec2 dt (l b cos )2 But, , (cos 2 )[bl cos b 2 (cos 2 sin 2 )] (l b cos ) 2 bl cos b 2 b(b l cos ) 2 2 u l b 2 2bl cos BD , and vE u BD Hence, b(b l cos ) l b 2 2bl cos 2 Differentiate the expression for u 2 . 2uu 2bl sin vE u bl sin l 2 b 2 2bl cos vE bl sin l b 2 2bl cos 2 b sin tan 1 l b cos Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.145 Crank AB rotates with a constant clockwise angular velocity ω. Using the method of Section 15.4 B, derive an expression for the angular acceleration of rod BD in terms of , , b, and l. SOLUTION Law of cosines for triangle ABE. u 2 l 2 b2 2bl cos(180 ) l 2 b2 2bl cos l b cos u b sin tan l b cos cos d (l b cos )(b cos ) (b sin )(b cos ) (tan ) sec2 dt (l b cos )2 (cos 2 )[bl cos b 2 (cos 2 sin 2 )] (l b cos )2 bl cos b 2 b(b l cos ) 2 2 u l b 2 2bl cos b(b l cos ) 2 l b 2 2bl cos (l 2 b 2 2bl cos )(bl sin ) b(b l cos )(2bl sin ) 2 (l 2 b 2 2bl cos ) 2 But, , b(b l cos ) l 2 b 2 2bl cos 0, bl (l 2 b 2 )sin 2 (l 2 b 2 2bl cos )2 BD BD bl (l 2 b 2 ) sin 2 l 2 b 2 2bl cos Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.146 Solve the engine system from Sample Prob. 15.15 using the methods of Section 15.4B. Hint: Define the angle between the horizontal and the crank AB as and derive the motion in terms of this parameter. SOLUTION r 3 in, l 8 in, 40 Given: 2000 rpm 209.4 rad/s =0 Law of sines: sin sin l r At 40 sin 1 Differentiate (1) with respect to t: cos cos l r At 40 Differentiate (2) with respect to t: 2 r sin cos cos cos sin l cos 2 At 40 9940.2 rad/s 2 (1) r sin l 13.948 r cos l cos 3cos 40 209.4 8cos13.948 (2) 61.99 rad/s or 61.99 rad/s α BD 9940.2 rad/s 2 Write an equation for d: d r cos l cos Differentiate with respect to t: d r sin l sin Differentiate again: d r cos 2 r sin l cos 2 l sin At 40 2 2 d 3cos 40 209.4 8 cos13.95 61.99 8sin13.95 9940.2 111, 477.5 in/s a D 9289.8 ft/s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.147* The position of rod AB is controlled by a disk of radius r that is attached to yoke CD. Knowing that the yoke moves vertically upward with a constant velocity v0, derive expression for the angular velocity and angular acceleration of rod AB. SOLUTION From geometry, y r sin dy r cos d dt sin 2 dt dy v0 dt But, and d dt r cos sin 2 v sin 2 0 r cos v0 From geometry, But, v0 sin 2 r cos r sin dy r cos d dt sin 2 dt y dy v0 dt and d dt r cos sin 2 v sin 2 0 r cos v0 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.147* (Continued) Angular acceleration. d d d d dt d dt d v0 (2cos 2 sin sin 3 ) v0 sin 2 r cos 2 r cos 2 v (1 cos 2 )sin 3 0 cos3 r 2 v 0 (1 cos 2 ) tan 3 r Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.148* A wheel of radius r rolls without slipping along the inside of a fixed cylinder of radius R with a constant angular velocity ω. Denoting by P the point of the wheel in contact with the cylinder at t 0, derive expressions for the horizontal and vertical components of the velocity of P at any time t. (The curve described by Point P is a hypocycloid.) SOLUTION Define angles and as shown. , t Since the wheel rolls without slipping, the arc OC is equal to arc PC. r ( ) R r Rr r r Rr Rr r t Rr xP ( R r )sin r sin (vP ) x xP ( R r ) cos r cos r t r ( R r ) cos r (cos t )( ) R r R r r t (vP ) x r cos cos t R r yP R ( R r ) cos r cos (vP ) y y P ( R r )sin r sin r t r ( R r ) sin r (sin t)( ) R r R r r t sin t (vP ) y r sin R r Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.149* In Problem 15.148, show that the path of P is a vertical straight line when r R/2. Derive expressions for the corresponding velocity and acceleration of P at any time t. SOLUTION Define angles and as shown. , t, 0 Since the wheel rolls without slipping, the arc OC is equal to arc PC. r ( ) R 2r 0 0 xP ( R r )sin r sin r sin r sin 0 The path is the y axis. yP R ( R r ) cos r cos R r cos r cos R(1 cos ) v y P R sin v ( R sin t ) j a v ( R cos 2 sin ) R 2 cos a ( R 2 cos t ) j Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.150 Pin P is attached to the collar shown; the motion of the pin is guided by a slot cut in rod BD and by the collar that slides on rod AE. Knowing that at the instant considered the rods rotate clockwise with constant angular velocities, determine for the given data the velocity of pin P. AE 8 rad/s, BD 3 rad/s SOLUTION AB 500 mm 0.5 m, AP 0.5 tan 30, BP ω AE 8 rad/s , 0.5 cos 30 ωBD 3 rad/s Let P be the coinciding point on AE and u1 be the outward velocity of the collar along the rod AE. v P v P v P/ AE [( AP) AE ] [u1 ] Let P be the coinciding point on BD and u2 be the outward speed along the slot in rod BD. 30] [u2 v P v P v P/BD [( BP ) BD 60] Equate the two expressions for v P and resolve into components. : 0.5 u1 (3)(cos30) u2 cos 60 cos30 u1 1.5 0.5u2 or : u2 From (1), (1) 0.5 (0.5 tan 30)(8) (3)sin 30 u2 sin 60 cos30 1 [1.5 tan 30 4 tan 30] 1.66667 m/s sin 60 u1 1.5 (0.5)(1.66667) 0.66667 m/s v P [(0.5tan 30)(8) ] [0.66667 ] [2.3094 m/s ] [0.66667 m/s ] vP 2.30942 0.66667 2 2.4037 m/s tan 2.3094 0.66667 73.9 v P 2.40 m/s 73.9 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.151 Pin P is attached to the collar shown; the motion of the pin is guided by a slot cut in rod BD and by the collar that slides on rod AE. Knowing that at the instant considered the rods rotate clockwise with constant angular velocities, determine for the given data the velocity of pin P. AE 7 rad/s, BD 4.8 rad/s SOLUTION AB 500 mm 0.5 m, AP 0.5 tan 30, BP ω AE 7 rad/s 0.5 cos 30 ωBD 4.8 rad/s , Let P be the coinciding point on AE and u1 be the outward velocity of the collar along the rod AE. v P v P v P/ AE [( AP ) AE ] [u1 ] Let P be the coinciding point on BD and u2 be the outward speed along the slot in rod BD. v P v P v P/BD [( BP ) BD 30] [u2 60] Equate the two expressions for v P and resolve into components. 0.5 u1 (4.8)(cos30) u2 cos60 cos30 : u1 2.4 0.5u2 or 0.5 (0.5 tan 30)(7) (4.8)sin 30 u2 sin 60 cos30 : u2 From (1), (1) 1 [2.4 tan 30 3.5 tan 30] 0.73333 m/s sin 60 u1 2.4 (0.5)(0.73333) 2.0333 m/s v P [(0.5tan30)(7) ] [2.0333 ] [2.0207 m/s ] [2.0333 m/s ] vP (2.0333) 2 (2.0207) 2 2.87 m/s tan 2.0207 , 2.0333 44.8 v P 2.87 m/s 44.8 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.152 Two rotating rods are connected by slider block P. The rod attached at A rotates with a constant angular velocity A . For the given data, determine for the position shown (a) the angular velocity of the rod attached at B, (b) the relative velocity of slider block P with respect to the rod on which it slides. b 8 in., A 6 rad/s. SOLUTION Dimensions: Law of sines. 8 in. AP BP sin 20 sin120 sin 40 AP 4.2567 in. BP 10.7784 in. AP 6 rad/s Velocities. Note: P Point of BE coinciding with P. vP ( AP) AP (4.2567 in.)(6 rad/s) 25.540 in./s 30° vP vP vP/BE [25.540 (a) 30] [vP 30] vP (25.54) cos 40 BE (b) 70] [vP/BE 19.565 in./s v P BP 19.565 in./s 10.7784 in. 1.8152 rad/s BE 1.815 rad/s vP/BE (25.54)sin 40 16.417 in./s v P/BE 16.42 in./s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. 20° PROBLEM 15.153 Two rotating rods are connected by slider block P. The rod attached at A rotates with a constant angular velocity A . For the given data, determine for the position shown (a) the angular velocity of the rod attached at B, (b) the relative velocity of slider block P with respect to the rod on which it slides. A 10 rad/s. b 300 mm, SOLUTION Dimensions: Law of sines. AP BP 300 mm sin 20 sin120 sin 40 AP 159.63 mm BP 404.19 mm AD 10 rad/s Velocities. Note: P Point of AD coinciding with P. vP ( AP) AD (159.63 mm)(10 rad/s) 1596.3 mm/s 30° vP vP vP/AD [ vP (a) 70] [1596.3 60] vP (1596.3)/cos 40° BP (b) 30] [vP/AD 2083.8 mm/s v P BP 2083.8 mm/s 404.19 mm 5.155 rad/s vP /AD (1596.3)tan 40 1339.5 mm/s BD 5.16 rad/s v P/AD 1.339 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. 60° PROBLEM 15.154 Pin P is attached to the wheel shown and slides in a slot cut in bar BD. The wheel rolls to the right without slipping with a constant angular velocity of 20 rad/s. Knowing that x 480 mm when 0, determine the angular velocity of the bar and the relative velocity of pin P with respect to the rod for the given data. (a) 0, (b) 90. SOLUTION Coordinates. x A ( x A )0 r , xB 0, xC x A , yA r yB r yC 0 xP x A e sin yP r e cos ( xA )0 480 mm 0.48 m Data: r 200 mm 0.20 m e 140 mm 0.14 m Velocity analysis. AC AC , BD BD , v P v A v P/ A [r AC ] [eAC v P [ xPBD ] [(e cos )]BD v P/F [u cos ] ] ] [u sin ] Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.154 (Continued) Use v P v P v P/F and resolve into components. (a) 0. : (r e cos )AC (e cos )BD (cos )u (1) : (e sin )AC xP BD (sin )u (2) xA 0.48 m, tan xP 0.48 m, e cos 0.14 , xP 0.48 AC 20 rad/s 16.26° Substituting into Eqs. (1) and (2), (0.20 0.14)(20) 0.14BD (cos16.26)u (1) 0 0.48BD (sin16.26)u (2) Solving simultaneously, BD 3.81 rad/s, v P/F 6.53 m/s u 6.53 m/s, (b) 90. ωBD 3.81 rad/s 16.26 xP 0.48 (0.20) 0.14 0.93416 m 2 0 Substituting into Eqs. (1) and (2), (0.20)(20) u (1) u 4 m/s (0.14)(20) 0.93416BD BD 2.9973 rad/s, (2) BD 3.00 rad/s v P/F 4.00 m/s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.155 Knowing that at the instant shown the angular velocity of bar AB is 15 rad/s clockwise and the angular velocity of bar EF is 10 rad/s clockwise, determine (a) the angular velocity of rod DE, (b) the relative velocity of collar B with respect to rod DE. SOLUTION EF 10 rad/s v E rE/F EF , v B v E v B/E 150 in./s 1510 150 in./s 20DE v B/ED u v B v B v B/ED 150 in./s v B AB AB 20DE u 15 45 15 cos 45 45 225 in./s 225 in./s Equate the two expressions for v B and resolve into components. (a) (b) : 150 u 225, : 20DE 225, u 75 in./s DE 11.25 rad/s DE 11.25 rad/s v B/DE 75.0 in./s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.156 Knowing that at the instant shown the angular velocity of rod DE is 10 rad/s clockwise and the angular velocity of bar EF is 15 rad/s counterclockwise, determine(a) the angular velocity of bar AB, (b) the relative velocity of collar B with respect to rod DE. SOLUTION EF 15 rad/s v E rE/F EF v B v E v B/ED 225 in./s 15 15 225 in./s 20DE 225 in./s 200 in./s v B/ED u 200 in./s u v B v B v B/ED 225 in./s 15 AB 45 cos 45 v B AB AB 45 15 AB 15 AB Equate the two expressions for v B and resolve into components. : 225 u 15 AB : 200 15 AB AB (1) 200 13.333 rad/s 15 AB 13.33 rad/s (a) From (1), (b) u 225 1513.333 25 in./s v B/ED 25.0 in./s Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.157 The motion of pin P is guided by slots cut in rods AD and BE. Knowing that bar AD has a constant angular velocity of 4 rad/s clockwise and bar BE has an angular velocity of 5 rad/s counterclockwise and is slowing down at a rate of 2 rad/s2, determine the velocity of P for the position shown. SOLUTION Units: meters, m/s, m/s2 i 1 Unit vectors: , j 1 , k 1 . Geometry: Slope angle of rod BE. tan 0.15 0.5 0.3 26.565 rP /A 0.1i 0.15j rP /B 0.3i 0.15j Angular velocities: ω AD (4 rad/s)k ωBE (5 rad/s)k Angular accelerations: α AD 0 α BE (2 rad/s2 )k Velocity of Point P on rod AD coinciding with the pin: v P ω AD rP /A (4k ) (0.1i 0.15j) 0.6i 0.4 j Velocity of the pin relative to rod AD: v P /AD u1 u1 j v P v P v P /AD 0.6i 0.4 j u1 j Velocity of P: Velocity of Point P on rod BE coinciding with the pin: v P ωBE rP /B 5k (0.3i 0.15j) 0.75i 1.5j Velocity of the pin relative to rod BE: v P /BE u2 Velocity of P: u2 cos i u2 sin j v P v P v P /BE 0.75i 1.5 j u2 cos i u2 sin j Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.157 (Continued) Equating the two expressions for vP and resolving into components, i: 0.6 0.75 u2 cos u2 j: 1.35 1.50965 cos 26.565 0.4 u1 1.5 u2 sin u1 1.1 (1.50935)sin 26.535 1.77500 Velocity of P: v P 0.6i 0.4 j 1.775j 0.6i 2.175j v P 2.26 m/s 74.6° Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.158 Four pins slide in four separate slots cut in a circular plate as shown. When the plate is at rest, each pin has a velocity directed as shown and of the same constant magnitude u. If each pin maintains the same velocity relative to the plate when the plate rotates about O with a constant counterclockwise angular velocity , determine the acceleration of each pin. SOLUTION For each pin: aP aP aP/F aC Acceleration of the coinciding Point P of the plate. 2 For each pin a P r towards the center O. Acceleration of the pin relative to the plate. For pins P1 , P2 and P4 , a P/F 0 For pin P3 , a P/F u2 r Coriolis acceleration aC . For each pin aC 2u with aC in a direction obtained by rotating u through 90 in the sense of , i.e., . Then a1 [r 2 ] [2u ] a1 r 2i 2uj a2 [r 2 ] [2u ] a2 2ui r 2 j 2 a3 [ r 2 ] u [2 u ] r a4 [r 2 ] [2u ] u2 a3 r 2 2 u i r a4 (r 2 2u) j Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.159 Solve Problem 15.158, assuming that the plate rotates about O with a constant clockwise angular velocity . PROBLEM 15.158 Four pins slide in four separate slots cut in a circular plate as shown. When the plate is at rest, each pin has a velocity directed as shown and of the same constant magnitude u. If each pin maintains the same velocity relative to the plate when the plate rotates about O with a constant counterclockwise angular velocity , determine the acceleration of each pin. SOLUTION For each pin: aP aP aP/F aC Acceleration of the coinciding Point P of the plate. 2 For each pin a P r towards the center O. Acceleration of the pin relative to the plate. For pins P1 , P2 and P4 , aP/F 0 For pin P3 , a P/F u2 r Coriolis acceleration aC . For each pin aC 2u with aC in a direction obtained by rotating u through 90 in the sense of . Then a1 [r 2 ] [2u ] a1 r 2i 2uj a2 [r 2 ] [2u ] a2 2ui r 2 j 2 a3 [r 2 ] u [2 u ] r a4 [r 2 ] [2u ] u2 a3 2u r 2 i r a4 (r 2 2u) j Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.160 The cage of a mine elevator moves downward at a constant speed of 12.2 m/s. Determine the magnitude and direction of the Coriolis acceleration of the cage if the elevator is located (a) at the equator, (b) at latitude 40 north, (c) at latitude 40 south. SOLUTION Earth makes one revolution 2 radians in 23.933 h (86160 s). 2 j 72.926 106 rad/s j 86160 Velocity relative to the Earth at latitude angle . v P/earth 12.2 cos i sin j Coriolis acceleration ac . ac 2 v P/earth cos k 2 72.926 106 j 12.2 cos i sin j 1.7794 103 (a) 0, cos 1.000 ac 1.779 103 m/s2 west (b) 40, cos 0.76604 ac 1.363 103 m/s2 west (c) 40, cos 0.76604 ac 1.363 103 m/s2 west Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.161 Pin P is attached to the collar shown; the motion of the pin is guided by a slot cut in bar BD and by the collar that slides on rod AE. Rod AE rotates with a constant angular velocity of 6 rad/s clockwise and the distance from A to P increases at a constant rate of 8 ft/s. Determine at the instant shown (a) the angular acceleration of bar BD, (b) the relative acceleration of pin P with respect to bar BD. SOLUTION AP 16 in. 1.3333 ft, AE 6 rad/s Given: , AE 0, BD Find: BP 16 2 in. 1.3333 2 ft and v P/AE 8 ft/s , aP/ AE 0. aP/BD. Velocity of coinciding point P on rod AE. v P AP AE 1.3333 6 8 ft/s = 8 ft/s i v P/ AE 8 ft/s j Velocity of P relative to rod AE. v P v P v P/ AE 8 ft/s i 8 ft/s j Velocity of point P. Velocity of coinciding point P on rod BD. v P BP BD 45 1.3333 2 BD 45 1.3333BDi 1.3333 BD j Velocity of P relative to rod BD. v P/BD cos 45 ui sin 45 uj Velocity of point P. v P v P v P/BD v P 1.3333BDi 1.3333BD j cos 45 ui sin 45 uj Equating the two expressions for v P and resolving into components. i : 8 1.3333BD cos 45 u j: Solving (1) and (2), (1) 8 1.3333BD sin 45 u BD 0, u 8 2 ft/s, (2) v P/BD 8 ft/s i 8 ft/s j Acceleration of coinciding point P on rod AE. 2 a P AP AE i AP AE j 0 1.3333 6 j 48 ft/s 2 j 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.161 (Continued) aP/AE 0 Acceleration of P relative to rod AE. 2 AE v P/ AE 2 6k 8 j 96 ft/s 2 i Coriolis acceleration. Acceleration of point P. a P a P a P/ AE 2 AE v P/ AE 96 ft/s 2 i 48 ft/s 2 j Acceleration of coinciding point P on rod BD. 2 a P BDk rP/B BD rP/B 1.3333 BD i 1.3333 BD j 0 a P/BD cos 45 ar i sin 45 ar j Acceleration of P relative to rod BD. 2BD v P/BD 0 Coriolis acceleration. Acceleration of point P. aP aP aP/ AE 2BD v P/BD 1.3333 BDi 1.3333 BD j cos 45 ar i sin 45 ar j Equating the two expressions for a P and resolving into components. Solving (3) and (4), (a) (b) i: 96 1.3333 BD cos 45 ar (3) j: 48 1.3333 BD sin 45 ar (4) BD 54 rad/s 2 , ar 24 2 ft/s α BD 54 rad/s 2 a P/BD 33.9 ft/s 2 Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. 45 PROBLEM 15.162 A rocket sled is tested on a straight track that is built along a meridian. Knowing that the track is located at latitude 40 north, determine the Coriolis acceleration of the sled when it is moving north at a speed of 900 km/h. SOLUTION Earth makes one revolution (2 radians) in 23.933 h 86,160 s. 2 86,160 (72.926 10 6 rad/s)j u 900 km/h 250 m/s Speed of sled. Velocity of sled relative to the Earth. vP/earth 250(sin i cos j) Coriolis acceleration. aC 2 v P/earth aC (2)(72.926 106 j) [250(sin i cos j)] 0.036463sin k At latitude 40, aC 0.036463 sin 40°k (0.0234 m/s 2 )k aC 0.0234 m/s2 west Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission required for reproduction or display. PROBLEM 15.163 Solve the Geneva mechanism Sample Prob. 15.20 using vector algebra. SAMPLE PROBLEM 15.20 In the Geneva mechanism of Sample Prob. 15.9, disk D rotates with a constant counterclockwise angular velocity D of 10 rad/s. At the